Connecticut College Course Catalog 2014-2015

Transcription

Catalog 2014–2015
C O N T E N T S
Mission Statement ��
2
Centers and Certificate Programs �� 168
Academic Calendar, 2014–15 ��
3
Toor Cummings Center for
International Studies and the Liberal Arts �� 168
Inquiries and Visiting the College ��
4
History of Connecticut College ��
4
The Campus ��
5
Admission ��
8
Traditional ��
8
Transfer ��
9
Center for the Comparative Study
of Race and Ethnicity �� 172
Return to College ��
Ammerman Center for Arts and Technology �� 169
Holleran Center for
Community Action and Public Policy �� 170
Goodwin-Niering Center for the Environment 171
9
Center for Teaching and Learning �� 173
Degrees and Programs of Study �� 11
Teacher Certification Program �� 173
The Bachelor of Arts Program �� 11
Museum Studies Certificate Program �� 173
The Program of General Education �� 12
Study Away �� 174
Foreign Languages and
Cross-Curricular Requirements �� 12
Academic Credit �� 174
The Academic Major and Minor�� 12
Elective Courses �� 13
Advanced Study �� 13
Honors Study �� 13
Individual Study �� 14
Seminars �� 14
Postgraduate Study and
Admission to Professional Schools �� 14
Course Offerings �� 15
Requirements for majors, minors and
interdisciplinary programs and descriptions
of more than 1,000 courses.
Financial Issues �� 174
Summer Study �� 175
Other Programs �� 175
Graduate Study �� 175
Non-Traditional Programs �� 176
Special Students �� 176
Auditing Courses �� 177
Fees �� 177
Financial Aid �� 179
General Information �� 186
Trustees �� 191
Faculty �� 192
Academic Regulations and Degree Requirements �� 161
Administration �� 198
Academic Regulations �� 161
Endowed Professorships �� 198
Academic Honors �� 162
Endowed Scholarships �� 200
Grading �� 163
Endowed Internships �� 205
Accelerated Completion of Degree �� 163
Alumni Association �� 207
Transfer Credit �� 163
Website �� 207
Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) �� 164
Nondiscrimination Policy �� 207
Academic Affairs �� 165
Index �� 208
Connecticut College Catalog
Connecticut College Mission Statement
Connecticut College educates students to put the liberal arts into action as citizens in a global society.
Core Values:
The College has embraced several core values to further that mission. Those values help the College create
a challenging academic environment that fosters reflection on a lifetime of learning and community
involvement:
Academic excellence
Rigorous academic standards, innovative and engaging faculty members, and a diverse classroom
curriculum challenge students to reach their full intellectual potential. The College expects students to
learn outside the classroom as well, through such activities as research, travel and internships. The College
facilitates those opportunities in the belief that a diversity of experiences is essential for genuine academic
excellence. The College also expects and strongly supports faculty scholarship, research and creative work
that advances human knowledge and expression and informs excellent teaching.
Diversity, equity and shared governance
In the early 20th century, Connecticut College was founded in the belief that all qualified students –
women as well as men – deserve an opportunity to secure an education. The College strives to be a
community in which all members feel comfortable, respect each other’s differences and seek common
ground. The College promotes understanding by offering a variety of academic and social experiences
and is committed to building greater access, opportunity and equity. Students, faculty, staff, trustees and
alumni all participate in the governance of the College.
Education of the entire person
The College supports and nurtures the intellectual, emotional, spiritual, creative and physical development of its student body. Connecticut College encourages students to engage in a wide range of activities,
including academic pursuits, athletics and physical education, artistic expression and community service.
The College fosters an appreciation for the natural and aesthetic connectedness of the mind, body and
spirit. It prepares students to be responsible citizens, creative problem-solvers and thoughtful leaders in
a global society.
Adherence to common ethical and moral standards
Connecticut College maintains a strong commitment to its long-standing Honor Code. Students are
expected to monitor their own faithfulness to the principles of honesty and moral integrity and to display courage in academic and social interactions. The principles of justice, impartiality and fairness – the
foundations for equity – are paramount.
Community service and global citizenship
Connecticut College fosters civic responsibility and enhances academic excellence through a long tradition of community involvement and through courses that provide opportunities for service. The College
promotes an understanding of local, regional, national and international peoples, groups, cultures and
issues, and encourages students to take a lifelong interest in them.
Environmental stewardship
Connecticut College is proud of its pioneering tradition of ecological awareness and responsibility and
intends to remain a leader in safeguarding the environment. The arboretum campus is an ecological
showpiece, and the College’s procedures and programs aim to preserve and protect the environment,
both locally and globally, and to prepare citizens sensitive to the need for responsible environmental
stewardship.
Revised October 2004
2
Academic Calendar 2014-2015
Connecticut College Academic Year Calendar 2014-2015
August 2014
22
Friday
25
MondayGroup advising and testing begins for
freshmen and transfer students
26
TuesdayUpperclassmen arrive; advising continues
28ThursdayFall semester classes begin; Add Period
begins; Delete Period begins; period for
filing satisfactory/unsatisfactory option
begins
28
Thursday
Orientation
Opening Convocation
September 2014
1
Monday
Labor Day; classes WILL NOT meet
4ThursdayAdd Period ends; on-line registration
system closes at 5:00 p.m.
5
Friday
Limited Add Period begins
11
ThursdayLimited Add Period ends; Delete
Period ends
12
Friday
Voluntary Withdrawal Period begins
26
Friday
Fall Break begins at 5:00 p.m.
October 2014
1
Wednesday
Classes resume
9
ThursdayPeriod for filing satisfactory/unsatisfactory
option ends
10-12 Friday-Sunday Fall Weekend
November 2014
5
WednesdayVoluntary Withdrawal Period ends
10-14 Mon-FriAdvising for spring semester 2015
pre-registration
18-21 Tues-FriPre-registration (on-line) for spring
semeter 2015
25
Tuesday
Thanksgiving break begins at 5:00 p.m.
December 2014
1
Monday
Classes Resume
10
Wednesday
Fall semester classes end
11
Thursday
Review Day
12
Friday
Final examinations begin at 9:00 a.m.
16
TuesdayFinal examinations end at 12:00 noon;
winter break begins
January 2015
2
Friday
15
Thursday
18
Sunday
Fall semester grades due by 4:00 p.m.
Orientation begins for new students
Housing re-opens
19
20
26
27
MondayMartin Luther King Day; classes WILL
NOT meet
TuesdaySpring semester classes begin; Add Period
begins; Delete Period begins; period for
filing satisfactory/unsatisfactory option
begins
MondayAdd Period ends; on-line registration system
closes at 5:00 p.m.
Tuesday
Limited Add Period begins
February 2015
2
MondayLimited Add Period ends; Delete Period ends
3
TuesdayVoluntary Withdrawal Period begins
March 2015
3
TuesdayPeriod for filing satisfactory/unsatisfactory
option ends
6
FridaySpring break begins at 5:00 p.m.*
23
Monday
Classes resume
30
MondayAdvising for fall semester 2015
pre-registration begins
April 2015
3
FridayAdvising for fall semester 2015
pre-registration ends
3
Friday
Voluntary Withdrawal Period ends
5
Sunday
Founders Day
7-9
Tues-ThursPre-registration (on-line) for fall
semester 2015
10
Friday
Masters’ Theses due by 5:00 p.m.
30
Thursday
Senior Honors Thesis due by 4:00 p.m.
May 2015
7
8
9
11
12
Thursday
Spring semester classes end
Friday
Review Day
Saturday
Final examinations begin at 9:00 a.m.
MondayFinal examinations for seniors end at 5 p.m.
TuesdaySpring semester grades for graduating
seniors and MA candidates due by 5 p.m.
13
WednesdayFinal examinations for non-graduating
students end at 12:00 noon
17
SundayNinety-seventh (97th) Commencement
18
MondaySpring semester grades for non-graduating
students due by 4:00 p.m.
29-31 Fri-Sun
Reunion Weekend
Fall semester: 69 class days; 4⅓ exam days
Spring semester: 68 class days; 4⅓ exam days
*A ll residences will be closed during the winter and spring breaks, and all rooms must be vacated.
3
Correspondence Guide
Connecticut College
270 Mohegan Avenue
New London, Connecticut 06320-4196
Admission of students:Dean of Admission and
Financial Aid
Scholarships, loans:
Director of Financial Aid Services
Transcripts and academic records: Office of the Registrar
Academic work and student affairs:Dean of the College
for first-year students
and sophomores:Dean of Studies; Associate Dean
of Studies for First-Year Students
and Sophomores
The student-faculty ratio is 9:1. The College has 179 full-time professors; 92 percent hold a doctorate or equivalent. The honor code, a fundamental distinction created by students in 1922, underpins all academic
and social interactions and creates a palpable spirit of trust and cooperation between students and faculty.
The College meets the high standards of membership in Phi Beta
Kappa. Graduates have won prestigious post-graduate honors, awards
and fellowships, including NSF Graduate Research, Luce, Goldwater and
Truman fellowships.
The College has earned national recognition as a top producer of Fulbright Award winners, a winner of the Sen. Paul Simon Award for Campus
Internationalization and a member of the President’s Community Service
Honor Roll with Distinction.
The College also has been nationally recognized for its service-learning programs and cited as a “College with a Conscience” for fostering
social responsibility and public service. In 2011 it was on the Peace Corps’
list of the Top 25 colleges and universities that have produced the highest
number of volunteers.
for juniors and seniors:Dean of Studies; Associate Dean of
Studies for Juniors and Seniors
for student activities:
Dean of Student Life
for student housing:
Dean of Student Life
Religious life:
Dean of Religious and Spiritual Life
Multicultural affairs:
Dean of Multicultural Affairs
Exchange programs:
Office of Study Away
Graduate study:
Office of the Registrar
Career services and internships:Office of Career Enhancing
Life Skills
Payment of bills:
Controller
Alumni affairs:
Director of Alumni Relations
Switchboard connecting
all departments:
860-447-1911
Website:
www.conncoll.edu
Visiting the College
Visitors to the College are welcome, and student-guided tours are available
through the Office of Admission.
Connecticut College is located two miles north of the center of New
London and may be reached by taxi from the Amtrak train or bus stations.
Motorists from the west should turn off Route I-95 at Exit 83, before the
Gold Star Memorial Bridge, and follow Route 32 north for 1 mile; motorists from the east should cross the Gold Star Memorial Bridge and take
Exit 84N and follow Route 32 north for 1 mile. Route 32 leads to the
main entrance on the east side of the College.
T.F. Green Airport (Providence, R.I.) and Bradley International Airport (Hartford, Conn.) both serve the region. There are no commercial
flights from the nearby Groton-New London Airport, only charter service.
Administrative offices are in Fanning Hall, the first building at the
head of the main driveway from Mohegan Avenue (Route 32). Parking
permits may be obtained at the gatehouse.
The Horizon Admission Building is located on the west side of the
campus.
About the College
Situated on the coast of southern New England, Connecticut College is
one of the nation’s leading private, coeducational liberal arts colleges. Its
dynamic, intellectual community lives and learns on a 750-acre hilltop
campus with historic granite architecture and views of Long Island Sound
and the Thames River. The student body includes approximately 1,900
men and women from 45 states, Washington D.C., and 72 countries.
The College, which celebrated its centennial year in 2011, offers a
challenging academic curriculum that fosters a lifetime of learning and
community involvement. Its alumni have earned distinction in virtually
every field.
Interdisciplinary studies, international programs, funded internships and a commitment to faculty-student research are the hallmarks
of a Connecticut College education. More than half of our students participate in innovative international and national research and internship
opportunities in the United States and throughout the world. The College
offers more than 40 majors and more than 1,000 courses in 30 academic
departments and several interdisciplinary programs. The top majors for
the Class of 2014 were economics, psychology, biological sciences, government, international relations, English, environmental studies, art, American studies and mathematics.
4
History
Founded in 1911, at a moment of great technological and social change,
Connecticut College began as a women’s institution with a progressive
vision of the liberal arts that prepared graduates for meaningful roles in
society. Coeducational since 1969, our forward-looking ethos remains.
The state of Connecticut granted the school a charter on April 5,
1911, under the name of Thames College. The chair of the new Board
of Trustees, railroad and shipping magnate Morton Plant, provided a $1
million endowment and changed the name to Connecticut College for
Women. The board described the course of study at the new school: “There
will be ample opportunity for studying all subjects approved by the colleges of the best standing. In addition to these … the new college will
endeavor to meet the demands of modern times and will offer vocational
courses, so that students who intend to earn their own living may receive
an ideal training in the work for which they are best fitted.”
Frederick H. Sykes, a professor at Columbia University and author
of several English composition books, became the first president in 1913.
Ewing & Chappell designed the first buildings, and the landscaping firm
of Olmsted Brothers recommended an axial layout preserving the long
College History/The Campus
view toward New London and Long Island Sound. Two residence halls,
Plant and Blackstone, and an academic building were rushed to completion. The latter was named New London Hall “in recognition of the generous support of the city and its citizens.” The first classes were held in
September 1915.
In the 1920s and early 1930s, Connecticut College became known
as one of the nation’s up-and-coming liberal arts schools – a reputation
enhanced in subsequent decades. Rosemary Park, a scholar of German
literature, became president in 1947 and served until 1962, when she left
to become president of Barnard College. At Connecticut College, she
introduced a more rigorous curriculum and oversaw considerable campus
construction.
In 1969, under the leadership of President Charles E. Shain, Connecticut College became co-educational. In the same year, the College
established one of the nation’s first environmental studies majors, originally called human ecology. President Shain also introduced interdepartmental and self-designed majors and one of the nation’s earliest
baccalaureate majors in Chinese. Unity House, the College’s multicultural
center, was founded in 1973.
President Shain’s successor, physicist Oakes Ames, oversaw the construction of Shain Library and the Athletic Center. His tenure is also
remembered for the 1986 Fanning takeover, when 54 students locked
themselves inside the administration building and demanded more support for diversity, Unity House and affirmative action. One of the students
who helped organize the Fanning takeover, Eduardo Castell ’87, currently
serves on the College’s Board of Trustees and was among the founders of
Connecticut College Alumni of Color in 2006.
In 1988, the College inaugurated its first alumna president, Claire
Gaudiani ’66. During her 13-year tenure, many building and renovation
projects were undertaken, including construction of the F.W. Olin Science
Center. She also oversaw the establishment of four of the five interdisciplinary centers that distinguish the College’s academic program. Each
of these four centers focuses on an area of great historical and curricular
importance to the College: international studies, environmental studies,
community action and arts and technology. Following her tenure, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry David K. Lewis, former provost and dean of
the faculty, served as interim president of the College in 2001.
Norman Fainstein, Connecticut College’s ninth president, is credited with strengthening the College’s financial position and system of
shared governance. He formed a presidential commission to study issues
of diversity and pluralism on campus. Notable among the commission’s
key recommendations that have since been implemented are the establishment of the fifth academic center – the Center for the Comparative Study
of Race and Ethnicity – and the appointment of a senior administrator
with responsibility for advancing diversity across campus.
Leo I. Higdon, Jr. served as the College’s 10th president from 20062013. Under his leadership, the College implemented an array of programs that foster faculty-student interaction, enhance faculty and student
diversity and strengthen the academic core of the College. He opened a
science center and a fitness center on campus and led a rigorous program
of campus and infrastructure improvements that modernized classrooms,
renovated athletics facilities and enhanced student residential and social
spaces. He helped advance the College’s distinction as a top producer of
Fulbright Award winners and Peace Corps volunteers, a winner of the
Sen. Paul Simon Award for Campus Internationalization and a member
of the President’s Community Service Honor Roll with Distinction. In
Fall 2013, the College celebrated the successful conclusion of a $211 million comprehensive campaign, which raised a record level of support for
the College.
Katherine Bergeron became the College’s 11th president on January
1, 2014, and was inaugurated on Founders Day, April 5, 2014. She is a
passionate teacher, an award-winning scholar and a talented administrator
with a record of successful innovation in liberal education. As her presidency begins, the College is currently engaged in an inclusive and comprehensive review of the curriculum. Faculty are leading a process through
which students, faculty and staff are working together to reimagine the
general education program, which has been in place since 1973. She is also
committed to building upon the distinction of the “liberal and careeroriented learning” that the College provides its students, with the unusual
opportunity to combine a rigorous course of study with practical programs that prepare them for meaningful work in their lives after college.
This brief history borrows from previously published essays by Brian Rogers,
former College librarian, and Judy Kirmmse, affirmative action officer.
The Campus
Academic Buildings
New London Hall (1915), the College’s first academic building, was named
in gratitude to the citizens of New London whose fund-raising efforts
helped establish the College in their city. The $25 million renovation
and expansion of the building in 2011 and 2012 created 28 percent
more teaching and research space and a new home for the biology,
botany and computer science departments.
Hillyer Hall (1916), for many years the College gymnasium and assembly
hall, was largely the gift of Mrs. Dotha B. Hillyer of Hartford, an
early trustee. Today it houses Tansill Theater and the campus print
shop and mail room.
Winthrop House (1916) was a student dormitory until it was remodeled
in 1962. It now houses the departments of anthropology, economics,
Hispanic studies and sociology.
Fanning Hall (1929), built with a bequest of David Hale Fanning of
Worcester, Mass., now houses administrative and faculty offices and
many classrooms.
Holmes Hall (1929) was named in honor of the late Professor Mary
Elisabeth Holmes. It houses the Children’s Program, a model
inclusive child- and family-focused, early-childhood program and a
laboratory site for courses in human development.
Bolles House (1938) is a 19th-century farmhouse that serves as offices for
the Human Development and Education departments.
Woodworth House (1931) houses the East Asian Languages and Cultures
department.
Frederic Bill Hall (1939) was made possible by the 1932 bequest of
Julia Avery Bill of Groton, Conn., in memory of her husband. The
Department of Psychology uses seminar rooms and classrooms in Bill
Hall, which also houses the College computing center and accelerator
laboratory. An Alvan Clark telescope dominates the observatory on
the roof of the building. The renovated Silfen Auditorium opened
in 2008.
Hale Laboratory (1954) was constructed with gifts from Ruth Hale
Buchanan ’39, the James Foundation of New York Inc., friends
of the College and funds from the estate of President Katharine
Blunt, and supplemented by College funds. The building provides
fully equipped laboratory facilities for students in chemistry and
biochemistry, research facilities for faculty and students, and a large
lecture amphitheater. The building was expanded and upgraded in
1987, 1997 and 2000.
Cummings Arts Center (1969) resulted from gifts from Nathan Cummings
and Joanne Toor Cummings ’50 of New York City, the Charles A.
Dana Foundation Inc. of Greenwich, Conn., and many friends of the
College. It is the site of studios, a darkroom, galleries, a music library,
practice rooms, an electronic and digital sound studio, faculty
5
offices, a lecture hall, a concert hall and a coffee bar. The Greer Music
Library in Cummings Arts Center contains more than 8,800 books,
12,000 scores, 17,000 recordings, and study, computing and listening
facilities. The Cummings Arts Center also houses the Wetmore Print
Collection and a 116,000-item visual resources library.
Charles E. Shain Library (1976), located at the center of campus, offers
a vibrant space for community building, research, scholarship,
technology access and study. Named for the sixth president of
the College, Shain Library houses an information commons with
open-access workstations near the library reference desk and IT
Service Desk, along with the Blue Camel Café and small group study
areas. The library also has three computer classrooms/laboratories
and the Advanced Technology Lab. The Charles Chu Asian Art
Reading Room provides a quiet study area as well as exhibit space.
The Linda Lear Center for Special Collections and Archives opened
in 2008. The library collection consists of more than a million books,
both print and ebook, 100,000 media and computing materials,
5,500 subscriptions to periodicals, including some 4,200 eJournals.
Shain Library is also a partial repository for government documents
with nearly 500,000 items. The library adds approximately 10,000
volumes to its collection each year. The collection is augmented
through the CTW Consortium, a partnership with Trinity College
and Wesleyan University that provides fast access to more than
2.2 million items. All three libraries are united by a shared online
catalog. The Digital Commons serves as the College’s digital archive
for faculty and student publications. Shain Library will be renovated
and modernized beginning in the summer of 2014 to allow more
services, collaboration spaces, technology-intensive areas and study
seating, including a 24-hour area. For more information about the
Shain Library Renovation Project, visit the renovation website at:
www.conncoll.edu/shainreno.
Blaustein Humanities Center in Palmer Library (1985) houses 30 faculty
offices, classrooms, seminar rooms, a language lab, writing center,
and computer and audio-visual facilities. A substantial gift from
the Jacob and Hilda Blaustein Foundation of Baltimore made the
$4.3-million renovation possible. The original building, Palmer
Library (1923), was built with a gift from Mr. and Mrs. George S.
Palmer of New London and later enlarged through another gift from
the Palmers and a 1940 grant from the Carnegie Corp.
F.W. Olin Science Center (1995) houses laboratories, classrooms, an
astronomical observatory, a 150-seat auditorium, a science reading
room, a computer room and faculty offices. The Connecticut College
Arboretum and the Goodwin-Niering Center for the Environment
also have offices on the first floor. The building was fully funded by
the F.W. Olin Foundation.
Public Buildings
Vinal Cottage (1928, renovated and expanded 1989) houses the Office of
Career Enhancing Life Skills.
The Steel House (1933), housing the Office of Sustainability, is one
of two buildings on campus commissioned by Winslow Ames,
founding director of the Lyman Allyn Art Museum, and originally
designed to use industrial production methods to create affordable
modern housing. The other is the Winslow Ames House. A frameless
structure made of steel panels, the Steel House was rehabilitated
in 2011-13 with assistance from the Connecticut Department
of Economic and Community Development and is listed on the
National Register of Historic Places. In 2014, the College and the
Steel House received an Award of Merit from the Connecticut Trust
for Historic Preservation for the restoration effort. The Steel House is
a hub for sustainability efforts, with space for student organizations
and volunteers, and where faculty, students and staff can collaborate
on sustainability initiatives.
6
Winslow Ames House (1933) is the administrative home of the Ammerman
Center for Arts & Technology. Like the Steel House next door, it
was commissioned by Winslow Ames, founding director of the
Lyman Allyn Art Museum. Designed to use industrial production
methods to create affordable modern housing, the house features a
steel frame and asbestos cement paneling. The house was rehabilitated in 1992-93 with assistance from the Connecticut Historical
Commission and listed on the National Register of Historic Places.
Frank Loomis Palmer Auditorium (1939) was planned by Theodora and
Virginia Palmer of New London as a memorial to their father, an early
trustee of the College, and was built from Virginia Palmer’s bequest.
It seats 1,298 and is fully equipped for theatrical, concert and film
presentations.
Harkness Chapel (1940) was given by Mary Stillman Harkness of
Waterford, Conn., and New York City. Services are conducted in
major faith traditions by College chaplains and occasionally in other
traditions by visiting clergy. The ground floor houses the Office of
Religious and Spiritual Life, the chapel library, chaplains’ offices
(Catholic, Jewish and Protestant), the chapel office, and a new International Student Center created in 2014.
The College Center at Crozier-Williams (1957, renovated 1982 and
1993) was constructed with a bequest from Mary Williams Crozier
of Washington in memory of her father. In addition to housing the
student life office and Dance Department, Cro provides offices for
student organizations, the campus radio station, student newspaper,
the snack shop, College bookshop, post office, the Office of Volunteers
for Community Service and public meeting areas. The Connection
is an atrium that honors alumni families in which more than one
member has attended the College, often across several generations.
33 Gallows Lane (1976) offers flexible meeting and event spaces, adjacent
parking and views of the Arboretum. The building previously housed
the DNA EpiCenter, begun in the 1970s as the Thames Science
Center with a gift of land from the College, with assistance from
Professor of Botany Richard Goodwin. The DNA EpiCenter closed
in 2009.
Dayton Arena (1980) is used during winter months by both the College
and local community for hockey games, figure skating instruction
and recreational skating. Dayton Arena can be converted to four
indoor tennis courts or a large convocation area during warmer
months. The arena was a gift of Judson Dayton ’80, Duncan Dayton
’81, and their parents, Julia Winton Dayton ’49 and Kenneth Dayton
of Wayzata, Minn.
Charles B. Luce Field House (1984, expanded 1992 and 2009) provides
space for extracurricular and intramural recreational activities as well
as varsity and club sports. A natatorium, fitness center, rowing tanks
and two new gymnasiums were added in 1992, when the field house
was dedicated to former Director of Athletics Charles B. Luce Sr. An
expanded fitness center, opened in 2009, was named the Ann and
Lee Higdon Fitness Center in a 2013 dedication ceremony honoring
the retiring president.
Lyn and David Silfen Track & Field (1996) overlooks the Thames River,
making it perhaps one of the more scenic track and field racing
venues in New England. It includes a 400-meter synthetic track;
an eight-lane track surface and inside radius for steeplechase water
jump; long jump and triple jump; and a javelin runway and landing
area. In the interior of the track is an artificial turf field for soccer,
field hockey and lacrosse. Field lights installed in 2012 allow varsity
teams and other groups to use the field for night games, practices
and events.
The Horizon Admission Building (1988) houses the College admission
offices and serves as a welcome center for prospective students.
The Campus
Becker House (1991) houses the alumni, advancement and college relations
offices. It was built on the site of the College’s first refectory, Thames
Hall, with a gift from Sarah Pithouse Becker ’27 and other alumni.
Lilian Warnshuis Health Center (1950) honors the woman who served as
college physician from 1949-62. The infirmary has examining and
treatment rooms, laboratories, and facilities for inpatient care.
Zachs Hillel House (2014) serves as a center for Jewish student life and
related intercultural programming at the College. The building, made
possible by a $1 million gift from entrepreneur and philanthropist
Henry Zachs and his family, features a conference room, library, study
space, kosher kitchen and social space.
Windham House (1933) represents the generous gifts of many friends of
the College in Windham County, Conn.
Elizabeth C. Wright House (1961) was named in honor of a founder and
the first bursar of the College.
Student Residence Houses and the Health Center
The Connecticut College Arboretum
Emily Abbey House (1939), maintained as a student cooperative house,
was the gift of Emily Abbey Gill of Springfield, Mass.
Jane Addams House (1936) was given by friends of the College and
named for the first American woman to earn a Nobel Prize, the
pioneer social worker and feminist Jane Addams.
Blackstone House (1914) is one of the College’s first dormitories, a gift
of Morton F. Plant of Groton, Conn., chairman of the first Board
of Trustees.
Katharine Blunt House (1946) was named in honor of the third president
of Connecticut College.
Branford House (1919) was built from the bequest of Morton F. Plant, who
donated the funds for both Blackstone and Plant houses in the Quad.
Burdick House (1940) honors the late Dean Emeritus E. Alverna Burdick.
Freeman House (1937) was built with the bequest of Mrs. Harrison Freeman of Hartford, Conn., wife of an early trustee of the College.
Edith and Alice Hamilton House (1961) was named for the distinguished
classicist and the pioneer in industrial medicine of Hadlyme, Conn.
Mary Harkness House (1934) was given by Mary Stillman Harkness of
Waterford, Conn., and New York City.
Elizabeth Holmden Harris Refectory (1961) was named in honor of the
director of residence and dietitian of the College, 1920-56.
Johnson House (1961), formerly Marshall House, was renamed in 2008
in honor of Trustee Ann Werner Johnson ’68.
Knowlton House (1925) is the gift of Mrs. Charles Clark Knowlton of
Ashford, Conn., and New York City. Foreign language majors live
here to practice language skills in daily situations.
Allen B. Lambdin House (1961) was named in honor of the business
manager of the College, 1922-61.
Larrabee House (1957) was built with the bequests of Rachel and Betsey
Larrabee and named in their honor.
S. Ralph Lazrus House (1964) was made possible through the gifts of the
S. Ralph Lazrus Foundation and Mrs. Oscar Lazrus.
Mary Foulke Morrisson House (1961) was named in honor of the secretary
of the Board of Trustees, 1938-65.
Rosemary Park House (1961) was named in honor of the fifth president
of the College, 1946-62.
Plant House (1914) is one of the first college dormitories, a gift of Morton
F. Plant of Groton, Conn., chair of the first Board of Trustees.
Grace Smith House (1940) was built with the bequest of Mrs. Grace Ellis
Smith of New Britain, Conn.
Unity House (1928, renovated and expanded 1989) is the campus multicultural center.
Connecticut College exists in a singular environment known as the Connecticut College Arboretum, which offers a quality of life and a conservation classroom unique among liberal arts institutions. The Arboretum’s
very diverse 770 acres include the landscaped grounds of the College
campus as well as the surrounding plant collections, natural areas and
managed landscapes. These resources all support the College’s mission
of preparing the next generation of citizen-leaders, whose diverse responsibilities will include crafting a sustainable relationship with the natural
world. Our institution distinguishes itself by a long-standing commitment
to conservation and supporting research and teaching in ecological and
environmental studies. The symbiosis of the Program in Environmental
Studies, the Goodwin-Niering Center for the Environment and the Arboretum provides an outstanding model of an ethically and environmentally
sound community.
History
The Arboretum was established in 1931 as the Connecticut Arboretum
on 60 acres of College property west of the central campus. Development
of the Native Plant Collection and the Caroline Black Garden were the
primary initiatives of the early years. In 1952, land west and north of
the Native Plant Collection was dedicated as the Bolleswood Natural
Area for teaching, research and passive recreation. Acquisition of adjacent
land led to a total of 450 acres of Arboretum-managed property by the
early 1990s. In 1996 all 770 acres of college property became part of the
Connecticut College Arboretum, with the main campus landscape managed as a plant collection. Today the Arboretum is maintained jointly
by the Arboretum and the physical plant grounds departments. College
students and community volunteers provide an important supplement to
the workforce.
Plant Collections
The College has three major plant collections: the Campus Landscape
with 120 acres of trees and shrubs from around the world; the Native
Plant Collection, 30 acres of woody plants and wildflowers indigenous
to eastern North America; and the three-acre Caroline Black Garden
with a diversity of woody plants, many quite mature, in a garden setting. Professional curatorial techniques, such as mapping, inventories,
labeling and computer databases, are used to keep track of the thousands
of specimens now part of the Arboretum Collections. Labeled plants,
guided tours, workshops and publications are part of the collection interpretation program.
Land and Landscape as Environmental Model
All of the College property is available for teaching and research in environmental studies, the biological sciences and other academic programs.
At least 30 different college courses utilize the Arboretum. The College
aims to create a “living laboratory” that stimulates environmental awareness in students and those working at or visiting Connecticut College.
More than 200 acres are dedicated as Natural Area, lands kept as free
as possible from human disturbance, and specifically available for observational research, teaching and recreation. Another 200 acres are available
for manipulative projects, such as controlled burning experiments and
vegetation management demonstrations. These lands have a rich tradition
of long- and short-term ecological research by faculty and students.
7
Maintenance and development of the College landscape are performed in the most environmentally sound manner possible, including
energy conservation, recycling and minimal pesticide use.
Environmental Planning
The College uses a participatory, community-based approach to land planning through the Facilities and Land Management Committee. One of
the major planning principles is the concept of “Campus as Arboretum.”
Faculty, students and administrators collaborate in formulating policies
and making environmentally sustainable decisions and policies.
People And Programs
The Arboretum reaches several thousand people each year through its continuing series of lectures, workshops, symposia, tours, trips, exhibits and
events, which are open to all. Volunteer opportunities – docents leading
tours, students and local neighbors taking part in horticultural projects,
committees organizing and operating plant sales and other programs –
encourage active participation and learning.
Arboretum Office
The Arboretum office is located in Room 103 of the F.W. Olin Science
Center, the first building north of the College’s main entrance on Route
32. The office provides information about the Arboretum, upcoming programs, publications and membership.
Lyman Allyn Art Museum
Situated near the Connecticut College campus and overlooking the U.S.
Coast Guard Academy, Lyman Allyn Art Museum is the principal comprehensive art museum serving southeastern Connecticut. The museum
was established in 1926 by Harriet Upson Allyn in memory of Lyman
Allyn, her father and a local whaling merchant, as a place for local citizens
to learn about art and culture.
Housed in a handsome neoclassical building designed by Charles
A. Platt, the permanent collection includes more than 10,000 paintings, drawings, prints, sculptures, furniture and decorative arts, with an
emphasis on American art from the 18th through 20th centuries. Lyman
Allyn Art Museum holdings also include European paintings and works
on paper, contemporary works by American artists, and a fine selection of
American and Connecticut Impressionist work.
The museum is accredited through the American Association of
Museums. Lyman Allyn Art Museum is a founding member of the Connecticut Art Trail. The museum offers a wide range of programming
including permanent and traveling exhibitions, gallery talks and lectures,
and adult and children’s art classes.
The museum is open Tuesday through Saturday, 10 a.m. to 5 p.m.
and Sunday from 1 p.m. to 5 p.m.; Mondays and major holidays are closed.
For more information, call 860-443-2545 or visit www.lymanallyn.org.
Admission
Admission to Connecticut College is highly selective. Each year about
5,000 candidates from around the world apply for the 500 spots in the
first-year class. For the Class of 2017, 36.7 percent of applicants were
offered admission.
Distinguished academic achievement is expected of all successful
candidates for admission to Connecticut College, yet it is important to
remember that there is no single characteristic that is required to gain
admission. In reaching admission decisions all credentials are fully
reviewed and carefully assessed. The strength of a student’s secondary
school preparation is the best measure of readiness for college, but also
8
of value are personal qualities such as intellectual promise, appreciation
of diverse experiences, motivation, maturity and commitment. Talent,
accomplishment and leadership in non-academic areas are also important.
Because Connecticut College sustains an environment that fosters mutual
learning, admission counselors actively seek a diversity of interests, abilities, and cultural, ethnic, geographic and socioeconomic backgrounds
within the student body.
Regular Decision applicants are notified of admission decisions in
late March, and candidates offered admission must respond by May 1.
The decision of the Admission Committee is final. The offer of admission is contingent upon successful completion of high school programs
and continued personal success, and is subject to review upon receipt
of the final secondary school transcript. An offer of admission may be
rescinded, or a student may enter the College on academic probation, if
previously exhibited standards of academic and personal achievement are
not maintained. In addition, Connecticut College reserves the right to
revoke acceptance decisions from candidates who make commitments to
and who hold places at more than one institution concurrently.
Connecticut College is authorized under federal law to enroll nonimmigrant alien students.
Campus Visits
A campus visit is the best way to get to know Connecticut College and
find out whether the College is a good match. Visitors are advised to refer
to the online visit calendar. When the College is not in session, some
facilities may not be open and only self-guided tours may be available. To
plan a visit, go to https://admission.conncoll.edu/portal/campus-visit for a
schedule of office hours, tours and group information sessions.
Interviews
Interviews are strongly recommended for all candidates, preferably on
campus. Through the interview, a student is able to investigate on a
personal basis the educational opportunities at the College and become
better informed about many aspects of campus life. The interview, which
is evaluative, may also help the Admission Committee to better understand the applicant as an individual. Interviews are available beginning
in June following the student’s junior year of high school. All interviews
must be completed by December of the student’s senior year. Transfer
applicants who wish to enroll for the fall semester must interview by April
1. Midyear applicants for transfer or first-year enrollment must interview
by November 1.
First-Year Application Checklist
Required
• Common Application (www.commonapp.org)
• Secondary School Report: includes (1) college counselor recommendation, (2) official secondary school transcript with first term
(quarter or trimester) senior grades as soon as they are available and
(3) mid-year report with updated senior grades
• 2 academic teacher recommendations (preferably from junior or
senior year)
• Non-refundable $60 application fee or fee waiver request (not credited on any subsequent bills)
• Early Decision commitment statement for EDI and EDII applicants
(signed by ED applicant, a parent or legal guardian, and school
counselor) available on the Common Application website
• TOEFL (or equivalent test) if English is not your native language
Optional
• Connecticut College Writing Supplement
• Standardized Test Scores (i.e., SAT Reasoning, SAT Subject Tests,
or ACT)
Admission
• One-page peer recommendation
• Arts Supplement
Standardized Testing Policy
Connecticut College does not require the submission of standardized testing. Applicants may choose to submit no tests for review or may select to
submit the SAT Reasoning, two SAT Subject Tests or the ACT (with or
without the writing section). If your standardized test scores do not reflect
a student’s full potential, we recommend selecting the “no tests” option
on the Connecticut College member screen of the Common Application.
If an applicant submits testing, official score reports should be sent
directly to the Office of Admission from the testing service, and the
Admission Committee will consider the best scores for the test option
selected through the Common Application.
Applicants whose native language is not English are required to
submit results of an English proficiency exam. Evidence of competence
in the use of the English language is required as a condition for admission. In general, students whose TOEFL score is below 600 on the paper,
250 on the computer or 100 on the Internet-based tests, or whose IELTS
score is below a 7.0, will have a difficult time gaining admission without
additional evidence confirming their mastery of English.
Early Decision
Candidates who identify Connecticut College as their first choice are
encouraged to apply Early Decision. Early Decision candidates, a parent
or guardian, and the student’s school counselor must sign the Early Decision Commitment Statement and submit it to the Office of Admission by
the appropriate deadline.
There are two rounds of Early Decision at Connecticut College:
Early Decision Round I (EDI) and Early Decision Round II (EDII). Both
rounds of Early Decision are binding and indicate the same level of commitment to the College. If a student chooses to submit testing, results of
the October ACT or November SAT Reasoning or Subject Tests will be
accepted for EDI. Results of the December ACT or SAT Reasoning or
Subject Tests will be accepted for EDII. Typically, January test scores do
not arrive in time for EDII consideration. The EDII deadline also allows
more time for consideration before deciding to make a commitment to
the College.
Early Decision is a binding commitment and, if admitted, applicants
agree to enroll at Connecticut College, pending an adequate financial
aid award. Financial aid is awarded on the basis of need, not merit. The
College offers no merit aid. To apply for financial aid, students must do
so by the corresponding Early Decision financial aid deadline. Students
are encouraged to use the tools provided on the financial aid website to
assess their need, and to contact Financial Aid Services (860-439-2058
or [email protected]) before making a final decision about whether to
Application
Dealine
Financial
Aid Dealine
Notification
Date
Early Decision:
Round I
Round II
November 15
January 1
November 15
January 15
mid-December
mid-February
Regular Decision:
Fall Semester
Spring Semester
January 1
November 1
February 1
November 1
late March
mid-December
Transfer Admission:
Fall Semester
Spring Semester
April 1
November 1
April 1
November 1
early May
mid-December
Return to College:
Fall Semester
Spring Semester
April 1
December 1
April 1
December 1
early May
mid-December
apply Early Decision. Financial aid packages are not negotiable regardless
of an Early Decision commitment or financial aid package from another
institution.
Early Decision applicants, may submit Regular Decision applications
to other colleges in the meantime, with the understanding that they will
withdraw these applications and initiate no new ones if they are accepted
to Connecticut College. An application will be withdrawn if a student
applies simultaneously to more than one college as an Early Decision
applicant, or if an Early Decision admitted student does not withdraw
their applications from other colleges after notification of acceptance to
Connecticut College.
Early Decision candidates may be admitted, denied or deferred. All
deferred candidates will be reconsidered for Regular Decision and need
not submit a new application. A deferral is not a rejection. It releases
an applicant from their binding commitment to enroll if admitted and
reflects the Admission Committee’s interest in reviewing their application in the context of the overall applicant pool and in receiving more
information, like mid-year grades or updated testing, before it can reach
a final decision.
Spring Semester Admission
First-year applicants who prefer to enter in January for the spring academic term and should apply by November 1. A limited number of students will be considered for January admission, along with spring entry
transfers, depending on space availability. Financial aid is not available for
non-U.S. citizens applying for spring semester admission.
Transfer Admission
Students from accredited colleges may apply for transfer admission to
Connecticut College with advanced standing. Applicants must be in good
standing academically and entitled to honorable dismissal. The quality
and strength of the college record are of foremost importance, but the
secondary school record is significant in assessing a student’s preparation.
Transfer credit is granted for all academic courses completed with grades
of C or better where there are equivalent courses in the Connecticut College catalog, and students will be given the standing to which the Registrar confirms their credentials entitle them. All credits are subject to
review at the end of the first year. All credit equivalencies are calculated
by the Office of the Registrar by August or January, prior to enrollment
at the College.
Transfer students will not be admitted to the senior class; all degree
candidates must complete at least two full years of academic work in residence (full-time status*), including one semester of the senior year, and
earn at least 64 credits at Connecticut College. Prospective transfer students should review the eligibility requirements for their intended major(s)
before applying.
Transfer students applying for admission must apply by April 1 for
fall admission or November 1 for spring admission. The Admission Committee will review applications and decisions will be announced in early
May for the fall and mid-December for the spring. Admitted students will
be asked to respond to the offer of acceptance within two weeks.
Return to College Program
The Return to College (RTC)** program is designed for adults (25 years
of age or older) whose undergraduate education was interrupted and who
now propose to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree on a part-time basis.
The Return to College Program offers flexible enrollment (no more
than 12 credits per semester) but is not intended to provide an indefinite period of time for completion of the degree. Students should refer to
the Satisfactory Academic Progress section of this catalog for guidelines
* The full-time undergraduate is defined as one enrolled in 12 or more semester hours.
** Students who are not U.S. residents are ineligible for the RTC Program.
9
regarding the completion of degree requirements. Coursework toward
the completion of the Bachelor of Arts degree in the RTC program is
scheduled mainly during the day with enrollment in courses alongside
traditional, full-time, undergraduate degree-seeking students.
Admission as an RTC student is highly selective based on an assessment of all previous academic work and personal accomplishment. All
applicants must have successfully completed at least one year of collegelevel work or its equivalent, showing appropriate academic coursework in
a liberal arts environment. Connecticut College students who have not
completed their degree requirements should have spent at least five years
away from Connecticut College before becoming eligible to re-enter as
RTC students. Students who can offer appropriate credentials are invited
to apply. Campus residence is not available. Additional information and
application forms may be found at www.conncoll.edu/media/websitemedia/admissiondocs/Return_to_College_Application.pdf.
The RTC application with personal statement, official copies of all
secondary school and college transcripts, and three letters of recommendation are required of all applicants. After applications have been reviewed,
some applicants may be asked to interview with an admission counselor if
more information is needed.
Home School Applicants
If a home school applicant does not have a traditional high school transcript, they must submit a detailed accounting of the courses they have
pursued along with syllabi or reading lists. If courses have been taken at
a high school, college/university or through a distance-learning program,
official transcripts must be submitted.
In addition, letters of recommendation should not come from an applicant’s parents. Many students submit letters from classes they may have
taken at a high school, college or university or from people for whom they
have volunteered or worked.
Home school applicants should also try to schedule an interview, if
possible, with an admission counselor, senior interviewer or an alumni
representative either on campus or close to home. The home-schooled
students who are successful applicants to the College have generally
availed themselves of local college, university or distance-learning courses
through an accredited educational organization, and have participated in
extracurricular activities at the local level.
Early Admission
Early admission may be granted to students who have accelerated and
graduated from high school, completing in three years essentially the same
distribution of coursework as would be expected in four years. They must
fulfill the same requirements as regular applicants and are advised to have
an evaluative interview.
Optional Arts Submissions
Students with well-developed talents in the creative or performing
arts who desire that their talents be considered as part of the application may submit appropriate materials by using Slideroom, available via
the Common Application. The submission of arts materials is entirely
optional.
The departments of dance, music and theater have an audition requirement for their majors, and the studio art department requires a portfolio
review. Further information on these requirements can be found under each
major in this catalog, or you may call the relevant department.
Deferral Requests
Admitted students who wish to defer their enrollment for one semester
or a full year should accept the offer of admission by May 1 and submit a
written request for deferral to the Dean of Admission and Financial Aid
by June 1. If a deferral is granted, in return for guaranteeing a place in the
corresponding class, the student, a parent or guardian, and the student’s
school counselor must sign a form indicating that the student will not
apply to any other institutions during the next year.
10
Tuition Exchange
Connecticut College participates in the Tuition Exchange Program
whereby dependents of eligible employees at participating institutions
may attend the College under a Tuition Exchange award, the availability
of which varies. Selection of recipients is highly competitive, based on the
student’s record of academic achievement and other application materials.
For information regarding eligibility, procedures and deadlines, interested
students should first contact the Tuition Exchange Liaison Officer at their
sponsoring institution. For specific information regarding the application
process at Connecticut College visit: http://www.conncoll.edu/admission/
tuition-fees/tuition-exchange-program/.
Health
All matriculated students are eligible to be seen at Student Health Services
if they have completed their Health Certificate. A health certificate, completed and on file in Student Health Services, is required by the College
before matriculation. This information is confidential, available only to
the staff of Student Health Services, and is essential for the protection
of the student’s health in the event of illness or injuries while at college
and for the protection of public health. Any student who has not filed
a completed health certificate is not eligible for dormitory housing, for
participation in varsity or intramural athletics, or for treatment within
Student Health Services.
All entering students are required by Connecticut state law to have
been immunized against rubella, measles and meningococcal meningitis.
If you were born after Dec. 31, 1956, Connecticut state law requires that
you must be immunized, or you may not attend classes or live in a dormitory at a Connecticut school. Complete details regarding required and
recommended vaccines are available on the Student Health Form included
in your Enrollment Guide. Those requesting an exemption from this law
can find a Religious Exemption form at http://www.conncoll.edu/media/
website-media/campuslife/SHSReligiousExemption.pdf.
These regulations apply to regular undergraduate degree candidates,
graduate students, visiting students, Twelve College Exchange students,
transfer students and full-time special students. They do not apply to special students on reduced programs who are not paying full fees, are not in
residence, are not involved in athletics and are not eligible for treatment
within Student Health Services. If Williams-Mystic and Eugene O’Neill
students have contracted for service, these regulations apply to them.
The College regards health as a matter of great importance and supports the pursuit of higher education for students with physical impairments or health problems. Students who want to claim a disability should
refer to the Office of Student Accessibility Services entry in the General
Information section.
New London Scholars
In 1986, on the occasion of the 75th anniversary of the founding of the
College, the trustees established the New London Scholars program in
appreciation of the important role the city has played in the life of the College from its beginning. Each semester, two outstanding seniors from 14
of the area’s high schools are selected to take one course tuition-free. Students, however, are responsible for the cost of books or other class-related
materials. The high schools participating in the program are:
East Lyme High School
Fitch Senior High School
Ledyard High School
Lyman Memorial High School
Lyme-Old Lyme High School
Montville High School
New London High School
New London Science & Technology Magnet High School
Norwich Free Academy
Saint Bernard High School
Admission/Degrees and Programs of Study
Stonington High School
Waterford High School
Wheeler High School
Williams School
Geographical Distribution
Full-Time Undergraduate Students*
First Semester, 2013-2014
New England States �� 888
Connecticut �� 322
Maine �� 60
Massachusetts �� 392
New Hampshire �� 40
Rhode Island �� 46
Vermont �� 28
Middle Atlantic States �� 424
Delaware �� 3
New Jersey �� 113
New York �� 252
Pennsylvania �� 56
South Atlantic States �� 76
Florida �� 18
Georgia �� 3
Maryland �� 32
North Carolina �� 5
Virginia �� 18
South Central States �� 28
Kentucky �� 2
Mississippi �� 1
Tennessee �� 4
Texas �� 21
North Central States �� 108
Illinois �� 75
Indiana �� 3
Iowa �� 1
Kansas �� 1
Michigan �� 6
Minnesota �� 5
Missouri �� 6
Ohio �� 9
Wisconsin �� 2
Mountain States �� 17
Arizona �� 4
Colorado �� 5
Idaho �� 3
New Mexico �� 3
Nevada �� 1
Wyoming �� 1
* The full-time undergraduate is defined as one enrolled in 12 or more semester hours.
Pacific States �� 110
Alaska �� 1
California �� 95
Hawaii �� 4
Oregon �� 6
Washington �� 4
District of Columbia �� 5
U.S. Territories �� 3
Outside United States �� 94
TOTAL �� 1,753
Degrees and Programs of Study
Accreditation
Connecticut College is accredited by the New England Association of
Schools and Colleges and has been so continuously since December 1932.
The College offers courses leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts and
Master of Arts. Information about the College’s accreditation status can
be obtained from the roster of institutions on the New England Association of Schools and College’s Commission on Institutions of Higher Education website: https://cihe.neasc.org/. The College offers courses leading
to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Master of Arts. Information about
the College’s accreditation status can be obtained from the roster of institutions on the New England Association of Schools and College’s Commission on Institutions of Higher Education website: https://cihe.neasc.
org/. Questions about financial aid application and funding information
for both programs can be obtained from Financial Aid Services. For specific questions about programs leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree,
please contact the Office of Admission. For questions about the Master
of Arts degree, contact the Office of the Registrar. Information on how
to comment on, or register complaints about Connecticut College’s compliance with NEASC accreditation criteria may be found at the CIHE
NEASC website: http://cihe.neasc.org/information_for_the_public/
comments_amp_complaints.
The Bachelor of Arts
Connecticut College offers a transforming education that prepares students to put the liberal arts into action as effective citizens in a global society. Toward those ends, the students undertake a curriculum structured
to ensure meaningful engagement with the major areas of human experience, inquiry and achievement as well as opportunities for self-discovery
and expression. A Connecticut College education involves students in
carefully crafted educational experiences inside and outside of the classroom that knit together courses of study, opportunities to test and apply
what is learned in varied and multiple contexts, and encouragement to
reflect upon the relationships among them. In this sense, a Connecticut
College education is significantly broader than the accumulation of the
academic credits that constitute the minimum requirements for a Bachelor of Arts degree.
All candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree are required to complete a thoughtfully developed program of study that includes the equivalent of 128 semester hours of academic credit, distributed among general
education, elective courses and the academic major. Furthermore, students are encouraged to complement this coursework with selected leadership, service, study away, internship, work and/or research activities. In
addition to the major, students may complete a minor in selected fields or
a certificate in one of several interdisciplinary programs.
11
The Program of General Education
The College’s General Education program, required of all students, is
aimed at fostering intellectual breadth, critical thinking, and acquisition
of the fundamental skills and habits of mind conducive to lifelong inquiry,
engaged citizenship and personal growth. Since 2005, first-year students
have had the opportunity to enroll in freshman seminars designed to ensure
close student-faculty relationships, intensive examination of a topic of deep
substantive import, instruction in writing and critical reading and analysis,
and active class discussion. A list of the freshman seminars offered in a given
academic year is published annually and posted on the College website.
In addition, students are required to complete a series of at least seven
courses designed to ensure broad engagement with the range of disciplines
that constitute the liberal arts. These courses introduce students to the
orienting questions, conceptual frameworks and methods of inquiry and
expression of the natural and social sciences, humanities and arts. Lists of
courses that satisfy the distribution requirement areas will be published
annually and posted on the College website.
The seven General Education areas are:
Area 1:
Area 2:
Area 3:
Area 4:
Area 5:
Area 6:
Area 7:
Physical and Biological Sciences
Mathematics and Formal Reasoning
Social Sciences
Critical Studies in Literature and the Arts
Creative Arts
Philosophical and Religious Studies
Historical Studies
Students must complete one course from each of these seven areas, taken
in seven different departments (as defined by the course designations).
Each of these courses, when completed at Connecticut College, must
be taken for a letter grade and must be worth at least four credit hours.
Any exceptions to the seven-department rule must be approved by the
Committee on Academic Standing. These seven courses should normally
be completed by the end of the sophomore year. With special permission, appropriate coursework taken at other institutions may be counted
towards these requirements.
Foreign Language and Cross-Curricular Requirements
Foreign Language Requirements
Each student must complete a two-semester sequence of a new foreign
language at the elementary level. A new language is one in which a student
has studied for not more than one full year of secondary school. As an
alternative, students may complete one course in a foreign language at the
intermediate level or higher.
The foreign language requirement may be waived upon the recommendation of the appropriate language department on the basis of one or
more of the following: departmental tests, interviews or an SAT Subject
Test score of 560 or higher. Students must seek this waiver during freshman year.
Students who have a documented disability in foreign language
acquisition, as certified by the director of Student Accessibility Services,
may petition the Committee on Academic Standing for a substitution of
the foreign language requirement. Provided the Committee on Academic
Standing approves, students must select two foreign culture courses in
place of the typical foreign language course(s). Both culture courses must
be offered in English by foreign language departments or programs at
Connecticut College. The courses can be taken at any level, and both need
not pertain to the same language/culture.
Writing Across the Curriculum
Each student must complete two designated Writing (W) courses. For
most students, one of these courses will be a freshman seminar.
12
Writing courses are designed to integrate the teaching of writing with
the teaching of subject matter and to foster a deep connection between
writing and critical thinking. Courses that fulfill the writing requirement
normally include the following elements:
• A minimum range of 15 to 25 pages of graded writing.
• Writing assignments distributed over the course of the semester.
• Feedback from the instructor on writing, along with opportunities
for students to make use of these suggestions.
• Time devoted to discussing skills and strategies for writing.
Technology
Information skills are an essential part of a modern liberal arts education.
Students should acquire skills in Internet navigation and research, database
searching, and traditional library research. In addition, students should be
able to integrate appropriate technology into their learning and research.
The Academic Major and Minor
Every student is required to complete an academic major, which must be
formally declared no later than March 31 (or Oct. 31) of the second semester of the sophomore year. Students have the option of completing minors
or additional majors, each of which should be declared no later than the
end of the first semester of the senior year.
A major must consist of at least nine and no more than 15 semester
courses (typically 36 to 60 credit hours), unless otherwise dictated by the
standards of a professional society. At least six of these courses must be at
the 200 level or higher, with at least two at the 300 level or higher. Only
a certain number of courses may be counted in common between the
requirements for two separate majors:
• If the total number of combined semester courses for the two majors
is fewer than 24, three courses may be counted in common.
• If the total number of combined semester courses for the two majors is
at least 24 and fewer than 30, four courses may be counted in common.
• If the total number of combined semester courses for the two majors
is 30 or more, five courses may be counted in common.
If more than the designated three, four or five courses in common are
required between the two majors, then an equivalent number of courses
need to be added as electives.
A minor must consist of at least five semester courses, at least three of
which must be at the 200 level or higher. Only one course may be counted
in common toward the requirements for a major and a minor or toward
the requirements for two separate minors.
The College offers both department-based and interdepartmental
majors. Interdepartmental majors generally include a required core comprised of at least one introductory course specific to the major and a capstone experience (individual study, honors study, seminar, colloquium or
internship) in which the analytical skills and subject matter from prior
courses are employed and tested.
Certain majors provide students the option of selecting a specific
track or concentration. A concentration is noted explicitly on a student’s
transcript, whereas a track is not.
Connecticut College offers 36 department-based majors:
anthropology
architectural studies
art
art history
biochemistry, cellular and
molecular biology
biological sciences
botany
chemistry (ACS certified)
chemistry/biochemistry
(ACS certified)
classics
computer science
dance
East Asian studies
economics
Degrees and Programs of Study/Advanced Study
English
environmental chemistry
French
gender and women’s studies
German studies
government
Hispanic studies
history
human development
international relations
Italian studies
Latin American studies
mathematics
music
music and technology
philosophy
physics
psychology
religious studies
Slavic studies
sociology
theater
The College also offers five interdepartmental majors:
Africana studies
American studies
behavioral neuroscience
environmental studies
film studies
human development
Italian studies
Latin American studies
linguistics
mathematics
music
music and technology
philosophy
physics
psychology
religious studies
Slavic studies
sociology
theater
Elective Courses
Students have the option of designing their own interdisciplinary major or
minor. Proposals for student-designed majors shall include:
1. A closely articulated group of nine to 15 courses in two or more
disciplines.
2. A n integrative project – individual study, honors study or an
appropriate seminar – that counts as one of the nine to 15 courses
and serves as a capstone to the major, through which students
have the opportunity to reconcile or synthesize the interdisciplinary materials with which they have been working.
3. A n essay describing the overall coherence or unity in the form
of a central topic, theme or problem; when completed, the essay
should be signed by the faculty member(s) asked to serve as major
adviser(s).
Proposals for student-designed minors shall include:
1. A closely articulated group of six or more courses in two or more
disciplines.
2. A n integrative project (individual study) that counts as one of the
six or more courses and serves as a capstone to the minor, through
which students have the opportunity to reconcile or synthesize the
interdisciplinary materials with which they have been working.
3. A n essay that defines and explains the concept that underlies or
unifies the minor; when completed, the essay should be signed by
the faculty member(s) asked to serve as minor adviser(s).
Students must design their major and minor in consultation with a faculty
adviser and the Committee on Student-Designed Interdisciplinary Majors
and Minors, subject to approval of that committee, the Academic and
Administrative Procedures Committee, and the College faculty. Major
and minor proposals should normally be approved no later than the first
semester of the junior year. For further information, students should contact the Office of the Dean of Studies and the chair of the Committee on
Student-Designed Interdisciplinary Majors and Minors.
Connecticut College offers minors in the following subjects:
Africana studies
American studies
anthropology
applied statistics
Arabic studies
architectural studies
art
computer science
dance
East Asian studies
economics
English
environmental studies
film studies
French
gender and women’s studies
geology
German studies
government
Hispanic studies
history
art history
astronomy
biological sciences
botany
chemistry
classics
cognitive science
In the elective area students are free to explore fields not otherwise included
in the academic program by exploring a diversity of interests, satisfying
a curiosity aroused through General Education or bolstering their major
with related study. Whatever the preference, the student should choose
electives with a thoughtful awareness of the design of his or her education.
Advanced Study
The College encourages properly qualified students to engage in advanced
individual study. The following plans, as supplements to the regular course
offerings, are available to students upon recommendation by their advisers.
Honors Study
Honors Study offers students who meet the standards set by the College
and by their major departments the opportunity to combine independent
work with regular courses of study.
Juniors who have maintained a 3.5 grade point average in their major
courses for the sophomore and junior years may, at the end of the junior
year, request permission of their departments to be admitted to Honors
Study. At this time, in consultation with their major department, they
shall formulate a tentative plan for a senior project that has a scope of a
year-long project in the student’s declared major.
Before the end of the junior year, the student will present the major
department or appropriate interdisciplinary committee with a plan of
study designed to replace two semester courses in the major field. When
this plan has been approved, the chair and principal adviser will choose
two readers. At least one of the readers and/or the adviser must be a
member of the department. The student may confer at any time with the
readers about the progress of the honors work.
During preregistration in the spring of the junior year the student
will enroll in Course 497 for the fall. During preregistration in the fall
of the senior year the student will enroll in Course 498, or convert the
thesis into an independent study. One week prior to the end of classes
in the second semester, the student will submit the thesis and the thesis
submission form electronically. After the conclusion of the academic year,
the library will post the thesis to Digital Commons, granting the thesis
the level of access requested by the student and adviser. The department or
interdisciplinary committee shall have the option of requiring the readers
to administer an oral examination on the subject of the course.
Students enrolled in Course 497-498 will be given the temporary grade
“In Progress” at the end of the first semester. This grade will be changed to
a letter grade when the Honors Study has been completed. The final grade
shall be assigned by the adviser after consultation with the readers. A grade
of A or A- will denote Honors.
13
Any Honors Study project to be considered for the Oakes and Louise
Ames Prize must be submitted to the Educational Planning Committee
and must include a one-page abstract of the project.
The College awards the degree of Bachelor of Arts with Honors Study
in the Major Field to students who complete their Honors Study with a
grade of A or A-. Students who earn a passing grade of B+ or lower will
receive credit as Individual Study as determined by the department. The
College awards the degree of Bachelor of Arts with Honors Study and
Distinction in the Major Field to students who complete their Honors
Study with a grade of A or A-, and who have a scholarship standing of 3.7
in their regular or interdisciplinary major courses, including those of the
freshman year or its equivalent.
Individual Study Courses
Individual study courses are available to properly qualified students, subject to availability of staff time for supervision. The proposal for study
must be approved by the instructor supervising the project and by the
department or interdisciplinary program in which the project is to be
conducted.
Seminars
Many departments also offer seminars in which students have the opportunity to work independently on different aspects of their major field or
area of interdisciplinary study and to discuss the results of their research.
Postgraduate Study and
Admission to Professional Schools
Many Connecticut College seniors choose to apply for and attend graduate or professional schools. After assisting students with the process of
identifying their advanced degree goals, Career Enhancing Life Skills
14
(CELS) counselors refer these students to the College’s pre-professional
and graduate school advisers and to discipline-specific faculty advisers.
A student who plans to undertake graduate study should examine
specific requirements of particular graduate programs as early in the
undergraduate years as possible. Attention is directed to the foreign language requirements of the graduate schools. The choice of languages and
the degree of competence expected vary with both the major subject and
the graduate school. Early consultation with the major adviser and the
college’s graduate school advisor is strongly recommended.
Students intending to prepare for postgraduate entrance into law, business or medical school are encouraged to register with Connecticut College
pre-law, pre-business or pre-health advisers early in the freshman year.
Connecticut College does not recommend a formalized pre-law program of studies because experience demonstrates that the best preparation for law school is a solid liberal arts education that trains minds to
think critically, logically and creatively. Recent graduates now enrolled in
law schools concentrated in a wide range of liberal arts majors. Interested
students are encouraged to read the pre-law newsletter to learn about lawrelated activities and attend information sessions conducted by law school
admissions representatives who visit campus.
Although medical schools require applicants to present strong academic qualifications in a number of undergraduate sciences, superior
performance in a diversified program of liberal arts studies is equally
important. The science requirements for medical school can be met by
the following courses: biology (two semesters); general chemistry (two
semesters); organic chemistry (two semesters); and physics (two semesters).
Most medical schools require a year of English and one year of collegelevel mathematics. Although not required, additional courses in biology,
biochemistry, statistics, psychology and sociology will prepare students
for the MCAT (Medical College Admission Test). The College pre-health
adviser provides guidance in selecting additional courses and distributes a
guide on preparing for medical school.
Course Offerings/Freshman Seminars 2014
Course Offerings
Undergraduate courses are numbered from 100 to 499. Courses numbered 100-199 are open to students in all classes unless otherwise indicated. Courses numbered 200-299 generally have introductory-level
prerequisites or may be restricted to students above the freshman class.
Courses numbered 300-399 usually have intermediate prerequisites, or
may be open only to junior or senior students. Courses numbered 400499 usually have advanced prerequisites or require a large component
of independent work. Courses numbered 500-599 are graduate courses.
Some graduate courses are open to properly qualified undergraduate
students.
Honors Study courses are hyphenated courses, numbered 497-498.
In comma courses, e.g., Greek101, 102, unless otherwise noted, the student may receive credit for either semester, if taken separately. The comma
arrangement is designed to indicate that two semesters form a unit of work
and may be so taken if desired. Occasionally, in a comma course, the firstsemester course is a prerequisite to the second-semester course; when this
is the case, that fact is stated in the course description.
A semester course is normally equivalent to four semester hours; for
exceptions in applied music, architectural studies, biological sciences,
botany, chemistry, Chinese, dance, education, English, environmental
studies, French, gender and women’s studies, German, government, history, Italian, Japanese, mathematics, physical education, physics, psychology, Slavic studies and theater, see departmental offerings. Connecticut
College complies with federal regulations defining the credit hour. For
each credit hour awarded, students are expected to complete no fewer than
three hours of combined instructional or studio/lab time and out-of-class
work per week.
The College believes that in a number of courses class size is an
important factor influencing the quality of education. Consequently, to
preserve reasonable class sizes, a student may not always be able to take a
given course in the semester of choice.
The courses of instruction are announced subject to modification.
Courses in which the registration is below five may be withdrawn at the
discretion of the College.
Freshman Seminars 2014
FRESHMAN SEMINAR 104D THE ART OF CHINESE POLITICS
AND THE POLITICS OF CHINESE ART For over 2000 years, the
State has been the central power in Chinese society, each person playing a precise hierarchical role. Art has been a major tool in conveying
and reinforcing governing values. This course analyzes the interaction of
ideas, institutions and individuals from the Qin Dynasty to the present,
illustrated by Chinese art. D. James
FRESHMAN SEMINAR 104E ILLUMINATING DISEASE The
lights and colors of bioluminescent proteins are used to discuss diseases,
modern medical research and the use of molecular methods to study
gene expression. Fluorescent proteins are commonly used in biomedical
techniques – we will examine their application in cancer, heart disease,
malaria, AIDS and dengue fever research. Seminar is open to Freshman
NSF Science Leaders only. M. Zimmer
FRESHMAN SEMINAR 104F TOXINS AND THE NERVOUS
SYSTEM: ENVIRONMENTAL JUSTICE ISSUES While advances
in chemistry have improved our quality of life, marginalized populations
are disproportionately affected by neurotoxin pollutants such as lead, mercury, PCBs, and pesticides. Issues of environmental justice will be debated
within the context of globally responsible use of chemicals. J. Schroeder
FRESHMAN SEMINAR 104G WRITING STORIES: FICTION
AND NONFICTION Students will write both fiction and nonfiction
and explore the similarities and differences in these narrative strategies.
They will also read many stories by contemporary American authors from
the viewpoint of technique, trying to understand how the writers achieved
their goals. B. Boyd
FRESHMAN SEMINAR 114A HEALTHY CHOICE? Is what we are
eating today really food? How can we make healthy and thoughtful food
choices? This seminar will consider the role of processed and genetically
modified food and grains and their impact on diet, and will examine the
American diet through popular literature and scientific readings. Discussions and activities will include critical review and analysis of data as presented by the public press.
This course satisfies General Education Area 1. S. Warren
FRESHMAN SEMINAR 124A ROBOTICS AND PROBLEM
SOLVING An introduction to robotics and problem solving through
robot construction and the programming of controllers. Students will
discuss readings, make presentations, and work in teams to design and
program LEGO Mindstorms robots to solve a series of problems that are
of increasing complexity. No previous knowledge of computer programming is necessary. This course is not intended for computer science majors.
This course satisfies General Education Area 2. G. Parker
A sound liberal arts education should enable students to participate as
quickly as possible in thought-provoking academic discussion. Freshman
Seminars are intended to facilitate this process by providing students a
setting for intellectual and creative engagement. These seminars introduce
and support our institutional value of academic achievement through
close student-faculty relationships. Seminars are designed to foster a lively
and respectful interaction, both among students and between students
and faculty, around a topic of the faculty member’s choosing.
Open to freshmen only. Enrollment limited to 16 students per seminar. These seminars are designated Writing courses.
FRESHMAN SEMINAR 134A HOMESICK: TRAVELING IN
SEARCH OF HOME A look at lives and travels of “global souls” today
and in the context of 19th century colonialism. A “global soul” leaves
home to travel in search of a home. If you have ever wondered where you
are or why you are where you are, this course will connect your questions
to the provocative musings of “global souls” (like Pico Iyer today and Isabelle Eberhardt in 19th century French colonial Algeria) as they travelled
to understand who they are as people. In their musings, such global souls
help us understand our sometimes disoriented and often directionless contemporary condition.
This course satisfies General Education Area 3. S. Sharma
Fall 2014
FRESHMAN SEMINAR 134B YOUR BRAIN AND YOU: A PARTNERSHIP OF ONE The human brain dictates mental development and
undergoes massive and surprising changes from birth to adulthood. Through
a series of case studies and influential works, this course will explore the organization, development, and experiences of the adolescent brain.
This course satisfies General Education Area 3. N. Garrett
FRESHMAN SEMINAR 104B “GREEN” IS A COLOR, NOT A
MOVEMENT: SUSTAINABILITY IN THE 21st CENTURY True
sustainability reaches far beyond just environmental stewardship to
encompass social equity and economic welfare in communities at local
and global scales. This course addresses critical challenges facing today’s
world – including poverty, pollution, healthcare, climate change, and
others – with a focus on developing real solutions using this holistic sustainability framework. C. Jones
FRESHMAN SEMINAR 134C CULTURAL MEANINGS, IDENTITY, AND HUMAN DEVELOPMENT An examination of how individuals make meaning about their identity within the context of a wide
15
array of cultural and social practices. Specific social issues related to media,
globalization, racial politics, and migration will be analyzed to explore and
understand how we make sense of ourselves and others.
This course satisfies General Education Area 3. S. Bhatia
FRESHMAN SEMINAR 134D SOCIAL JUSTICE NARRATIVES:
CONTRADICTIONS AND TRANSFORMATIVE POSSIBILITIES
An exploration of case studies of social justice projects through narratives, research studies, theoretical frameworks, and film. What is learned
through participation in social justice projects? Which perspectives and
experiences are most visible and which remain hidden? What are the
contradictions, limitations, and possibilities embedded in conceptions
of social justice? Topics include social justice education projects, art as a
vehicle for analysis and social change, popular education, and participatory action research projects. D. Wright
FRESHMAN SEMINAR 144G FAMILY STORIES, CULTURAL
HISTORIES How do stories of families record histories of cultures? We
will read contemporary transnational and transcultural fiction about the
family, tracing paths of cultural migration and transformation. Writers
may include Marilynne Robinson, Alice Munro, Jhumpa Lahiri, Kazuo
Ishiguro, Alison Bechdel, and Lorrie Moore.
This course satisfies General Education Area 4. J. Rivkin
FRESHMAN SEMINAR 144H THE AIDS EPIDEMIC IN THEATER AND FILM Together we explore, examine, and create theater and
film emerging from the AIDS epidemic in the United States. Emphasis on
performance and interdisciplinary analysis, drawing on politics, economics, and medical discourse to interrogate the performing arts as historical
evidence chronicling the history and scope of AIDS in America.
This course satisfies General Education Area 4. V. Anderson
FRESHMAN SEMINAR 144A DON QUIXOTE AND HIS WORLD:
ADVENTURE, IMAGINATION AND MADNESS (In Spanish) An
examination of Cervantes’ novel, with emphasis on the status of women,
Muslim and Jewish converts in early modern Spain. The course also includes
readings of poetry, and narrative that influenced Cervantes, as well as contemporary representations of Don Quixote in film and on Broadway.
This course satisfies General Education Area 4. L. Gonzalez
FRESHMAN SEMINAR 144J THE USES OF HISTORY IN LITERATURE A study of prose, poetry, and drama that investigates how we use
the past to tell stories of race, gender, sexuality, class, nation, and life in
general. How do historical concerns shape literary form, and how does literature shape our historical consciousness? Authors include Shakespeare,
Brontë, Achebe, Coetzee, Spiegelman, Rushdie.
This course satisfies General Education Area 4. J. Strabone
FRESHMAN SEMINAR 144B WHY MUSIC MATTERS: FINDING MEANING IN MUSIC Music plays a powerful role in our lives,
whether we encounter it intentionally, recreationally, or accidentally.
Scholars debate the extent to which – and how – music can reference
the world outside itself, can have expressive meaning, can relate narrative
structures, and can shape our experiences. This course confronts these
issues across musical genres (including classical, popular, jazz, and film
music) and from the perspectives of listener, performer, and composer.
Prior musical training is helpful but not required.
This course satisfies General Education Area 4. M. Thomas
FRESHMAN SEMINAR 144K THE ARTIST AND THE SCIENTIST: FROM MICHELANGELO TO GALILEO A study of the
interplay of art, religion, and science in Medicean Florence and Papal
Rome. Special attention will be given to Michelangelo’s frescoes in the
Sistine Chapel and to Galileo’s discovery of the moons of Jupiter. Students
may not receive credit for both this course and Italian 409. The course is
taught in English.
This course satisfies General Education Area 4. R. Proctor
FRESHMAN SEMINAR 144C EMBODIED RESISTANCE A critical
investigation of dance as resistance and social protest. Students will examine educational, dance, and social science theories and methods through
Afro-diasporic dance. Considerations of text, film, and performance will
address the ways in which narratives of social protest are embodied and
resistance to social injustice is enacted. Students will dance at least once a
week. No previous dance background is required.
This course satisfies General Education Area 4. R. Roberts
FRESHMAN SEMINAR 144D CRIME AND DETECTION IN
POPULAR FICTION An exploration of three related figures: the police
detective, the private detective, and the criminal who evolves from villain
to victim. Writers include Dickens, Collins, Norris, Wright, Poe, Stevenson, Doyle, Christie, Hammett, Higgins, Rendell, and P.D. James.
This course satisfies General Education Area 4. P. Ray
FRESHMAN SEMINAR 144E UNRELIABLE NARRATORS How
do we understand a story when we don’t trust the person who tells it?
Beginning with Poe and ending with Lolita, we explore how and why
fictions use narrators whose awareness, mental states, motives, and desires
indelibly color the stories they tell. Texts may include Wuthering Heights,
Atonement, Remains of the Day, and Rashomon.
This course satisfies General Education Area 4. J. Gezari
FRESHMAN SEMINAR 144F FRANCE/AFRICA: THE STORY
OF AN ENCOUNTER Historically, the relationship between France
and Africa has been characterized by a permanent tension. We will use
literature and film to reflect on the historical events and, socio-political
processes that have shaped the encounter between France and Africa. How
are African and French novelists/filmmakers responding to this relationship? Topics include: the colonial encounter, World War II, decolonization
and immigration. Conducted in English.
This course satisfies General Education Area 4. N. Etoke
16
FRESHMAN SEMINAR 144L STORIES FROM THE ROAD: DISCOVERY AND TRANSFORMATION IN THE GERMAN NARRATIVE An examination of the transformative effects of mobility on the
individual through a broad survey of German texts that emphasize exploration, discovery, cultural transfer, and encounters with the foreign from
a German perspective. Authors include Goethe, Humboldt, Ransmayr,
Dörrie. Emphasis on travel and its relationship to revolution and disruption of normative thought.
This course satisfies General Education Area 4. S. Knott
FRESHMAN SEMINAR 144M WHO ARE YOU? QUESTIONS
OF IDENTITY IN CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE AND CULTURE What gives you your unique identity? Is your identity biologicallydetermined or socially-constructed, static or dynamic? Does a person have
one identity or many identities? This interdisciplinary seminar will focus
on the topic of personal and social identity and how literature and other
cultural artifacts, such as art, film, and music create and put into question
identity.
This course satisfies General Education Area 4. M. Reder
FRESHMAN SEMINAR 144N THE ABSURD Art and literature
offer an abundance of absurdity, from Kafka’s Metamorphosis and Gogol’s
The Nose to Beckett’s Waiting for Godot. Is it true, as Martin Esslin has
argued, that absurdist art represents life as inherently meaningless? This
course examines works of literature, theater, painting, sculpture, and opera
to explore the aesthetics and philosophical foundations of the absurd.
This course satisfies General Education Area 4. T. Lin
FRESHMAN SEMINAR 154A IMPROVISATION The practice and
study of creating in real time. Serious play. Tuning the mind and body
to make art in the moment. Investigations of consciousness and self in
the creative process. For artists and thinkers in all disciplines including:
actors, dancers, musicians, visual artists, writers, neuroscientists, philosophers, day dreamers, etc.
This course satisfies General Education Area 5. H. Henderson
Freshman Seminars 2014/Africana Studies/American Studies
FRESHMAN SEMINAR 164A TRAGEDY, COMEDY, AND PHILOSOPHY Life can be tragic, but also comic. We shall explore how
philosophy arose in ancient Greece against the background of tragedy
and comedy, and how Plato and Aristotle put the tragic and comic aspects
of life into a holistic perspective. Our readings will focus on the classical Greek context: the tragedians Aeschylus, Sophocles and Euripides,
the comedian Aristophanes, and the philosophers Socrates, Plato and
Aristotle.
This course satisfies General Education Area 6. L. Vogel
FRESHMAN SEMINAR 164B MEMORY, IDENTITY, AND RELIGION From Obama’s memoir to Augustine’s Confessions to Where the
Wild Things Are, we examine the work of memory through the genres of
memoirs, novels, plays, and film. Emphasis on religion, home, diaspora,
exile, race/ethnicity, sexuality, gender, nationalism, trauma, and nostalgia
as symbolic resources for political, psychological, cultural, and spiritual
identity.
This course satisfies General Education Area 6. D.K. Kim
FRESHMAN SEMINAR 164C SOCRATES In this courses we will
investigate the life and ideas of the enigmatic philosopher Socrates. What
do I know? How should I live? By studying Socratic approaches to such
questions, we will also develop critical skills useful in every facet of life.
This course satisfies General Education Area 6. T. Myers
FRESHMAN SEMINAR 174A GANDHI AND HIS CRITICS Can
a single individual truly change the world? Gandhi transformed himself,
his bodily practices, and his mental ethos as tactics against the inequities
of imperialism, inspiring revolutionaries around the world to do the same.
This course will pursue Gandhian non-violence, self-sufficiency, and disobedient radicalism in the early 20th century. The course also scrutinizes
Gandhi from the point of view of his critics, i.e., Marxists, capitalists,
secularists, and feminists who spoke from across the political spectrum in
the heyday of the British Raj.
This course satisfies General Education Area 7. S. Chhabria
FRESHMAN SEMINAR 174B PUBLIC HOUSING IN AMERICA
Throughout the twentieth century, public housing has been a central
concern for architects, urban planners, and government officials and
has been lauded for its successes and reviled for its failures. This course
will examine the architectural, social, cultural, and political aspects of
public housing in America with a particular attention to local examples
and concerns.
This course satisfies General Education Area 7. E. Morash
FRESHMAN SEMINAR 174C HOLLYWOOD’S HISTORY: HOW
FILM PORTRAYS THE AMERICAN PAST An examination of the
changing interpretations of the American past as represented through
popular film. Analyzes both the accuracy of each film’s depiction of a
historical event and the intersection between the event depicted and the
politics and culture of the era in which the film was produced.
This course satisfies General Education Area 7. C. Stock
FRESHMAN SEMINAR 174D BUTTERFLIES AND BARBARIANS: REPRESENTING EAST AND WEST IN POPULAR CULTURE An examination of the history of discourses representing “East”
and “West” within the context of transnational encounters between Japan,
Europe, and the U.S. A repertoire of cultural icons, such as the geisha, the
barbarian, and the samurai, will be scrutinized and deconstructed under
the critical lenses of gender, race, and ethnicity.
This course satisfies General Education Area 7. A.M. Davis
FRESHMAN SEMINAR 174F SEX, CLASS, AND THE BODY
IN WESTERN ART Course examines the sexual body in art from
the Renaissance to Abstract Expressionism. Topics include the rise of a
Renaissance bodily aesthetic, ideas on sexuality, deified and demonized
female bodies (angels, goddesses, witches, hysterics, and femme fatales),
the male nude, and class and the body (beauty, ugliness, grotesque).
This course satisfies General Education Area 7. R. Baldwin
FRESHMAN SEMINAR 174G FROM THE HOLY LAND TO DISNEYLAND: PILGRIMAGE IN THE MODERN WORLD Like other
forms of human mobility, pilgrimage became a mass phenomenon starting in the nineteenth century, thanks to the development of modern
transportation (trains, steamships, automobiles, and airplanes). In this
course we will look at various pilgrimages, both religious and secular, in
connection with modern world-historical processes such as imperialism,
nationalism, mass consumerism, mass tourism, and globalization. We will
focus as much on pilgrimage destinations (including Mecca, Disneyland,
Jerusalem) as on the process of getting there.
This course satisfies General Education Area 7. E. Kane
Africana Studies
Africana Studies at Connecticut College employs an interdisciplinary and
transnational approach to the study of peoples in Africa and throughout
the African diaspora. The departments of French, Hispanic Studies, History, Sociology, Anthropology, Art History, English, and Government
contribute courses to this program covering Africa, North and South
America, the Caribbean, and Europe. Africana Studies critically engages
the historic and contemporary life, thought and cultures of African peoples. Africana Studies seeks to explore the linkages among African peoples
while also highlighting a multiplicity of experiences through the lenses of
issues such as class, ethnicity, gender, nation, and sexuality.
As a discipline, Africana Studies represents a tradition of intellectual inquiry that grew out of the black freedom struggle and is therefore concerned with the issues of slavery, colonialism, racism and shifting
notions of blackness. It is a dynamic and expansive field that interrogates
the migration patterns and complex global realities of people of African
descent.
Curriculum
The Africana Studies major and minor are interdisciplinary and transnational and designed for students to examine the universal and particular
experiences of people of African descent. Course requirements are under
review and renovation. Interested students should contact David Canton,
Department of History.
American Studies
Professor Stock, director
Affiliated Faculty: Professors: Bhatia (Human Development), Borrelli
(Government), Cole (Anthropology), Dorfman (Dance), Dunlap (Human
Development), Fredricks (Human Development), Rivkin (English), Segrest (Gender & Women’s Studies), Steiner (Art History, Anthropology),
Wilson (History); Associate Professors: Canton (History), Downs (History), Flores (Sociology), Garofalo (History), Grande (Education), Kim
(Religious Studies), Manion (History) (part time), Martin (Film Studies),
Pelletier (Art), Uddin (Religious Studies), Wilson (Music); Assistant Professors: Bedasse (History), Gonzalez Rice (Art History), Graesch (Anthropology), Harris (Sociology), Jafar (Sociology)
The Major in American Studies
American Studies is an interdisciplinary approach to the study of society
and culture in the United States, which traces its roots in the academy
to the early twentieth century. At Connecticut College, the program has
three related emphases: the study of race and ethnicity, gender and sexu17
ality, and the critical examination of the role of the United States in the
world. The American Studies major is affiliated with Unity House, the
multicultural center at Connecticut College, the Center for the Comparative Study of Race and Ethnicity (CCSRE), the Women’s Center, and the
LGBTQ Center.
The major consists of at least eleven courses, including four required
courses. All courses in American Studies should be at the 200 level or
higher with certain 100-level classes as listed below or as permitted by
adviser or director.
• American Studies 201D, or 201S;
• One course in the study of race and ethnicity in the United States.
Students may select American Studies 206; Art History 356; Education 223; English 242, 326, 336, 337, 360, 493H, 494H; History 253, 309; Religious Studies 252; Sociology 203, 223; or a
different course as approved by the adviser or director;
• One course in the study of gender and sexuality. Students may
select American Studies 270; Education 316; English 337; Film
Studies 311; Gender and Women’s Studies 103, 203, 224; Government 250; History 217, 341; Sociology 210, 212, 213; or a different
course as approved by the adviser or director;
• American Studies 465, normally taken during the student’s senior
year.
Also required are:
• Five courses from a single area of concentration at the 200 level
or higher;
• Two courses that treat the United States in comparative, transnational, hemispheric, or global perspective;
• Thirty hours minimum of service learning, internship, fieldwork,
or community service fulfilled under the auspices of a college
certificate program, college course, Career Enhancing Life Skills
(CELS) internship program, or Office of Volunteers for Community Service (OVCS) community activity.
Advisers: M.A. Borrelli, D. Canton, J. Downs, R. Flores, K. Gonzalez
Rice, D. Kim, J. Manion, C. Stock
The Concentration in Comparative Race and Ethnicity
This concentration explores the formation of racial and ethnic categories
and identities over time, across geographic space, and within the cultures
of the United States and its borderlands. It examines the political, economic, and social effects of these categories, as they are complicated by
the forces of nationality, gender, sexuality, and class. It also explores the
history of anti-racism and other social movements for freedom.
Students much choose five courses from the following list for the
concentration in Comparative Race and Ethnicity:
American Studies 206; Anthropology 202, 213, 320, 350, 356, 360,
482 (formerly 382); Art History 356, 370; Dance 266, 434; English
123, 242, 336, 337, 360, 493H, 494H; Film Studies 311; Government 250, 493A, 494A; Hispanic Studies 224, 324, 329; History
205, 213, 214, 215, 225, 227, 253, 304, 309, 313, 330, 341, 450, 458,
460, 468; Human Development 304, 306, 321, 415; Music 103, 117;
Religious Studies 252; Sociology 203, 208, 215, 223, 293, 364, 405,
408; Theater 241. The student may select other courses with permission of adviser or director.
The Concentration in Expressive Arts and Cultural Studies
This concentration explores the ways in which diverse people in the
United States have found meaning through literature, the arts, and popular culture. It also examines the ways texts and images have represented
American identity both to Americans and to others in this hemisphere
and around the world.
Students must choose five courses from the following list for the
concentration in Expressive Arts and Cultural Studies:
18
Anthropology 229, 350, 356; Art History 231, 251, 261, 265, 276,
277, 278, 280, 281, 356, 360, 370, 371, 372, 440, 464; Dance 145,
266, 434; English 123, 126, 137, 207, 208, 213, 217, 240, 242, 306A,
306B, 314, 329, 335, 336, 337, 360, 493C, 494C, 493H, 494H,
493L, 494L; Film Studies 101, 202, 311, 321, 360, 395W, 396W,
493C, 494C; Gender and Women’s Studies 356, 418; Hispanic Studies 224, 251, 309, 324; History 304; Music 103, 117, 229; Philosophy
207; Theater 231, 241. The student may select other courses with
permission of adviser or director.
The Concentration in Politics, Society, and Policy
This concentration focuses on the development of social and political theories and policies that have tried to identify difference in human society.
Students must choose five courses from the following list for the
concentration in Politics, Society, and Policy:
American Studies 450, 493A, 494A; Anthropology 202, 234, 350,
360, 402, 482; Economics 247, 255, 326, 402, 409; Education 223,
226, 316; Environmental Studies 258, 259, 260, 263, 326, 493E,
494E, 493G, 494G, 493U, 494U; Gender & Women’s Studies 103,
224; Government 111, 205, 206, 212, 214, 215, 226, 228, 231, 250,
251, 252, 258, 260, 284, 304, 326, 352, 493A, 494A, 493G, 494G,
493Y, 494Y, 493Z, 494Z; History 253, 334, 341, 450; Human
Development 103, 314, 321, 414, 415; Religious Studies 229, 252,
254, 255, 311, 346; Sociology 203, 208, 209, 212, 213, 215, 216, 223,
227, 293, 364, 405, 408. The student may select other courses with
permission of adviser or director.
Courses that treat the United States in Comparative,
Transnational, Hemispheric, or Global Perspective
All courses on Latin America or the Caribbean from any Department as
well as:
Anthropology 307, 350, 356, 360, 363, 370, 402, 450; Art History
261, 265, 278, 356; Economics 212 (formerly 307), 219 (formerly
319), 247, 250; English 137, 241, 314; Environmental Studies 251,
263, 493K, 494K, 493U, 494U; Gender and Women’s Studies 103,
203, 224, 235; Government 205, 206, 215, 228, 251, 307, 324, 348,
352, 493G, 494G, 493U, 494U, 493V, 494V; History 203, 217, 250,
253, 309, 324, 325, 334, 416, 448; Human Development 416; Music
108; Psychology 450; Religious Studies 202, 203, 207, 248, 252,
254, 401; Sociology 400; Slavic Studies 251, 260. The student may
select other courses with permission of adviser or director.
The Minor in American Studies
The minor consists of American Studies 201D, or 201S (or English 219 or
History 201); one course either in the study of race and ethnicity or the
study of gender and sexuality as listed above and at least four other American Studies or cross-listed courses. The four electives must come from a
single area of concentration and from at least two different departments.
Learning Goals in the American Studies Major
American Studies is an interdisciplinary approach to the study of society
and culture in the United States. Coursework examines three themes
in depth: comparative race and ethnicity, gender and sexuality, and the
role of the United States in the world. Its themes and skills are introduced in its gateway class, AMS 201 and refined in its required senior
seminar, AMS 465: Globalization and American Culture since 1945.
Coursework, advising, and associated faculty come from Anthropology,
Art History, Dance, Economics, English, Film Studies Hispanic Studies, History, Government, Religious Studies, Sociology, and Theater.
The American Studies program is also affiliated with the Center for
the Comparative Study of Race and Ethnicity and the LBGTQ center.
Majors often also gain certificates from PICA, CISLA, or the Museum
Studies program.
By the time they graduate, students should be able to:
American Studies
• Understand the meaning of interdisciplinarity – how various disciplines for example construct the category of evidence.
• Use interdisciplinary methodology to analyze American culture in
writing, research, and discussion
• Define major tropes or themes in American life from colonial to the
present and identify ways they have changed over time and space.
• Engage in a critical analysis of the United States’ changing role in
the world.
• Develop an awareness of issues of race, gender, class, ethnicity,
sexuality and other forms of identity that contribute to and shape
the American experience.
Courses
AMERICAN STUDIES 103 AMERICAN MUSIC This is the same
course as Music 103. Refer to the Music listing for a course description.
AMERICAN STUDIES 117 HISTORY OF JAZZ This is the same
AMERICAN STUDIES 123 INTRODUCTION TO AFRICANAMERICAN LITERATURE This is the same course as English 123.
Refer to the English listing for a course description.
AMERICAN STUDIES 127 SONGS This is the same course as English
127. Refer to the English listing for a course description.
AMERICAN STUDIES 201D/201S INTRODUCTION TO AMERICAN STUDIES A multi-disciplinary approach to the study of American
culture and society. Introduces students to the history of the American
Studies movement, its current debates, and literature. Readings are organized around two questions or themes: Who is an American? And where
is America? Other issues include race, class, gender, sexuality, borderlands,
disability studies, citizenship, and transnationalism. This is the same course
as History 201.
Open to freshmen, sophomores, and juniors; and to seniors with permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course
satisfies General Education Area 7 and is a designated Writing course.
J. Downs, C. Stock
AMERICAN STUDIES 201K INTRODUCTION TO AMERICAN
STUDIES A multidisciplinary approach to the study of American culture and society, introducing students to the history of the American
Studies movement, its current debates, and literature. Readings are organized around two questions or themes: Who is an American? And where
is America? Other issues include race, class, gender, sexuality, borderlands,
disability studies, citizenship, and transnationalism. This is the same
course as Religious Studies 201.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 6 and is a designated Writing course. D.K. Kim
AMERICAN STUDIES 201M INTRODUCTION TO AMERICAN
STUDIES A multi-disciplinary approach to the study of American culture and society. Introduces students to the history of the American Studies movement, its current debates, and literature. Readings are organized
around two questions or themes: Who is an American? And where is
America? Other issues include race, class, gender, sexuality, borderlands,
disability studies, citizenship, and transnationalism. This is the same
course as History 201.
Open to freshmen, sophomores, and juniors; and to seniors with permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course
J. Manion
AMERICAN STUDIES 203 THE COLONIAL HISTORY OF
NORTH AMERICA This is the same course as History 203. Refer to
the History listing for a course description.
19
AMERICAN STUDIES 204 THE AMERICAN REVOLUTIONARY
ERA This is the same course as History 204. Refer to the History listing
for a course description.
AMERICAN STUDIES 206 THEORIZING RACE AND ETHNICITY This course employs a comparative approach to introduce students
to concepts and theories of race and ethnicity. Case studies from various
national contexts are presented to broaden student understanding of the
subject beyond the United States. This course may include an optional
section that will meet for an additional hour each week to discuss supplemental readings in Spanish. Students participating in the foreign language
section will receive one additional credit hour, pass/not passed marking. This is the same course as Comparative Race and Ethnicity 206/
History 209.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 7 and is a designated Writing course. L. Garofalo
AMERICAN STUDIES 206f THEORIZING RACE AND ETHNICITY (In Spanish) This optional section will meet for an additional hour
each week to discuss supplemental texts in Spanish. Students participating
in the foreign language section will receive one additional credit hour,
pass/not passed marking. Students electing American Studies 206f must
concurrently register for American Studies/Comparative Race and Ethnicity 206/History 209. This is the same course as History 209f. L. Garofalo
AMERICAN STUDIES 207 INTRODUCTION TO AMERICAN
LITERATURE: THE 19TH CENTURY This is the same course as
English 207. Refer to the English listing for a course description.
AMERICAN STUDIES 208 INTRODUCTION TO AMERICAN
LITERATURE: THE 20TH CENTURY AND THE PRESENT This
is the same course as English 208. Refer to the English listing for a course
description.
AMERICAN STUDIES 214 POLITICS AND CULTURE IN THE
UNITED STATES, 1890 TO 1945 This is the same course as History
214. Refer to the History listing for a course description.
AMERICAN STUDIES 215 POLITICS AND CULTURE IN THE
UNITED STATES SINCE 1945 This is the same course as Comparative
Race and Ethnicity/History 215. Refer to the History listing for a course
description.
AMERICAN STUDIES 217 SAME-SEX SEXUALITY IN WORLD
HISTORY This is the same course as Gender and Women’s Studies/History 217. Refer to the History listing for a course description.
AMERICAN STUDIES 218 GLOBAL QUEER HISTORIES This is
the same course as Gender and Women’s Studies/History 218. Refer to the
History listing for a course description.
AMERICAN STUDIES 225 AFRICAN AMERICAN HISTORY
1865-PRESENT This is the same course as Comparative Race and Ethnicity/History 225. Refer to the History listing for a course description.
AMERICAN STUDIES 227 AFRICAN AMERICAN HISTORY
1619-1865 This is the same course as Comparative Race and Ethnicity/
History 227. Refer to the History listing for a course description.
AMERICAN STUDIES 231 AMERICAN DRAMA This is the same
course as Theater 231. Refer to the Theater listing for a course description.
AMERICAN STUDIES 242 THE HISTORY OF WOMEN AND
GENDER IN THE UNITED STATES This is the same course as
Gender and Women’s Studies /History 242. Refer to the History listing
AMERICAN STUDIES 248 NARRATIVES OF ILLNESS This is
the same course as History 248. Refer to the History listing for a course
description.
AMERICAN STUDIES 253 NO HOMELAND IS FREE: CHINESE
AMERICAN LITERATURE This is the same course as Comparative
Race and Ethnicity/East Asian Studies/English 253. Refer to the East
Asian Studies listing for a course description.
AMERICAN STUDIES 255 RELIGION AND PUBLIC LIFE This is
the same course as Comparative Race and Ethnicity 256/Religious Studies
255. Refer to the Religious Studies listing for a course description.
AMERICAN STUDIES 257 LATINOS IN THE UNITED STATES
This is the same course as Comparative Race and Ethnicity/History 257.
Refer to the History listing for a course description.
AMERICAN STUDIES 270 HISTORY OF SEXUALITY IN THE
U.S. This is the same course as Gender and Women’s Studies/History
AMERICAN STUDIES 309 THE HISTORY OF SLAVERY AND
EMANCIPATION IN THE AMERICAS This is the same course as
Gender and Women’s Studies/History 309. Refer to the History listing
AMERICAN STUDIES 319 THE COLD WAR IN THE THIRD
WORLD This is the same course as History 319. Refer to the History
listing for a course description.
AMERICAN STUDIES 325 ETHNOHISTORY OF MINORITY
COMMUNITIES IN SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND This is the
same course as Anthropology 325/History 326. Refer to the Anthropology listing for a course description.
AMERICAN STUDIES 330 MEDITATIONS ON THE HISTORY OF
THE AMERICAN SOUTH This is the same course as Gender and Women’s Studies/History 330. Refer to the History listing for a course description.
AMERICAN STUDIES 334 HISTORICIZING 9/11, INTERNATIONALLY AND LOCALLY This is the same course as History 334.
AMERICAN STUDIES 335 BLACK WOMEN IN PRINT AND ON
SCREEN This is the same course as Comparative Race and Ethnicity
336/English 355/Film Studies/Gender and Women’s Studies 335. Refer
to the English listing for a course description.
AMERICAN STUDIES 339 EUGENE O’NEILL AND HIS AMERICA This is the same course as Theater 339D, 340D. Refer to the Theater
AMERICAN STUDIES 341 CRIME AND PUNISHMENT IN U.S.
HISTORY This is the same course as Gender and Women’s Studies/History 341. Refer to the History listing for a course description.
AMERICAN STUDIES 350 EDUCATION AND THE REVOLUTIONARY PROJECT IN LATIN AMERICA This is the same course as
Comparative Race and Ethnicity/Education/Gender and Women’s Studies 350. Refer to the Education listing for a course description.
AMERICAN STUDIES 356 RADICAL DIETS: FOOD AND DRINK
IN AMERICAN LITERATURE This is the same course as English 356.
AMERICAN STUDIES 373 HOME: THE WHY BEHIND THE
WAY WE LIVE This is the same course as Art History 373. Refer to the
Art History listing for a course description.
AMERICAN STUDIES 410 “DRAG YOU OFF TO MILLEDGEVILLE”: MIND, POWER, AND MENTAL HEALTH This is the
20
same course as Gender and Women’s Studies/History 410. Refer to the
Gender and Women’s Studies listing for a course description.
AMERICAN STUDIES 425 FOOD AND MIGRATION This is the
same course as Anthropology 425. Refer to the Anthropology listing for
a course description.
AMERICAN STUDIES 450 LATIN AMERICAN IMMIGRATION
This is the same course as History 450. Refer to the History listing for a
course description.
AMERICAN STUDIES 454 THE REAGAN REVOLUTION: AMERICAN CONSERVATISM, 1940-1990 This is the same course as History
AMERICAN STUDIES 457 NINETEENTH-CENTURY AMERICA
course description.
AMERICAN STUDIES 458 SOUTH OF CANADA IS THE
MASON-DIXON LINE: THE CIVIL RIGHTS MOVEMENT IN
THE NORTH, 1925-1975 This is the same course as Comparative
Race and Ethnicity/History 458. Refer to the History listing for a course
description.
AMERICAN STUDIES 460 THE BLACK FREEDOM STRUGGLE
1946-1968 This is the same course as History 460. Refer to the History
listing for a course description
AMERICAN STUDIES 463 CITY UPON THE HILL: SEVENTEENTH-CENTURY NEW ENGLAND AND AMERICAN IDENTITY This is the same course as History 463. Refer to the History listing
AMERICAN STUDIES 465 GLOBALIZATION AND AMERICAN
CULTURE SINCE 1945 An exploration of the impact of increased
American economic, cultural, and military presence throughout the world
since the end of World War II. This is the same course as History 465.
Prerequisite: Open to senior American Studies majors, and to others
with permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 16 students. This
is a designated Writing course. C. Stock
AMERICAN STUDIES 468 RACE AND SEX IN EARLY AMERICA
This is the same course as Gender and Women’s Studies/History 468.
AMERICAN STUDIES 476 THE GLOBAL 1960s This is the same
course as History 476. Refer to the History listing for a course description.
AMERICAN STUDIES 482 URBAN ETHNOARCHAEOLOGY: AN
ANTHROPOLOGICAL EXPLORATION OF OBJECTS AND CULTURE IN URBAN AMERICA This is the same course as Anthropology
482. Refer to the Anthropology listing for a course description.
AMERICAN STUDIES 493A, 494A CULTURE, POLITICS AND
THE ENVIRONMENT This is the same course as Environmental
Studies 493G, 494G/Government 493A, 494A. See the Government listing for a course description.
AMERICAN STUDIES 291, 292 INDIVIDUAL STUDY
AMERICAN STUDIES 497-498 HONORS STUDY
Anthropology
# Through one of seven designated courses students will gain
experience with the tools, techniques, and methods of at least
one of the following areas of anthropological concern: ethnobotany (308), applied anthropology (380), social-cultural
anthropology (450), urban ethnoarchaeology (482), and
archaeology (383, 396, 406).
Anthropology
Professors: Benoît, Steiner; Associate Professor: Lizarralde; Visiting Assistant Professor: Bennett; Postdoctoral Fellow: Golestaneh; Associate Professor Graesch, Acting chair (Fall 2014), Professor Cole, chair (Spring 2015)
Associated Faculty: Associate Professor: Wilson (Music)
The Major in Anthropology
The major consists of ten courses: 102, 104, 201; and seven additional
courses, at least two which must be at the 200 level, two at the 300 level,
and one at the 400 level. The remaining two courses may be at the 200,
300, or 400 level. At least one 300- or 400-level course must be one of
the following methods-intensive offerings: 308, 380, 383, 396, 406, 450
or 482. A maximum of two anthropology courses taken abroad can be
applied to the major upon approval by the chair of the department.
Concentration in Archaeology
Students majoring in anthropology with a concentration in archaeology
must satisfy the following requirements: 202, 307; any three of the following 383, 390, 396, 406, 482; any two of the following Environmental
Studies/Geophysics 115, Environmental Studies 312, Mathematics 107 or
206. Two anthropology courses taken abroad can be applied to the concentration in archaeology upon approval by the chair of the department.
The Minor in Anthropology
The minor consists of six courses: 102, 104, 201; and three additional
courses, one at the 200 level, one at the 300 level, and one at the 400 level.
A maximum of two anthropology courses taken abroad can be applied to
the minor upon approval by the chair of the department.
Learning Goals in the Anthropology Major
The What: Human Diversity
• Anthropology students can articulate, orally and in writing, significant trends in the history of anthropological thought, the cultural
contours of several world areas, and significant topics and issues in
contemporary anthropological research.
# With the introductory courses, 102 and 104, students will
learn to express key concepts and findings in the fields of
archaeology and socio-cultural anthropology. From 201 students will gain an appreciation of the history of anthropology, enabling them to grasp the significance of contemporary
anthropological study.
# After other 200-level courses, students will be able to describe
and analyze the cultures and societies of specific world areas,
such as South America (234), sub-Saharan Africa (245),
Native North America (250), the Caribbean (260), and
Europe (280).
# W hen students enroll in 300- and 400- level courses they
will explore key issues and themes in the study of human
society and culture, such as our relationship to the environment (307), language and symbolism (314), health and illness
(319), food and drink (350), and the relationship of material
culture to race, gender, class, and ethnic identity (390).
The How: Methods
• A nthropology students can describe and employ appropriate
methods of data collection and analysis.
# Anthropology students learn the basics of archaeological and
socio-cultural methods in the introductory courses.
Making a Difference: Applying Anthropology
• Anthropology majors can apply relevant concepts and methods to
issues and topics of contemporary and/or historical importance.
# Using a holistic and comparative perspective, students can
provide fresh perspectives to such timely issues as development, human rights, migration, ownership of cultural property, gender and sexuality, and the cultural context of health,
illness, and medical care.
# Through internships and courses with an internship component (such as 406) students gain hands-on experience with
anthropological perspectives and methods.
# The options of individual study and honors thesis enable students to explore a topic of interest under the direction of a
professor.
# Students can gain experience in anthropological research by
participation in project-intensive courses (such as 396, 450,
and 482) and ongoing faculty-led research.
# A nthropological perspectives will enhance student experience in study away and certificate programs.
Tool for the Future: Skills, Perspectives, and Scholarship
• Th rough anthropology coursework students will develop skills
and perspectives that will serve them well in the future. While
grounded in the discipline, these skills will serve students in other
fields, in graduate school, and in employed work.
# Students can communicate effectively in a variety of written
and oral formats as well as digital media.
# Students are able to describe and analyze human societies and
cultures, using appropriate methods and concepts.
# Students can bring an informed and critical perspective to a
range of timely issues in an increasingly interconnected world.
# With the training provided by an anthropology major or
minor, students will be well equipped to pursue graduate
school or professional training.
Courses
ANTHROPOLOGY 102 MATERIAL LEGACIES: AN INTRODUCTION TO ARCHAEOLOGICAL ANTHROPOLOGY Introduces
students to foundational concepts, methods, and general theory defining the archaeological study of the human past. Emphasis is placed on
an anthropological approach to cultural evolutionary process. Diverse
case studies highlight archaeological research on human origins, the
emergence of inequality, the rise of the state, and more. Laboratory and
research projects.
Open to freshmen and sophomores, and to others with permission
of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 40 students. This course satisfies
General Education Area 3. A.P. Graesch
ANTHROPOLOGY 104 FOUNDATIONS OF SOCIAL AND CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY An introduction to the principles, concepts, and methods of social and cultural anthropology. General theory
and case studies offer a comparative and holistic understanding of the
human condition across the globe.
Open to freshmen and sophomores, and to others with permission of
the instructor. Enrollment limited to 30 students. Offered both semesters.
This course satisfies General Education Area 3. C. Benoît, J. Cole, Staff
21
ANTHROPOLOGY 108 MUSIC OF THE WORLD This is the same
ANTHROPOLOGY 117 INTRODUCTION TO ETHNOBOTANY
This is the same course as Botany 117. Refer to the Botany listing for a
course description.
ANTHROPOLOGY 201 HISTORY OF ANTHROPOLOGICAL
THEORY An examination of the discipline of anthropology from its
origins in the late nineteenth century to the present. Schools of thought,
trends and issues, and the relationship of the field to the wider world are
addressed through original texts and contemporary interpretations.
Prerequisite: Course 102 or 104. Enrollment limited to 30 students.
J. Cole
ANTHROPOLOGY 202 ARCHAEOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICA
A survey of diverse pre-contact aboriginal cultures in North America.
Emphasis is placed on non-western foodways, political economy, social
organization, and cosmology as inferred from the archaeological study of
technology, built space, subsistence strategies, and production practices.
Laboratory and field methods training in the Arboretum.
Prerequisite: Course 102 or permission of the instructor. Enrollment
limited to 30 students. A.P. Graesch
ANTHROPOLOGY 205 HINDU TRADITIONS This is the same
course as Religious Studies 205. Refer to the Religious Studies listing for
ANTHROPOLOGY 226 LANGUAGE IN CULTURE This is the same
course as Slavic Studies 226. Refer to the Slavic Studies listing for a course
description.
ANTHROPOLOGY 229 ETHNOMUSICOLOGY: THE SOCIAL
SCIENCE OF MUSIC This is the same course as Music 229. Refer to
the Music listing for a course description.
ANTHROPOLOGY 234 ANTHROPOLOGY OF SOUTH AMERICA Description and analysis of the major culture areas, with emphasis on ecology, economy, social and religious organization; influence of
Andean and Iberian civilizations on aboriginal life; and current trends in
cultural development. This course may include an optional section that
will meet for an additional hour each week to discuss supplemental readings in Spanish. Students participating in the foreign language section
will receive one additional credit hour, pass/not passed marking.
Prerequisite: Course 102 or 104, or permission of the instructor.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. M. Lizarralde
ANTHROPOLOGY 234f ANTHROPOLOGY OF SOUTH AMERICA (In Spanish) This optional section will meet for an additional hour
each week to discuss supplemental readings in Spanish. Students participating in the foreign language section will receive one additional credit
hour, pass/not passed marking. Students electing Course 234f must concurrently enroll in Anthropology 234. M. Lizarralde
ANTHROPOLOGY 235 “CHUTNEY-POPCORN”: BOLLYWOOD,
GLOBALIZATION, AND IDENTITY This is the same course as Film
Studies/Gender and Women’s Studies 235. Refer to the Gender and Women’s Studies listing for a course description.
ANTHROPOLOGY 240 BLACK PARIS/BLACK NEW YORK A
comparison between Paris and New York regarding the historical and contemporary presence of the African diaspora in these two cities. We will
discuss the Harlem Renaissance, Négritude movement, and migrations
from the South, the Caribbean, and Africa from a literary, artistic, and
anthropological perspective. This is the same course as French 240. This
course may include an optional section that will meet for an additional
hour each week to discuss supplemental readings in French. Students partipating in the foreign language section will receive one additional credit
hour, pass/not passed marking.
limited to 30 students. C. Benoît
22
ANTHROPOLOGY 240f BLACK PARIS/BLACK NEW YORK (In
French) This optional section will meet for an additional hour each week
to discuss supplemental readings in French. Students participating in the
foreign language section will receive one additional credit hour, pass/not
passed marking. Students electing Anthropology 240f must concurrently
enroll in Anthropology/French 240. C. Benoît
ANTHROPOLOGY 260 ANTHROPOLOGY OF THE CARIBBEAN
An introduction to Caribbean anthropology, to the societies and cultures
of the English-, Dutch-, French- and Spanish-speaking Caribbean, and
to the main theories that account for the production and reproduction
of localized and globalized cultural practices in the Caribbean from the
colonial era to the present.
Prerequisite: Course 102 and 104, or permission of instructor. Enrollment limited to 30 students. C. Benoît
ANTHROPOLOGY 280 ANTHROPOLOGY OF EUROPE An ethnographic examination of contemporary Europe. Topics include food and
agriculture; gender relations, marriage, family, and the household; religion and ritual; migration, ethnicity, and race; work and class relations;
politics and ideology; war, conflict, and reconciliation; and socialism and
post-socialism.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. J. Cole
ANTHROPOLOGY 299 SECRECY: POWER, PRIVILEGE, AND
THE INVISIBLE This is the same course as Art History 299/Sophomore Research Seminar 299D. Refer to the Sophomore Research Seminar
listing in College Courses for a course description.
ANTHROPOLOGY 307 ENVIRONMENTAL ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of the relationship between human beings and the environment, with emphasis on the variations between different time periods
and ecoregions. Specific focus on how adaptations relating to subsistence
patterns and diversity of diet can lead to the current crises of biodiversity,
global warming, and environmental sustainability. This is the same course
as Environmental Studies 307.
Prerequisite: One of the following: Course 104, Environmental Studies 110, or 111. Enrollment limited to 30 students. M. Lizarralde
ANTHROPOLOGY 308 METHODS AND THEORIES OF ETHNOBOTANY This is the same course as Botany/Environmental Studies
308. Refer to the Botany listing for a course description.
ANTHROPOLOGY 311 ETHNOBOTANY OF SOUTHERN NEW
ENGLAND An introduction to Native American plant uses in southern
New England. Field work in the Arboretum and elsewhere will introduce students to ethnobotanical field methods in addition to historical
and other ethnographical materials. Class projects will require collection,
analysis, and presentation of field and other data. This is the same course
as Botany/Environmental Studies 311.
Three hours of integrated lecture, discussion, field, and laboratory
work. Prerequisite: Botany 225 or permission of the instructor. Enrollment
limited to 12 students. M. Lizarralde
ANTHROPOLOGY 312 FEMINIST SOCIAL RESEARCH METHODS This is the same course as Comparative Race and Ethnicity/Gender
and Women’s Studies 312. Refer to the Gender and Women’s Studies listing for a course description.
ANTHROPOLOGY 315 ANTHROPOLOGY OF RELIGION Anthropological interpretation of the role of religion in social and individual experiences. Ethnographic readings focusing on non-western cosmologies and
world views are considered.
Courses 102 and 104, and at least one anthropology course at the
200 level; or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 30
students. Staff
ANTHROPOLOGY 319 MEDICAL ANTHROPOLOGY Conceptions of well-being, disease, and healing in a social and historical context.
Anthropology
Examination of cross-cultural ethnographic research, including research
on Western biomedicine. Representations and experiences of illness and
sickness will also be understood in the context of access to health care,
politics, and globalization.
Prerequisite: Course 104 and one course at the 200 level in Anthropology, Human Development, Psychology, or Sociology. Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors. Enrollment limited to 30 students. C. Benoît
ANTHROPOLOGY 320 ANTHROPOLOGY OF SEXUALITY AND
GENDER Theories of human sexuality as well as gender stereotypes have
undergone dramatic transformation in recent decades. This course surveys concepts of sexuality and gender through the comparative study of
Melanesian, Asian, African, Native American, and Western definitions
and usages.
Staff
ANTHROPOLOGY 325 ETHNOHISTORY OF MINORITY COMMUNITIES IN SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND This course will
examine the history and culture of people of color in this region. A multidimensional approach incorporates archaeological research, interpreting
documentary sources, oral histories, maps, and photographs. Themes will
address dispossession, adaptation, ethnogenesis, changing gender roles,
and labor on land and at sea. This is the same course as American Studies
325/History 326.
Prerequisite: Course 104 and one of the following: History 105, 201,
or 203. Enrollment limited to 30 students. Staff
ANTHROPOLOGY 350 WORLDS OF FOOD An examination of
food from a holistic and comparative perspective. Topics include the
symbolism of food; culinary prohibitions and preferences; commensality;
gender relations; drink and drinking places; food production, exchange,
and consumption; food and status, class, and identity; and the politics and
practices of fast, slow, and health food.
J. Cole
ANTHROPOLOGY 380 APPLIED ANTHROPOLOGY An introduction to applied anthropology. Includes a survey of the history of
the field, and an examination of the domains in which applied anthropologists intervene, with an emphasis on the rules of ethics that applied
anthropologists have to follow. Research projects will include work with
the Haitian community in Norwich, CT. This course may include an
optional section that will meet for an additional hour each week to discuss
supplemental readings in French or Creole. Students participating in the
passed marking.
Prerequisite: Course 104 and one 200-level course in anthropology,
human development, psychology, or sociology. Open to sophomores,
juniors, and seniors. Enrollment limited to 30 students. C. Benoît
ANTHROPOLOGY 380f APPLIED ANTHROPOLOGY (In French
or Creole) This optional section will meet for an additional hour each
week to discuss supplemental readings in French or Creole. Students participating in the foreign language section will receive one additional credit
hour, pass/not passed marking. Students electing Anthropology 380f
must concurrently enroll in Anthropology 380. C. Benoît
ANTHROPOLOGY 383 LABORATORY METHODS IN ARCHAEOLOGY Introduction to archaeological laboratory protocol and intensive
training in materials identification, classification, analysis, and database
design. Materials training includes analyses of lithic artifacts, vertebrate
and invertebrate fauna, plant remains, and ceramics.
Two lectures; four hours of laboratory work. Prerequisite: Course 102
and at least one anthropology course at the 200 level. Open to sophomores,
juniors, and seniors. Enrollment limited to 12 students. A.P. Graesch
ANTHROPOLOGY 356 IMAGINING OTHERNESS IN VISUAL
CULTURE This is the same course as Art History/Comparative Race
and Ethnicity 356. Refer to the Art History listing for a course description.
ANTHROPOLOGY 390 ARCHAEOLOGY OF RECENT AND
CONTEMPORARY SOCIETIES A consideration of the following archaeological topics: artifactual, oral historical, and documentary
sources; how archaeological theory and method illuminate the relationship of material culture to race, gender, class, and ethnic identity; and how
archaeology provides a voice for those not represented in the historical
documentary record. Field methods training.
Prerequisite: Course 102 and at least one anthropology course at the
200 level, or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 20 students. A.P. Graesch
ANTHROPOLOGY 360 PEOPLE ON THE MOVE: MIGRANTS,
REFUGEES, AND TOURISTS IN ANTHROPOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVE An examination of population movement in the contemporary world. Topics include migration policy and practice; labor migrants,
refugees, professionals, and entrepreneurs; tourism and international
retirement; family life and gender; the second generation; race and ethnicity; political mobilization, rejection, and integration; and human
trafficking.
J. Cole
ANTHROPOLOGY 396 EXPERIMENTAL ARCHAEOLOGY The
design and execution of controlled experiments for the purpose of advancing archaeological studies of premodern technologies, production practices, materiality, and site formation processes. Emphasis is placed on
experimental design, the generation and testing of hypotheses, selection
of experimental procedures, analysis, and the application of findings to
extant archaeological research.
This is a project-intensive course that includes a laboratory section.
Prerequisite: Course 102 and at least one anthropology course at the 200
level. Enrollment limited to 12 students. A.P. Graesch and M. Lizarralde
ANTHROPOLOGY 363 ANTHROPOLOGY OF HUMAN RIGHTS
This course provides an introduction to the basic principles of human
rights and their application to situations of conflict in contemporary
societies. It examines the interconnections between human rights abuses,
inequalities of power, and cultural difference. The role of anthropologists
in the understanding and resolution of violent conflicts will be considered.
Prerequisite: Course 104. Enrollment limited to 30 students. Staff
ANTHROPOLOGY 402 NATURE, CULTURE, AND POWER IN
THE AFRICAN DIASPORA Born out of the extermination of Amerindian people, slavery and colonialism, the societies of the Black Atlantic have developed original Creole cultures. This course will examine the
development of Creole identities as linked to the environment and the
transformation of nature into culture. Examples will be drawn from the
Caribbean and the United States.
Open to juniors and seniors who have taken Course 104, and to
others with permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 16 students. C. Benoît
ANTHROPOLOGY 370 LOCATING CULTURE: THE ANTHROPOLOGY OF SPACE AND PLACE An examination of the importance
of place in anthropological thinking and people’s experience of space. The
course will first discuss the development of anthropology as a discipline
that identifies a people and a place in relation to a culture. It will then
analyze issues of identity and politics in relation to space by focusing on
the embodiment, transnational space and globalization, and domination.
Prerequisite: Course 104 or two anthropology courses at the 200
level; or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 30 students.
C. Benoît
ANTHROPOLOGY 403 AUTHENTICITY IN ART AND CULTURE This is the same course as Art History 452. Refer to the Art History listing for a course description.
ANTHROPOLOGY 406 RUINS IN THE FOREST: APPLYING
FIELD METHODS IN AN ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE ARBORETUM This methods-intensive and field-immersive course explores the
23
corpus of archaeological resources distributed across the more than 700
acres of land encompassed by the Connecticut College Arboretum. Students will apply basic and advanced surface and subsurface investigative
techniques in the documentation, analysis, and interpretation of archaeological features spanning the seventeenth, eighteenth, and nineteenth
centuries.
This is a project-intensive course that includes a seminar and fieldwork. Prerequisite: Courses 102 and 104, and two other courses in anthropology; or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 12 students.
A.P. Graesch
ANTHROPOLOGY 407 “MASALA-POPCORN”: BOLLYWOOD,
GLOBALIZATION, AND IDENTITY This is the same course as Film
Studies/Gender and Women’s Studies 407. Refer to the Gender and Women’s Studies listing for a course description.
commit to four to five hours of independent research and/or field work per
week. The four-credit option requires the student to commit to eight to ten
hours of independent research and/or fieldwork per week.
ANTHROPOLOGY 497-498 HONORS STUDY
Arabic Studies
Adviser: W. Athamneh; Visiting Instructor: H. Abo Rabia
The Minor in Arabic Studies
ANTHROPOLOGY 425 FOOD AND MIGRATION An exploration
of many and varied ways in which migration affects food production and
consumption, with special attention to agriculture, restaurants, ethnic
food, culinary trends, and food security. A field research project requires
short trips off campus. This is the same course as American Studies 425.
Prerequisite: Two courses in anthropology or permission of the
instructor. Enrollment limited to 16 students. J. Cole
The minor in Arabic studies consists of five courses: four courses in the
Arabic language (Arabic 101, 102, 201, and 202) and one Arabic course in
English at the 200 or 300 level. Students with prior knowledge of Arabic
may, in consultation with their adviser, begin the language sequence at a
higher level. Students may substitute an individual study in Arabic for the
course in English. No more than two courses taken at other institutions
may be counted toward the minor.
ANTHROPOLOGY 448 CULTURE AND THE HUMAN BODY A
cross-cultural perspective of how the human body serves as a medium and
metaphor of ethnic identity, social status, power, and gender.
Prerequisite: One anthropology course or permission of instructor;
open to juniors and seniors. Enrollment limited to 16 students. This is a
designated Writing course. Staff
ARABIC 101, 102 ELEMENTARY ARABIC An introduction to the
writing and reading system of Modern Standard Arabic, with attention
to basic reading comprehension and writing skills. Three 50-minute class
meetings per week, plus an additional practicum hour (to be arranged)
with an advanced Arabic student/fellow concentrating on speaking and
interacting in Arabic. Four credit hours each semester.
Prerequisite: Course 101 is prerequisite for Course 102. Enrollment
limited to 20 students. Staff
ANTHROPOLOGY 450 CULTIVATING CHANGE An investigation of the cultural, political, environmental, and nutritional contours and
consequences of conventional and alternative food production and distribution systems. A field research project requires short trips off campus.
This is the same course as Environmental Studies 450.
Prerequisite: Two courses in anthropology or permission of the instructor. Open to juniors and seniors. Enrollment limited to 16 students. This is
a designated Writing course. J. Cole
ANTHROPOLOGY 482 URBAN ETHNOARCHAEOLOGY: AN
ANTHROPOLOGICAL EXPLORATION OF OBJECTS AND CULTURE IN URBAN AMERICA Urban Ethnoarchaeology highlights an
archaeology of “us,” focusing on the relationship of objects to everyday
decisions and interactions. Blending ethnographic and archaeological
methods, this project-oriented course explores the social, economic, political, and ideological behavior that accounts for the material landscape that
is urban America. Methods training and intensive fieldwork. This is the
same course as American Studies 482.
Seminar and three to four hours of fieldwork. Prerequisite: Courses
102 and 104. Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors. Enrollment limited to 12 students. A.P. Graesch
ANTHROPOLOGY 291, 292 INDIVIDUAL STUDY Independent
research work with a selected faculty member. Course may be taken for
either two or four credits. The two-credit option requires the student to
commit to four to five hours of independent research and/or fieldwork per
hours of independent research and/or field work per week.
commit to four to five hours of independent research and/or field work per
hours of independent research and/or fieldwork per week.
24
ARABIC 120 ARABIC LITERATURE AND CULTURE FROM THE
QU’RÃN TO MAFOUZ AND BEYOND Evolution of Arabic literary
culture from the codification of the Qur’ân (7th century) to the present,
with a focus on the continuity and change of literary styles, the thematic
development of literary works, and social and historical contexts. This
course is taught in English; no knowledge of Arabic is required.
Enrollment limited to 40 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 4. Staff
ARABIC 201, 202 INTERMEDIATE ARABIC A study of Modern
Standard Arabic, with emphasis on grammar and expansion of vocabulary, as well as current events and cultures of Arabic-speaking societies.
Attention will be given to reading, writing, listening comprehension, and
speaking skills.
Prerequisite: Two or three years of Arabic at entrance, or Courses 101
and 102. Enrollment limited to 20 students. Staff
ARABIC 220 POLITICS AND IDEOLOGY IN LITERATURE
ABOUT THE MIDDLE EAST (In English) An interdisciplinary exploration of constructions of Middle Eastern childhood and adolescence in
contemporary literature about the Middle East. The course investigates
identity formation, cultural representations, as well as politics and ideology in literature addressing younger readers by examining how texts
create a version of childhood and adolescence that prescribes the world to
younger readers.
ARABIC 250 MUHAMMAD For Muslims, Muhammad is the genealogical and spiritual heir to Abraham, the founder of monotheism. His
life inspires millions of people. And yet, Muhammad remains the most
misunderstood and mysterious religious figure of all time. This seminar
focuses on primary Arabic prose and poetry in English translation, academic works on “the historical Muhammad,” the Danish cartoon controversy, films, and new video and musical releases in praise of Muhammad
the Beloved. No knowledge of Arabic required.
Arabic Studies/Art
Staff
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This is a designated Writing course.
ARABIC 320 THE CULTURE AND THOUGHT OF THE MODERN
MIDDLE EAST (In English) An examination of key trends, movements,
and events that have shaped the culture and thought of the modern Middle
East. We will explore narratives in different genres, including novels, films,
and media. Texts under investigation in this course cover a wide array of
political, social, religious, and literary topics.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 4 and is a designated Writing course. Staff
ARABIC 330 MODERN ARABIC LITERATURE (In English) An
examination of modern Arabic literary works in poetry and fiction. The
course investigates the role of major political events, cultural ideologies,
and literary theories and movements in shaping twentieth-century Arabic
literature.
Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors. Enrollment limited to 30
students. Staff
ARABIC 374 THE ARAB SPRING An interdisciplinary examination
of the multifaceted venues in which the Arab Spring is received, reproduced, problematized, and reshaped. The course utilizes literary, cultural,
and political theory to explore the diverse factors, sometimes political but
not always so, that have contributed to the uprising. This the same course
as English 374. Class conducted in English.
ARABIC 291, 292 INDIVIDUAL STUDY
ARABIC 391, 392 INDIVIDUAL STUDY
Art
Professors: McDowell, Pelletier; Wollensak; Associate Professors: Hendrickson, Marks, Assistant Professors: Assor, Barnard; Associate Professor
Bailey, chair
The department of art offers a wide variety of studio disciplines designed
to provide instruction in a liberal arts context. These courses promote and
provide methods for students to communicate ideas in visual form. The
department provides students with a broad knowledge of theory and technique, allowing for creative and intellectual development in exciting and
diverse media incorporating traditional tools and methods and computer
applications and new technologies.
The Major in Art
The major consists of a minimum of thirteen courses, ten in art and three
in art history. The ten art courses must be chosen to satisfy the following
requirements:
1. One art course at the 100 level.
2. Course 205.
3. One course in three-dimensional work, as designated by the
department.
4. One course incorporating digital media, as designated by the
department.
5. Course 349, which students are advised to take during the fall
semester of the senior year.
6. Two semesters of the senior studio (Courses 449 and 450).
7. Three additional studio art courses.
The following art history courses are recommended: Art History 101 (formerly 121), 102 (formerly 122), 260 (formerly 231), 261; any anthropology
course cross-listed with art history; any museum studies course; and any
non-studio architectural studies course. Students may, with permission of
the Art Department, replace one of the three required art history courses
with an appropriate substitute taught by another department.
Students wishing to major in art should submit a portfolio for departmental review while enrolled in their fifth or sixth art course. Prospective
art majors should satisfy the following interim requirements: two courses
by the end of the freshman year; five by the end of the sophomore year;
and nine by the end of the junior year. Students may take art courses at
any level, subject to completion of prerequisites and availability of space.
Senior art majors are required to present a Thesis Exhibition of their
work in their area(s) of concentration. Students must provide photographic or video documentation of the Senior Thesis Exhibition for the
departmental collection.
Some courses in studio art and in art history are not offered every
semester. Students should plan ahead with their major adviser to assure
availability of required courses. Students wishing to study abroad are
strongly encouraged to do so during the fall semester of their junior year.
Advisers: N. Nassor, G. Bailey, C. Barnard, T. Hendrickson, P. Marks,
T. McDowell, D. Pelletier, A. Wollensak
The Minor in Art
The minor consists of a minimum of seven courses, six in studio art and
must include at least one 100-level course, one drawing course, two additional courses at Level Two, one 300-level course, and one additional
studio elective. A declaration of an art minor and a selection of an art
department adviser should be made no later than the end of the first
semester of the senior year. Art History 102 (formerly 122) or a similar art history course chosen with the approval of the Art Department is
required. In addition, minors must participate in the annual Art Department Student Exhibition in their senior year. Approval of all works for
this exhibition must be secured from the minor adviser. In addition, senior
minors are strongly advised to attend all departmental lectures and events.
Learning Goals in the Art Major
Studio Art Department Program Objectives
The Studio Art program offers a wide variety of studio disciplines designed
to provide instruction in a liberal arts context. These courses promote
and provide methods for students to communicate ideas in visual form.
The department provides students with a broad knowledge of theory and
technique, allowing for creative and intellectual development in exciting
and diverse media incorporating traditional tools and methods as well as
state of the art software and technology. A Studio Art major can lead to
an embrace of visual culture as part of a meaningful life and a professional
career in the field of visual arts.
Studio Art Program Learning Outcomes
Students are expected to engage fully within the Studio Art Program and
the opportunities presented for learning. Having completed a B.A. in
Studio Art, graduates of this program will:
Visual Literacy and Communication. Develop a high level of visual
literacy allowing students to situate contemporary visual practices in
a proper historical context and grounded in a foundation of visual
expression.
Creative Thinking. Creatively solve problems through thesuccessful
integration of knowledge and experience towards the creation of an
original body of work.
Technical Skills and Professional Development. Acquire the
knowledge of technical skills and basic processes in a variety of
25
media including two-dimensions, three-dimensions and time-based
works. Use professional standards to develop and present works of art
and understand the discipline, rigor, initiative and passion required
to sustain studio practice.
Critical Skills. Be able to analyze visual art, verbally and in writing,
both past and present, in terms of formal and technical qualities as
well as their relevance to society through informed discourse.
The Curriculum
The Studio Art department at Connecticut College provides a framework
for the study of visual expression. This is done through the creation and
analysis of images and objects. Our program is based in studio practice
fostering student and teacher interaction in creative and reflective processes. Within the various media offered for study, both majors and nonmajors learn the process of art making, from conceptual and perceptual
skills to the techniques of production and evaluative critique. It is the
belief of the faculty that this engagement is of vital importance to all
students. In our increasingly visual culture, visual literacy has become a
necessity. In addition, the challenges of learning to master difficult techniques, participation in the process of critique, the development of creative
problem solving skills, and objective self-assessment are of broad value to
all liberal arts students.
Courses
Studio Practice: In addition to regularly scheduled classes, it is expected
that art students spend significant time doing studio work on assignments
and in perfecting their ideas and craft. Your teacher will indicate expectations at the start of the semester. Cummings Art Center is widely available
for this extra work anytime classes are not in session during the week,
evenings, and on weekends. Students are expected to follow proper studio
etiquette and respect facilities and equipment. The interaction of students
outside of class, sharing ideas, and solutions to problems is valuable and
encouraged by the department. Senior majors are provided a workspace
for the development of their thesis exhibition. The department schedules
special events such as visiting artists, films, and critiques on Wednesdays
and all students are advised to make special note of these activities.
Level One: Foundations
Introductory courses offer the beginning student experience in a variety of media and subject matter. The sequence of foundation courses is
designed to develop fundamental studio skills and an understanding of
visual thought process. Course content will include demonstrations and
critique sessions and equally important, the manipulation of a variety of
materials. Course content and approach will differ from section to section
or class to class, but in each the common goal is to introduce students to
the ideas, techniques, and vocabularies of producing visual art.
ART 101 CONCEPTS IN TWO DIMENSIONS The development of
visual thinking through a series of exercises and projects, which includes
the picture plane, spatial relationships, line, value, volume, composition,
and color.
the department. Enrollment limited to 18 students. This course satisfies
General Education Area 5. Staff
ART 102 CONCEPTS IN THREE DIMENSIONS The basic principles of visual art in theory and practice. Introductory work in drawing
with an emphasis on three-dimensional design and construction.
General Education Area 5. G. Bailey, D. Pelletier
ART 103 CONCEPTS IN DIGITAL PROCESS: DESIGN A studio
introduction to principles of design and visual language including typography and image. Students are encouraged to develop their verbal and
visual vocabulary through form, organization, and narrative content using
26
traditional and digital tools. Topics will include community, flexibility,
and modularity.
General Education Area 5. A. Wollensak
ART 104 CONCEPTS IN TIME-BASED DIGITAL ART An introduction to screen/time/code-based art media, from sound art to experimental
film and video art to live/interactive art. Students learn fundamental principles and techniques of time-based art making: sound recording and editing, moving image production and editing, digital mash-ups, glitches and
errors as an artistic medium, and basic interactive audiovisual manipulation. Students will consider the relationship between these techniques and
practices such as painting and drawing, performance, installation, and
conceptual art and sculpture, as well as the history of art and technology
in the last century. This is the same course as Arts and Technology 104.
Open to freshmen and sophomores, and to others with permission
of the department. Enrollment limited to 16 students. Students may not
receive credit for this course and Art 103. This course satisfies General
Education Area 5. N. Assor
Level Two: Practice and Application
Level two courses offer students exposure to a range of techniques and an
opportunity to build skills in specific media areas. Students begin a development of personal approaches to subject matter, visual literacy, historical
perspectives, critical thinking, and problem solving.
ART 200 PHOTOGRAPHY I An introduction to the art of photography through traditional film and darkroom methods. Emphasis is placed
on controlling the technical aspects of the medium as a function of individual expression and exploring different modes of subject/photographer
interactions.
Prerequisite: Any 100-level art course or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 18 students who must provide film camera and
supplies. Offered both semesters. This course satisfies General Education
Area 5. T. Hendrickson
ART 202 PRINT WORKSHOP: INTAGLIO PROCESSES Basic instruction in solar plate etching, engraving, and collagraph methods, including various monoprint techniques.
Six hours beyond course work required per week. Prerequisite:
Courses 101 and 205. Enrollment limited to 12 students. T. McDowell
ART 204 PRINT WORKSHOP: RELIEF PROCESSES Basic instruction in lithography, woodblock, and relief printing techniques.
Six hours beyond course work required per week. Prerequisite:
Courses 101 and 205. Enrollment limited to 12 students. T. McDowell
ART 205 DRAWING FUNDAMENTALS Through various drawing
mediums, this course addresses principles of design and composition, and
builds skills in perception, visual thinking, problem solving, and creativity. Drawing from observation, conceptual research, and manipulation of
visual elements are integrated into this course. This course is suitable for
beginners and students with some experience.
Prerequisite: Any 100-level art course or permission of the instructor.
Enrollment limited to 16 students. T. McDowell, P. Marks
ART 206 3-D FUNDAMENTALS: REDUCTIVE/CONSTRUCTIVE TECHNIQUES This course introduces the student to basic materials and techniques including found object. As an extension to 102 this
course focuses more attention on skills and conceptual development while
introducing the student to sculpture as an art practice.
Prerequisite: Any 100-level art course or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 16 students. Offered alternating semesters. G. Bailey
ART 207 DESIGN: TYPE AND IMAGE Basic instruction in principles
and language of 2-dimensional design. Emphasis on analysis, organization, and invention of form for the purpose of communicating informa-
Art
tion and concepts. Macintosh computer applications and other means of
graphic representation are explored.
Prerequisite: Any 100-level art course (103 preferred) or permission
of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 16 students. Offered alternating
semesters. A. Wollensak
ART 208 DESIGN: OBJECT AND ENVIRONMENT Basic instruction in principles and languages of 3-dimensional design including objects
for use, book arts, and environmental design. Emphasis on analysis, organization, and invention of form for the purpose of communicating information and concepts. Macintosh computer applications and other means
of graphic representation are explored.
Prerequisite: Any 100-level art course (103 preferred) or permission
of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 16 students. Offered alternating
semesters. A. Wollensak
ART 210 COLOR STUDIES: THEORY AND APPLICATIONS The
investigation of color properties, systems, harmonies, interactions, relativity, and spatial manipulation. Craft, composition, and expressive use of
color are emphasized. Course work includes color exercises in cut paper,
computer, and paint.
Enrollment limited to 16 students. Offered alternating semesters. P. Marks
ART 211 PAINTING: SPATIAL INVESTIGATIONS Basic instruction in painting methods and materials. Emphasis on composition, color,
personal expression, and manipulation of pictorial space.
Prerequisite: Course 205. Course 210 is recommended. Enrollment
limited to 16 students. Offered alternating semesters. P. Marks
ART 212 INTRODUCTION TO PAINTING Introduction to traditional and contemporary approaches to painting. Emphasis on the development of technical skills and contextual understanding of painting’s
histories and contemporary manifestations.
Six hours studio work, with instructor present for one-on-one assistance and group feedback. Prerequisite: Course 205 or permission of the
instructor. Enrollment limited to 16 students. Offered alternating semesters. C. Barnard
ART 213 SOUND ART An exploration of sound and the aural world as
a tangible medium for art-making, including mobile and locative audio,
interactive sound installation, sound sculpture and installation, instrument building and hacking, broadcast narratives, and live performance
projects. Topics include acoustic ecology, circuit bending, and radio transmissions. This is the same course as Arts and Technology 213.
limited to 12 students. N. Assor
ART 214 VIDEO INSTALLATION An examination of the intersection
of video art, sculpture, architecture, and live experience, focusing on video
installations that exist within non-gallery settings. Screenings, readings,
and class projects deal with issues of body, memory, identity, home, and
place. Students utilize video production and editing techniques, sound
and lighting equipment, post-production software, effective project planning, and unorthodox video projection techniques including integration
with sculptural and built environments. This is the same course as Arts
and Technology 214.
Prerequisite: Any 100-level art course, or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 12 students. N. Assor
ART 217 CERAMIC SCULPTURE: VESSEL CONSTRUCTIONS
An examination of the vessel form as a cultural, historical and contemporary idea. Projects will introduce a range of tools, processes, and building
methods (including the potter’s wheel) and skills associated with preparing, glazing, and firing clay. Development of visual/tactile vocabulary in
the context of critical inquiry.
Prerequisite: Any 100-level art course. Enrollment limited to 8 students. D. Pelletier
ART 218 CERAMIC SCULPTURE: OBJECT AS IDEA This course
introduces students to thinking and working three dimensionally with
clay. A variety of building, glazing, and firing techniques will be explored
in projects that encourage visual and tactile expression. Emphasis will be
given to experimentation with ceramic material and process and concept
development within given thematic structures.
Prerequisite: Any 100-level art course. Enrollment limited to 8 students. D. Pelletier
ART 220 DRAWING: METHODS Through a series of exercises and
projects that use traditional drawing techniques, the student will learn
the various methods artists use in developing and translating visual ideas
into works of art. These methodologies will provide the structure for the
student to develop drawings based on their own concepts.
Prerequisite: Any 100-level art course and 205. Enrollment limited
to 16 students. Staff
ART 221 PRINTMAKING: EXPLOR ATION OF IMAGERY
THROUGH PROCESS The drawing process and imagery development
through alternative, non-traditional materials (photocopy, alternate supports, transfers, stamping, etc.) used in conjunction with the traditional
principles and methods of drawing. Regular exposure to artists’ processes
and imagery since 1945. This course fulfills the drawing requirement.
Prerequisite: Any 100-level art course and 205. Enrollment limited
to 16 students. T. McDowell
ART 222 SPECIAL TOPICS This course provides an opportunity for
students to create individual or collaborative studio projects in response
to a central topic, process or theme. Course content changes yearly, and
may include field/site work, interdisciplinary, cross media, or communitybased work. May be repeated for credit.
Enrollment limited to 10 students. Staff
ART 224 ARTIST BOOKS An examination of the form of the book as
a place of inquiry. Emphasis will be on experimental book forms, altering existing books, traditional and digital processes, and their relation to
content. Field trips and visiting artist workshops will be incorporated into
the semester study.
Prerequisite: One 100-level and one 200-level art course, or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 12 students. A. Wollensak
ART 225 SCULPTURE WORKSHOP: MOLD MAKING AND
CASTING This course introduces students to basic mold making and
replicating originals by casting using a variety of materials. This process
offers unique formal and conceptual opportunities for sculpture. Possibilities for exploration include plaster, rubber, and ceramic shell molds, for a
wide range of castables including metal.
Prerequisite: Any 100-level art course. Enrollment limited to 8 students. Offered alternating semesters. G. Bailey
ART 226 SCULPTURE WORKSHOP: CONSTRUCTION AND
INSTALLATION Contemporary sculpture techniques such as welding,
casting, assemblage, and kinetics, with an emphasis on the relation of
material and process to concept.
Prerequisite: Any 100-level art course. Enrollment limited to 8 students. Offered alternating semesters. G. Bailey
ART 241 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN I This is the same course as
Architectural Studies 241. Refer to the Architectural Studies listing for a
course description.
ART 261 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE DESIGN STUDIO This
is the same course as Architectural Studies 261. Refer to the Architectural
Studies listing for a course description.
ART 299 (UNDER)COVER (OVER)SEEN: VISIONING THE (IN)
VISIBLE This is the same course as Sophomore Research Seminar 299E.
27
Refer to the Sophomore Research Seminar listing in College Courses for a
course description.
Level Three: Concept and Media Development
Level three courses offer students further study or individual projects
in specific or cross media. Studio work is subject-based with a focus on
content development and personal direction. Students continue study in
visual literacy, historical and contemporary perspectives, critical thinking,
and problem solving.
ART 300 PHOTOGRAPHY II Intermediate and advanced black and
white techniques will be explored along with color image making through
digital media. Students will engage in the production of a thematically
cohesive portfolio.
Prerequisite: Course 200. Enrollment limited to 18 students. Offered
alternating semesters. T. Hendrickson
ART 302 DESIGNING VISUAL INFORMATION An introduction
of visual representation methods, techniques, and principles that increase
the understanding of complex data. Students will develop hands-on skills
in building and evaluating different visualization techniques and systems.
Focus will be on visual design concepts and formats for data comparison.
This is the same course as Arts and Technology 302.
Prerequisite: One 100-level art course and one 200-level art course.
Enrollment limited to 12 students. A. Wollensak
ART 303 THE SCIENCE OF ART: RENDERING THROUGH
OPTICS An examination of the historical methods of artistic expression
particularly those associated with defining the world around us through
the use of optical devices and geometry. The course will approach contemporary art-making (painting, drawing, printmaking, and photography)
through the use of camera obscura, camera lucida, convex mirrors, lenses,
and pinholes. Camera-equipped phone, iPhone, or iPad required.
Prerequisite: Course 205 and 221. Enrollment limited to 16 students.
Offered spring semester. T. McDowell
ART 308 TECHNE/TECHNOLOGY: INVESTIGATIONS IN 3D
This course focuses on the connections between technology and the hand,
as building methods and as critical ideas. Projects expose students to both
traditional and digital tools and materials, including computer aided
design, and encourage experimentation with subject matter bridging the
fields of art, craft, design, architecture, and technology. This is the same
course as Arts and Technology 308.
Prerequisite: One of the following: Course 206, 208, 241, 217, 218,
219, 225, 226, 305, or 307; or permission of the instructor. Enrollment
limited to 8 students. D. Pelletier
ART 309 DIMENSIONAL COLOR An intermediate course that explores
the temporal and spatial dimensions of color in architecture, visual art, and
digital technologies. We will examine perception with light and pigment
and the use of color in 3D space and 3D virtual environments.
Prerequisite: One 100-level course in studio art or computer science.
Enrollment limited to 16 students. Students may not receive credit for
both Art 309 and 250. P. Marks
ART 310 DESIGN: PUBLIC PRACTICE An in-depth exploration of
methods and processes of public-based visual information design. Student
projects are designed and implemented in communities and public spaces.
Macintosh computer tools used with emphasis on appropriateness of form
to context.
Prerequisite: Any 100 level art course and 207. Enrollment limited to
12 students. Offered alternating semesters. A. Wollensak
ART 315 DRAWING III An in-depth investigation of non-representational and representational drawing that further develops skills of observation, spatial analysis, and compositional organization. Conceptual
challenges are combined with exploration of varied media through traditional and experimental drawing activities.
Prerequisite: Course 205 and one other 200-level drawing or painting
course, or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 16 students.
Offered alternating semesters. P. Marks
ART 305 EXPERIMENTAL 3D A critical, experimental approach
to the study of three-dimensional graphics as a contemporary artistic
medium. Different approaches will be introduced to capture the physical world and to render work back into it, including modeling, motioncapture, animation, three-dimensional scanning of real-world objects and
environments, and rapid prototyping. This is the same course as Arts and
Technology 305.
Prerequisite: Course 103 or 104, and another 200-level art course, or
permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 10 students. N. Assor
ART 316 CERAMIC SCULPTURE: MOLDMAKING AND CASTING Making molds from found objects or fabricated models, or replicating an original by casting is a process that offers unique formal and
conceptual opportunities for three dimensional art. Students will be
encouraged to develop personal subject matter as they experiment with
traditional and new technologies, plaster, clay, porcelain, and other
materials.
Prerequisite: One of the following: Course 102, 206, 208, 241, 217,
218, 225, 226, 305, or 307; or permission of the instructor. Enrollment
limited to 8 students. D. Pelletier
ART 306 LIVE+INTERACTIVE MEDIA COLLABORATIONS An
introduction to cross-disciplinary collaborations utilizing electronic and
interactive media. Students are invited to mix live performance, music and
sound, sculptural and painterly work, video, 3D, text, and programming,
all within the contexts of generating group media art projects with a “hacking” approach focused on speedy and creative solutions. Use of graphical
programming environments such as Isadora and Max/MSP/Jitter, VJ tools,
networks, arduino boards, kinect sensors, and other devices.
Prerequisite: Two courses in any of the creative arts or permission of
the instructor. Enrollment limited to 12 students. N. Assor
ART 321 HISTORY, PLACE, MEANING IN SITE/ART INTERVENTIONS An interdisciplinary course introducing students to the
process of creating site-specific works of art based on primary research
relating to the history of a place. The course will focus on sites in New
London and southeastern Connecticut. This is the same course as Architectural Studies 321.
Prerequisite: Two art courses (at least one at the 200 level) and one
art history course. Enrollment limited to 15 students. This is a designated
Writing course. A. Wollensak and A. Van Slyck
ART 307 SCULPTURE WORKSHOP: BEYOND THE OBJECT An
introduction to concepts outside the traditional realm of three-dimensional form. Students will have a wide range of freedom to choose their
media within a given problem, methodology, or thematic construct. Problem/process solving is encouraged as well as development of personal subject matter.
Prerequisite: Two art courses (at least one at the 200 level) and one
art history course. Enrollment limited to 8 students. Offered alternating semesters. Students may not receive credit for both Art 307 and 234.
G. Bailey
28
ART 335 INDIVIDUAL STUDIO INSTRUCTION I Continuing
studio instruction beyond Level Two courses. (A) Assor; (B) Bailey; (C)
Barnard; (D) Hendrickson; (E) Marks; (F) McDowell; (G) Pelletier; (H)
Wollensak
Prerequisite: One course at Level Two with the corresponding
instructor and permission of the instructor. Offered both semesters. Staff
ART 336 INDIVIDUAL STUDIO INSTRUCTION II Advanced
studio instruction for students who have completed Course 335. Permission of the instructor. (A) Assor; (B) Bailey; (C) Barnard; (D) Hendrickson; (E) Marks; (F) McDowell; (G) Pelletier; (H) Wollensak.
Art/Art History and Architectural Studies
Prerequisite: Course 335 and permission of the instructor. Offered both
semesters. Staff
ing graduate study are advised to take courses in the languages of the dis
cipline, French and German.
ART 342 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN II: SELECTED TOPICS This
is the same course as Architectural Studies 342. Refer to the Architectural
Advisers: J. Alchermes, R. Baldwin, Q. Ning, C. Steiner
ART 344 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN II: “GREEN” ARCHITECTURE This is the same course as Architectural Studies 344. Refer to the
Architectural Studies listing for a course description.
ART 349 SEMINAR FOR ART MAJORS Discussions on topics relating to contemporary art and criticism. Reviews of studio activity, visiting
artists, and departmental critiques.
Open to senior art majors. Students are required to take this course
during the fall semester of the senior year. Staff
Level Four: Concept Realization and Communications
Level four courses offer students advanced individual or interdisciplinary
study with a focus on concept realization, self-reflective evaluation, critical
thinking, and research. Students pursue self-generated creative work with
emphasis on content development and an awareness of the universality
of art.
ART 449, 450 SENIOR STUDIO Advanced studio instruction under
the supervision of a specific instructor. (A) Assor; (B) Bailey; (C) Barnard;
(D) Hendrickson; (E) Marks; (F) McDowell; (G) Pelletier; (H) Wollensak.
Prerequisite: One course at Level Three. Open to senior art majors.
Staff
ART 460 PERFORMANCE ART IN PRACTICE This is a studio
course based in the genre of Performance Art. Students will explore the
use of their bodies and sculptural elements to express content and personal
artistic vision. The course culminates in a public performance. This is the
same course as Dance 460.
Open to juniors and seniors, and to others with permission of the
instructors. Enrollment limited to 15 students. G. Bailey and H. Henderson
ART 497-498 HONORS STUDY
Art History and Architectural Studies
Professor: Van Slyck; Associate Professors: Alchermes, Baldwin, Ning;
Assistant Professor: Gonzalez Rice; Visiting Instructor: Morash; Professor Steiner, chair
The Minor in Art History
The minor consists of six courses. The required courses include the twosemester survey, three intermediate level courses (200-300), and one 400level seminar. At least one of the intermediate courses (200-300) should
deal with art before 1800. Minors who have scored 4 or 5 on the Advanced
Placement exam and completed a year-long survey course are exempt from
the two-semester survey, but must still take six courses. No exemption
is available for students who have completed only a one-semester survey
course in high school.
Learning Goals in the Art History Major
The Art History program provides majors with critical knowledge of
visual culture. The program teaches visual literacy in the history of art
of global cultures from antiquity to the present; develops strong research,
written, and critical thinking skills; and cultivates students’ abilities to
synthesize cultural, historical, political, and social information as it relates
to the visual arts.
When they graduate, Art History majors will:
• Recognize the styles and periods conventionally used to categorize
Western art from antiquity through the present.
• Be able to identify representative works from those styles and periods, to describe their salient formal characteristics (materials, composition, iconography), and to relate these works to their cultural
and historical contexts.
• Be familiar with perspectives on visual culture outside the Western
canon.
• Understand the relationship between art and social constructions,
including race, class, gender, sexuality, and nationality.
• Be able to communicate effectively about art, both verbally and in
writing, applying complex forms of analysis in oral presentations
and essay-length papers using clear and concise prose.
• Be able to design and execute a research project: define a question; employ appropriate technologies to locate pertinent primary
and secondary sources; identify a suitable analytical method; and
apply that method to write a well-argued, fully-documented inter
pretive paper.
• Be able to understand and engage effectively with debates in the
art world.
• Be able to offer critical appraisements of art history scholarship and
writings addressed to popular audiences.
The Major in Art History
Courses
The major consists of at least eleven courses in the history of art. Majors
must take the two-semester survey, eight courses at the 200 or 300 level,
and one seminar at the 400 level. Majors who have scored 4 or 5 on the
Advanced Placement examination and completed a year-long survey
course are exempt from the two-semester survey, but must still take eleven
courses. No exemption is available for students who have completed only
a one-semester survey course in high school. Among a student’s courses
at the 200 level or above, at least three must be on Western art or architecture before 1800 and at least three on art or architecture after 1800; in
addition, one must be on non-Western art. Students studying abroad for a
semester may count no more than two courses toward the major (and no
more than three if abroad for a year).
One of the following courses may be counted toward the major in
place of a 200-level course: Art 101, 102, or 103.
Students majoring in art history should consider electing relevant
courses in history, literature, philosophy, or religion. Majors contemplat-
ART HISTORY 101 SURVEY OF THE HISTORY OF ART, I An
introduction to the history of Western art from its beginnings to the
period of Gothic cathedrals. Painting, sculpture, architecture, and decorative arts in their social, cultural, and historical contexts. Emphasis on new
discoveries and theories that have significantly changed our understanding of ancient and medieval art.
Enrollment limited to 40 students per section. Students may not
receive credit for this course and Art History 121. This course satisfies
General Education Area 7. J. Alchermes
ART HISTORY 102 SURVEY OF THE HISTORY OF ART, II Western
painting, sculpture, and architecture in relation to political, social, religious,
and intellectual change from the Renaissance through postmodernism.
Enrollment limited to 40 students per section. Students may not
receive credit for this course and Art History 122. This course satisfies
General Education Area 7. K. Gonzalez Rice, R. Baldwin
29
ART HISTORY 103 ARCHITECTURE 1400-PRESENT Architec
ture from the Italian Renaissance in the 15th century to critiques of
Modernism in the post-World War II period, considered in the context
of social, cultural, economic, and political developments. Emphasis on
Europe and the United States, with attention to urbanism and landscape
architecture.
No prerequisite, but Course 101 (formerly 121) is recommended.
this course and Art History 123. This course satisfies General Education
Area 7. E. Morash
house design/decoration gave form to the ambitions of the Roman state
and proclaimed the status of families and individuals. Developments in
the painting, sculpture, and architecture of Rome, of Italian towns such
as Pompeii and Herculaneum, and of other cities in Rome’s vast, culturally varied empire.
Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors; and to freshmen who have
taken Course 101 (formerly 121). Enrollment limited to 27 students. Students may not receive credit for this course and Art History 222. This course
satisfies General Education Area 7 and is a designated Writing course. J.
Alchermes
ART HISTORY 104 INTRODUCTION TO ASIAN ART This course
will take a topical approach to the arts of India, China, and Japan. Lectures typically focus on one or two monuments as case studies so as to treat
them in greater depth. Case studies will highlight specific genres such
as narrative painting, devotional sculpture, funerary art, landscape, and
popular subjects. The course presumes no previous exposure to the arts of
Asia. This is the same course as East Asian Studies 225.
Enrollment limited to 40 students. Students may not receive credit
for this course and Art History 225. This course satisfies General Education Area 7 and is a designated Writing course. Q. Ning
ART HISTORY 220 EARLY CHRISTIAN AND BYZANTINE ART:
FROM CONSTANTINE THE GREAT TO MEHMET THE CONQUEROR Focus on the late Roman and Byzantine patrons and artists
who created works that set a standard throughout Europe, western Asia,
and the Near East. Forces (social, intellectual, economic, theological,
political) that shaped and were shaped by works of art. This is the same
course as Slavic Studies 220.
taken Course 101 (formerly 121). Enrollment limited to 27 students. Students may not receive credit for this course and Art History/Slavic Studies
248. This course satisfies General Education Area 7 and is a designated
Writing course. J. Alchermes
ART HISTORY 200 CHINESE ART AND RELIGION This course
is a survey of the arts and religions of China and an introduction to the
technique of visual analysis in historical studies. It examines Buddhism,
Daoism, and Confucianism from the perspective of visual representation
and religious practice. Lamaism in Tibet, Mazu cult in Taiwan, and other
local religions in the bordering regions of China will also be introduced.
This is the same course as East Asian Studies 200.
for this course and Art History 226/Religious Studies 223. This course
Q. Ning
ART HISTORY 203 MODERN CHINESE ART This is an introduction to major events and figures in modern Chinese art and cultural history. The course will examine visual phenomena such as political posters,
national art shows, “model operas,” experimental films, and popular TV
programs from the perspective of national identity, gender roles, visual
expression, personal choice, and collective memory. This is the same
course as East Asian Studies 203.
Enrollment limited to 27 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 7 and is a designated Writing course. Q. Ning
ART HISTORY 205 THE ARCHITECTURE OF JAPAN This is the
same course as East Asian Studies 205. Refer to the East Asian Studies
ART HISTORY 206 AFRICAN ART Art and aesthetics of Africa and
the African diaspora, with emphasis on the social function of objects in
different contexts of creation, use, and display. Topics include art in the
cycle of life, masquerades, status and display, gender, Islam and Christianity, the cult of Mami Wata, popular and contemporary painting,
sacred arts of Haitian Vodou, and the history of collecting and exhibiting
African art.
for this course and Art History 211. This course satisfies General Education Area 7 and is a designated Writing course. C. Steiner
ART HISTORY 221 MEDIEVAL ARCHITECTURE Medieval buildings and their contexts: political, social, ideological, liturgical, and spiritual.
Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors; and to freshmen with
permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 27 students. Students
may not receive credit for this course and Art History 260. This course
satisfies General Education Area 7 and is a designated Writing course. J.
Alchermes
ART HISTORY 230 FROM FRA ANGELICO TO BOTTICELLI
AND BELLINI: EARLY ITALIAN RENAISSANCE ART The art of
Masaccio, Donatello, Fra Angelico, Piero, Mantegna, Botticelli and Bellini and the major social groups patronizing their art (church, aristocracy,
and merchant class). Major topics include the growth of cities and civic
culture, the revival of classical antiquity, the invention of “art” and “artist,”
the rise of portraiture, mythology and landscape, the continuing medieval
spiritual legacy, and new ideas on gender, sexuality, and the family.
for this course and Art History 228. This course satisfies General Education Area 7 and is a designated Writing course. R. Baldwin
ART HISTORY 231 FROM VAN EYCK TO BOSCH AND BRUEGEL: RENAISSANCE ART IN NORTHERN EUROPE, 14001500 The art of 15th- and 16th-century Northern Europe. Major artists
include Van Eyck, Bosch, Dürer, Grünewald, and Bruegel. Topics include
court culture (hunting, pastoral gardens, chivalry, and courtly love); religious art (devotional imagery and the Reformation); middle class art (civic
issues, commerce, witchcraft, sexuality); and the rise of new, more secular
vocabularies such as portraiture and everyday life.
ART HISTORY 207 ISLAMIC ART An introduction to both the monumental architecture and decoration and to the small-scale, often precious, objects associated with daily life in the Islamic societies of Europe,
North Africa, and Asia.
No prerequisite, but Course 101 (formerly 121) is recommended.
Area 7 and is a designated Writing course. J. Alchermes
ART HISTORY 232 LEONARDO, MICHELANGELO, TITIAN:
HIGH RENAISSANCE ART IN ITALY Course examines Italian
Renaissance art and humanism between 1500-1600, the expansion of
mythology, portraiture, history painting and landscape, the rise of villa
culture and new forms of pastoral and gardens. Art is examined within a
larger social history focusing on the changing moral, political, economic,
and sexual values of church, court, and burgher elites. Artists include
Leonardo, Raphael, Michelangelo, Titian, Palladio, and Bronzino.
ART HISTORY 211 IMAGES OF STATE, FAMILY, AND INDIVIDUAL IN ANCIENT ROME Public art and architecture as well as private
ART HISTORY 234 CARAVAGGIO, BERNINI, VELASQUEZ:
BAROQUE ART IN ITALY, FRANCE, AND SPAIN With a focus on
30
powerful patrons (aristocracy and the church), this course explores changes
in Baroque artistic vocabularies, style modes, the function of images, and
the role of artists at a time of the emerging nation state, global exploration and empire, early scientific culture, and the Counter-Reformation.
Major artists include Caravaggio, Bernini, Velasquez, La Tour, Carracci,
Poussin, and Claude. Topics include Catholic visual piety, court festivals
and entertainments (Versailles), classical myth and allegory, pastoral landscape and villa culture, everyday imagery, and still life.
Area 7 and is a designated Writing course. R. Baldwin
ART HISTORY 235 REMBRANDT, VERMEER, RUBENS: BARO
QUE ART IN NORTHERN EUROPE Baroque art in the Catholic,
court culture of the southern Netherlands (Rubens, Jordaens, Van Dyck)
and in the Protestant, republican, burgher culture of the northern Netherlands (Rembrandt, Steen, Vermeer). Topics include the Counter-Reformation and Reformation, the politics of landscape art (pastoral, farming,
seascape), and the social meaning of everyday imagery (domestic scenes,
gender, music, still-life).
ART HISTORY 242 CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY IN WESTERN
ART, RENAISSANCE TO MODERN A social history of mythology
and the elite social groups who patronized its heroic subjects. Mythology
as cosmic nature and universal order, as courtly empire, genealogy and
social hierarchy, as sexual fantasy and freedom, and as moral and spiritual
allegory. This is the same course as Classics 242.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. R. Baldwin
ART HISTORY 246 NINETEENTH-CENTURY ART Visual strategies and historical contexts of art-making in the nineteenth century, from
Goya and David to Cassatt and Van Gogh. Special attention paid to the
visual impact of popular culture, science, and technologies like photography and the x-ray, and the problems of art markets and economics, nationalism and imperialism, industrialization and social reform.
Area 7 and is a designated Writing course. K. Gonzalez Rice
ART HISTORY 265 POP ART Art and popular culture in the 1960s,
from Warhol’s soup cans to junk sculpture and happenings in Europe and
the Americas. Traces the visual impacts of advertising, commercialism,
and the media connections between art and everyday life, counterculture
and Cold War politics, and feminism and civil rights.
students. Students may not receive credit for this course and Art History
Writing course. K. Gonzalez Rice
ART HISTORY 266 FEMINIST CREATIVITIES: “HOW SUPERMAN AND WONDERWOMAN KILLED GOD: HOW THE
AMERICAN GRAPHIC NOVEL BECAME A SERIOUSLY SECULAR ART FORM” This is the same course as Gender and Women’s
Studies 266. Refer to the Gender and Women’s Studies listing for a
course description.
ART HISTORY 270 INTRODUCTION TO LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE This is an investigation of the cultural and ecological significance of the designed landscape considered in historical perspective
with case studies and through discussion of contemporary practice and
theory. The class will study the great gardens of the world and analyze
how landscape architects and everyday people communicate through the
shaping of the land.
Writing course. Staff
ART HISTORY 272 NINETEENTH-CENTURY ARCHITECTURE
A survey of major stylistic developments, new building types and technologies, as well as numerous debates on style and the changing conditions of
architectural and design production during the “long” nineteenth century
(1750-1914). Emphasis is on the social context within which architecture
and the decorative arts were produced, taking into account the growth of
cities, as well as issues of ethnicity, class, and gender.
Area 7 and is a designated Writing course. Staff
ART HISTORY 251 HISTORY OF PHOTOGRAPHY A survey of the
history of the photographic image concentrating on its development as an
art medium and exploring the relation of photography to other art forms,
science, and the contemporary social fabric.
240. This course satisfies General Education Area 7. Staff
ART HISTORY 276 AMERICAN ARCHITECTURE A survey of
American architecture from initial European contact to the present, focusing on the social, political, and historical context of buildings. Emphasis
will be placed on local and regional examples.
Prerequisite: Art History 101, 102, or 103, or permission of the
instructor. Enrollment limited to 40 students. Students may not receive
credit for this course and Art History 217. This course satisfies General
Education Area 7 and is a designated Writing course. E. Morash
ART HISTORY 260 EARLY TWENTIETH-CENTURY ART Modernism in the visual arts from the late 19th century to WWII. Explores
the visual forms and historical contexts of art-making in Europe and the
Americas. Special attention to controversies around gender, primitivism,
anarchism and nationalism, war and violence, abstraction and figuration,
and others key issues of representation.
ART HISTORY 277 TWENTIETH-CENTURY ARCHITECTURE
AND DESIGN A review of the development of the modern movement
in architecture and design from the turn of the twentieth century to the
present. Analysis of the established canon of modern architecture is counterbalanced with a discussion of broad social, cultural, political, and technological trends.
Students may not receive credit for this course and Art History 273. This
course satisfies General Education Area 7 and is a designated Writing
course. E. Morash
ART HISTORY 261 LATE TWENTIETH-CENTURY ART Contexts and controversies of contemporary art between 1945 and 1989, from
Pollock’s action paintings to Basquiat’s graffiti art. Explores key debates
around art and everyday life in Cold War Europe and the Americas, postmodern art practices, uses of new media, and the shifting roles of artists,
spectators, and art markets.
Open to sophomores, juniors and seniors. Enrollment limited to 27
students. This course satisfies General Education Area 7 and is a designated
ART HISTORY 278 ARCHITECTURE SINCE 1945 Architectural
production in the postwar period (including works by Louis Kahn, Robert
Venturi, Frank Gehry, Zaha Hadid and others), with attention to cultural, technical, aesthetic, and theoretical factors affecting architecture
and urban form.
Writing course. A. Van Slyck
31
ART HISTORY 279 CONTEMPORARY ARCHITECTURE An
examination of the changing trends in contemporary architectural practice from the 1990s to the present. Topics include the mechanics of fame
and the role of the architect in society, sustainability, technology, materials, construction techniques, and globalization. Particular attention will
be paid to the ways in which contemporary architecture is shaped by
architects themselves and through popular media.
limited to 27 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 7 and
is a designated Writing course. E. Morash
ART HISTORY 280 INTRODUCTION TO MUSEUM STUDIES
History, theory, and practice of museums; philosophy of exhibitions
and display strategies; and educational, political, and social role of the
museum. Introduction to the diversity of museums in this region, with
field trips and behind-the-scenes tours.
258. This is a designated Writing course. C. Steiner
ART HISTORY 281 CURRENT ISSUES IN MUSEUM STUDIES:
ETHICS AND CONTROVERSIES Critical reading of current debates
and issues regarding museums. Analysis of case studies of controversial
museums/exhibitions, including topics on censorship, pornography, creationism, racism, nationalism, corporate sponsorship, repatriation of cultural property, ethics of deaccessioning, and critiques of museum practices
by contemporary artists.
263. This is a designated Writing course. C. Steiner
ART HISTORY 282 MUSEUM METHODS Through a series of creative and interactive lectures, classroom projects, and trips to local museums, students investigate and analyze “best practices” in the burgeoning
field of museum work. Issues related to museum collections, exhibition
design, museum education, technology, art conservation, and new audiences will be addressed.
Prerequisite: Course 280. Enrollment limited to 25 students. Students may not receive credit for this course and Art History 270. Staff
ART HISTORY 283 MUSEUM EDUCATION A survey of perspectives and resources on the educative functions of museum programs and
exhibits. Topics will include recent research on the learning that occurs
in museums, theories of informal learning, museum visitor behavior, and
educational design strategies for exhibits and museum program contexts.
Students will complete a research project and visit area museums to study
visitor learning behaviors. This is the same course as Education 283.
for this course and Art History/Education 274. Staff
ART HISTORY 284 HOUSE MUSEUMS From farmhouses to Newport mansions, house museums in America are as diverse as the people
who lived in them. Nevertheless these domestic places share common
museum traits as public institutions. This course examines the organizational structure of the house museum as well as the different interpretation
strategies represented in them.
for this course and Art History 275. Staff
ART HISTORY 296 PHILOSOPHY OF ART This is the same course
as Philosophy 251. Refer to the Philosophy listing for a course description.
Students may not receive credit for this course and Art History 230.
ART HISTORY 297 COSTUME HISTORY This is the same course as
Theater 297. Refer to the Theater listing for a course description. Students
may not receive credit for this course and Art History 207/Theater 207.
ART HISTORY 299 SECRECY: POWER, PRIVILEGE, AND THE
INVISIBLE This is the same course as Anthropology 299/Sophomore
32
Research Seminar 299D. Refer to the Sophomore Research Seminar listing in College Courses for a course description.
ART HISTORY 301 BUDDHIST ART: INDIA, CHINA, AND
JAPAN An introduction to Buddhist art (architecture, sculpture, painting) in India, China, and Japan, with particular emphasis on iconography
and the social-political implications of Buddhist images in their historical
and ritual context. This is the same course as East Asian Studies 312.
312. This is a designated Writing course. Q. Ning
ART HISTORY 310 GREEK AND ROMAN ARCHAEOLOGY
Selected Greek and Roman sites are analyzed in considering the methods
and motives of research as well as the uses to which Graeco-Roman antiquity has been put by archaeologists, their patrons, and the broader public.
taken Course 101 or received permission of the instructor. Enrollment
limited to 35 students. Students may not receive credit for this course and
Art History 238. This course satisfies General Education Area 7 and is a
designated Writing course. J. Alchermes
ART HISTORY 320 FROM WATTEAU TO CHRISTO: NATURE
IN WESTERN ART FROM THE ENLIGHTENMENT TO
MODERNITY, 1700-2000 An interdisciplinary study of Western
landscape representation from the early 18th century to the present. The
course considers shifts in the major modes of landscape: garden, pastoral,
agriculture, seascape, and wilderness. Students will read primary sources
and write analysis of art works for each class. This is the same course as
Environmental Studies 320.
No prerequisite, but Course 102 is recommended. Enrollment limited to 27 students. Students may not receive credit for this course and Art
History/Environmental Studies 224. This course satisfies General Education Area 7 and is a designated Writing course. R. Baldwin
ART HISTORY 356 IMAGINING OTHERNESS IN VISUAL CULTURE Representations of race, class, ethnicity, and gender in art and
popular culture from Antiquity to the present. Emphasis on how stereotypes are constructed and reproduced in woodcuts, engravings, painting,
sculpture, photography, film, television, advertising, spectacle, and performance. This is the same course as Anthropology/Comparative Race
and Ethnicity 356.
Prerequisite: One course in Anthropology or Art History. Open to
sophomores, juniors and seniors; and to freshmen with permission of the
instructor. Enrollment limited to 30 students. This is a designated Writing
course. C. Steiner
ART HISTORY 360 RADICAL BODIES: CONTEMPORARY ART
AND ACTION Visual art practices, histories, theories, and ethics of
performance art. Includes performance art viewings, interdisciplinary
dialogue about identity and trauma, social critique, collaboration in current and past performances, and participation in ongoing debates and
controversies related to action- and body-based art. This is the same course
as Gender and Women’s Studies 327.
Open to juniors and seniors. Enrollment limited to 18 students. Students may not receive credit for this course and Art History 327. This course
satisfies General Education Area 7 and is a designated Writing course. K.
Gonzalez Rice
ART HISTORY 361 ENVIRONMENTAL ART AND ITS ETHICS
An exploration of the history and ethics of Environmental Art, a contemporary art movement using the environment−urban or rural landscape,
plants and animals, and even garbage – as the material of art. An examination of how environmental artists protest overconsumption, pollution,
and environmental injustice, and what their artworks, theories, and ethics
contribute to dialogues about sustainability and environmentalism. This
is the same course as Environmental Studies 361.
Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors. Enrollment limited to 27 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 7 and is a designated
ART HISTORY 370 GENDER IN ARCHITECTURE Historical
perspectives on the gendered nature of architectural production (broadly
defined to include patronage, design, construction, and historiography)
and on the design and use of the built environment to reinforce and challenge socially-constructed ideas of gender.
Open to juniors and seniors and to sophomores who have completed
Course 103 (formerly 123). Enrollment limited to 30 students. Students
may not receive credit for this course and Art History 325. This is a designated Writing course. A. Van Slyck
ART HISTORY 371 DOMESTIC ARCHITECTURE IN THE
UNITED STATES The history of houses and housing in the United
States; how social, cultural, political, and economic forces have shaped
the buildings in which people have lived from the 17th through the 20th
centuries.
Open to juniors and seniors and to sophomores who have completed
Course 103. Enrollment limited to 20 students. Students may not receive
credit for this course and Art History 326. This is a designated Writing
course. A. Van Slyck
ART HISTORY 372 RACE AND SPACE Focusing primarily on the
United States, this course provides an historical consideration of the ways
architectural and urban space shape social interaction and reinforce racial
and ethnic hierarchies; the ways the lived experience of such spaces contributes to racial and ethnic identities; and the racialized practices of the
design professions.
Prerequisite: One architectural history course or American Studies 206, or permission of the instructor. Open to sophomores, juniors,
and seniors. Enrollment limited to 30 students. Students may not receive
credit for this course and Art History 340. This is a designated Writing
course. A. Van Slyck
ART HISTORY 373 HOME: THE WHY BEHIND THE WAY WE
LIVE An examination of the development of numerous housing types in
America. Have you ever wondered why we live the way we do in the homes
we do? The prevalence of the single-family home today and its importance
as the symbol of the “American dream” was not a foregone conclusion. The
home has been the focus of and battleground for cooperative movements,
feminism, municipal socialism, as well as government interventions on a
national scale. This is the same course as American Studies 373.
students. This is a designated Writing course. Staff
ART HISTORY 400 LEVEL ADVANCED STUDY SEMINARS Seminars concerned with research in various fields of art and art history with
discussions and reports based on current literature, new methodologies,
and contemporary critical problems.
One course in art history (unless otherwise noted). Open to juniors
and seniors. Enrollment limited to 16 students. This is a designated Writing course.
ART HISTORY 400 ART AND ARCHAEOLOGY ALONG
THE SILK ROAD An examination of the major 20th-century
archaeological finds along the Silk Road; socio-political and cultural
implications of archaeology in a modern context; exchange of merchandise and ideas between Chang’an and Rome in the first millennium; and issues of colonialism, nationalism, and cultural politics
involved in the transfer of artifacts from their original locations to
the home countries of archaeologists. This is the same course as East
Asian Studies 450. Students may not receive credit for this course
and Art History 493G, 494G. Q. Ning
ART HISTORY 401 CHINESE CINEMA: SEX, VIOLENCE,
AND VISUALITY An introduction to Chinese cinema focusing on three themes: the color of sex, violence, and revolution; the
woman as symbol; and the dream of a strong China. Varying meth-
ods of cinematic analysis will be introduced with case studies, as the
course explores issues of gender, politics, and visuality in Chinese
films and society. Students may not receive credit for this course and
Art History 493N, 494N. Q. Ning
ART HISTORY 402 MOMENTS IN CONTEMPORARY CHINESE ART This is the same course as East Asian Studies 451. Refer
to the East Asian Studies listing for a course description. Students
may not receive credit for this course and Art History 493L, 494L.
ART HISTORY 410 ROMAN ARCHITECTURE This is the
same course as Architectural Studies 493Z, 494Z. Refer to the Architectural Studies listing for a course description. Students may not
receive credit for this course and Art History 493Z, 494Z.
ART HISTORY 411 ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL ROME The
changing urban layout of Rome in the course of two millennia from
the city’s legendary founding in the 8th century BCE through the
transfer of the papacy to France in 1309. Individual buildings and
construction campaigns and broader phases of urban growth will be
placed in their political, ideological, social, and art-historical contexts. This is the same course as Architectural Studies 493Q, 494Q.
Students may not receive credit for this course and Art History
493Q, 494Q. J. Alchermes
ART HISTORY 412 CHRISTIAN PILGRIMAGE IN THE
MIDDLE AGES: RITUAL, ARCHITECTURE, AND URBANISM Pilgrimage provided Christians throughout medieval Europe,
western Asia and northern Africa with the extraordinary opportunity
to detach themselves from their home communities, experience the
exotic thrill (and often considerable danger) of long-distance travel,
and worship in a “temporary community” at a holy site. Attention
will focus on the pilgrimage shrines themselves, their locations in
the larger urban or rural landscape, the rites and practices typically
associated with pilgrims, and the relationships that link shrine/
saint, pilgrims, and the organizers of the sacred cult observed at the
pilgrimage center. This is the same course as Architectural Studies
493R, 494R/Slavic Studies 412. Students may not receive credit for
this course and Art History 493C, 494C. J. Alchermes
ART HISTORY 413 ISLAMIC ART: WORD AND IMAGE A
problem-oriented exploration of the luxury arts and more quotidian objects created throughout the territories in which Muslims
dominated during the millennium from the seventh through the
seventeenth century. Attention will focus on works in the newly reinstalled galleries of Islamic Art at The Metropolitan Museum of Art.
Prerequisite: Course 101 or 207. Students may not receive credit
for this course and Art History 493R, 494R. J. Alchermes
ART HISTORY 420 GENDER IN EARLY MODERN EUROPE
(1350-1700): ART, LITERATURE AND SOCIETY Exploration of issues of gender in early modern European art, literature,
and society from the late middle ages to the 17th century. Topics
include courtly love vs. church culture, the humanist family and
the gendered burgher republic, homoeroticism, mythological and
historical rape, gendered landscape, Neoplatonism, courtesans and
prostitution, gender in the Reformation, witches and other “powerful women”, mercantilism and gender, the rise of pornography,
the gender of art, music, and cultural leisure, Counter-Reformation
Catholicism, and the gendering of the absolutist state. Extensive
readings in primary sources.
Prerequisite: Course 102. Students may not receive credit for
this course and Art History 493M, 494M. R. Baldwin
ART HISTORY 430 ISSUES IN NINETEENTH-CENTURY
ART An exploration of trends in 19th century art with a focus on
selected issues and movements. Topics vary with each offering and
may include Impressionism, visualizing the modern city, and representations of gender. Students may not receive credit for this course
and Art History 493A, 494A. Staff
33
ART HISTORY 434 POST-IMPRESSIONISM AND SYMBOLISM: EUROPEAN ART 1890-1910 Artistic shift inward away from
modern reality. Styles include Symbolism, Nabis, and Art Nouveau.
Major artists include Van Gogh, Gauguin, Munch, Cezanne, and
Klimt. Topics include Buddhism and eclectic spirituality, musical
aesthetics, medievalism, interiors and interiority, sanctified women,
femmes fatale, Japonism, primitivism, and landscape.
Open to junior and senior majors. R. Baldwin
ART HISTORY 440 ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY ART An
exploration of artistic trends of recent decades, with particular attention to the theoretical discourse that informs contemporary art. Students will have the opportunity to participate in the organization of
a small exhibition.
Open to juniors and seniors with permission of the instructor.
Students may not receive credit for this course and Art History 493J,
494J. Staff
ART HISTORY 450 BAD ART: LOOKING BEYOND THE
CANON An exploration of the social construction of taste, and the
art-historical boundaries between “good” and “bad” art. How is an
art object determined to be inside or outside the canon? Art forms
to be examined include kitsch, souvenirs, visionary and self-taught
art, fakes, velvet paintings, lawn ornaments, and food art. Students
may not receive credit for this course and Art History 493P, 494P. C.
Steiner
ART HISTORY 451 FOOD IN ART, CULTURE, AND CINEMA
Seminar in the emerging field of food studies, exploring the representation of food and eating in visual culture from Medieval Europe
to contemporary America. Themes include authenticity, memory,
technology, sexuality, and hierarchy as inscribed in the preparation,
display, and consumption of food. Films with food themes screened;
historical meals prepared.
493I, 494I; or the Freshman Seminar “Food in Art, Culture, and
Cinema.” C. Steiner
ART HISTORY 452 AUTHENTICITY IN ART AND CULTURE Drawing on classic and contemporary writings in art history,
anthropology, cultural studies, and the philosophy of aesthetics, this
seminar considers the notion of “authenticity.” Topics to be considered include: the invention of tradition; imitations and simulacra;
hybridity and the construction of the canon; the aesthetic status of
fakes and forgeries; the role of authenticity in tourism and tourist
art; and the art market and connoisseurship. This is the same course
as Anthropology 403.
Prerequisite: One course in art history or anthropology. Open to
juniors and seniors, with preference given to art history and anthropology majors. Students may not receive credit for this course and
Art History 493K, 494K. C. Steiner
ART HISTORY 460 THE ARTS AND CRAFTS MOVEMENT
IN AMERICA The development of the Arts and Crafts movement
in America from ca. 1860-1930. After acquainting themselves with
the movement’s European underpinnings, seminar students will
explore the political, social, and cultural contexts of the diffusion of
Arts and Crafts design in America.
493V, 494V. E. Morash
ART HISTORY 461 THE PR AIRIE SCHOOL The Prairie
School is an advanced undergraduate seminar that explores the
development of the so-called Prairie School of architecture in the
last decade of the nineteenth century. Students will examine the
style’s relationship to the Arts and Crafts Movement, Chicago
and the Midwest, trends in American domestic architecture, and
modernism. Leading protagonists, including Wright, Drummond,
34
Elmslie, Mahony, Griffin, Perkins, and Purcell, will be considered
in depth. E. Morash
ART HISTORY 462 LE CORBUSIER AND POSTWAR ARCHITECTURE An advanced undergraduate seminar that explores Le Corbusier’s work during and following the Second World War. Students will
examine the architect’s work in terms of executed designs, projects, writings, painting, and urbanism. Particular attention will be paid to Le Corbusier’s relationship to the development of major postwar trends in mass
housing and material use. E. Morash
ART HISTORY 463 LE CORBUSIER AND THE DEVELOPMENT
OF MODERNIST ARCHITECTURE An advanced undergraduate
seminar focusing on Le Corbusier’s seminal role in the foundation of the
modern movement in architecture. Students will examine both Le Corbusier’s writings and architectural projects from the 1920s and 1930s.
Particular attention will be paid to the role played by media (magazines,
books, film) in the dissemination of Le Corbusier’s ideas and theories.
493U, 494U. E. Morash
ART HISTORY 464 FROM WASHINGTON’S MT VERNON TO
ELVIS’S GRACELAND: COLONIAL REVIVALS IN AMERICAN
ARCHITECTURE Successive packing and repackaging of America’s
colonial past from 1850 to the present with attention to the various settings (international expositions, open-air museums, institutional buildings, domestic architecture) in which architects, builders, and their clients
created mythical pasts to fit present needs.
Students may not receive credit for this course and Art History 493S,
494S. A. Van Slyck
ART HISTORY 465 THE MUSEUM AS A BUILDING TYPE This is
the same course as Architectural Studies 493B, 494B. Refer to the Architectural Studies listing for a course description. Students may not receive credit
for this course and Art History 493B, 494B.
ART HISTORY 466 THE ARCHITECTURE OF CONNECTICUT
COLLEGE This is the same course as Architectural Studies 493H, 494H.
Refer to the Architectural Studies listing for a course description. Students
may not receive credit for this course and Art History 493H, 494H.
ART HISTORY 467 NEW LONDON: A CULTURAL LANDSCAPE
APPROACH This is the same course as Architectural Studies 493C, 494C.
Refer to the Architectural Studies listing for a course description. Students
may not receive credit for this course and Art History 493D, 494D.
ART HISTORY 490 ARCHITECTURAL STUDIES PROJECT SEMINAR This is the same course as Architectural Studies 490. Refer to the
ART HISTORY 491, 492 INDIVIDUAL STUDY Students who wish
to undertake Individual Study must consult with an adviser and present
a detailed proposal to the chair for approval by the department. Rough
drafts of proposals for fall semester projects are due on March 15 of the
previous semester with final drafts due on April 1. Rough drafts of proposals for spring semester projects are due on November 1 of the previous semester with final drafts due on November 15. This is a designated
Writing course.
ART HISTORY 496 MUSEUM STUDIES SENIOR PROJECT
Intended only for students completing a senior project in Museum Studies
Certificate Program. Weekly meetings will include group and individual
advising; discussion of current events in the museum profession; and student presentations of research proposals, updates on work in progress, and
final project outcomes.
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor and one of the following:
Course 280, 281, or 283. Enrollment limited to students in the museum
studies certificate program. Enrollment limited to 16 students. This is a
designated Writing course. C. Steiner
ART HISTORY 497-498 HONORS STUDY Students who wish to under
take Honors Study must consult with an adviser and present a detailed proposal to the chair for approval by the department. Rough drafts of proposals
are due on March 1 of the semester before the study is to begin. Final drafts
are due on April 1. This is a designated Writing course.
Architectural Studies
Associate Professor Alchermes, director
The interdisciplinary study of architecture combines all the major areas
of the College’s liberal arts curriculum: the arts, humanities, sciences,
and social sciences. Students may choose to develop a particular thematic
focus through their selection of courses, or prepare for a professional
career in architecture, architectural history, landscape architecture, urban
planning, historic preservation, or another allied design field. Each student completes an integrative project either as Individual or Honors Study,
or through an internship.
Besides those courses listed below, others may be taken with prior
approval at local colleges, at architecture summer schools, or as part of
a study away program. The nearby United States Coast Guard Academy
offers an “Introduction to Engineering and Design” course open to Connecticut College students. Consult the Director of Architectural Studies
for more information.
The Major in Architectural Studies
The major consists of twelve courses: four from the core group, seven electives, and a senior integrative project. The art requirement may be waived
by presentation and approval of an appropriate portfolio. Note that the
upper-level electives, especially in the sciences and social sciences, may
require prerequisites not listed in the major.
Core
Students must take the following courses:
Art 101, 102, or 103;
Art History 101 and 103;
One seminar from the following list:
American Studies 493A/494A; Art History 410, 411, 412, 464,
465, 466, 467; Architectural Studies 493B/494B, 493C/494C,
493H/494H, 493Q/494Q, 493R/494R, 493Z/494Z; Environmental Studies 493G/494G; Government 493A/494A; Slavic
Studies 412.
Electives
Students must take seven courses (eight if they have funding for the integrative project) from at least three of the following four areas, at least four
of which must be at the 200 level or above:
Area I, Art and Design:
Architectural Studies 241, 261, 321, 342, 345; Art 200, 205,
206, 207, 208, 210, 218, 222, 225, 226, 241, 261, 310, 321, 342.
Area II, Art and Architectural History:
Freshman Seminars on architectural topics taught by the Art
History Department; Art History 207, 211, 221, 270, 276, 278,
320, 370, 371, 372; Environmental Studies 320.
Area III, Humanities and Social Science:
Anthropology 102, 202, 370, 383, 390, 406; Art History 296;
Economics 247; French 403, 424; Philosophy 228, 251; Psychology 307, 320; Sociology 364.
Area IV, Mathematics and Science:
Computer Science 209; Environmental Studies 110; Mathematics 111, 112, 113; Physics 107, 108, 109, 110.
Integrative Project
Students completing the integrative project as a non-funded internship
must enroll in Architectural Studies 495 or 496. The program requires
students to make a formal proposal to the director of the Architectural
Studies program in the semester that precedes the start of the integrative
project. Students must receive approval before beginning the integrative
project. A student may fulfill the integrative project with a CELS-funded
internship (or one that is funded from another source), but will not also
receive course credit toward the major for the experience. In order to meet
the basic requirement of the major (12 courses), a student with a funded
internship must complete eight electives toward the major.
Students may propose to complete an individual project (Architectural Studies 490, or in exceptional circumstances 491) or Honors Thesis
(497-498) to fulfill the integrative project requirement. The program
requires students to make a formal proposal to the director of the Architectural Studies program in the semester that precedes the start of the
integrative project. Students must receive approval before beginning the
integrative project.
Adviser: J. Alchermes
The Minor in Architectural Studies
The minor consists of a minimum of five courses, three of which must be
at the 200 level or above. From the core group choose Art 102 or 103, and
at least one architectural history course. From the elective group choose a
minimum of three courses, with two from the same area.
Learning Goals in the Architectural Studies Major
Architectural Studies program embraces a broad understanding of architecture as inseparable from the cultural landscape – the intersection of
natural landscapes with built forms and social life. Its structure prompts
majors to deepen their understanding of cultural landscape by integrating
insights from a range of disciplinary perspectives.
When they graduate, Architectural Studies majors will:
• Be able to interpret individual buildings in light of their larger
settings (building site, neighborhood, city, and even region), while
also paying attention to the furniture and fittings that mediate the
inhabitants’ occupation of a given space.
• Use a variety of disciplinary approaches to investigate the ways in
which the cultural landscape shapes our sense of ourselves, our interactions with others, and our understanding of the wider world.
• Be able to communicate effectively about architecture verbally and
in writing, applying complex forms of analysis in oral presentations and essay-length papers using clear and concise prose.
• Be able to design and execute a research project: define a question;
employ appropriate technologies to locate pertinent primary and
secondary sources; identify a suitable analytical method; and apply
that method to write a well-argued, fully-documented interpre
tive paper.
• Be able to contextualize their discipline-based knowledge and
experience outside the college setting.
Courses
ARCHITECTURAL STUDIES 201 TECHNICAL WORKSHOP:
COMPUTER-AIDED DRAFTING An introduction to the basics of
Computer-Aided Drafting (CAD), with an emphasis on AutoCAD. Skill
development includes drawing, annotation, and plotting.
Permission of the instructor is required, with priority given to students who are currently enrolled in Architectural Studies 241. Two hours
of credit, marked as pass/not passed. Enrollment limited to 10 students.
Staff
35
ARCHITECTURAL STUDIES 231 THE INTERIORS OF CONNECTICUT COLLEGE Through an examination of the interior architecture of Connecticut College, this course examines the spaces the College
has constructed, used, modified, and renovated from its founding in 1911
to the present. Students will discover why and how the campus looks the
way it does today by conducting case studies utilizing the College Archives.
Students will develop proposals for interventions and create design recommendations and solutions.
Prerequisite: Art 101, 102, 103, or 200, or permission of the instructor. This course is open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors. Enrollment
limited to 12 students. E. Morash
ARCHITECTURAL STUDIES 241 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN
I An introduction to architectural design that develops familiarity with
basic design principles and with a range of methods for communicating
architectural ideas. These include sketching, manual drafting, modelmaking, and computer modeling using Sketch-Up. This is the same course
as Art 241.
Eight hours of studio work. Prerequisite: Art History 103; or a high
school course in architectural design and permission of the instructor.
Enrollment limited to 12 students. This course satisfies General Education
Area 5. J. O’Riordan
ARCHITECTURAL STUDIES 243 SUSTAINABLE ARCHITECTURE An introduction to the principles and practice of sustainable
architecture. Course topics include vernacular adaptations to climate and
available resources, the evolution of sustainable design and technology
since the mid-twentieth century, current trends and new technology, ethical choices and dilemmas inherent in the building process, and impacts
of government policies and regulations. This is the same course as Environmental Studies 243.
Enrollment limited to 24 students. J. O’Riordan
Architectural Studies 342, but with an emphasis here on sustainability.
This is the same course as Art 344.
Eight hours of studio work. Prerequisite: Architectural Studies/Art
241, Art History 103, and Architectural Studies 243. Enrollment limited
to 12 students. J. O’Riordan
ARCHITECTURAL STUDIES 346 HISTORIC PRESERVATION
FOR A SUSTAINABLE FUTURE Using the College’s historic prefabricated houses as case studies, this course will explore the development of
the industrialized house, the principles and practices of historic preservation, and the intersection of preservation and sustainability. Final projects
may focus on the interpretation of the houses for the public and future
sustainability measures.
Open to sophomores, juniors and seniors; and to freshmen with the
permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 16 students. D. Royalty
ARCHITECTURAL STUDIES 490 ARCHITECTURAL STUDIES
PROJECT SEMINAR A seminar in research techniques and methodology intended for students completing the required integrative project in
Architectural Studies in the form of an individual project. Rough drafts
of proposals are due on October 15 of the preceding semester, with final
drafts due on November 15. This is the same course as Art History 490.
Open to senior majors in architectural studies, with permission of
the instructor. Enrollment limited to 16 students. Offered second semester. This is a designated Writing course. E. Morash
ARCHITECTURAL STUDIES 493, 494 ADVANCED STUDY SEMINARS Directed research on designated architectural topics, employing
the methods of architectural history, architectural design, and historic
preservation as complementary modes of architectural inquiry.
One course in art history (unless otherwise noted). Open to juniors
and seniors. Enrollment limited to 16 students. This is a designated Writing course.
ARCHITECTURAL STUDIES 261 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE DESIGN STUDIO Landscape architecture design studio that
develops skills in describing, analyzing, and designing landscape spaces
(gardens, parks, urban plazas). This is the same course as Art 261.
Prerequisite: Art 102 or 103 and either Art History 103 or 270.
ARCHITECTURAL STUDIES 493B, 494B THE MUSEUM AS
A BUILDING TYPE The museum as a building type, with a focus
on public museums from the 18th century to the present. Qualified
students may complete a design project in lieu of a research paper.
This is the same course as Art History 465. A. Van Slyck
ARCHITECTURAL STUDIES 293, 294 PRACTICUM IN ARCHITECTURAL STUDIES One or two hours of credit, to be determined
by the department in advance, depending on the nature of the proposal
and the amount of work involved. Marked as pass/not passed.
ARCHITECTURAL STUDIES 493C, 494C NEW LONDON: A
CULTURAL LANDSCAPE APPROACH New London’s architecture and urban spaces considered as ordinary places created through
the interaction of local subcultures and national, dominant cultural
values. This is the same course as Art History 467. A. Van Slyck
ARCHITECTUR AL STUDIES 321 HISTORY, PLACE, MEANING IN SITE/ART INTERVENTIONS This is the same course as
Art 321. Refer to the Art listing for a course description.
ARCHITECTURAL STUDIES 327 EVIDENCE-BASED DESIGN:
INTERDISCIPLINARY APPROACHES A design seminar/workshop
that teams students with backgrounds in psychology research methods
with those trained in architectural design to collaborate on the redesign
of an urban space in New London.
Prerequisite: Course 241, Psychology 202, or permission of the
instructors. Enrollment limited to 12 students. This is the same course as
Psychology 327. A. Devlin, S. Fan
II: SELECTED TOPICS Architecture design studio involving increasingly complex design problems and introducing students to AutoCAD.
Topics vary each semester and may include library design, preservation
and adaptive reuse, “green” design, and housing. May be repeated for
credit. This is the same course as Art 342.
Eight hours of studio work. Prerequisite: Architectural Studies/Art
241 and Art History 103. Enrollment limited to 12 students. J. O’Riordan
II: “GREEN” ARCHITECTURE Architecture design studio involving design problems similar in the level of complexity to those treated in
36
ARCHITECTUR AL STUDIES 493H, 494H THE ARCHITECTURE OF CONNECTICUT COLLEGE In this in-depth
study of the development of the Connecticut College campus from
its founding to the present day, students will undertake extensive
research in the college archives and interpret buildings and landscape
features (extant and demolished) in light of changes in institutional
priorities, pedagogical theories, and student demographics. This is
the same course as Art History 466. A. Van Slyck
ARCHITECTURAL STUDIES 493Q, 494Q ANCIENT AND
MEDIEVAL ROME This is the same course as Art History 411.
Refer to the Art History listing for a course description.
ARCHITECTURAL STUDIES 493R, 494R CHRISTIAN PILGRIMAGE IN THE MIDDLE AGES: RITUAL, ARCHITECTURE, AND URBANISM This is the same course as Art History/
Slavic Studies 412. Refer to the Art History listing for a course
description.
ARCHITECTURAL STUDIES 493Z, 494Z ROMAN ARCHI
TECTURE An in-depth investigation of building in ancient Rome
and throughout the Roman world. Areas of focus will include the links
between Roman architecture and the building traditions of the Etruscans and Greeks, issues regarding design, function and construction
Art History and Architectural Studies/Behavioral Neuroscience
techniques in public and domestic architecture, and the political and
social aims of building patrons. This is the same course as Art History
410. J. Alchermes
ARCHITECTURAL STUDIES 491, 492 INDIVIDUAL STUDY Proposals for advanced study are initiated by the student the semester before
study will be done, in consultation with the faculty adviser and, if necessary, with an outside professional.
ARCHITECTURAL STUDIES 495, 496 INTERNSHIP Students
work 8-10 hours per week in a professional organization. A proposal submitted in the previous semester outlines general tasks and special projects.
ARCHITECTURAL STUDIES 497-498 HONORS STUDY
begin the major by taking introductory courses in biology, psychology,
and chemistry. These foundations allow a student to then understand how
the brain and behavior is related and provide basis for delving into topics
of specific interest.
Foundations
The major includes introductory courses in biology (BIO 106, Cells), psychology (PSY 100, Introduction to Psychology), and chemistry (CHM
103, 104, General Chemistry). Each of these courses includes a lab to
demonstrate the basic techniques used in each discipline. In addition to
teaching foundational concepts these courses also focus on necessary skills
that include general research methods, critical thinking, ethics and scientific writing.
Methods
Behavioral Neuroscience
Associate Professor Grahn, director
The Major in Behavioral Neuroscience
The interdisciplinary major in behavioral neuroscience is intended to fill
the needs of the students seeking understanding of the biological bases
of behavior. It guides the student toward investigation of physiological,
structural, and developmental foundations of animal behavior using the
techniques of several sub-disciplines of psychology, biology, and chemistry.
The major consists of fourteen courses (twelve core courses and
one course chosen from each of two related areas). A score of 4 or 5
on the Advanced Placement Psychology Examination or its equivalent
may be substituted for Psychology 100. This exception requires the student to choose an additional laboratory course for the major. Independent research, either as Individual Study or Honors Study, is strongly
recommended.
Core Courses (12)
Biology 106 and 202;
Psychology 100, 201, and 202;
Biology/Psychology 214 and either 314 or 322;
One of the following:
Psychology 332, 336, 343, 426, 493D, or Biology/Psychology
409.
One of the following:
Biology 302, 309, or Chemistry 303. (Note that Biology 208 is
a prerequisite for Biology 302 and 309 and that Chemistry 224
is a prerequisite for Chemistry 303.);
Chemistry 103, 104, and 223.
One course from each of the following two areas:
Humanities and Social Sciences
Anthropology 319;
Human Development 306;
Linguistics 110;
Philosophy 224, 226, 229.
Behavior and Individual Research
Psychology 204, 210, 212, 215 307, 309;
Biology 224, 302;
Behavioral Neuroscience 391, 392, 491, 492, 497-498.
Learning Goals in the Behavioral Neuroscience Major
Behavioral neuroscience is focused on the relationship between brain
function and behavior. In order to understand this relationship, students
An emphasis is placed on practical application of the empirical process
in courses such as Behavioral Neuroscience (PSY/BIO314) and Psychopharmacology (PSY/BIO 332), where students learn the same histological,
pharmacological and animal behavior methods used in many neuroscience
research labs. In addition, students learn to use databases of published
literature to search for and critically evaluate relevant studies specific to
topics covered in each course. The major also includes a requirement for
either an advanced biochemistry or molecular biology course with a lab,
providing students with exposure to techniques in these related fields.
Topics of Interest
Every student has the option to explore specific topics in course projects.
For example, one assignment in Psychopharmacology is to compare the
effectiveness of a conventional and an alternative treatment for a mental
illness. A student who has an interest in understanding schizophrenia
might complete the assignment by comparing the use of omega 3 fatty
acids to the conventional treatment of antipsychotic medications. Specific
interests are further explored in specialized courses such as Behavioral
Endocrinology (PSY/BIO 409), Cognitive Brain Imaging (PSY 343) and
Neurobiology of Disease (PSY/BIO 336) or through individual study and
honors thesis projects that focus on a specific area of interest to the student
and her mentor.
Relationship to other Disciplines
The study of neuroscience is approached from a number of disciplines.
With a foundational understanding of basic neural processing, students are prompted to explore how neuroscience can be studied in the
context of developmental psychology, cognitive science, sociology, and
philosophy.
Advanced Study
The opportunity to practice techniques, including the use of animals,
in laboratory courses provides every behavioral neuroscience major with
some basis for further work in the field. The numerous opportunities to
build on those research experiences in the form of individual study or
honors study is especially important for students who are interested in
pursuing graduate study. Students are also strongly encouraged to learn
how to communicate the findings of their research by presenting at conferences on campus or elsewhere. Behavioral neuroscience majors present
their work each year at the North East Undergraduate Research Organization for Neuroscience semi-annual meetings and at the Society for
Neuroscience annual meetings.
BEHAVIORAL NEUROSCIENCE 391, 392 INDIVIDUAL STUDY
BEHAVIORAL NEUROSCIENCE 491, 492 INDIVIDUAL STUDY
BEHAVIORAL NEUROSCIENCE 497-498 HONORS STUDY
37
Biological Sciences
Biology
Professors: Askins, Grossel, Loomis; Associate Professors: Barnes, Eastman; Senior Lecturers: Fallon, Hardeman, Suriyapperuma, Warren; Associate Professor Bernhard, chair
The Major in Biological Sciences
The interdisciplinary major in biological sciences, offered jointly by the
Biology and Botany Departments, consists of courses in biology, chemistry, mathematics, and computer science. Students may choose the general
track or may customize the major by selecting a concentration either in
ecology or in cellular and molecular biology.
The major consists of fifteen courses: six core courses, two quantitative and physical science courses, one capstone course, one semester of the
Biology/Botany Seminar Series, and five electives dependant on the track
or concentration. The Advanced Placement examination in biology may
not be counted toward the major.
Core courses
All biological sciences majors must take the following courses:
Biology 105, 106, 207, and 208; Chemistry 103 and 104 (or 107
and 204).
Quantitative and physical science courses
All majors must take two of the following courses:
Mathematics 107, 111, 112, 113, 206, 207, 208, 212; Psychology 201;
Computer Science 110, 212; Physics 107, 108, 109, 110; Chemistry
223, 224.
For students concentrating in ecology, one of these courses must be
in statistics (Mathematics 107, 206, 207, 208, or Psychology 201).
Students considering graduate school or a career in the health professions are strongly encouraged to take organic chemistry, physics, and
calculus or statistics, and so should complete more than the minimum number of required courses.
Capstone course
All majors must take one of the following courses during their senior year:
Biology 493, 494; Botany 493, 494. Students may, with approval of
the appropriate department, select an Individual Study (391, 392) or
Honors Study (497-498) in either biology or botany.
Biology/Botany Seminar Series
All majors must take either 293 or 294.
Electives
All majors must take five electives, chosen to satisfy the requirements of
one of the following tracks or concentrations. Electives may not duplicate
any courses already selected.
1. General Track: Students may take any five courses chosen from
additional offerings in biology or botany, or in organic chemistry (Chemistry 223, 224) or biochemistry (Chemistry 303).
Science-based Environmental Studies courses may be selected
with approval of the major adviser. At least three of these courses
must be at the 200 level or higher, with at least one at the 300 or
400 level; at least two of the courses must include a laboratory
component.
Advisers: R. Askins, P. Barnes, A. Bernhard, D. Eastman, M.
Fallon, M. Grossel, K. Hardeman, P. Hine, C. Jones, M. Lizarralde,
S. Loomis, P. Owen, P. Siver, S. Suriyapperuma, S.W. Warren.
38
2. C oncentration in Ecology: Students must take at least one
course in ecology and one in biological diversity, with a second
course in either of the two areas. Students must also take two
additional electives.
Ecology courses:
Biology 305, 307, 312, 320, 413; Botany 315.
Biological diversity courses:
Biology 204, 215, 330; Botany 205, 225, 410.
Additional electives:
Biology 224, 340, 431; Botany 115, 207, 311; or any
course listed in the concentration not already selected.
Science-based Environmental Studies courses and
other biology or botany courses may be selected with
approval of the major adviser.
Advisers: R. Askins, P. Barnes, A. Bernhard, P. Hine, C. Jones,
M. Lizarralde, P. Siver, S.W. Warren.
3. C oncentration in Cellular and Molecular Biology: Students
must take two foundational courses and three additional electives.
Foundational courses:
Biology 302, 309, 325; Chemistry 303, 324.
Additional electives:
Biology 202, 312, 322, 330, 340, 409, 431; Botany
305; Chemistry 223, 224; or any foundational course
not already selected. One course from additional offerings in biology or botany may be selected with approval
of the major adviser. Students may not count both Biology 322 and 409 toward this concentration.
Advisers: P. Barnes, D. Eastman, M. Fallon, M. Grossel, K. Hardeman, S. Loomis, P. Owen, S. Suriyapperuma, S.W. Warren.
The Minor in Biological Sciences
The minor in biological sciences consists of seven courses: the six core
courses plus one elective selected from the 300- or 400-level offerings in
biology or botany. Science-based Environmental Studies courses may be
selected with approval of the minor adviser.
Learning Goals in the Biological Sciences Major
One of the major learning goals that the Department of Biology Faculty
share is to instill in students the thrill of discovery and the nurturing
of curiosity. Toward these goals we aim to provide students with opportunities to make their own discoveries through independent research
conducted at all levels of our curriculum. From this work we expect our
students to become proficient in experimental design, hypothesis development, data analysis and critical reading of primary and secondary literature. Our overall objective for our students is to have them come to
know biology as a way of understanding, rather than a particular body
of information. As we help students to learn current knowledge, we strive
for that knowledge to persist beyond the course in which it was acquired.
The Learning Goals of the Faculty of the Biology Department are:
• Instill in students the excitement of discovery and nurture
creativity.
• Produce and critique logical arguments through generation and
testing of hypotheses, analysis of data and evaluation of results.
• Acquire a fundamental knowledge of biological principles at all
levels of biological organization from cells to ecosystems.
• Develop the ability to find and synthesize current scientific
knowledge.
• Communicate ideas and arguments in both oral and written form.
• Work effectively as individuals and in groups.
Biological Sciences
• Understand the ethical responsibilities of scientists and societal
understanding of science.
Skill Building and Applications
Our department believes that educating students in the Biological Sciences requires a number of skills including the ability to identify and
understand pertinent published research, design and perform appropriate methods, critically analyze results, and present information clearly
to a community of peers. We believe it is important that our students are
able to apply their knowledge to the world they inhabit as citizens in a
global society.
Courses
BIOLOGY 102 HUMAN ANATOMY A study of the structure and
function of human anatomy. Emphasis on organ system structure using
anatomy software. Interaction of organ systems will be examined. This
course is intended for students interested in nursing, physical therapy, and
physician’s assistant. It does not satisfy requirements for the biology major.
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 20
students per laboratory section. S. Loomis
BIOLOGY 103 INTRODUCTION TO EVOLUTION An introduction to the process and pattern of biological evolution. Genetic change,
evidence for evolution, patterns of diversity, and phylogenetic relationships will be examined. The course includes lectures, computer-based
simulations and group projects, and class discussions. The nature of science will be an underlying theme.
Enrollment limited to 30 students, of which 15 spaces are reserved
for freshmen. This course satisfies General Education Area 1. P. Barnes
BIOLOGY 105 ORGANISMS The study of plants and animals, with
emphasis on angiosperm and vertebrate structure, function, reproduction,
and development. Registration is also required in Biology 105L.
Three hours of lecture and three hours laboratory work. Enrollment
limited to 16 students per laboratory section. Offered annually. This
course satisfies General Education Area 1. S. Loomis or R. Spicer
BIOLOGY 105L ORGANISMS LAB Registration is also required in
Biology 105.
BIOLOGY 106 CELLS A detailed study of cells as fundamental units
of living systems from structural and molecular levels of organization.
Topics include structure and function of membranes and organelles;
gene expression and regulation; protein synthesis, targeting and degradation; bioenergetics; signal transduction; cell cycle control, cancer
and stem cells; the cytoskeleton, and extracellular matrices. Laboratory
experiments include protein and enzyme assays, electrophoresis, PCR,
fertilization and independent research projects. Registration is also
required in Biology 106L.
Three hours of lecture and three hours laboratory work. Enrollment
limited to 14 students per laboratory section. Offered annually. This
course satisfies General Education Area 1. P. Owen or M. Grossel
BIOLOGY 106L CELLS LAB Registration is also required in Biology 106.
BIOLOGY 110 ACCELERATED CELL BIOLOGY This limited
enrollment research group supplements Biology 106, offering an accelerated approach. Selected students will meet with the course instructor for
the laboratory section plus an additional 75 minutes to allow the group to
pursue an independent research project that will apply class work to global
scientific problems. Two hours of credit.
Prerequisite: Placement exam and permission of the instructor.
Enrollment limited to 16 students. M. Grossel
BIOLOGY 202 HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY A general course on the
physiology of humans including the nervous, muscular, circulatory, respiratory, renal, digestive, and endocrine systems. Particular emphasis on
regulatory mechanisms. The course will be taught as a “studio” course in
which lecture and lab are combined.
Six hours of combined lecture/laboratory. Prerequisite: Biology 106.
Not open to freshmen. Enrollment limited to 20 students per section.
Offered every semester. This is a designated Writing course. S. Loomis
or M. Fallon
BIOLOGY 203 BIOINFORMATICS I This is the same course as Computer Science 203. Refer to the Computer Science listing for a course
description.
BIOLOGY 204 ORNITHOLOGY An introduction to the study of
birds. The structure and physiology of birds will be discussed as well as
their evolution, classification, and behavior. Identification of species and
the ecology of birds will be emphasized on field trips.
Three lectures; three hours laboratory, with specially scheduled field
trips on weekends and before lecture. Prerequisite: Biology 105. Enrollment limited to 13 students. Offered in 2011-2012 and alternate years.
R. Askins
BIOLOGY 206 COMPUTATIONAL AND SYSTEMS BIOLOGY An
introduction to the use of genomics, systems biology, and computational
biology in analyzing and synthesizing biological data. Topics include
DNA and protein sequences, interaction networks, gene expression, and
computational techniques for retrieving, analyzing, and visualizing data.
Emphasis on projects involving interdisciplinary teams and medically
related problems. This is the same course as Computer Science 206.
Prerequisite: Biology 106 or Computer Science 110. Enrollment limited to 30 students. D. Eastman, M. Allen, and R. Peitzsch
BIOLOGY 207 ECOLOGY The study of the interactions of organisms
with one another and with their environment. Major topics include a
survey of terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems, energy flow, nutrient cycling,
succession, population dynamics, life history strategies, biodiversity, interspecific interactions, and the structure of natural communities. Ecological consequences of human activity are emphasized. Registration is also
Three lectures; three hours field and laboratory work. Laboratory
work includes field trips, collection and analysis of field data, and computer simulations. Prerequisite: Biology 105 or Botany 115. Enrollment
limited to 14 students per laboratory section. Offered annually. R. Askins,
A. Bernhard, C. Jones
BIOLOGY 207L ECOLOGY LAB Registration is also required in Biology 207.
BIOLOGY 208 GENETICS A study of the mechanisms of inheritance
involving Mendelian and molecular principles and of genetic change
during evolution involving population genetic principles. Laboratory
exercises include genetic and chromosomal analyses; gene mapping;
study of biochemical, developmental and DNA sequence variation; and
experiments in population and quantitative genetics. Registration is also
Three lectures and three hours laboratory work. Prerequisite: Biology
106 and Chemistry 103 or 107. Enrollment limited to 14 students per
laboratory section. Offered annually. P. Barnes or D. Eastman
BIOLOGY 208L GENETICS LAB Registration is also required in Biology 208.
BIOLOGY 214 BIOPSYCHOLOGY This is the same course as Psychology 214. Refer to the Psychology listing for a course description.
BIOLOGY 215 INVERTEBRATE BIOLOGY A comprehensive study
of the morphology and biology of the invertebrates. Morphological diversity will be discussed in view of its functional and adaptive significance.
Laboratory work will stress experimental design. Field trips are included.
Two lectures; four hours laboratory work. Prerequisite: Biology 105.
Enrollment limited to 16 students per laboratory section. Offered in 20122013 and alternate years. S. Loomis
BIOLOGY 224 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR Genetic and learned aspects
of animal behavior will be examined in an ecological and evolutionary
39
context. Topics include animal communication, territorial and reproductive behavior, complex social systems, and sensory capabilities. Laboratory
work will consist of field trips and an independent project.
Three lectures; three hours field and laboratory work, with some specially scheduled field trips on evenings and weekends. Prerequisite: Biology
105 or permission of the instructor. Not open to freshmen. Enrollment
limited to 13 students. R. Askins
BIOLOGY 293, 294 BIOLOGY/BOTANY SEMINAR SERIES Lectures and discussions on current research in the life sciences. Presentations
by visiting scientists, Connecticut College faculty, and student researchers. Preparation of pre-lecture questions through background readings
and post-lecture summaries required. This is the same course as Botany
293, 294.
One meeting per week throughout the semester. Two hours of credit,
marked as pass/not passed. These courses may be taken for a maximum of
four credits. Prerequisite: Junior or senior status and two of the following
courses: Biology 105, 106, 207, 208, or Botany 115. Enrollment limited to
40 students. Offered every semester. Biology and Botany Faculty
BIOLOGY 298 GENOMICS, PROTEOMICS, AND BIOINFORMATICS An introduction to genomics, proteomics, and bioinformatics,
with emphasis on examining genome-scale information. Topics include
gene-finder methods, gene homology (or family) identification methods, and other computational techniques for analyzing DNA and RNA
sequences. The course will include a survey of the protein “nanomachines,”
as well as protein families and protein-protein interactions.
Prerequisite or parallel: Biology 208. Enrollment limited to 20 students. S. Winters-Hilt
BIOLOGY 302 MOLECULAR DEVELOPMENT This course focuses
on the molecular, cellular, genetic, and evolutionary aspects of developmental processes in microbes, animals, and plants. Specific topics include
embryogenesis, stem cells, gene expression regulation, and cell signaling.
Investigative experiments and independent projects on live animals and
plants will be emphasized in the laboratory.
Two hours lecture; four hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Biology
106 and 208. Enrollment limited to 12 students per laboratory section.
Offered in 2011-2012 and alternate years. This is a designated Writing
course. D. Eastman
BIOLOGY 303, 304 SPECIAL TOPICS IN BIOLOGY A study of
topics selected from any area of biology. Topics vary from year to year
and may include cell and molecular biology, ecological theory, systems
biology, field studies, or new and emerging fields. Some topics may utilize biological data analysis, research methods, or experimental laboratory
components. May be repeated for credit.
BIOLOGY 305 MARINE ECOLOGY Students will explore the ecology
and biota of local marine environments through field work and individual
research projects. The course will focus on biological responses to environmental challenges, and will explore the roles of diversity, trophic structure,
and productivity in marine systems. Critical evaluation of primary literature will be emphasized.
Two lectures; four hours field or laboratory work. Prerequisite: Biology 207. Enrollment limited to 12 students. This is a designated Writing
course. A. Bernhard
BIOLOGY 306 MICROBIAL GENETICS This course focuses on
structure, function, expression, and evolution of microbial genes and
methods of study through lecture and critical analysis of literature. Topics
include genetic analysis of mutants, operon systems, gene transfer among
organisms, molecular strategies including restriction mapping, gene cloning, DNA sequencing, q-PCR, and microarrays.
Prerequisite: Biology 106 and 208. Enrollment limited to 30 students. S. Suriyapperuma
BIOLOGY 307 FRESHWATER ECOLOGY An introduction to the
physical, chemical, and biological characteristics of lacustrine environ40
ments. A comparative approach, integrating field, laboratory, and classroom investigations, to analyze similarities and differences in freshwater
ecosystems. Interaction of environmental factors in controlling the distributions of organism, trophic dynamics, eutrophication, acidification, lake
ontogeny, analyses of catchments, and paleolimnological topics.
Two lectures; four hours field or laboratory work. Overnight field
trip required. Prerequisite: Biology 105 and one additional course in Biology or Botany which may be taken concurrently. Enrollment limited to 12
students. Offered in 2012-2013 and alternate years. P. Siver
BIOLOGY 309 MOLECULAR CELL BIOLOGY A comprehensive
study of the molecular mechanisms of basic cellular functions involved in
human health and disease. Topics include DNA structure, gene expression, stem cells, and cancer. Registration is also required in Biology 309L.
Three hours of lecture and one three-hour laboratory. The laboratory
incorporates a semester-long class research project that involves molecular cloning, tissue culture, transfection of mammalian cells, and studies
of protein-protein interactions. Prerequisite: Biology 208 and Chemistry
223. Enrollment limited to 12 students per laboratory section. Offered in
2014-2015 and alternate years. M. Grossel
BIOLOGY 309L MOLECULAR BIOLOGY LAB Registration is also
required in Biology 309.
BIOLOGY 310 CONSERVATION BIOLOGY A study of the role
of biological diversity in the functioning of ecosystems throughout the
world, with a focus on threats to ecological stability. Topics include traditional conservation, landscape ecology and restoration ecology, with an
emphasis on economic sustainability and social justice as well as ecological sustainability. This is the same course as Environmental Studies 310.
Prerequisite: Biology 207. Enrollment limited to 13 students. R.
Askins
BIOLOGY 312 MOLECULAR ECOLOGY This course will integrate
aspects of molecular biology, ecology, and evolution. Students will explore
the use of molecular techniques, including genomics, to address ecological
questions through student-designed experiments and critical evaluation of
published studies. Students will also discuss the role of molecular ecology
in conservation biology and population genetics.
Prerequisite: Biology 207 or 208. Enrollment limited to 12 students.
Offered in 2011-2012 and alternate years. A. Bernhard
BIOLOGY 314 BEHAVIORAL NEUROSCIENCE This is the same
course as Psychology 314. Refer to the Psychology listing for a course
description.
BIOLOGY 315 DRUG DISCOVERY AND DEVELOPMENT A study
of the process of drug discovery and development, from target identification to drug approval. Topics include scientific, ethical, and regulatory
considerations. Emphasis on the application of biological disciplines and
the major classes of drug targets on the market today.
Prerequisite: Biology 106 and 208. Enrollment limited to 25 students. S. des Etages
BIOLOGY 320 TROPICAL BIOLOGY An intensive field course
emphasizing community ecology and adaptations of organisms to
tropical environments. Field trips and research projects will be based at
research stations in Belize, and will include studies of the following natural communities: tropical forests, mangrove swamps, sea grass beds, and
coral reefs.
One lecture per week and 12 days of intensive field work in Belize
during spring break. Prerequisite: Biology 207 and permission of the
instructor. Enrollment limited to 16 students. Special Fee. Offered in
2012-2013 and alternate years. S. Loomis, M. Lizarralde
BIOLOGY 322 PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY This is the same course
as Psychology 322. Refer to the Psychology listing for a course description.
BIOLOGY 325 CELL ULTRASTRUCTURE Advanced structural cell
biology emphasizing the use of electron optics. Methods of biological
Biological Sciences
sample preparation, theory and use of transmission and scanning electron
microscopes, production of photomicrographs through darkroom and
digital imaging techniques. Concentrated research on integrated original
research projects.
Six hours of combined lecture and laboratory group or tutorial work
weekly. Prerequisite: Biology 106 and Chemistry 104, or permission of the
course. P. Owen
ins and knock-outs, micro-arrays, and designer drugs/population studies.
Discussions on academic versus industrial approaches to science as well as
ethical and societal implications of covered topics.
Three lectures, no laboratory. Prerequisite: Biology 106, 208, and
Chemistry 223; and either Biology 303 or 309; or permission of the
instructor. This course is taught by adjunct members of the faculty
employed by Pfizer, Inc., and is coordinated by D. Eastman or M. Grossel.
Enrollment limited to 20 students. Adjunct Staff
BIOLOGY 326 SCANNING ELECTRON MICROSCOPY Theory
and use of the scanning electron microscope, sample preparation and x-ray
microanalysis. Concentrated research on original research projects.
Six hours of combined lecture and laboratory group or tutorial work
weekly during the second half of the semester; two hours of credit. Not
intended for majors in biological sciences or botany. Prerequisite: Chemistry 103 and permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 4 students.
P. Owen
BIOLOGY 413 ESTUARINE ECOLOGY Community and systems
ecology of tidal marsh-estuarine ecosystems with emphasis on auto-ecology of dominant vascular plants, macro-invertebrates and fish. Historical
development of tidal wetlands, ecological connections with near-shore
marine ecosystems, and human manipulation and management of marshestuarine ecosystems are also considered.
Two lectures; four hours field or laboratory work. Overnight field
trip required. Prerequisite: Biology 105 and at least one additional course
in botany, biology taken at the 200 level. Enrollment limited to 14 students. Offered in alternate years. This is a designated Writing course. Staff
BIOLOGY 330 MICROBIOLOGY Structure and growth of bacteria
and viruses, with emphasis on the role of microorganisms in genetic engineering, in the environment, and as agents of diseases such as AIDS and
tuberculosis. Registration is also required in Biology 330L.
Prerequisite: Biology 106 and 208; and either Chemistry 103 and 104
or 107 and 204; or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 12
students per lab section. Offered annually. A. Bernhard, S. Suriyapperuma
BIOLOGY 330L MICROBIOLOGY LAB Registration is also required
in Biology 330.
BIOLOGY 336 NEUROBIOLOGY OF DISEASE This is the same
description.
BIOLOGY 340 EVOLUTION An exploration of the theory and process
of biological evolution. Topics include adaptation; variation at different
levels from DNA to populations; the population genetics of microevolution; and the origin of new species. Macroevolution will be examined
through the fossil record, modern phylogenetic techniques, the origin of
novelty, and human evolution.
Three lectures; three hours of laboratory. Prerequisite: Biology 208
and either Biology 207 or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited
to 16 students per laboratory section. Offered in 2013-2014 and alternate
years. P. Barnes
BIOLOGY 396 RESEARCH METHODS: CANCER AND THE
CELL CYCLE Students will work as a team with the professor on a collaborative research project related to Dr. Grossel’s cancer research. The
research team will learn to design and conduct experiments and to present
the findings in poster and/or seminar format. The class will engage a specific question with the goal of learning general research skills and specific
cell and molecular biology techniques. The class will meet together for 90
minutes each week with additional time of at least 90 minutes required
for research teams to conduct experiments and culture bacteria, yeast or
mammalian cells, as required. Students who complete this class will be
well-prepared to conduct an honors thesis.
Prerequisite: Biology 106, 208, 309, Chemistry 223, 224, and
approval of the course instructor. Enrollment limited to 6 students. This
is a designated Writing course. M. Grossel
BIOLOGY 402 ADVANCED CELL BIOLOGY This is the same course
as Botany 402. Refer to the Botany listing for a course description.
BIOLOGY 409 BEHAVIORAL ENDOCRINOLOGY This is the same
description.
BIOLOGY 410 FRONTIERS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY Emerging fields in molecular biology. Topics and techniques include stem cells,
genomics, proteomics, bioinformatics, pharmacogenomics, molecular modeling, animal model systems for drug discovery including mouse knock-
BIOLOGY 414 IMMUNOLOGY This course begins with a lecturebased overview of the field of immunology and by mid-semester becomes
seminar-based with students reading primary journal articles and presenting papers on focused areas of immunology.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 223, 224, and Biology 302 or 309. Open to
juniors and seniors, and to sophomores with permission of the instructor.
BIOLOGY 415 BEHAVIOR AND COMMUNICATION OF MARINE
MAMMALS Marine mammal communication, cognition, behavioral
ecology, and conservation are the main topics. The seminar will also
discuss diversity and evolution of marine mammals. Students will present
and lead discussions on the methods, results, and conclusions of scientific
papers.
One, three-hour seminar-style class per week. Prerequisite: Biology
105, 207 or 224 or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 16
students. K.M. Dudzinski
BIOLOGY 429 COMPARATIVE ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY A com
parative study of the physiological adaptations of animals to the environment utilizing current research methods. Emphasis may be on
invertebrates and/or vertebrates. Laboratory exercises will involve research
projects dealing with specific environmental adaptations.
Two lectures; four hours of laboratory work. Prerequisite: Biology
106 and 202. Open to juniors and seniors. Enrollment limited to 12 students per laboratory section. Students may not receive credit for both this
course and Biology 431. This is a designated Writing course. S. Loomis
BIOLOGY 442 BEHAVIORAL GENETICS An examination of the
interdisciplinary field that combines behavior and genetics to study the
effects that genes, development, environment, and their interactions have
on a variety of complex behaviors of humans and other animals. Topics
may include sense perception and response, memory and learning, circadian rhythms, courtship patterns, locomotion, social interactions, and
addiction. Lectures on basic principles and discussion of primary research
literature will be used.
Prerequisite: Biology 208. Enrollment limited to 16 students. P. Barnes
BIOLOGY 493, 494 SEMINAR IN BIOLOGY Open to juniors and
seniors, and to sophomores with permission of the instructor. Additional
prerequisites may be listed with each topic. Enrollment limited to 16 students. This is a designated Writing course.
BIOLOGY 493E, 494E MOLECULAR BASIS OF CANCER
Prerequisite: Biology 208 and 309.
BIOLOGY 493F, 494F CONSERVATION BIOLOGY AND
GENETICS
Prerequisite: Biology 207 and 208.
41
BIOLOGY 493G, 494G MOLECULAR EVOLUTION The use
of protein and DNA sequences to analyze how evolution occurs at
the molecular level. Topics include random genetic drift and natural selection, construction of molecular phylogenies, origin of new
gene functions, and evolution of transposable elements. Students
will use primary literature for discussions, presentations, and writing projects.
Open to juniors and seniors. Prerequisite: Biology 208 and one
Biology or Botany course at the 300 or 400 level. P. Barnes
The Major in Biochemistry, Cellular and Molecular Biology
BIOLOGY 493H, 494H STEM CELLS AND CELL SIGNALING
Prerequisite: Biology 208.
The Major in Behavioral Neuroscience
BIOLOGY 493I, 494I GENETICALLY MODIFIED CROPS This
is the same course as Botany 493B, 494B. Refer to the Botany listing
BIOLOGY 493J, 494J MARINE BIODIVERSITY AND CONSERVATION This course will cover current issues in marine biodiversity and conservation. Topics may include trophic cascades,
marine sanctuaries, impacts of invasive species, and overfishing.
Students will explore various topics, using current literature to direct
in-class discussions and presentations.
Prerequisite: Biology 207. Open to juniors and seniors. A.
Bernhard
BIOLOGY 493K, 494K CELL MEMBRANES AND DISEASE
Analysis of biological membranes with an emphasis on structure
and function of protein components. Topics include lipid composition, biophysical properties important for localization and function,
ion channels, porins, receptors, and relevant diseases. Students will
explore primary scientific literature and research an independent
project.
Prerequisite: Courses 106 and 208 and Chemistry 223 and 224.
J. Crary
BIOLOGY 493L, 494L PATHOPHYSIOLOGY A study of the
physiology of disease using current literature. Students will lead class
discussions and presentations on the mechanisms of disease processes.
Prerequisite: Course 202. S. Loomis
BIOLOGY 493N, 494N LANDSCAPE ECOLOGY Discussion of
recent literature on topics such as metapopulations, habitat fragmentation, and the role of natural disturbances in maintaining biological
diversity. Each student will lead a discussion of recent, peer-reviewed
literature on a particular topic.
One, three-hour seminar-style class per week. Prerequisite:
Biology 207 or permission of the instructor. Open to juniors and
seniors. R. Askins
BIOLOGY 291, 292 INDIVIDUAL STUDY Library research and discussion of current topics beyond the basic curriculum in biological sciences, carried out under the direction of a faculty member. A research
paper is required. Ten hours of work per week expected.
Prerequisite: Arrange with faculty member prior to registration.
A brief description of the proposed project required for departmental
approval. Offered by individual arrangement.
BIOLOGY 391, 392 INDIVIDUAL STUDY (Independent Research)
An independent laboratory or field research project carried out under the
direction of a faculty member from the botany or biology departments. A
research report in the style of a scientific publication required. Ten hours
of work per week expected.
Prerequisite: Arrange with faculty member prior to registration. A
brief description of the proposed project required for department approval.
Offered by individual arrangement.
BIOLOGY 497-498 HONORS STUDY This is a designated Writing
course.
42
The Biochemistry, Cellular and Molecular Biology major, offered jointly
by the Biology, Botany, and Chemistry Departments, integrates related
courses and areas of study in chemistry and biology. It recognizes the
importance of the interdisciplinary nature of modern biochemistry, cellular and molecular biology, and the role of these disciplines in modern
biological, biomedical, and chemical sciences. See listing under the Chemistry Department.
The interdisciplinary major in Behavioral Neuroscience (formerly Neuroscience/Psychobiology) is offered jointly by the Psychology and Biology Departments and is intended to fill the needs of students seeking to
understand the biological bases of behavior. It guides the student toward
investigation of physiological, genetic, structural, developmental, and evolutionary foundations of human and non-human animal behavior. See
listing under Behavioral Neuroscience.
Botany
Professor: Siver; Associate Professors: Jones, Lizarralde; Assistant Professor: Spicer; Senior Lecturers: Hardeman, Hine, Suriyapperuma, Warren;
Arboretum Director and Adjunct Associate Professor: Dreyer; Associate
Professor Owen, chair
The Major in Botany
The botany major is designed to accommodate a wide range of interests
and to prepare students for graduate study in a variety of fields. The major
consists of a core curriculum, as well as electives in mathematics and the
physical and life sciences. Students may opt for the concentration in ethnobotany, which also draws on courses from the social sciences.
Students considering graduate study in botany or other biological
sciences should consult with an adviser as early as possible to design an
appropriate plan of coursework. Those planning postgraduate training in
landscape design or architecture are strongly encouraged to consider a
minor in architectural studies or art.
The major consists of a minimum of eleven courses, at least three
of which must be at the 300 or 400 level, and a two-credit departmental
seminar.
Advisers: K. Hardeman, P. Hine, C. Jones, M. Lizarralde, P. Owen, P.
Siver, R. Spicer, S. Suriyapperuma
Core curriculum
All botany majors must take the following courses:
a. Botany 115 or Biology 105.
b. Botany 205 and 225.
c. Botany 117 or 311
d.One semester of the Biology/Botany Seminar Series (293 or 294).
e.Chemistry 103 or 107. (Students with a concentration in ethnobotany may, with permission of the department, substitute
Chemistry 101.)
Additional courses for the major
Students majoring in botany with the general track must satisfy the following requirements:
f.Biology 106; either Botany 305 or Botany 320, and either Biology
207 or Botany 315.
g.Three courses selected from additional offerings in botany or biology, or from the following list: Chemistry 104, 204, 223, 224,
303, 304, 324; Environmental Studies 110, 115, 120, 210 (493,
494 with permission of the department); Mathematics 107, 111,
Biological Sciences
112, 113, 206, 207, 208, 212; Physics 107, 108, 109, 110. At least
two of the courses chosen from this category must have a laboratory component. Other intermediate or advanced courses in
chemistry, environmental studies, mathematics, or physics may
be selected with permission of the department.
Additional courses for the major with ethnobotany concentration
Students majoring in botany with a concentration in ethnobotany must
satisfy the following requirements:
h.A nthropology 104, Botany 308, and Botany 315.
i.Th ree courses selected from additional offerings in botany, or
from the following list: Anthropology 202, 234, 245, 260, 319,
380; Biology 106, 207, 208, 307, 314, 320, 322; Chemistry 104,
204, 223, 224, 303, 304, 324; Environmental Studies 308, 312,
313 (493, 494 with permission of the department); Mathematics
107, 206, 207, 208, 317.
The Minor in Botany
The botany minor includes Biology 105 or Botany 115; Botany 205, 225,
305 or 320; and one additional course in botany or biology.
Learning Goals in the Botany Major
The study of botany is important in today’s world that increasingly needs
highly skilled scientists to examine changes in ecosystems or habitats, the
possible benefits and dangers of genetically modified crops, and the vast
potential plants hold for human use. The major prepares students directly
for a career in a botanical field or for graduate study. This preparation
comes from learning essential concepts, from developing critical thinking
and observational skills, and from learning to communicate those skills
across disciplines. Students interested in potential careers are encouraged
to talk to faculty or to consult the department website.
Concepts
Plant Structure: Function and Development – Students who complete the major should understand, through written and visual information, how the plant body develops and works as a unit to regulate
its metabolism, to respond to environmental cues, to obtain water,
nutrients, carbohydrates, and to reproduce.
Plant Diversity: Students who complete the major should understand the diverse groups of organisms traditionally studied by
botanists, from protists and fungi to higher vascular plants. This
understanding requires students to be able to identify regional plants
to species and world plants to families.
Plant Ecology: Students who complete the major should understand
the complex relationships plants have with other organisms and their
environment, and how the environment affects past, present and
future plant habitats.
Plant Uses and Perceptions: Plants provide medicinal compounds,
shelter, fuel, food, ornamentation, and technology for human use
and their ecological services. Students have the option of focusing their major on use and management of plants, with particular
emphasis on traditional indigenous people.
Methods/Skills
Written: Students who complete the major should be able to craft
concisely written papers in the style of a botanical research paper.
Integral to the paper is a thorough understanding of how to find and
read the scientific literature, and a deep understanding of methods to
interpret and form graphical, tabular, and pictorial data.
Oral: Students in the major should understand how to prepare and
present oral information, either of an assigned topical nature or the
results of a research project. Practice and experience will be through
coursework, participation in the botany seminar series, or presentations at professional meetings.
Laboratory: Students should have experience with botanical field
and laboratory techniques, such as ecological sampling, plant preservation, data recording, microscopy techniques, and traditional
indigenous technology replication. Students will have opportunities
to develop deeper skills in selected methods of their choice.
Courses
BOTANY 115 INTRODUCTION TO BOTANY Introduction to the
biology of plants, with emphasis on their importance, currently and historically. Topics will include characteristics of major plant groups, internal and external controls of growth and development, ecology of native
vegetation, plant uses in horticulture, ethno-botany, and modern uses of
plants for food and medicine, including genetically modified plants. Registration is also required in Botany 115L.
Open to freshmen and sophomores; and to others with permission of
the instructor. Enrollment limited to 16 students per section. This course
satisfies General Education Area 1. R. Spicer
BOTANY 115L INTRODUCTION TO BOTANY LAB Registration
is also required in Botany 115.
BOTANY 117 INTRODUCTION TO ETHNOBOTANY An examination of the relationship between human beings and the plant world,
along with the corresponding impact on human existence. Specific focus
on how plants serve as sources of medicine or food, as well as providing
technological and ecological resources. The course considers issues relating to culture and geography in the context of prehistorical and historical
data, as well as other relevant topics of current interest. This is the same
course as Anthropology 117. This course may include an optional section
that will meet for an additional hour each week to discuss supplemental
readings in Spanish. Students participating in the foreign language section will receive one additional credit hour, pass/not passed marking.
BOTANY 117f INTRODUCTION TO ETHNOBOTANY (In
Spanish) This optional section will meet for an additional hour each
week to discuss supplemental readings in Spanish. Students participating
pass/not passed marking. Students electing Course 117f must concurrently enroll in Anthropology/Botany 117. M. Lizarralde
BOTANY 205 PLANTS, PROTISTS AND FUNGI A survey of the
major groups of organisms comprising plants, protists and fungi. The
primary morphological, reproductive and physiological characteristics,
ecological significance and evolutionary concepts of each group will be
studied. Laboratory work will include growing specimens from each group
of organisms, greenhouse experiments and field trips.
Two lectures; four hours laboratory work. Prerequisite: Either Botany
115 or Biology 105. Enrollment limited to 12 students. P.A. Siver
BOTANY 207 SEMINAR ON INDIGENOUS USE OF TROPICAL
RAINFORESTS Emphasis on the uses of rainforest plants and animals
by indigenous peoples and their potential ecological and economic applications. Discussion on the readings of recent research will provide a rich
array of data and insights into these resources and their application in
community development, rainforest conservation and western economies.
This is the same course as Environmental Studies 207. This course may
include an optional section that will meet for an additional hour each
pass/not passed marking.
Prerequisite: One course in biology or botany or one course in
anthropology or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 12
students. M. Lizarralde
43
BOTANY 207f SEMINAR ON INDIGENOUS USE OF TROPICAL
RAINFORESTS (In Spanish) This optional section will meet for an
additional hour each week to discuss supplemental readings in Spanish.
Students participating in the foreign language section will receive one
additional credit hour, pass/not passed marking. Students electing Course
207f must concurrently enroll in Botany/Environmental Studies 207. M.
Lizarralde
plant communities, and energy flow and nutrient cycling through ecosystems are explored through the study of regional vegetation. Vegetation sampling, analytical techniques, and the ecological consequences of
human activities are also considered.
Two lectures; four hours of field or laboratory work. Frequent field
trips. Prerequisite: Biology 207 or permission of the instructor. Enrollment
limited to 12 students. C. Jones
BOTANY 209 BIOENERGY An introduction to the range of fuels
derived from plant biomass, including biodiesel, bioethanol, and advanced
synthetic fuels like “biocrude.” We will use lecture, literature research, and
group discussion to explore the environmental consequences and social
and political implications of large-scale bioenergy programs. This is the
same course as Environmental Studies 209.
Prerequisite: One of the following courses, Biology 105, 106; Botany
115; Environmental Studies 113/Physics 113. Enrollment limited to 30
students. R. Spicer
BOTANY 320 ENVIRONMENTAL PLANT PHYSIOLOGY A study
through laboratory exercises of how plants work and interact with their
biophysical environment. Topics include photosynthesis, respiration,
water relations, phloem transport, and plant chemical defense.
Six hours of combined lecture and laboratory work per week. Prerequisite: Biology 105 or 106, or Botany 115; Chemistry 103 or 107 (Chemistry 101 with permission of the instructor). Enrollment limited to 12
students per laboratory section. R. Spicer
BOTANY 225 SYSTEMATIC BOTANY AND THE LOCAL FLORA
The distinguishing characteristics of the principal families of ferns, conifers, and flowering plants; their geographic distribution and evolutionary
relationships. Includes numerous field trips to local areas to familiarize
students with the natural flora of southern New England.
Two lectures; four hours laboratory work. Prerequisite: Biology 105
or Botany 115. Enrollment limited to 12 students per section. C. Jones
BOTANY 293, 294 BOTANY/BIOLOGY SEMINAR SERIES Lectures and discussions on current research in the life sciences. Presentations
by visiting scientists, Connecticut College faculty, and student researchers. Preparation of pre-lecture questions through background readings
and post-lecture summaries required. This is the same course as Biology
293, 294.
One meeting per week throughout the semester. Two hours of credit,
marked as pass/not passed. These courses may be taken for a maximum of
four credits. Prerequisite: Junior or senior status and two of the following
courses: Biology 105, 106, 207, 208, or Botany 115. Enrollment limited to
40 students. Offered every semester. Botany and Biology Faculty
BOTANY 305 PLANT STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION An integrated examination of the physiology and anatomy of vascular plants.
Topics covered include uptake, transport and use of water and mineral
nutrients; the development, photosynthesis and respiration of leaves;
reproduction.
Six hours of combined lecture and laboratory work per week. Prerequisite: Botany 115, Biology 105 or 106; and Chemistry 103 or 107. Enrollment limited to 12 students per laboratory section. P. Owen
BOTANY 308 METHODS AND THEORIES OF ETHNOBOTANY An advanced perspective of methods and theories in the science
of ethnobotany. The course introduces students to a wide variety of
approaches, including cognitive, ecological, and economic. Both quantitative and qualitative methods will be studied. This is the same course as
Anthropology/Environmental Studies 308.
Prerequisite: Botany 117 and either Botany 115 or Anthropology 104.
BOTANY 311 ETHNOBOTANY OF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND An introduction to Native American plant uses in southern New
England. Field work in the Arboretum and elsewhere will introduce students to ethno-botanical field methods in addition to historical and other
ethnographical materials. Class projects will require collection, analysis
and presentation of field and other data. This is the same course as Anthropology/Environmental Studies 311.
Three hours of integrated lecture, discussion, field and laboratory
work. Prerequisite: Botany 225 or permission of the instructor. Enrollment
limited to 12 students. M. Lizarralde
BOTANY 315 PLANT ECOLOGY The relationships of plants to other
organisms and the abiotic environment. Factors controlling the distribution and dynamics of plant populations, the structure and function of
44
BOTANY 402 ADVANCED CELL BIOLOGY Current research on cell
structure, function, and dynamics of eukaryotic cells. Topics include cell
phenomena such as apoptosis, compartmentalization, transport and trafficking, and motility. Emphasis on papers from the primary and secondary literature. This is the same course as Biology 402.
Prerequisite: Biology 106. Biology 302, 309, or Botany 305 recommended. Open to juniors and seniors. Enrollment limited to 16 students. Staff
BOTANY 410 MARINE AND FRESHWATER BOTANY A survey of
marine and freshwater algae. Planktonic and periphytic as well as microscopic and macroscopic forms will be covered. Primary features of each
group will be studied from ecological, morphological, physiological, ultrastructural, life history and evolutionary perspectives. Algal adaptations
to major functional ecological units, survival strategies and distribution
along ecological gradients also will be considered. Laboratory includes
both field and laboratory exercises.
Three lectures; three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Biology 105 and
one additional course in biology or botany, which may be taken concurrently. P. Siver
BOTANY 493, 494 SEMINAR IN BOTANY A seminar dealing with
current topics in botanical research. Student reports, papers, discussion.
Open to junior and senior majors, and to others with permission of
the instructor. Staff
BOTANY 493A, 494A CONSERVATION BIOLOGY
BOTANY 493B, 494B GENETICALLY MODIFIED CROPS This
course will explore scientific, technical, social and economic issues surrounding development and use of agricultural plant biotechnology, in
particular trans-genetic crop varieties. Focus will be on implications
for both mechanized crop production and more traditional agriculture. Topics will include potential impacts on human nutrition and
natural ecosystems. This is the same course as Biology 493I, 494I.
Prerequisite: At least three courses in biology, botany or environmental studies. Also open to upper division anthropology and
economics majors with permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 15 students. This is a designated Writing course. Staff
BOTANY 493K, 494K ECOLOGICAL RESTORATION This is
the same course as Environmental Studies 493K, 494K. Refer to the
Environmental Studies listing for a course description.
BOTANY 493M, 494M SUSTAINABILE AGRICULTURE An
overview of current topics of food production systems in both the
developed and developing world. The subject matter covered will
include soil salinization, desertification, soil nutrient management,
fair trade, immigrant labor, pesticide issues, biological control, local
food, biotechnology, and loss of agricultural biodiversity. There will
also be field trips to local agricultural operations for observation and
hands-on learning. This is the same course as Environmental Studies
493M, 494M.
Biological Sciences/Chemistry
BOTANY 493N, 494N BIOFUELS An examination of the use of
biofuels by comparing various plant sources (e.g., algae, sugar cane,
poplar, switchgrass) in terms of environmental impact and economic
feasibility. Discussions will draw from the fields of plant biology,
biogeography, global climate change, environmental economics, and
industrial chemistry. This is the same course as Environmental Studies 493N, 494N. Students may not receive credit for this course and
Botany/Environmental Studies 209.
Enrollment limited to 16 students. This is a designated Writing
course. R. Spicer
BOTANY 291, 292 INDIVIDUAL STUDY Independent field and/or
laboratory research work with a faculty member. Offered by individual
arrangement. Course may be taken for either two or four credits.
BOTANY 497-498 HONORS STUDY
414; two courses from among Courses 395, 396, 397, 398; and one course
chosen from Courses 229, 230, 391, 392, 491, 492 or 497-498. Course
202 not required for students with credit for Course 204.
Adviser: S. Ching
The American Chemical Society
Certified Major in Chemistry/Biochemistry
The department is certified by the ACS to offer a separate approved major
in chemistry/biochemistry. The advantages of the ACS certification are
explained above. To complete this program of study, the following courses
in addition to the core requirements must be taken: Mathematics 113 (or
a more advanced calculus course); Courses 202, 214, 303, 304, 307, 309,
401; two courses from among Courses 395, 396, 397, 398; Biology 106,
206 (or 208), 309. Course 202 not required for students with credit for
Course 204.
Advisers: B. Branchini and T. Schneider
The Major in Environmental Chemistry
To complete this program of study, the following courses in addition to the
core requirements must be taken: Mathematics 113 (or a more advanced
calculus course); Courses 214, 316, 324, 414; two courses from Courses
395, 396, 397, 398; and one additional 300-or 400-level chemistry course
with laboratory; Biology 105 and Government 260.
Adviser: M. Zimmer
Chemistry
Professors: Branchini, Ovaska, Zimmer; Assistant Professor: Schneider; Senior Lecturers: Fontneau, Ronau; Lecturer: Vellucci; Professor
Ching, chair
The Majors in Chemistry
The chemistry department offers four majors. All majors consist of a core
curriculum plus the prescribed electives. The core courses and the optimum sequence for fulfilling them are:
Core Courses
Freshman year:
Courses 103, 104 or 107, 204
Mathematics 112 (or a more advanced calculus course)
Physics 109, 110
Sophomore year:
Courses 223, 224
Physics 107, 108 (as an alternative to Physics 109, 110)
All students are advised to elect a computer course. Students are strongly
encouraged to elect individual study and research courses (Courses
229, 230, 391, 392, 491, 492, 497-498). Students considering any of
the department’s programs should discuss the optimum sequence of the
required courses with the department chair as soon as possible. Note especially the alternating schedule of offerings for Courses 300, 307, 309, 316,
402 and 414.
The American Chemical Society
Certified Major in Chemistry
The department is certified by the American Chemical Society (ACS)
and offers a major approved by the ACS. The ACS curriculum is widely
recognized by graduate schools, industry, etc., to be a high standard of
professional education. To complete the ACS certified major, the following additional requirements must be met: Mathematics 113 (or a more
advanced calculus course); Courses 202, 214, 307, 309, 324, 401, 402,
The Major in Biochemistry,
Cellular and Molecular Biology
The Biochemistry, Cellular and Molecular Biology (BCMB) major is
designed to complement existing programs in the biology, chemistry,
and botany departments and to recognize the importance of the interdisciplinary nature of modern biochemistry, cellular and molecular biology. To complete this major, the following courses in addition to the
core requirements must be taken: Chemistry 303, 304; Biology 106,
208; Biology 302 or 309; two semesters of seminar courses from Biology
293, 294 or Chemistry 395, 396, 397, 398; three electives, at least one
from chemistry and one from biological sciences, from the following:
Biology 202, 302, 309, 325, 330; Botany 320; Chemistry 214, 307*,
309*, 401. There is also an option for one elective to come from an
additional list of courses** if individual study is also taken. Students are
highly encouraged to elect Individual Study and/or Honors Study from
biology, botany, or chemistry.
Advisers: P. Barnes, A. Bernhard, B. Branchini, D. Eastman, M. Grossel,
S. Loomis, P. Owen, T. Schneider
The Minor in Chemistry
The minor consists of either Courses 103, 104 or 107, 204, Courses 223, 224
and two additional chemistry courses that include scheduled laboratories.
Students should be aware of the stated prerequisites for these courses.
Learning Goals in the Chemistry Major
• Understand and be able to use the material presented in foundation
and upper level courses in 4 out of 5 sub-disciplines of chemistry
* Mathematics 113 is a prerequisite for Chemistry 307 and Chemistry 309.
** Certain courses in the biological sciences and chemistry are also eligible elective
courses if a 2- or 4-credit individual study course is also completed. These eligible
courses are any Biology 493, 494 or Botany 493, 494 course that focuses on biochemistry, cellular biology, or molecular biology; Biology 410, 414; Chemistry
300, 417B. This option can only be exercised for one of the three BCMB electives.
The remaining two electives must include one course from chemistry and one
course from the biological sciences.
45
# Analytical Chemistry
# Biochemistry
# Inorganic Chemistry
# Organic Chemistry
• Physical Chemistry
• Develop laboratory skills with a broad range of techniques in 4 of
5 major sub-disciplines as listed above.
• Develop critical thinking in the sciences.
• Develop skills for laboratory work, computational analysis, written
and oral communication, and search/comprehension of the scientific literature.
• Have a knowledge base with problem solving skills such as the
ability to
# Develop testable hypotheses
# Design and execute experiments
# Analyze data
• Perform laboratory work safely and in an environmentally responsible way.
• To take personal responsibility for learning and to develop a work
ethic that includes perseverance and independence.
• Foster enthusiasm and enjoyment of chemistry. Encourage curiosity and develop confidence in their scientific abilities.
Courses
CHEMISTRY 101 MOLECULAR SCIENCE Elementary chemical
principles will be presented. This basic knowledge will be used to cover
topics of interest such as chemical aspects of chemotherapy, the greenhouse effect, global warming, environmental chemistry, detergent chemistry and medicinal chemistry. Intended for non-science majors. Students
cannot receive credit for Course 101 if they have received credit for Course
103 or 107 or the equivalent courses taken elsewhere.
Three lectures, no laboratory. Enrollment limited to 60 students.
This course satisfies General Education Area 1. Staff
CHEMISTRY 103, 104 GENERAL CHEMISTRY The nature and
types of chemical reactions and the mass and energy relationships accompanying chemical changes will be emphasized in Course 103. Equilibrium, kinetics and electrochemistry are the primary focus of Course 104.
The laboratory emphasizes basic techniques in quantitative and qualitative
analysis. Five credit hours each semester. Students cannot receive credit
for both Courses 103 and 107. Registration is also required in Chemistry
103L, 104L.
Three hours lecture; three hours laboratory work; one hour recitation.
Chemistry 103 is prerequisite to 104. Enrollment limited to 12 students per
laboratory section. Course 103 satisfies General Education Area 1. S. Ching,
M. Zimmer, V. Fontneau, M. Ronau, D. Vellucci, Staff
CHEMISTRY 107L ADVANCED GENERAL CHEMISTRY LAB
Registration is also required in Chemistry 107.
CHEMISTRY 202 PRINCIPLES OF INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Basic principles of inorganic chemistry. Topics include descriptive inorganic chemistry, structure and bonding, transition metal coordination
chemistry, reaction mechanisms, solid state chemistry, electron transfer
processes and bioinorganic chemistry.
Three lectures, no laboratory. Prerequisite: Course 104 or permission
of the instructor. M. Zimmer, S. Ching
CHEMISTRY 204 INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Basic principles
of inorganic chemistry. Topics include descriptive inorganic chemistry,
structure and bonding, transition metal coordination chemistry, reaction mechanisms, solid state chemistry, electron transfer processes and
bioinorganic chemistry. The laboratory emphasizes synthetic, structural
and spectroscopic properties of inorganic compounds. Five credit hours.
Registration is also required in Chemistry 204L.
Three lectures, three hours laboratory work. Prerequisite: Course 107
or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 12 students per
laboratory section. Staff
CHEMISTRY 204L INORGANIC CHEMISTRY LAB Registration is
also required in Chemistry 204.
CHEMISTRY 214 ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Fundamentals of
analytical chemistry. Introduction to sample preparation, separation techniques, volumetric, electrochemical and spectroscopic methods. Laboratory work combines classical and instrumental methods of analysis.
Three hours lecture; four hours laboratory work. Prerequisite: Course
104 or 204. Enrollment limited to 12 students per laboratory section. Staff
CHEMISTRY 223, 224 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Introduction to
the chemistry of carbon compounds, emphasizing the structure, reactivity and mechanisms of reactions for the important functional group
classes. Macro- and microscale laboratory work includes basic techniques,
representative syntheses with instrumental methods of characterization
and identification. Five credit hours each semester. Registration is also
required in Chemistry 223L, 224L.
Three lectures; three hours laboratory work; one hour recitation.
Prerequisite: Course 104 or 204. Course 223 is prerequisite to 224. Enrollment limited to 12 students per laboratory section. B. Branchini, T. Ovaska,
M. Ronau, D. Vellucci
CHEMISTRY 223L, 224L ORGANIC CHEMISTRY LAB Registration is also required in Chemistry 223, 224.
CHEMISTRY 103L, 104L GENERAL CHEMISTRY LAB Registration is also required in Chemistry 103, 104.
CHEMISTRY 300 MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY The chemical, physical and biological principles involved in the discovery, design, synthesis
and assessment of several representative classes of medicinal agents; case
histories of drug design and development.
Three lectures, no laboratory. Prerequisite: Courses 223, 224. Course
224 may be taken concurrently. This course is taught by adjunct members
of the faculty employed by Pfizer, Inc., and is coordinated by T. Ovaska.
Offered in 2012-2013 and in alternate years. Adjunct Staff
CHEMISTRY 107 ADVANCED GENERAL CHEMISTRY Fundamental concepts of chemistry presented at an accelerated level. Content
includes atomic structure, chemical reactivity, energy relationships, reaction rates and equilibria. Chemical principles reinforced with lecture demonstrations and examples of current scientific interest. Students cannot
receive credit for both Courses 103 and 107. Registration is also required
in Chemistry 107L.
Three lectures; three hours laboratory work. Recommended for students who have very good preparation in high school chemistry or who
have a strong aptitude for science. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor.
Enrollment limited to 12 students per laboratory section. Open to freshmen only. This course satisfies General Education Area 1. M. Zimmer, S.
Ching, Staff
CHEMISTRY 303, 304 BIOCHEMISTRY Course 303 deals primarily with biomolecules, discussing enzyme kinetics and the structure
and function of amino acids, proteins, saccharides, lipids, vitamins and
coenzymes. Course 304 covers biochemical energetics, intermediary
metabolism, photosynthesis and the transcription of DNA. Laboratory
illustrates the properties of biological molecules and introduces classical and modern biochemical techniques. Registration is also required in
Chemistry 303L, 304L.
Three lectures, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Course 224.
Course 303 is a prerequisite to Course 304. Instructor approval is required
for enrollment in Course 304. Enrollment limited to 12 students per laboratory section. Course 304 is a designated Writing course. T. Schneider,
V. Fontneau, D. Vellucci
46
Chemistry
CHEMISTRY 303L, 304L BIOCHEMISTRY LAB Registration is also
required in Chemistry 303, 304.
CHEMISTRY 307 CHEMICAL THERMODYNAMICS Development of chemical thermodynamics and its applications to a variety of
chemical systems such as phase and reaction equilibria. Correlation of
experimental observations with theoretical models emphasized. Laboratory focus on the acquisition and interpretation of data.
Three hours lecture; three hours laboratory work. Prerequisite: Course
224, Mathematics 113 and Physics 108. Physics majors who have completed Chemistry 104 or 204 may substitute a 200-level physics course
for Course 224. Enrollment limited to 12 students per laboratory section.
Offered first semester 2013-2014 and in alternate years. K. Johnson
CHEMISTRY 309 ATOMIC AND MOLECULAR STRUCTURE
AND DYNAMICS An introduction to quantum mechanics and chemical bonding; atomic and molecular spectroscopy; statistical thermodynamics; the study of chemical reaction dynamics; and the study of
macromolecules.
Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Course
224, Mathematics 113, Physics 108. Physics majors who have completed
Chemistry 104 or 204 may substitute a 200-level physics course for 224.
Enrollment limited to 12 students per laboratory section. Offered first
semester 2012-2013 and in alternate years. Staff
CHEMISTRY 316 ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY Atmospheric
chemistry, tropospheric chemistry and stratospheric ozone will be covered. The course also deals with acid rain, its sources, chemistry and
effects; chlorinated organic compounds; lead and mercury poisoning;
natural waters; drinking water; and genetic damage.
Three lectures, no laboratory. Prerequisite: Courses 223 and 224.
Course 224 may be taken concurrently. Enrollment limited to 20 students.
Offered second semester 2013-2014 and in alternate years. M. Zimmer
CHEMISTRY 324 BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY A one-semester
course covering three general areas of biochemistry: biological structures
and interactions that stabilize biomolecules; biological reactions; and biological equilibria and energetics. This course is primarily intended for ACS
Chemistry or Environmental Chemistry majors and does not satisfy any
of the requirements for majors in ACS Biochemistry or Biochemistry, Cellular and Molecular Biology. Students who have taken Course 303 or its
equivalent elsewhere cannot receive credit for Course 324.
Three lectures, no laboratory. Prerequisite: Course 224 or permission
of the instructor. Offered second semester. B. Branchini
CHEMISTRY 395, 396, 397, 398 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR SERIES
Lectures and discussions on current research in chemistry. Presentations
by visiting scientists, Connecticut College faculty and student researchers.
One hour of credit, marked as pass/not passed.
Prerequisite: Course 101 or 103 or 107. Biweekly meetings throughout the semester. These courses may be taken for a maximum of four
credits. Offered every semester. Staff
CHEMISTRY 401 ORGANIC SPECTROSCOPIC METHODS Lecture topics include infrared, ultraviolet, nuclear magnetic resonance and
mass spectroscopy as used in the identification of organic compounds.
Laboratory work consists of several syntheses, including the preparation
of inorganic compounds, and involves techniques for handling reactive
materials. Reactions are monitored by chromatographic methods and
product structures are confirmed by spectroscopic methods.
Three hours lecture; four hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Course 224.
Enrollment limited to 8 students per laboratory section. B. Branchini
CHEMISTRY 402 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Inorganic synthetic methods are used to illustrate descriptive chemistry of the
elements and their compounds. Techniques include dry box, inert atmosphere and vacuum line manipulations; solid state synthesis; and computational analysis. Physical measurements include kinetic and equilibrium
analysis, spectroscopic methods, magnetic susceptibility, conductivity
and voltammetry. Lectures discuss the chemistry of the synthesized compounds and the principles underlying their characterization.
Three hours lecture; three hours laboratory work. Prerequisite:
Course 309, which may be taken concurrently, or permission of the
instructor. Course 202 (or 204) is recommended. Enrollment limited to
12 students per laboratory section. Offered second semester 2013-2014
and in alternate years. This is a designated Writing course. S. Ching, Staff
CHEMISTRY 414 INSTRUMENTAL METHODS OF ANALYSIS A
survey of the various instrumental methods employed in modern chemical
analysis and research. Chemical and physical phenomena are related to the
design and operating principles of scientific instruments. Practical applications to qualitative, quantitative and structural analysis are examined.
Major topics include spectroscopic techniques, electroanalytical chemistry and chromatography.
Two lectures; four hours laboratory work. Prerequisite: Course 214,
224, 307 or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 12 students per laboratory section. Offered second semester 2012-2013 and in
alternate years. S. Ching and Staff
CHEMISTRY 417 ADVANCED TOPICS IN CHEMISTRY Topics
will be chosen from bioinorganic chemistry, bioorganic chemistry, protein
structure and function, and organic synthesis.
Three hours lecture; no laboratory. Permission of the instructor.
Enrollment limited to 12 students. Offered second semester. Staff
CHEMISTRY 417A ORGANIC SYNTHESIS
CHEMISTRY 417B PROTEIN STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION
Individual Study and Research Courses
CHEMISTRY 229, 230 METHODS OF CHEMICAL RESEARCH
Five hours per week of laboratory research supervised by a faculty
member. Some library research may also be included. A written summary
is required. May not be taken concurrently with Courses 391, 392, 491,
492 or 497-498. Two hours of credit.
Offered by individual arrangement. Students must submit a brief
description of the proposed project for required department approval at
registration.
CHEMISTRY 391, 392 INDIVIDUAL STUDY For qualified students
this course offers the opportunity for advanced work in areas beyond the
basic curriculum in chemistry. A written summary is required. Two options:
a. Tutorial Individual Study: Reading and discussion of topics in
chemistry.
b. A n independent laboratory or research project carried out under
the direction of a faculty member. Ten hours per week in the
laboratory is expected.
Offered by individual arrangement. Students must submit a brief description of the proposed project for required department approval at registration.
CHEMISTRY 491, 492 ADVANCED INDIVIDUAL STUDY For stu
dents meeting the prerequisites, this course offers the opportunity for
advanced work in areas beyond the basic curriculum in chemistry. A written summary is required. Two options:
a. Tutorial Individual Study: Reading and discussion of topics in
chemistry.
b. A n independent laboratory or research project carried out under
the direction of a faculty member. Ten hours per week in the
laboratory is expected.
Offered by individual arrangement. Students must submit a brief project
proposal for department approval at registration. Prerequisite: Courses
391, 392 or permission of the instructor.
CHEMISTRY 497-498 HONORS STUDY
47
2. Two 200-level courses in classics.
3. One 300-level course in classics.
Classics
Associate Professor: Adler; Assistant Professor: Myers; Assistant Professor
in Arabic: Athamneh; Papathanasopoulou; Associate Professor Phillips,
chair
Associated Faculty in Medieval Studies:
Professor: Paxton (History); Associate Professor: Alchermes (Art
History and Architectural Studies); Assistant Professor: Ferhatović
(English)
The Major in Classics
Classics majors must select one of the following three concentrations:
Classical Languages: Students must complete a total of nine courses
in Greek, in Latin, or in a combination of both languages, at least
two of which must be at the advanced level. Students may, in consultation with the department, substitute two classics courses taught
in English.
Classical Studies: Students must complete eleven courses from the
following set of requirements, six of which must be at the 200 level
or higher:
1. Classics 101 and 102.
2. Either Classics 104 or Art History 101.
3. Two 200-level courses in classics. In place of one of these
courses, students may substitute a freshman seminar taught
by a faculty member in classics.
4. Four courses in Greek, in Latin, or in a combination of both
languages.
5. Two 300-level courses in classics. Students may also satisfy
this requirement by completing Classics 497-498.
Classical and Medieval Studies: Students must complete eleven
courses from the following set of requirements, six of which must be
at the 200 level or higher:
1. One course in Arabic, Greek, or Latin at the intermediate
or advanced level.
2. Four of the following: Art History 101; Classics 101, 102;
History 231; Religious Studies 158.
3. Four of the following: Art History 207, 211, 220, 221, 310;
Classics 230, 314; Government 211; Hispanic Studies 301;
History 232, 249; Music 247; Philosophy 241; Religious
Studies 203, 207; Slavic Studies 220 (formerly 248).
4. One of the following: Art History 411, 412, 413; English
330A, 330B, 333; Italian 302; Medieval Studies 493L/494L;
Religious Studies 493L/494L. In addition, students must
complete either a second course from the preceding list or
one of the following: Medieval Studies 491, 492; Classics
497-498.
Advisers: T. Myers, (Classical Languages and Classical Studies); J. Alchermes,
F. Paxton (Classical and Medieval Studies)
The Minor in Classics
Classics minors must select one of the following four concentrations:
Latin. Students must complete five courses in Latin, including either
Latin 301 or 302.
Greek. Students must complete five courses in Greek, including
either Greek 301 or 302.
Classical Studies. Students must complete the following requirements:
1. Two of the following: Classics 101, 102, 104.
48
Classical and Medieval Studies. Students must complete the following requirements:
1. Classics 102.
2. One of the following: Art History 220, 221; Slavic Studies 220
(formerly 248).
3. History 231 and 232.
4. One of the following: Art History 413; English 330A, 333;
Italian 302; Religious Studies 203; Medieval Studies 491, 492.
Learning Goals in the Classics Major
The discipline of Classics comprises the study of Greek and Roman antiquity. It is an inherently interdisciplinary program which disposes students to look for connections which can link disparate areas of human
experience.
Students majoring in Classics gain insight into the foundations of
the modern Western world. They come to understand the achievements
of Greek and Roman antiquity and how they illuminate many ideas
and aspects of the contemporary world. Students will gain experience
and insight in all the fields which constitute and support Classics. These
include the study of Latin and Greek, ancient art and architecture, literary
criticism, philosophy and the physical remains of antiquity (archeology).
In addition to courses in Latin and Greek which provide the foundation
of English and modern Romance languages, students will find available
to them a broad spectrum of traditional Classics courses in translation,
including Greek and Roman civilization, epic, tragedy, Greek philosophy,
and Roman political history.
To the extent that it is practical, students majoring in Classics will
encounter a variety of theories both traditional and modern that apply to
Classics. They will thus learn how different interpretative frameworks can
be applied to the constituents of a discipline. These theories may include
feminism, structuralism, deconstruction, post-colonial theory, eurocentricity (e.g., orientalism), and occidentalism (the prejudice that inverts the
errors of orientalism), Marxism, Freudianism, multiculturalism, nationalism, and transnationalism. Importantly, students will develop a critical
spirit and a suspicion of ideology.
Students will understand the Classical world as part of a community
of ancient cultures (e.g., Egypt, Israel, Persia, Phoenicia, the various Mesopotamian Empires, etc.). They will learn the vital role that Classics played
in the foundation of subsequent civilizations such as Christian Europe,
Byzantium, and Islam, and through them the modern world. They will
attain a sense Classics’ role had in the foundation of the liberal arts, which
were originally the ancient educational groups the Trivium (Grammar,
Rhetoric/Literature, and Logic), and the Quadrivium (Arithmetic, Geometry, Music, and Astronomy). The students should understand that Classics is common ground on which most disciplines can meet in disciplinary
cross-fertilization.
One of the most important goals of Classics is to teach students to
think, read, and write critically and clearly. Classics faculty do this by the
example of their professional practice; by the encouragement of logical
rigor, intellectual honesty, and fairness in the student. A notable goal is
to develop skills in close reading, both of primary texts and secondary
scholarship. Students learn how to analyze in detail, and how to describe
the results of analysis in interpretative and research essays. This ability
enables Classics students to work in numerous professions. Our graduates
have gone into such fields as education, museum work, law, government,
medicine, business and religious ministry. There are many other fields
which would benefit from students trained in Classics.
Courses
In Greek
GREEK 101 ELEMENTARY GREEK I The first semester of a twosemester sequence course introducing students to the fundamentals of
Classics
the ancient Greek language. While tackling progressively more challenging puzzles of grammar, students will learn Greek using sentences taken
from some of the earliest surviving scientific, historical, literary, and religious texts in the West, including Euclid, Homer, Plato, and the New
Testament.
Open only to students with fewer than two years of Greek at
entrance. Enrollment limited to 20 students. T. Myers
GREEK 102 ELEMENTARY GREEK II The second semester of a
two-semester sequence course introducing students to the fundamentals
of the ancient Greek language. While tackling progressively more challenging puzzles of grammar, students will learn Greek using sentences
taken from some of the earliest surviving scientific, historical, literary,
and religious texts in the West, including Euclid, Homer, Plato, and the
New Testament.
Prerequisite: Greek 101 or permission of the instructor. Enrollment
limited to 20 students. T. Myers
READINGS IN GREEK AUTHORS Students may only receive credit
for two of the following courses at the 200 level. Students may not receive
credit for the same topic at different levels.
First semester:
GREEK 211/311 PLATO AND ATTIC PROSE Students will expand
their facility with ancient Greek by reading and discussing selections
from Plato’s dialogues, focusing on Plato’s ideas about poetry, love, and
the divine. Readings may include passages from Ion, Euthyphro, Symposium, Phaedrus, and the Republic, including the Allegory of the Cave.
Prerequisite for 211: Greek 102 or two years of Greek at entrance.
Prerequisite for 311: Three years of Greek at entrance; or any
200-level Greek course; or permission of the instructor. Enrollment
GREEK 212/312 XENOPHON AND ATTIC PROSE An introduction to Attic Greek prose through the translation of Xenophon’s
Anabasis.
Prerequisite for 212: Greek 102 or two years of Greek at entrance.
limited to 20 students. E. Papathanasopoulou
Second semester:
GREEK 221/321 HOMER, HESIOD, AND THE HOMERIC
HYMNS Students will acquire proficiency in the Homeric dialect
of ancient Greek while reading and discussing the oldest and most
influential poetry in the Western canon. Selections will be chosen
from the Iliad and Odyssey of Homer, Hesiod’s creation poem Theogony, and the Homeric Hymns.
Prerequisite for 221: Greek101 and 102, or the equivalent.
Prerequisite for 321: Two semesters of Greek at the 200 level, or
the equivalent. Enrollment limited to 20 students. T. Myers
GREEK 222/322 EURIPIDES An introduction to Athenian tragedy through selections from the plays of Euripides.
Prerequisite for 222: Greek 211 or 212, or permission of the
instructor.
limited to 20 students. T. Myers
GREEK 391, 392 INDIVIDUAL STUDY Advanced study on a subject to be chosen by the student in consultation with the department.
In Latin
LATIN 101 ELEMENTARY LATIN I The first semester of a yearlong sequence introducing the fundamentals of the Latin language with
readings from the Roman authors. Emphasis on developing a facility in
reading classical Latin.
Open only to students with fewer than two years of Latin at entrance.
Enrollment limited to 20 students. E. Papathanasopoulou
LATIN 102 ELEMENTARY LATIN II The second semester of a yearlong sequence introducing the fundamentals of the Latin language with
readings from the Roman authors. Emphasis on developing a facility in
reading classical Latin.
Prerequisite: Latin 101 or permission of the instructor. Enrollment
limited to 20 students. E. Papathanasopoulou
LATIN 201 INTERMEDIATE LATIN: CATULLUS AND CICERO
A review of Latin grammar and syntax providing a transition from learning grammar to reading works of Catullus and Cicero.
Prerequisite: Latin 102; or two years of Latin at entrance; or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 20 students. Staff
READINGS IN LATIN AUTHORS Students may only receive credit
for one of the following courses at the 200 level. Students may not receive
credit for the same topic at different levels.
Prerequisite for 200-level courses: Latin 201 or permission of the
instructor.
Prerequisite for 300-level courses: One of the following: Latin 221,
222, 223, or 224; or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to
20 students. Staff
First semester:
LATIN 311 HORACE AND OVID
LATIN 312 LIVY AND OVID
LATIN 313 PETRONIUS AND APULEIUS
Second semester:
LATIN 221/321 VERGIL A study of Roman epic through selected
readings from Vergil’s Aeneid.
LATIN 222/322 CATULLUS AND CICERO
LATIN 223/323 ROMAN TRAGEDY AND COMEDY
LATIN 224/324 SALLUST AND LUCRETIUS
LATIN 401 LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION A course offering
advanced students the chance to hone their Latin skills through exercises
in composition. Beginning with basic English-to-Latin translation problems, students will proceed to projects involving free composition in prose.
Two credit hours.
Prerequisite: Two Latin courses at the 300-level, or permission of the
instructor. Enrollment limited to 16 students. T. Myers
LATIN 391, 392 INDIVIDUAL STUDY Advanced study on a subject
to be chosen by the student in consultation with the department.
In English
CLASSICS 101 GREECE The history and archaeology of Greece from the
Bronze Age to the time of Alexander the Great, with special attention to the
history of the Athenian democracy. This is the same course as History 108.
Enrollment limited to 40 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 7. T. Myers
CLASSICS 102 THE ROMAN WORLD This course examines Roman
civilization from its inception to the fall of the Roman Empire. It focuses
on the major achievements in the history, literature, art, philosophy, and
religion of the Romans.
Enrollment limited to 40 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 7. T. Myers
CLASSICS 104 CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY A study through reading, illustrated lectures, and discussion of the more important myths of
Greece and Rome and of their relation to literature, art, and religion.
49
Some consideration will be given to comparative mythology and to the
structural analysis of myth.
CLASSICS 105 MYTH AND NARRATIVE Greek and Roman stories
about the gods, heroes, and monsters are still retold to American audiences as bedtime stories, adventure films, or novels. But these retellings
radically change many of the details and themes of the older stories. This
course will introduce the corpus of Greek and Roman myth, paying attention to social and cultural contexts of myths’ performances (oral, written,
visual, dramatic, etc.) and interpretations in the ancient world. We will
also discuss the ways that modern contexts lead to particular modern versions of some of those myths, focusing on the ways that narratives shape,
and are shaped by, their tellers and audiences’ expectations.
Enrollment limited to 40 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 6 and is a designated Writing course. T. Wellman
CLASSICS 200 DIONYSUS: CULTURE AND THE IRRATIONAL
A comparative study of classical and modern significations of the irrational. Emphasis on the classical background to modern versions of eros,
transcendence, and madness.
students. Staff
CLASSICS 204 GREEK TRAGEDY A reading of the tragedies of
Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides with emphasis on their cultural,
political, and social values. Study of Aristotle’s Poetics and classical theory
of literary criticism. Consideration will be given to the origin and development of Greek drama, the ancient Greek stage, and the influence of
classical tragedy on later literature.
CLASSICS 205 REPRESENTATIONS OF VIOLENCE IN CLASSICAL LITERATURE AND MODERN FILM An exploration of the
ethical and aesthetic dimensions of violence in classical literature and
modern cinema, with a special focus on the historical and cultural factors
that shape the way violence is portrayed, the uses to which it is put, and
the limits of its representation. Consideration will be given to questions of
genre and medium as we explore the evolution of attitudes toward literary
and cinematic violence in classical antiquity and contemporary America.
Texts include portions of Homer’s Iliad and Odyssey, Virgil’s Aeneid and
Lucan’s Bellum Civile; films include Psycho, Saving Private Ryan, Bonnie
and Clyde, and Funny Games. This is the same course as Film Studies 205.
This course satisfies General Education Area 4 and is a designated
Writing course. Enrollment limited to 30 students. Staff
CLASSICS 209 THE ROMAN FAMILY An investigation of the relationships, dynamics of power, and roles of members of the Roman family.
The course employs a variety of primary sources in translation including ancient literary, epigraphic, and legal texts, as well as archaeological
remains.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 7. D. Phillips
CLASSICS 210 GREEK AND ROMAN ETHICS Greek ethical thought
from the Sophists, Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle to Epicurus and the Stoics
with attention to the Roman development of these views. Topics include
pleasure, the nature of goodness, happiness, love, and friendship in relation
to the political and social background of ancient society. This is the same
course as Philosophy 230.
CLASSICS 216 WARFARE IN GRECO-ROMAN ANTIQUITY An
examination of the practice of war in ancient Greece and Rome. The focus
will be on the conduct of war by classical states from the early polis period
of Greece to the Roman Empire under Augustus, with attention to asym50
metrical warfare and the campaigns of great enemies of Greece and Rome.
The course concentrates on land warfare with attention to the development and use of naval forces. Topics include war and the state, reasons
for war, the moral rationale of conflict, strategy and tactics, logistics, the
training of officers and men, pivotal battles, and great commanders such
as Epaminondas, Alexander, Hannibal, Marius, and Caesar.
CLASSICS 217 GREEK AND ROMAN RELIGIONS An examination
of the practices and beliefs of the ancient Greeks and Romans from the
Classical Period to Late Antiquity. Students explore the basic dynamics
of ancient Greek and Roman religious practices, how certain elements
remained stable over time, and how others changed in response to the
experience of empire and rise of Christianities.
Prerequisite: Open to freshmen and sophomores. Enrollment limited
to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 6 and is a
designated Writing course. T. Wellman
CLASSICS 218 ATHENS AND ITS CRITICS An examination of the
politics and political culture of Classical Athens, with special attention
to the role of the individual in political community. Other topics include
theater as education, the role of religion, justice and litigiousness, leadership and demagoguery. Students will approach these themes through close
reading of the literature of Athens, by role-playing Athenian decisionmaking processes, and in course assignments modeled on Classical literary
forms. Readings include Thucydides’ history, Sophocles’ tragedies, Aristophanes’ comedies, Plato’s dialogues, Aristotle’s philosophy, and Demosthenes’ speeches.
D. Gonzalez Rice
CLASSICS 219 SEXUALITY AND EROS IN CLASSICAL ANTIQUITY An examination of sexuality, gender, and the characterization of
the erotic in ancient Greece and Rome as reflected in literature, philosophy, and material culture. This is the same course as Gender and Women’s
Studies 219.
CLASSICS 222 ANCIENT COMEDY A study of the ancient comedies
of Aristophanes, Plautus, and Terence. Students will analyze the comic
forms and themes of the plays, and what the works reveal of the societies
that produced them. This is the same course as Theater 222.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 4. E. Papathanasopoulou
CLASSICS 229 PROPAGANDA AND TRUTH IN THE AGE OF
AUGUSTUS An examination of the program and politics of Augustus,
the first emperor of Rome, including modern interpretations of him as
either benevolent or cunningly manipulative. Emphasis on the historical, literary, artistic, and cultural aspects of his rule, particularly on the
use of propaganda to solidify political power. This is the same course as
History 229.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 7. E. Adler
CLASSICS 230 ROMAN IMPERIALISM AND ITS CRITICS An
examination of Roman imperialism, with particular emphasis on the differing views of modern scholars. The class will also focus on the general
nature of imperialism, and the influence of contemporary political views
regarding modern imperialism on assessments of the Roman world. This
is the same course as History 230.
Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors; and to freshmen with permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course
satisfies General Education Area 7. E. Adler
CLASSICS 231 ROMANS, BARBARIANS, AND THE CHILDREN
OF ABRAHAM, 300-1000 C.E. This is the same course as History 231.
Classics/Cognitive Science/College Courses
CLASSICS 234 THE TRANSFORMATION OF WESTERN CULTURE A study of the profound kinship and contradictions between classical antiquity and Western modernity through a series of parallel readings
of thematically linked ancient and modern texts: Homer’s Odyssey and
Nikos Kazantzakis’ The Odyssey: A Modern Sequel; Sophocles’ Philoctetes
and Defoe’s Robinson Crusoe; Tacitus’ Agricola and Camus’ The Stranger;
and Cicero’s Dream of Scipio and John Varley’s Steel Beach.
Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors; and to freshmen with permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 30 students. Staff
CLASSICS 242 CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY IN WESTERN ART,
RENAISSANCE TO MODERN This is the same course as Art History
242. Refer to the Art History listing for a course description.
CLASSICS 300 SELECTED TOPICS IN CLASSICS Topics to be
chosen in accordance with student interest.
Prerequisite: Two courses at the 200 level.
CLASSICS 303 CLASSICAL EPIC A study of ancient epic with special emphasis on Homer’s Iliad and Odyssey, and Virgil’s Aeneid. Other
examples of epic literature will be included. Attention will be given to the
development of oral and written forms of epic and to epic’s influence on
later literature.
for both this course and Course 203. This course satisfies General Education Area 4. T. Myers
CLASSICS 314 GRECO-ROMAN HISTORIOGRAPHY An examination of the ways in which the ancient Greeks and Romans wrote history.
The course focuses on a variety of ancient authors and includes examinations of historical subgenres, such as biography, world history, monographs, and annals. Student will read secondary scholarship on ancient
historians embodying different perspectives on Greco-Roman historiography. This class will also discuss modern historiography and its influence on
our perceptions of Greek and Roman historians. This is the same course
as History 314.
students. E. Adler
CLASSICS 315 PLATO An intensive study of Plato’s philosophy with
emphasis on his metaphysics, epistemology, and cosmology. This is the
same course as Philosophy 330A.
Open to classics and philosophy majors and minors, and to others
with permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 16 students. Staff
CLASSICS 316 EMOTION AND VIOLENCE IN CLASSICAL
THOUGHT An examination of the experience and expression of violence, and the instability assigned to emotions generally in Greek and
Roman culture. Evidence found in ancient literature will be considered,
with attention to the philosophical analysis of the emotions in human life
from Plato to Seneca.
Prerequisite: A course in classics or philosophy, or permission of the
instructor. Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors. Enrollment limited
CLASSICS 317 EARLY GREECE AND WESTERN CIVILIZATION:
A DISPUTED LEGACY An examination of the foundations of ancient
Greek civilization. Through an analysis of the historical, archaeological, and linguistic evidence, the course will shed light on the so-called
Black Athena Controversy, which raised doubts about the ancient Greek
contribution to Western culture. The course also focuses on the impact
of modern politics on scholarly discussions of antiquity and the ways in
which the Culture Wars of the 1980s and 1990s have influenced analyses
of the ancient Greek world. This is the same course as History 317.
students. E. Adler
CLASSICS 380 GRAND STRATEGY, ANCIENT AND MODERN
A theoretical and practical study of the comprehensive ways−diplomatic,
military, economic, cultural−in which civilizations and states advance
their values and interests in the world vis-à-vis other civilizations and
states. Readings range from classic texts such as those of Sun Tzu and
Thucydides to modern case studies and secondary literature. A major
course emphasis is to encourage a holistic approach to the subject matter
and to engage broad questions of why and how civilizations and states wax
and wane. This is the same course as Government 493L, 494L.
Open to juniors and seniors. Enrollment limited to 16 students. This
is a designated Writing course. E. Adler and W.J. Coats
CLASSICS 391, 392 INDIVIDUAL STUDY Advanced study on a subject to be chosen by the student in consultation with the department.
MEDIEVAL STUDIES 493L, 494L TO HELL AND BACK: PAGAN,
CHRISTIAN, AND MODERN VISIONS OF HUMANITY This is
the same course as Religious Studies 493L, 494L. Refer to the Religious
MEDIEVAL STUDIES 491, 492 INDIVIDUAL STUDY Advanced
study on a subject to be chosen by the student in consultation with the
department.
CLASSICS 497-498 HONORS STUDY
Cognitive Science
Cognitive science approaches aspects of human cognition from the perspectives of psychology, computer science, linguistics, philosophy, and neuroscience. There is no cognitive science major.
The Minor in Cognitive Science
The minor consists of Linguistics 110, Computer Science 316, Psychology 307, and at least two courses selected from Biology/Psychology 314,
Computer Science 310, Human Development 306, Philosophy 226, Psychology 343, or an appropriate Individual Study or course approved by an
adviser in cognitive science.
Advisers: A. Devlin, R. Grahn, O. Izmirli, G. Parker, J. Schroeder
College Courses
The category College Courses was created by the faculty to provide
opportunities for study that reach across or beyond the bounds of existing departments and interdepartmental programs. College Courses carry
normal academic credit and may be elected by any eligible student.
ARTS AND TECHNOLOGY 104 TIME-BASED DIGITAL MEDIA
This is the same course as Art 104. Refer to the Art listing for a course
description.
ARTS AND TECHNOLOGY 110 INTRODUCTION TO NEW
MEDIA AND DIGITAL ART An introduction to concepts, theories,
and methodologies of new media; to issues of identity/corporeality, race,
and gender within networked and virtual environments; and to a diverse
array of social, artistic, and political practices using digital technology.
ARTS AND TECHNOLOGY 201 TOPICS IN THE HISTORY
OF ARTS AND TECHNOLOGY Examination of the historical and
contemporary impact of the intersection of arts and technology. Team
taught, this course offers critical analysis and examination of the availability and influence of technology on artists, artistic styles, trends, materials,
51
and philosophy, as well as how artistic expression helped drive innovation
and technological development.
Open to all students. Enrollment limited to 30 students. Ammerman
Center Faculty
ARTS AND TECHNOLOGY 203 ELECTROACOUSTIC MUSIC I/
SOUND DESIGN This is the same course as Music 203. Refer to the
Music listing for a course description.
ARTS AND TECHNOLOGY 209 GRAPHICS AND VIRTUAL
ENVIRONMENTS This is the same course as Computer Science 209.
Refer to the Computer Science listing for a course description.
ARTS AND TECHNOLOGY 213 SOUND ART This is the same course
as Art 213. Refer to the Art listing for a course description.
ARTS AND TECHNOLOGY 214 VIDEO INSTALLATION This is
the same course as Art 214. Refer to the Art listing for a course description.
ARTS AND TECHNOLOGY 217 INTERACTIVE ENTERTAINMENT SOFTWARE DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT This is the
same course at Computer Science 217 Refer to the Computer Science listing for a course description.
ARTS AND TECHNOLOGY 218 MULTIMEDIA This is the same
course as Computer Science 218. Refer to the Computer Science listing
ARTS AND TECHNOLOGY 230 TECHNE: PROJECTS IN PERFORMANCE AND TECHNOLOGY This is the same course as Theater 230. Refer to the Theater listing for a course description.
ARTS AND TECHNOLOGY 302 DESIGNING VISUAL INFORMATION This is the same course as Art 302. Refer to the Art listing for
ARTS AND TECHNOLOGY 304 ELECTROACOUSTIC MUSIC II
This is the same course as Music 304. Refer to the Music listing for a
course description.
ARTS AND TECHNOLOGY 305 EXPERIMENTAL 3D This is the
same course as Art 305. Refer to the Art listing for a course description.
ARTS AND TECHNOLOGY 308 TECHNE/TECHNOLOGY: INVESTIGATIONS IN 3D This is the same course as Art 308. Refer to the Art
ARTS AND TECHNOLOGY 312 DIGITAL SOUND PROCESSING
This is the same course as Computer Science 312. Refer to the Computer
Science listing for a course description.
ARTS AND TECHNOLOGY 401, 402 SENIOR SEMINAR IN ARTS
AND TECHNOLOGY Presentations, discussions, and exercises related
to issues, analyses, and critical evaluation of works that represent the interaction of arts and technology. Focus on contemporary works and senior
projects. Students will develop informal and formal oral presentations,
as well as digital documentation of their senior projects. Open to seniors
enrolled in the Ammerman Center’s certificate program. One semesterhour credit each semester (pass/not passed).
Prerequisite: Course 401 is prerequisite for Course 402. Students
must be concurrently enrolled in an individual study and must have completed all other required courses for the certificate program. Enrollment
limited to 16 students. Ammerman Center Faculty
ARTS AND TECHNOLOGY 491, 492 INDIVIDUAL STUDY
ARTS AND TECHNOLOGY 499 INDIVIDUAL STUDY Eight
hours credit.
COMMUNITY ACTION 201 PUBLIC POLICY AND SOCIAL
ETHICS Examination of tensions among individual wants, community
needs and citizens’ responsibilities, and how these tensions are affected
52
by cultural, economic and social arrangements as well as globalization
forces. Analysis of social ethics, and commitment to universal satisfaction of basic needs, reduction of poverty and inequality. Case studies of
programs, related policies and their outcomes.
Only open to students enrolled in the Holleran Center’s Certificate
Program in Community Action. Concurrent enrollment in Community
Action 201A required. Staff
COMMUNITY ACTION 201A PICA: COMMUNITY LEARNING
SEMINAR Students will develop skills in community participation,
conflict negotiation, and leadership through classroom exercises, discussions, and community work. Students will engage in service learning
partnerships with New London community organizations. A variety of
partnership opportunities will be available. Two credit hours, four hours
once a week.
Only open to students enrolled in the Holleran Center’s Certificate
Program in Community Action. Concurrent enrollment in Community
Action 201 required. Holleran Center Faculty
COMMUNITY ACTION 301, 302 JUNIOR COMMUNITY
LEARNING SEMINAR In this course, Holleran Center Program in
Community Action (PICA) students will further develop their knowledge and skills in community action. Students will engage in a supervised
service-learning or action research project in the local community. This
course is offered both semesters; PICA juniors must participate for at least
one. Two credit hours. This course may be repeated for credit once.
Prerequisite: Community Action 201 and 201A, or permission of the
instructor. Enrollment limited to 15 students. Staff
COMMUNITY ACTION 401, 402 SENIOR SEMINAR IN COMMUNITY ACTION AND PUBLIC POLICY This course provides
Holleran Center Program in Community Action (PICA) students with
an opportunity to discuss and integrate their educational experiences. Students will reflect on summer internship experiences, consolidate learning
across coursework, internship, community learning, skills workshops, and
the senior project, and develop effective oral and written presentations.
One credit hour, marked as pass/not passed.
Prerequisite: Community Action 301 or 302 or permission of the
COMPARATIVE RACE AND ETHNICITY 165 AFRO-CARIBBEAN
DANCE I This is the same course as Dance 165, 265. Refer to the Dance
COMPARATIVE RACE AND ETHNICITY 206 THEORIZING
RACE AND ETHNICITY This is the same course as American Studies 206/History 209. Refer to the American Studies listing for a course
description.
COMPARATIVE RACE AND ETHNICITY 215 POLITICS AND
CULTURE IN THE UNITED STATES SINCE 1945 This is the same
course as American Studies/History 215. Refer to the History listing for
COMPARATIVE RACE AND ETHNICITY 219 REVOLUTIONS
IN LATIN AMERICA This is the same course as History 219. Refer to
the History listing for a course description.
COMPARATIVE RACE AND ETHNICITY 220 ALTERNATIVE
MODERNITY AND INDIGENOUS POETICS This is the same
course as Environmental Studies/East Asian Studies 220. Refer to the
East Asian Studies listing for a course description.
COMPARATIVE RACE AND ETHNICITY 223 ETHNIC AND
RACE RELATIONS This is the same course as Sociology 223. Refer to
the Sociology listing for a course description.
COMPARATIVE RACE AND ETHNICITY 224 TRANSNATIONAL WOMEN’S MOVEMENT This is the same course as Gender
and Women’s Studies 224. Refer to the Gender and Women’s Studies
College Courses
COMPARATIVE RACE AND ETHNICITY 225 AFRICAN AMERICAN HISTORY 1865-PRESENT This is the same course as American
Studies/History 225. Refer to the History listing for a course description.
COMPARATIVE RACE AND ETHNICITY 227 AFRICAN AMERICAN HISTORY 1619-1865 This is the same course as American Studies/History 227. Refer to the History listing for a course description.
COMPARATIVE RACE AND ETHNICITY 252 SOCIAL JUSTICE
AND ENVIRONMENT This is the same course as Environmental
Studies/Gender and Women’s Studies/History 252. Refer to the History
COMPARATIVE RACE AND ETHNICITY 253 NO HOMELAND
IS FREE: CHINESE AMERICAN LITERATURE This is the same
course as American Studies/East Asian Studies/English 253. Refer to the
COMPARATIVE RACE AND ETHNICITY 254 RELIGION AND
THE SPIRIT OF POLITICS This is the same course as Religious Studies 254. Refer to the Religious Studies listing for a course description.
COMPARATIVE RACE AND ETHNICITY 255 SOUTH ASIA IN
THE POSTCOLONIAL WORLD This is the same course as History
COMPARATIVE RACE AND ETHNICITY 256 RELIGION AND
PUBLIC LIFE This is the same course as American Studies/Religious
Studies 255. Refer to the Religious Studies listing for a course description.
COMPARATIVE RACE AND ETHNICITY 257 LATINOS IN THE
UNITED STATES This is the same course as American Studies/History
COMPARATIVE RACE AND ETHNICITY 259 LOVE AND JUSTICE This is the same course as Religious Studies 259. Refer to the Religious Studies listing for a course description.
COMPARATIVE RACE AND ETHNICITY 265 AFRO-CARIBBEAN DANCE II This is the same course as Dance 165, 265. Refer to
the Dance listing for a course description.
COMPARATIVE RACE AND ETHNICITY 310 RACIAL IDENTITY IN AMERICA This is the same course as Sociology 310. Refer to
COMPAR ATIVE R ACE AND ETHNICITY 312 FEMINIST
SOCIAL RESEARCH METHODS This is the same course as Gender
and Women’s Studies 312. Refer to the Gender and Women’s Studies listing for a course description.
COMPARATIVE RACE AND ETHNICITY 314 FOREIGN BODIES
FORBIDDEN SEXUALITIES IN AFRICA AND THE CARIBBEAN This is the same course as French/Gender and Women’s Studies
314. Refer to the French listing for a course description.
COMPARATIVE RACE AND ETHNICITY 318 LATIN NATION:
EXPRESSIONS OF U.S. LATINO IDENTITIES IN THE ARTS
AND POPULAR CULTURE This is a joint-listed course with Hispanic
Studies 318. Refer to the Hispanic Studies listing for a course description.
COMPAR ATIVE R ACE AND ETHNICITY 326 THRILLS,
CHILLS, AND TEARS: BLACK GENRE FICTION This is the same
course as English/Gender and Women’s Studies 326. Refer to the English
Studies 335/English 355/Film Studies/Gender and Women’s Studies 335.
COMPARATIVE RACE AND ETHNICITY 344 CROSSING THE
SEA: TRANSATLANTIC DIALOGUE BETWEEN SPAIN AND
THE AMERICAS This is the same course as Hispanic Studies/History 344. Refer to the Hispanic Studies or History listing for a course
description.
COMPARATIVE RACE AND ETHNICITY 350 EDUCATION AND
THE REVOLUTIONARY PROJECT IN LATIN AMERICA This is
the same course as American Studies/Education/Gender and Women’s
Studies 350. Refer to the Education listing for a course description.
COMPARATIVE RACE AND ETHNICITY 356 IMAGINING
OTHERNESS IN VISUAL CULTURE This is the same course as
Anthropology/Art History 356. Refer to the Art History listing for a
course description.
COMPARATIVE RACE AND ETHNICITY 393, 394 ADVANCED
RACE AND ETHNIC STUDIES This course is designed for fellows
associated with the Center for the Comparative Study of Race and Ethnicity who participate in a student-led seminar supervised by the director of
the CCSRE, work as liaisons to different centers and programs at the College (e.g., Unity House, LGBTQ Resource Center, Holleran Center), or in
the community (e.g., Centro de la Comunidad), or create student-designed
projects for the CCSRE. Two hours of credit, marked as pass/not passed.
The course may be repeated for a total of eight credits.
Prerequisite: Permission of the director of CCSRE. L. Garofalo
COMPARATIVE RACE AND ETHNICITY 407 LA CARAÏBE
FRANCOPHONE HIER ET AUJOURD’HUI (In French) This is
the same course as French 407. Refer to the French listing for a course
description.
COMPARATIVE RACE AND ETHNICITY 420 THE WOMAN’S
BODY IN AFRICAN LITERATURE AND CINEMA (In French) This
is the same course as French/Gender and Women’s Studies 420. Refer to
the French listing for a course description.
COMPARATIVE RACE AND ETHNICITY 422 MIGRANT WRITERS IN ITALY (In Italian) This is the same course as Italian 422. Refer
to the Italian listing for a course description.
COMPARATIVE RACE AND ETHNICITY 424 GENOCIDE AND
RESISTANCE: EXAMINING THE NATIVE AMERICAN EXPERIENCE THROUGH PARTICIPATORY ACTION RESEARCH This
is the same course as Sociology 424. Refer to the Sociology listing for a
course description.
COMPARATIVE RACE AND ETHNICITY 458 SOUTH OF
CANADA IS THE MASON-DIXON LINE: THE CIVIL RIGHTS
MOVEMENT IN THE NORTH, 1925-1975 This is the same course
as American Studies/History 458. Refer to the History listing for a course
description.
HEBREW 101, 102 ELEMENTARY HEBREW Introduction to the
fundamentals of classical Hebrew, developing facility in both biblical texts
and modern spoken language.
Prerequisite: Course 101 is prerequisite for 102. Staff
COMPARATIVE RACE AND ETHNICITY 335 CULTURAL PSYCHOLOGY This is the same course as Psychology 335. Refer to the
Psychology listing for a course description.
HEBREW 201 INTERMEDIATE HEBREW I Reading and discussion of selected works in Hebrew. Designed to increase proficiency across
the wide spectrum from biblical to medieval literature, with emphasis on
grammatical precision and vocabulary development in reading, writing,
and oral expression.
Prerequisite: Four years of Hebrew at entrance or Hebrew 102.
Offered in alternate years. Staff
COMPARATIVE RACE AND ETHNICITY 336 BLACK WOMEN
IN PRINT AND ON SCREEN This is the same course as American
HEBREW 202 INTERMEDIATE HEBREW II Reading and discussion of selected works in Hebrew. Designed to increase proficiency across
53
the wide spectrum from medieval to modern literature, with emphasis on
grammatical precision and vocabulary development in reading, writing,
and oral expression.
Prerequisite: Hebrew 201. Offered in alternate years. Staff
HEBREW 291, 292 INDIVIDUAL STUDY
HUMANITIES 258 MODERNISMS A cross-cultural examination of
Modernism as an international cultural movement. Topics may include
French Symbolism, German Expressionism, Russian Futurism, and Spanish Surrealism. Core concepts explored throughout the course include
changing attitudes toward language, subjectivity, temporality, and new
artistic forms.
Students majoring in Slavic Studies, German Studies or Hispanic
Studies may count the course toward the major, with the approval of the
appropriate department chairperson, providing they complete relevant
reading and writing assignments in the language. This course satisfies
General Education Area 4. A. Lanoux and Team Taught
INTERDISCIPLINARY 491, 492 INDIVIDUAL STUDY
INTERDISCIPLINARY 497-498 HONORS STUDY
INTERNATIONAL STUDIES 201 PERSPECTIVES ON MODERN
GLOBAL SOCIETY The origins and dynamics of modern global society
and some of the material and spiritual challenges that confront it.
Open only to students in the CISLA certificate program. This is a
designated Writing course. M. Forster
INTERNATIONAL STUDIES 401 NEW PERSPECTIVES ON
MODERN GLOBAL SOCIETY A synthesis of information, technology, theory, practical experience and ethical debate related to themes
selected by the participants. Two credit hours, marked as pass/not passed.
Open only to students in the CISLA certificate program. M. Forster
INTERNATIONAL STUDIES 491, 492 INDIVIDUAL STUDY
INTERNSHIP 294 FIELD WORK: CELS INTERNSHIP PROGRAM Supervised practical training in various fields. Enrollment in the
course is contingent upon successfully obtaining an internship approved
by the Director of Funded Internships and a faculty member. Prior to the
internship, students must find a faculty sponsor who will determine academic requirements and evaluate completed work. The internship should
be related to the practical application of the academic discipline of the
sponsoring faculty member. The internship should consist of a minimum
of 100 hours of practical training with on-site supervision. The on-site
supervisor will be required to verify completion of the internship hours
and will be asked to submit an evaluation to the faculty sponsor. One hour
of credit, marked as pass/not passed.
This course may be repeated for credit. For restrictions on the number
of one-credit courses that can be applied toward the minimum degree
requirements, see page 161 of this catalog. Please note that this course does
not meet the requirement of Curricular Practical Training (CPT) for F-1
students.
LIBERAL ARTS 201 ROMAN ORIGINS OF THE LIBERAL ARTS
TRADITION A study of the origins of the liberal arts in republican
Rome and their transformation in the Renaissance.
Open to sophomores, juniors and seniors or by permission of the
instructor. This course is taught in SATA programs only. R. Proctor
MUSEUM STUDIES 491, 492 INDIVIDUAL STUDY
SOPHOMORE RESEARCH SEMINAR 299 These seminars are
designed to prepare students from a variety of disciplines for independent
creative and scholarly work in the humanities and the arts. Courses will
foster in students the ability to design a research project and to develop
a research proposal. Students are encouraged to use these skills to take
advantage of other opportunities offered at the College, such as applying
to one of the College’s interdisciplinary centers with a senior integrative
project or developing a proposal for a senior honors thesis. Students in
54
these courses are eligible to apply for a paid research internship in the sum
mer after the sophomore year.
SOPHOMORE RESEARCH SEMINAR 299A CASES AND
HISTORY OF EQUALITY Throughout history, egalitarian values
and hierarchy have motivated individuals and societies to create or
tear down economic, social, and political systems. Employing various disciplines and modes of human expression, this course explores
equality both as an ideal and a practice. Students will complete
research projects on some aspect of equality, inequality, or justice.
This course may include an optional section that will meet for an
additional hour each week to discuss supplemental readings in
Spanish. Students participating in the foreign language section will
receive one additional credit hour, pass/not passed marking. This is
the same course as History 299.
Open to all sophomores with permission of the instructor. This
course may count towards the history major on a case-by-case basis,
depending on whether the research project is historical. Enrollment limited to 16 students. This is a designated Writing course.
L. Garofalo
SOPHOMORE RESEARCH SEMINAR 29Af CASES AND HISTORY OF EQUALITY (In Spanish) This optional section will meet
for additional hour each week to discuss supplemental texts in Spanish. Students participating in the foreign language section will receive
one additional credit hour, pass/not passed marking. Students electing Sophomore Research Seminar 29Af must concurrently register for
Sophomore Research Seminar 299A or History 299. L. Garofalo
SOPHOMORE RESEARCH SEMINAR 299B THE IDEAL OF
EQUALITY We shall explore, historically and analytically, the ideal
of equality, asking whether we should believe in it and what a commitment to equality would imply from legal, political, economic, and
interpersonal perspectives. This is the same course as Philosophy 299.
course counts towards the philosophy major. Enrollment limited to
16 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 6 and is a
designated Writing course. L. Vogel
SOPHOMORE RESEARCH SEMINAR 299C ART OF PROTEST: OCCUPY _____ What do you believe in? What cause or
conviction would move you to “occupy?” This course asks students to
investigate their answers to these provocative questions and to research
how others have done so, with a particular focus on the role of art in
protest. How can art “translate” a political moment into a political/
artistic icon? The course culminates in final projects in which the students will give creative/scholarly voice to their newly found perspectives. This is the same course as Theater 299.
Open to all sophomores with permission of the instructor.
Enrollment limited to 16 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 5. D. Jaffe
SOPHOMORE RESEARCH SEMINAR 299D SECRECY:
POWER, PRIVILEGE, AND THE INVISIBLE What is the role
of secrecy in controlling power and marking boundaries of knowledge? Reading across a broad range of fields, we will explore practices
of concealment through different historical and cultural contexts.
Topics include theories of secrecy, secret societies, confession, taboo,
covert discourses of sexuality, and visual cultures of invisibility. This
is the same course as Anthropology/Art History 299.
course is taught at the same time as Art 299/Sophomore Research
Seminar 299E to allow for collaborative work between the two
classes. Enrollment limited to 16 students. This is a designated Writing course. C.B. Steiner
SOPHOMORE RESEARCH SEMINAR 299E (UNDER)
COVER (OVER)SEEN: VISIONING THE (IN)VISIBLE What
does it mean to do research in the creative process of art? How do art-
College Courses/Computer Science
ists in any discipline mine a subject, unpack what is seen, or tease out
hidden meanings to express a point of view or visual representation?
How can an artwork open up new fields of vision without illustrating? This course will address the subject of “Power, Privilege, and
the Invisible” to examine a variety of research strategies that artists,
performers, and designers utilize in the creative process. Students
will experiment with material, form, and image in both real and
imagined work. This is the same course as Art 299.
course is taught at the same time as Art History/Anthropology 299/
Sophomore Research Seminar 299D to allow for collaborative work
between the two classes. Enrollment limited to 12 students. D. Pelletier
SOPHOMORE RESEARCH SEMINAR 299F ARCHIVE FEVER
What is an archive, and how do we use it? What do we keep in archives,
and what do we burn? This course will introduce students to archival
research. We will learn to navigate search engines and reading-room
protocols, explore literary representations of archives, and conduct
original research. This is the same course as English 299.
Open to all sophomores with permission of the instructor.
Enrollment limited to 16 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 4 and is a designated Writing course. L. Perkins Wilder
Computer Science
Associate Professor: Izmirli; Visiting Associate Professor: Winters-Hilt;
Assistant Professors: Chung, Lee; Professor Parker, chair
Courses provide students with computer science theory and skills,
equipping them for research or practical application.
The Major in Computer Science
The major consists of Mathematics 210, Computer Science 110, 212, 219,
304, 315 or 326, two semesters of computer science research (Honors
Study or two semesters of 495/496), a one-credit colloquium series (499),
and five or more courses chosen from the following: computer science
courses at the 200 level or higher, and Mathematics 226. Each individualized program of study will incorporate depth in a particular area, related
research, and interdisciplinarity. Students are strongly encouraged to complete a summer internship approved by the department.
Advisers: C. Chung, O. Izmirli, J. Lee, G. Parker
The Minor in Computer Science
The minor consists of Computer Science 110, 212, 219, and two or more
courses chosen from the following: computer science courses at the 200
level or higher (excluding 499), Mathematics 210. Only one course may
count toward both a major and a minor, but other approved courses at the
same level or higher may be substituted.
Learning Goals in the Computer Science Major
A computer science major at Connecticut College will enter a variety
of learning environments and gain an understanding of the discipline
through courses, independent research, colloquia, workshops, internships,
and seminars.
Emphasis is placed on the student’s ability to solve problems and
think independently as well as understand the role of computer science
in and amongst the liberal arts. Upon completing a challenging course of
study, the student will be expected to possess a collection of broad characteristics and have acquired a specific set of capabilities and skills: cognitive
capabilities and practical skills related to computer science and additional
transferable skills of a general nature that are applicable in many other
contexts. The specific capabilities and skills are listed below.
Cognitive Capabilities and Skills
Relating to Computer Science
• K nowledge and Understanding: Demonstrate knowledge and
understanding of essential facts, concepts, principles, and theories relating to computer science and software applications; be
able to incorporate technical results into that knowledge and
understanding.
• Modeling: Use such knowledge and understanding in the modeling and design of computerbased systems in a way that demonstrates understanding of the requirements, comprehension of
the tradeoff involved in design choices, and awareness of critical
evaluation and testing.
• Professional Responsibility: Recognize and be guided by the
social, professional, and ethical issues involved in the use of computer technology.
• Liberal Arts: Understand the discipline of computer science as a
liberal art and actively engage in exploring its connections to other
disciplines.
Practical Capabilities and Skills
Relating to Computer Science
• Problem-solving: Use appropriate theory, practices, and tools
to specify, design, implement, test, and evaluate systems to solve
problems in computer science and other fields.
• Applications: Understand applications of computer science in a
range of fields.
• Tools and Operation: Deploy effectively the tools used for the
construction and documentation of software and be able to operate computing equipment and software systems effectively.
• Research: Use computer science knowledge to conduct original
research; read, understand, and produce technical papers.
Additional Transferable Skills
• Communication: Be Able To Make Succinct Presentations to a
range of audiences about technical problems and their solutions.
• Teamwork: Be able to work effectively as a member of a development team.
• Numeracy: Be able to understand and explain the quantitative
dimensions of a problem.
• Self Management: Manage one’s own learning and development,
including time management and organizational skills.
• Professional Development: Keep abreast of current developments in the discipline in order to continue one’s own professional
development.
Courses
COMPUTER SCIENCE 105 OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE FOR
HUMANITY An introduction to free and open source software (FOSS)
and its applications to humanitarian issues. Participants will learn to write
web-based application software using FOSS tools while contributing to a
real open source humanitarian project.
COMPUTER SCIENCE 110 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER
SCIENCE AND PROBLEM SOLVING An introduction to programming and problem solving with computers. Practical applications in a
wide range of fields will be covered; the current programming language is
Python. Important topics in computer science will also be discussed. No
prior programming experience is assumed. Registration is also required in
Computer Science 110L.
55
COMPUTER SCIENCE 110L INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER
SCIENCE AND PROBLEM SOLVING LAB Registration is also
required in Computer Science 110.
as programming techniques using recursion and pointers. Principles of
software design will be explored by constructing major programs.
COMPUTER SCIENCE 203 BIOINFORMATICS I An introduction to the use of informatics, genomics, and computational biology in
analyzing biological data. Topics include DNA and protein sequences,
interaction networks, gene expression, channel current analysis of DNA
molecules, and computational techniques for retrieving, analyzing, and
visualizing data. Focus on DNA analysis for gene finding, including
simple program writing for data mining. No prior knowledge of programming required. Emphasis on projects involving interdisciplinary teams
and medically related problems. This is the same course as Biology 203.
Prerequisite: Any 100-level course in computer science or biology, or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 20 students.
S. Winters-Hilt
COMPUTER SCIENCE 214 WEB TECHNOLOGIES AND
MOBILE COMPUTING Software development for web-based applications such as web sites, mobile apps, client-side, server-side, and backend systems using current web technologies. Design elements including
organizational structure, interactivity, navigation strategies, and multimedia. The course will concentrate on a small selected set of technologies
for hands-on work.
Prerequisite: Course 110. Enrollment limited to 30 students. O. Izmirli
COMPUTER SCIENCE 204 INFORMATICS PROGRAMMING
An introduction to informatics and problem solving with the aid of computers, with applications relating to the natural sciences, social sciences,
and humanities. Examples will be implemented using Perl and Python.
Students will have the opportunity to explore applications of informatics
within their own areas of academic interest.
Prerequisite: Any 100-level in computer science, or permission of the
instructor; course 110 is recommended. Enrollment limited to 20 students. S. Winters-Hilt
COMPUTER SCIENCE 205, 305 TOPICS IN SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT Principles of software development applied to real-world
problems. The problems addressed and computer languages used will vary
depending on the available opportunities for application. Students will be
part of a team that develops a software system for a real-world customer.
Students in Course 305 will be team leaders.
Prerequisite for Course 205: Any 100-level course in computer science. Prerequisite for Course 305: Course 212. Enrollment limited to 15
students in Course 205 and 5 students in Course 305. Staff
COMPUTER SCIENCE 206 COMPUTATIONAL AND SYSTEMS
BIOLOGY An introduction to the use of genomics, systems biology,
and computational biology in analyzing and synthesizing biological data.
Topics include DNA and protein sequences, interaction networks, gene
expression, and computational techniques for retrieving, analyzing, and
visualizing data. Emphasis on projects involving interdisciplinary teams
and medically related problems. This is the same course as Biology 206.
Prerequisite: Course 110 or Biology 106. Enrollment limited to 30
students. S. Winters-Hilt
COMPUTER SCIENCE 209 GRAPHICS AND VIRTUAL ENVIRONMENTS An introduction to the basics of graphics and the field of
virtual reality, including applications and issues relating to three-dimensional graphics, sound, vision, and touch. Students will program virtual
reality worlds with appropriate hardware and software. This is the same
course as Arts and Technology 209.
Prerequisite: Course 110 or permission of the instructor. This course
is not open to students who have received credit for Computer Science
309. Enrollment limited to 20 students. J. Lee
COMPUTER SCIENCE 211 INFORMATICS I An introduction to
informatics programming and problem solving with the aid of computers.
Applications in the areas of science, social science, and the humanities,
from creating a Shakespearean insult generator, to a text-based analysis
of Machiavelli’s Il Principe, to deciphering the gene structure in genomic
DNA. Basic probability and statistics concepts will be introduced in a
variety of settings, including anomaly detection using information measures and robust modeling in the presence of outliers.
Prerequisite: Course 110 or permission of the instructor. Students
may not receive credit for both this course and Course 204. Enrollment
limited to 20 students. S. Winters-Hilt
COMPUTER SCIENCE 212 DATA STRUCTURES Abstract data
structures such as lists, stacks, queues, and trees will be studied as well
56
COMPUTER SCIENCE 215 DIGITAL DESIGN Digital design, binary
number systems and representation, boolean algebra and gate implementation, combinatorial and sequential circuits, and digital storage components
used in computers. Software simulation will be used.
Prerequisite: Course 110 or permission of instructor. O. Izmirli
COMPUTER SCIENCE 217 INTERACTIVE ENTERTAINMENT
SOFTWARE DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT An introduction to
the design and programming of entertainment software (i.e., computer/
video games). The course combines concepts relating to computer graphics, human-computer interaction, networking, artificial intelligence,
computer architecture, and databases. Topics include video game history,
gameplay design, software architecture for video games, contemporary
video game platforms, and real-time computer graphics techniques. This
is the same course as Arts and Technology 217.
Prerequisite: Course 110. Enrollment limited to 20 students. J. Lee
COMPUTER SCIENCE 218 MULTIMEDIA The representation,
storage, processing and transmission of multimedia content, comprised
of text, audio, still images, video, graphics, animation and other types
of media are discussed. Human perception of audio and video will be
studied to be followed by concepts underlying compression algorithms of
multimedia content. Multimedia programming will be introduced and
students will complete projects that involve design, implementation and
evaluation. This is the same course as Arts and Technology 218.
Prerequisite: Course 110. Enrollment limited to 12 students. O. Izmirli
COMPUTER SCIENCE 219 COMPUTER ORGANIZATION Processors, primary memory, secondary memory and input/output mechanisms of computers are discussed. The computer structure is studied at a
progression of levels: digital logic level, microarchitecture level, instruction set architecture level, operating system machine level and assembly
language level.
COMPUTER SCIENCE 303 DATABASE SYSTEMS An examination of the fundamental concepts of database systems. Database design,
database languages, and database-system implementation. Analysis of the
role of databases in the decision making process and their use in strategic
planning. A project to develop a database management system is required.
COMPUTER SCIENCE 304 ALGORITHMS An introduction to the
analysis of algorithms, both for run-time complexity and correctness.
Students will use these skills as they learn and practice fundamental algorithm design techniques, including greedy, divide-and-conquer, dynamic
programming, and network flow. The course concludes with a study of
NP-completeness and methods for coping with NP-hard problems such as
local search, randomization, and approximation algorithms.
Prerequisite: Course 212; Mathematics 210 is recommended. Enrollment limited to 30 students. C. Chung
COMPUTER SCIENCE 307 MACHINE LEARNING AND DATA
MINING An introduction to the basic theory, concepts, and techniques
of machine learning and data mining, including decision trees, neural
networks, logistic regression, and data preparation, modeling, and presentation. Data mining techniques, including clustering, classification,
Computer Science
associations, deviation detection, and link analysis will be covered. Methods, such as hidden Markov models and support vector machines, will
be applied to a variety of applications, including electrical signal analysis
(mostly of biomedical origin, such as EEG, ECG, and channel current
analysis), genomics, and finance. Data mining tools will be introduced
and used to complete a project on real-world data.
Prerequisite: Course 212. Enrollment limited to 30 students. S.
Winters-Hilt
COMPUTER SCIENCE 308 ALGORITHM DEVELOPMENT AND
ENGINEERING Students will implement a broad range of the most
commonly used algorithms, including algorithms for sorting, searching,
encryption, compression, finding optimal paths through networks, etc.
The algorithms developed will employ techniques like dynamic programming and local search, and data structures like trees and graphs. Basic
software engineering principles will also be studied and used. This course
is programming intensive.
Prerequisite: Course 212. Enrollment limited to 30 students. C. Chung
COMPUTER SCIENCE 310 ROBOTICS An introduction to the
design and control of autonomous robots. Design issues such as wheels
verses legs, actuator placement, the use of sensors for perception, controller selection, and wiring will be covered. Students will develop control
schemes and use programming skills and machine learning to generate
programs for controllers.
Prerequisite: Course 212, 215, or 219. Enrollment limited to 18 students. G. Parker
COMPUTER SCIENCE 311 INFORMATICS II An introduction
to the use of informatics algorithms in analyzing various types of data.
Methods include analysis of sequential data in a variety of settings, such
as text-based, voice, photographic sequence (film), genomic structure
analysis, proteomic data, and ‘electrical’ signal (ion channel signal data).
The course considers classification, clustering, and metaheuristic search
methods in a variety of applications including two very popular methods:
hidden Markov models and Support Vector Machines.
Prerequisite: Course 211 or permission of the instructor; taking
course 212 previously or concurrent with this course is recommended.
Enrollment limited to 20 students. S. Winters-Hilt
COMPUTER SCIENCE 312 DIGITAL SOUND PROCESSING An
introduction to digital processing of sound; the study of capturing, creating, storing and processing of audio. Acoustics, digitization, representation,
storage, filtering, effects, frequency analysis, programming for real-time
and off-line sound processing, synthesis, spatialization, audio encoding
and compression. Students will complete programming projects. This is the
same course as Arts and Technology 312.
Prerequisite: Course 212. Enrollment limited to 12 students. O.
Izmirli
COMPUTER SCIENCE 313 TOPICS IN ALGORITHMIC GAME
THEORY An introduction to the computer science field of algorithmic
game theory, which combines the study of scenarios where competing
entities interact strategically (a.k.a. “games”) with algorithmic/computational thinking. No prior experience in game theory or algorithms analysis is required.
Prerequisite: Course 212; or Course 110 and Mathematics 210. Enroll
ment limited to 30 students. C. Chung
COMPUTER SCIENCE 315 COMPUTER NETWORKS Characteristics and applications of various networking technologies will be studied.
Introduction to communication and network architectures, data communication concepts, local area network technologies, internetworking and
performance issues in computer networks. Devices and means of data
communication, error detection and recovery mechanisms, data link protocols, routing and congestion control algorithms, transport and application protocols, and network level services are discussed.
Prerequisite: Courses 212 and 219. Enrollment limited to 20 students. O. Izmirli
COMPUTER SCIENCE 316 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE Introduces a breadth of concepts used by researchers in their attempt to develop
an artificial mind. General areas covered include search techniques, propositional and first order logic, representation, production systems, planning, learning and connectionist systems (neutral networks).
limited to 20 students. G. Parker
COMPUTER SCIENCE 320 PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES An
introduction to the theory of programming languages, formal syntax, input
and output, recursion, branching and looping, parameter binding and passing, data typing and subprograms. Several languages will be studied.
Staff
COMPUTER SCIENCE 323 THEORY OF COMPUTATION This
is the same course as Mathematics 323. Refer to the Mathematics listing
COMPUTER SCIENCE 325 INTRODUCTION TO NETWORK
AND COMPUTER SECURITY An introduction to the principles and
practices of computer and network security. Course organized around the
three principles of security: prevention, detection, and response. Topics
include basic cryptography, concepts of secure protocol design, security
policy and risk evaluation, types of and defense against real-world attacks,
and forensic techniques.
Prerequisite: Course 212. Staff
COMPUTER SCIENCE 326 OPERATING SYSTEMS An introduction to computer operating systems. The primary functions of an operating
system, such as process management, memory management, and device
management, will be covered. Other relevant issues, such as security, networking, and distributed systems, will be discussed.
Prerequisite: Courses 212 and 219. Enrollment limited to 20
students. Staff
COMPUTER SCIENCE 407 COMPUTATIONAL INTELLIGENCE
Computational methods that display aspects of intelligent behavior
observed in humans. Topics may include fuzzy logic, an alternative to
traditional formal logic; artificial neural networks, networks of simple
arithmetic computing elements that abstractly simulate neurons; and
genetic algorithms, based on the laws of survival of the fittest and heredity. How these methods deal with vague, imprecise, and uncertain knowledge; learn from experience; self-organize; and adapt their behavior in
response to changing conditions to solve real world problems. Utilization
of projects and the discussion of technical papers to cover methods of
computational intelligence and their use.
Prerequisite: Course 304, 310, 316, or 320. Enrollment limited to 12
students. G. Parker
COMPUTER SCIENCE 495, 496 RESEARCH SEMINAR Practicum
in computer science research. An introduction to research methods followed by a major project. Students will read, present, and discuss technical
papers; write a research proposal; make weekly reports; raise issues for
class discussion; complete their research; write a technical paper; and do a
public presentation. May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: A 300-level course in the specific area of research.
COMPUTER SCIENCE 499 COMPUTER SCIENCE COLLOQUIUM Technical presentations of computer science research. One hour
of credit, marked as pass/not passed. For restrictions on the number of onecredit courses that can be applied toward the minimum degree requirements, see page 161 of this catalog.
COMPUTER SCIENCE 291, 292 INDIVIDUAL STUDY
COMPUTER SCIENCE 497-498 HONORS STUDY
57
Dance
Associate Professor: Roberts; Assistant Professors: Collins-Achille, Henderson, Hove, Race; Musician-Composer/Adjunct Instructor: Schenk; Professor Dorfman, chair
The Major in Dance
The department of dance offers an integrated study of theory and technique with an emphasis on performance and choreography; it provides
students with a broad knowledge of dance that supports creative and intellectual development in a liberal arts context.
The dance major consists of a minimum of twelve courses including
the following eight courses: 110; 145; 208; 222; 223; 271; 305; 494; and
two of the following: 238, 241, 264, 266, 344; one semester of Repertory and Performance (267, 268, 367, 368, 467, 468); one semester of
Advanced Modern Dance and Ballet Technique at the 400 level.
All dance majors are expected to include dance technique classes in
their scheduled programs throughout their four years and must participate
in two concert performances in addition to course requirement 494. All
dance majors shall complete four academic years of study, at least two of
which shall be in residence at Connecticut College, including one semester of the final year. One summer session at an approved institution (prior
to the senior year) is strongly suggested. Students are also required to
fulfill production crew requirements as defined by the department.
All prospective dance majors must audition.
Advisers: S. Collins-Achille, D. Dorfman, H. Henderson, L. Race
The Minor in Dance
The minor in dance consists of a minimum of six courses from the following: a) two semesters of Theory and Style at the 200 level or above; b) 145;
c) three courses chosen from 107; 108; 110; 166; 208; 222; 223; 238; 241;
264; 266; 267 or 268; 271; 305; 344; 367 or 368; 396.
All dance minors are encouraged to include dance technique classes
throughout their years in the dance department, either in five-day-a-week
Theory and Style courses or two-credit dance listings. All dance minors
are required to fulfill crew requirements as defined by the department.
Learning Goals in the Dance Major
Students find their individual artistic voices in three areas of the dance
major: movement technique, dance studies (history and theory), and choreography and improvisation.
We strive to:
• Offer a diverse range of movement techniques
• Instill a deep and factual understanding of anatomical information in order to be more articulate in the body
• E xpose our students to artistic traditions and current trends in
dance-making
• Foster critical thinking and emphasize the ability to express oneself through language
• R aise social and cultural awareness
• Provide a methodology for creation, editing and presentation of
one’s work in order to move from conceptual idea to performance
• Facilitate a high level of craft alongside a radical artistic voice in
choreographic work
We work with integrity, rigor and diligence in order to teach our students
to be citizens who contribute to the world. Our dance majors will graduate
to become the next generation of trailblazing dance artists.
Breadth of Study/Scholarship
Our majors will honor the notion of building technique in dance of
all kinds. They will engage in interdisciplinary investigations such as;
58
dance and film, dance and science, performance art, performance studies and self-designed majors incorporating a myriad of related studies.
They will select one non-kinetically oriented academic, administrative
or production area in which to research under the supervision of their
major advisor.
Specifics within Field/Direction
of Creativity and Service
Our majors will discover their individual movement, performance, writing, and choreographic styles. They will develop a high level of integrity in
their art form on and off the stage. Seniors will create a 10-minute dance
for presentation on the Palmer Auditorium Stage or a site-specific venue
fully produced by the department. They will also support this physical
production with a document calling on dance studies as their referential
source. They will achieve proficiency in Ballet, Modern, Post-Modern,
African and at least one other form of their choosing, and will work with
hands-on production elements from lighting design to graphic design.
They will think critically about their art form in theory and practice,
and recognize how a personal choreographic aesthetic represents social
ideologies within specific cultural contexts. Dance majors will apply their
analytical knowledge directly to their experiences in technique and composition classes, and consistently experience dance outside of their ‘comfort zone’ as a given not an exception. Our dance majors will graduate able
to become the next generation of trailblazing dance artists.
Artistic Citizenship/Contributions
to Dance and Growth as a Person
Our majors will utilize organizational, theoretical and artistic opportunities as modeling for post-graduate behavior as a citizen in the world.
They will therefore contribute to a new dance world, one that reflects
changes in world society. Technical grace, choreographic power, and
skills as a teacher and leader are translated into human terms of quantifiable growth.
Courses
Level I
DANCE 107 EXPERIMENTAL WORKSHOP: INTRODUCTION
TO IMPROVISATION Studio work for the investigation of movement
and sound in solo and group improvisation. Students will conduct and
participate in compositional experiments.
Enrollment limited to 40 students per section. This course satisfies
General Education Area 5. Staff
DANCE 110 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION: DANCE AND THEATER A foundational exploration of various technical and design components of dance and theater performance. Lighting, scenery, sound,
multi-media, and costume and makeup will be investigated as core elements of technical production. This course is intended for both creative
artists and technicians and is built around practical and experiential learning. This is the same course as Theater 110.
One three-hour session per week, plus required lab hours on departmental productions. Prospective dance or theater majors and minors are
encouraged to take this course during their freshman year. Enrollment
limited to 16 students. Offered both semesters. This course satisfies General Education Area 5. S. Hove and R. Dumond
DANCE 112 INTRODUCTION TO YOGA Yoga from a Sanskrit word
meaning “union,” strives to bring the body, mind, and spirit into balance,
using the breath as the bridge. Postures (asana) help to strengthen and
loosen the body, pranayama (breath practice) helps to guide the mind and
yoga nidra (relaxation) allows the body-mind to integrate these. One hour of
credit, marked as pass/not passed. This course can be repeated for credit. For
restrictions on the number of one-credit courses that can be applied toward
the minimum degree requirements, see page 161 of this catalog.
Enrollment limited to 50 students. Special fee. M. Ursin
Dance
DANCE 113 PILATES A method of full-body conditioning that focuses
on breathing, concentration and control. The system enhances the performance of physical activities and has long been utilized for injury recovery and prevention. One hour of credit, marked as pass/not passed. This
course can be repeated for credit. For restrictions on the number of onecredit courses that can be applied toward the minimum degree requirements, see page 161 of this catalog.
Enrollment limited to 50 students. Special fee. S. Connelly
DANCE 166 WORLD DANCE OF A SELECTED CULTURE Examination of movements in relation to music, aesthetic principles and cultural context of a selected world dance form. Analysis and practice of
dance technique, reconstruction or recreation of a particular dance
genre. Course may be taken for two or four credits, as determined by the
department.
Enrollment limited to 25 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 5. S. Collins-Achille
DANCE 116 BALLROOM DANCE Practice of Western social dance
forms. One hour of credit, marked as pass/not passed. This course can be
repeated for credit. For restrictions on the number of one-credit courses
that can be applied toward the minimum degree requirements, see page
161 of this catalog.
Enrollment limited to 100 students. Offered second semester annually. Special fee. G. Smith, S. Smith
Level II
DANCE 118 DRUMMING Basic technique of drumming rhythms
from dances of Africa, Brazil, Cuba, Haiti and others. Analysis of rhythms
and hands on experience supported by text and video presentations. Two
credit hours.
Enrollment limited to 20 students. Offered second semester annually.
Staff
DANCE 145 HISTORY OF DANCE Three areas of study covered:
a survey of world dances 19th/20th century ballet; and the history of
modern dance. Themes considered include the social-political and cultural contexts of dances, the roles of men and women in different styles of
dance and choreography, and cross-currents between the dances of different nations and societies.
Enrollment limited to 40 students. Offered first semester annually.
This course satisfies General Education Area 4. Staff
DANCE 147, 148 DANCE STYLES SAMPLER Analysis and practice
of dance in styles to be announced each semester. Styles may range from
American to multi-cultural dance forms. Two credit hours.
Prerequisite: Course 151, 152 or previous experience in dance. Staff
DANCE 151, 152 INTRODUCTION TO DANCE: MOVERS AND
SHAKERS An introduction to major dance techniques. Experiencing
new body alignment, spatial patterning, and improvisation. Each semester-long course may be repeated for credit twice, with the approval of the
department.
Enrollment limited to 25 students. Both courses satisfy General Education Area 5. Staff
DANCE 159 INTRODUCTORY BALLET Analysis and practice of
ballet fundamentals. Instruction in basic alignment, spatial patterning
and movement concepts. Two credit hours. This course can be repeated
for credit. Offered one semester annually either fall or spring.
DANCE 162, 262 WEST AFRICAN DANCE A foundational approach
to Africanist Aesthetics in the body, developing skills for understanding
and executing several different West African techniques/rhythms through
singing, drumming, and dancing. Research projects articulate and interconnect personal interests and current cultural affairs.
Enrollment limited to 20 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 5. S. Collins-Achille
DANCE 165 AFRO-CARIBBEAN DANCE I A studio dance course
that introduces Afro-Caribbean movement techniques, music, and history, in the context of post-colonial, sociopolitical, and cultural issues.
Regional similarities and differences are examined in sacred and secular
dance, with the aim of understanding the significance of dance and Africanist aesthetics to American culture. This is the same course as Comparative Race and Ethnicity 165.
Enrollment limited to 40 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 5. R. Roberts
DANCE 208 ELEMENTARY CHOREOGRAPHY Theory and
experience in structuring movement, from simple phrases to complex
organizational units. Use of time, weight, space, and flow as factors in
choreography.
Prerequisite: Course 107 or equivalent experience in dance and permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 20 students. Offered
second semester. H. Henderson, Staff
DANCE 213 INTERMEDIATE BALLROOM DANCE Practice of
social dance forms which involve complex steps, knowledge of movement
and partnering. One credit hour, marked as pass/not passed. For restrictions on the number of one credit courses that can be applied toward the
minimum degree requirements, see page 161 of this catalog.
Prerequisite: Course 116 or permission of the instructor. Special fee.
Staff
DANCE 222 COMPOSITIONAL IMPROVISATION Studio work
in improvisation and performance: exploration of movement and sound,
group dynamics, composition.
Prerequisite: Course 107 or equivalent experience in dance and audition. Enrollment limited to 25 students. Offered second semester. This
course satisfies General Education Area 5. L. Race
DANCE 223 MUSIC FOR DANCE Music for dance through training
in rhythmic theory and practice in composing and performing related
movement studies. Topics include rhythmic notation, music terminology,
score reading and the relationship between choreographic repertory and
its music.
Prerequisite: Course 107 or 147 or 148 or 151 or 152 or equivalent
experience in dance, or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited
to 20 students. R. Schenk
DANCE 225 PRACTICUM IN DANCE Extended work as a set
designer, costume designer, lighting designer, stage manager, technical
director or major crew head in relation to productions presented by the
department of dance. Specific projects must be coordinated with a project
supervisor before registration. Two credit hours.
Prerequisite: Course 110 for technical projects. Permission of faculty
director or choreographer for performance option. Staff
DANCE 236 DANCE FOR THE CAMERA An introduction to the
creation of films based on dance and movement, with particular attention to motion and action editing. Exercises to enhance practical skills in
digital editing and camera work are supplemented by an examination of
theoretical concepts and the viewing of dance-related films. Students will
create several short movement-based films.
Open to majors and minors in dance, and to others with permission of the instructor. Prior completion of Course 208 is recommended.
Enrollment limited to 12 students. S. Hove
DANCE 237 MEDIA IN PERFORMANCE An examination of digital media as a compositional choice in performance. Through theoretical/historical readings and hands-on practicum, students will conduct
choreographic, improvisational, directorial, and creative explorations to
highlight interplay between the body and digital media. The course offers
the opportunity for artistic self-investigation and collaborative work on
mediated performance projects.
59
Open to majors and minors in dance, and to others with permission of the instructor. Prior completion of Course 208 is recommended.
Enrollment limited to 12 students. S. Hove
DANCE 238 DANCE AND TECHNOLOGY Videotaping and editing of dance related subjects. Editing techniques and the documentation
of live dance culminating in the creation of a work of video art. Topics
include: aesthetic issues in video art, music and dance; sound basics and
editing for video; software resources for video, audio, choreography and
dance documentation; and trends in dance and technology.
Open to dance majors or permission of the instructor. Enrollment
limited to 12 students. R. Schenk
DANCE 239, 339 INTENSIVE WORKSHOP Intensive short-term
study of movement technique classes in various styles and related subjects at department approved workshops in the United States and abroad.
Course may be taken for two or four credits, as determined by the department and may be taken for credit more than once.
Prerequisite: Course 166, 266, or permission of the instructor. S.
Collins-Achille
DANCE 251, 252, 253, 254 INTERMEDIATE MODERN DANCE
AND BALLET TECHNIQUE Analysis and practice of dance in major
techniques. Experience in increasingly complex spatial and rhythmic patterns and movement sequences. Course may be taken for two or four credits on a semester basis upon department’s approval.
Prerequisite: Placement is determined by audition. Enrollment limited to 25 students. Offered both semesters. Courses satisfy General Education Area 5. Staff
DANCE 259, 260 LOW INTERMEDIATE BALLET Analysis and
practice of ballet technique. Instruction in basic alignment and spinal
patterning. Two credit hours. This course can be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: Course 151, 152, 159 or previous experience in dance.
Offered both semesters annually. Staff
DANCE 264 ACTING FOR DANCERS Development of acting techniques for dancers through vocal and movement exercises, improvisation
and scene work. Course may be taken for two or four credits on a semester
basis, as determined by the department.
Prerequisite: Course 147 or 148 or 151 or 152 or permission of the
instructor. Enrollment limited to 20 students. D. Dorfman
DANCE 265 AFRO-CARIBBEAN DANCE II Advanced technique of
various Afro-Caribbean dance forms, their creation and reconstruction.
Emphasis on movement, isolations, the interplay of mutliple body centers,
polyrthyms, and the performance of folkloric repertory in contemporary
contexts. This is the same course as Comparative Race and Ethnicity 265.
limited to 20 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 5. R.
Roberts
DANCE 266 WORLD DANCE OF A SELECTED CULTURE Examination of movements in relation to music, aesthetic principles and cultural context of a selected world dance form. Analysis and practice of
dance technique, reconstruction or recreation of a particular dance genre.
Course may be taken for either two or four credits on a semester basis, as
determined by the department.
Prerequisite: Course 147 or 148 or 151 or 152, or permission of the
instructor. Enrollment limited to 25 students. This course satisfies General
Education Area 5. S. Collins-Achille
DANCE 267, 268 INTERMEDIATE REPERTORY AND PERFORMANCE Reconstruction or creation of works of recognized dance artists
and of department faculty. Works will be presented in lecture-demonstration and/or concert. Section A: Concert. Section B: Touring.
Open to qualified students after audition and consultation with the
department. Staff
60
DANCE 271 ANATOMY OF MOVEMENT An experiential, conceptual, and critical study of the skeletal and muscular systems of the moving
body. Analysis and application of neuromuscular habit, alignment, efficiency, and specificity of training. Material will be specific to individual
students, including those with backgrounds in dance or athletics. This is
the same course as Physical Education 271.
Enrollment limited to 20 students. Offered second semester annually. H. Henderson
Level III
DANCE 305 INTERMEDIATE CHOREOGRAPHY Advanced theory
and experience in structuring movement to make dances. Individual choreographic works required in pure dance, performance art, or theater-dance
collaborations.
Prerequisite: Open to juniors who have successfully completed
Courses 107 and 208. Offered first semester. L. Race
DANCE 319 THEORY AND PRACTICE OF CHOREOGRAPHY
A studio-based seminar with a practical, theoretical, and historical
approach to dance composition. Modern, post-modern, and contemporary choreographic works provide a point of departure for individual choreographic invention. Readings include Roland Barthes, Susan Foster, and
Susan Sontag.
Prerequisite: Course 208 or permission of instructor. Enrollment
DANCE 341 DANCE WRITING Investigation of writings related to
dance through readings, analysis, discussions, and written assignments.
Readings may include journalistic writing and criticism, theoretical and
autobiographical writings by artists.
Prerequisite: Dance 145. Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course
satisfies General Education Area 4 and is a designated Writing course. H.
Henderson
DANCE 351, 352, 353, 354 INTERMEDIATE/ADVANCED
MODERN DANCE AND BALLET TECHNIQUE Intensive instruction in major dance techniques. Mastery of more complex vocabulary and
intricate spatial and rhythmic sequences. Majors and minors may take
these courses for two or four credits upon department’s approval.
Prerequisite: Previous course work at Level II or equivalent experience in dance, and placement is determined by audition. Enrollment limited to 25 students, with qualified non-major students admitted when
space is available. Offered both semesters. Staff
DANCE 359, 360 ADVANCED INTERMEDIATE BALLET Analysis and practice of ballet technique, graded for the more highly trained
dancers. Instruction in more complex spatial patterning and movement
concepts. Two credit hours. This course can be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: Course 259 or 260. Offered both semesters annually. Staff
DANCE 367, 368 INTERMEDIATE ADVANCED REPERTORY
AND PERFORMANCE Reconstruction or creation of works of recognized dance artists and of department faculty. Work presented in lecture-demonstrations and/or in concert. Section A: Concert. Section B:
Touring.
Prerequisite: Open to intermediate and advanced level dancers.
DANCE 396 DANCE PEDAGOGY An examination of theoretical and
applied understandings of observing, analyzing, and teaching movement.
Readings in current dance research, pedagogical issues, and strategies as
well as observations and their practical application in the field will relate
to teaching and learning dance in the context of K-12, studio, higher
education, and community settings.
Prerequisite: Open to junior and senior majors and minors in dance,
and to others with permission of the instructor. R. Roberts
Dance/East Asian Languages and Cultures
Level IV
DANCE 434 TOPICS IN MULTICULTURALISM: MAPPING
BODIES A gendered study of transformation is examined through the
lens of feminist artists and dance makers as this course looks at their work
to reveal cultural context and meaning. Students will develop research
and present the formulation of a project concerning the mapping of body
knowledge inside multicultural cohabitation. Projects may be linked with
performances by professional touring companies. This is the same course
Prerequisite: Course 145 and Gender and Women’s Studies 103. Open
to juniors and seniors. Enrollment limited to 15 students. S. Collins-Achille
DANCE 451, 452, 453, 454, 455, 456 ADVANCED MODERN
DANCE AND BALLET TECHNIQUE Intensive instruction in dance
techniques. Mastery of complex vocabulary and intricate spatial and
rhythmic movement sequences. Emphasis on individual performance and
advancement. Majors and minors may take these courses for two or four
credits with appropriate course requirements approved by the department.
Prerequisite: Previous course work at Level III or equivalent experience in dance and placement is determined by audition. Advanced nonmajors admitted by invitation. Enrollment limited to 25 students. Offered
both semesters. Staff
DANCE 460 PERFORMANCE ART IN PRACTICE This is the same
course as Art 460. Refer to the Art listing for a course description.
DANCE 467, 468 ADVANCED REPERTORY AND PERFORMANCE Reconstruction or creation of works of recognized dance artists
and of department faculty. Works will be presented in lecture-demonstration and/or in concert. Section A: Concert. Section B: Touring.
Prerequisite: Previous course work in Level III, audition and permission of the department. Staff
DANCE 494 ADVANCED CHOREOGRAPHY SEMINAR Advanced
study which leads to a culminating experience in the student’s selected
area of the major field. The culminating experience may be choreographic,
research, or interdisciplinary in nature.
Prerequisite: Previous course work at Level III and permission of the
department. Offered second semester. D. Dorfman
DANCE 291, 292 INDIVIDUAL STUDY
DANCE 497-498 HONORS STUDY
language courses; one departmental Chinese literary or cultural
studies course at or above the 200 level; one Chinese history course;
one transnational/transcultural course; one East Asian Studies senior
seminar or, with departmental permission, two 300- or 400-level
seminar courses on China and/or Japan; one China elective; and one
departmental Japan elective.
Japan Concentration: Majors concentrating on Japan must take
East Asian Studies 101; a minimum of four semesters of Japanese
language courses; one departmental Japanese literary or cultural
studies course at or above the 200 level; one Japanese history course;
one transnational/transcultural course; one East Asian Studies senior
seminar or, with departmental permission, two 300- or 400-level
seminar courses on Japan and/or China; one Japan elective; and one
departmental China elective.
Core Course
East Asian Studies 101
Language
China:Chinese 101, 102, 201, 202, 301, 302, 401, 402, 403, 404
Japan:Japanese 101, 102, 201, 202, 301, 400A, 400B, 400C, 400D
Literature or Culture
China:China-related courses offered by East Asian Languages and
Cultures
Japan:Japan-related courses offered by East Asian Languages and
Cultures
Transnational/Transcultural Course
East Asian Studies: 202, 230, 253, 357, 377
History
China:Chinese history courses
Japan: Japanese history courses
Senior Seminar
East Asian Studies 493B, 494B, 493C, 494C, 493D, 494D
Electives
China:Chinese courses, China-related History courses, and Chinarelated courses cross-listed with East Asian Studies
Japan:Japanese courses, Japan-related History courses, and Japanrelated courses cross-listed with East Asian Studies.
A Freshman Seminar taught by East Asian Languages and Cultures faculty
The Minor in East Asian Studies
The minor consists of six or more courses: East Asian Studies 101; four
semesters of Chinese or Japanese language courses; and at least one additional course listed under the major in East Asian Studies at or above the
200 level.
East Asian Languages and Cultures
Learning Goals in the East Asian Studies Major
Associate Professors: Huang (Chinese); Assistant Professor: Harb (Japanese); Senior Lecturer: King (Chinese) Chinese coordinator; Visiting Assistant Professor: Watanabe (Japanese); Senior Lecturer Kobayashi (Japanese)
Japanese coordinator; Associate Professor Dooling (Chinese), chair
The major in EALC is dynamic, interdisciplinary and international insofar as it integrates extensive language study, cultural and literary analysis through requirements as well as electives. It has two concentrations:
China Concentration and Japan Concentration. It requires students to
develop critical reading, thinking, researching and writing abilities and
prepares students for a wide range of future career opportunities relating
to East Asia.
The Major in East Asian Studies
The major consists of at least 11 courses. The foundation course East Asian
Studies 101 should be taken as early as possible and normally no later
than the end of the sophomore year. Students must choose to concentrate
on either China or Japan. Students majoring in East Asian Studies may
be eligible for department certification in Chinese or Japanese language
proficiency.
China Concentration: Majors concentrating on China must take
East Asian Studies 101; a minimum of four semesters of Chinese
Language Proficiency in Chinese/Japanese
All majors must complete at least four semesters of the Chinese/Japanese
language sequence at the appropriate levels. Majors who have received
a grade of B+ or above in two 400-level Chinese/Japanese courses in
the department and have been rated Intermediate High or above on the
ACTFL OPI scale internally by the end of the academic year will be
awarded the department’s language proficiency certificate.
61
Understanding of East Asian Societies and Cultures
All majors are required to gain both historical and contemporary understanding of “transnational” East Asia with a comparative perspective on
languages and cultures in an increasing globalized world. Majoring students are expected to acquire this knowledge through interdisciplinary
approaches in courses offered in the EALC department as well as crosslisted courses offered by affiliated faculty in other departments such as art
history, history, government and music.
Critical Reading and Thinking Ability
All majors are expected to not merely “master” East Asian languages and
cultures under study as a fixed, passive body of knowledge, but more importantly, to develop critical reading and dialectical thinking skills. Such skills
should enable students to think beyond stereotypes, identify and examine
many of the prevailing assumptions or misconceptions about East Asian
societies and cultures, and develop a keen awareness of cultural diversity and
complexity within and across geopolitical boundaries of East Asia.
Critical Researching and Writing Ability
All majors should be able to conduct research projects independently (such
as knowing how to utilize library resources) and write critical research
papers in clear, concise, and intelligent prose in standard academic format.
The goal is for students to be able to contribute to a larger intellectual
conversation by producing original and challenging arguments. For all
honors thesis projects, students may also be required to demonstrate an
ability to use original Chinese/Japanese language sources if their faculty
advisors deem it necessary.
Career Preparation
All majors are expected, through course work, study-away programs and/
or internships, to prepare themselves for various academic and career
opportunities related to East Asia upon graduation. Such opportunities
range from graduate school, to jobs in government, international relations, information technology, business, finance, tourism, entertainment,
human rights, international law, translation, teaching and much more.
Courses
East Asian Studies
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 101 BEYOND “THE ORIENT”: CRITICAL APPROACHES TO EAST ASIAN LITERATURE AND FILM
Examination of critical issues in modern East Asian literature and film.
Study of selected works of Chinese and Japanese fiction and film, history,
and contemporary literary and cultural theory will address topics including modernity, national and ethnic identity, translation, Orientalism, and
globalization.
This course satisfies General Education Area 4 and is designated
Writing course. S. Harb
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 110 INTRODUCTION TO EAST ASIAN
HUMANITIES An introduction to some of the major works of East
Asian cultures, spanning China, Japan and Korea. The course considers the continuing significance of literature, theater, and philosophy from
antiquity to modernity.
Enrollment limited to 40 students. T. Watanabe
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 200 CHINESE ART AND RELIGION This
is the same course as Art History 200. Refer to the Art History listing for
EAST ASIAN LANGUAGES 202 EMPIRE AND EXPANSION IN
EAST ASIA, 1840s-1950s This is the same course as History 202. Refer
to the History listing for a course description.
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 203 MODERN CHINESE ART This is the
same course as Art History 203. Refer to the Art History listing for a
course description.
62
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 205 THE ARCHITECTURE OF JAPAN
A survey of Japanese architecture from ancient to contemporary times,
examining the ways in which buildings and designed landscapes reflect
their historical contexts and shifting cultural values. The course also deals
with the global contribution of Japanese design to ideas about modernity
and green architecture. This is the same course as Art History 205.
Prerequisite: Course 101 or Art History 103 or 104, or permission of
the instructor. T. Watanabe
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 217 AFTERLIVES AND APOCALYPSES:
POST-WAR JAPANESE CINEMA This is the same course as Film
Studies/Japanese 217. Refer to the Japanese listing for a course description.
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 217f AFTERLIVES AND APOCALYPSES:
POST-WAR JAPANESE CINEMA (In Japanese) This is the same course
as Japanese 217f. Refer to the Japanese listing for a course description.
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 220 ALTERNATIVE MODERNITY AND
INDIGENOUS POETICS An introduction to global experiments, from
East to West, in seeking alternative modernity and preserving peoples’
lands and cultures. The course explores a new indigenous poetics to promote social/environmental justice. Readings include environmental literature as well as indigenous writers, poets, and artists from China, North
America, Latin America, and beyond. This is the same course as Comparative Race and Ethnicity/Environmental Studies 220.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 4 and is a designated Writing course. Y. Huang
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 222 WORLD WAR II AND POST-WAR
JAPAN This is the same course as History 222. Refer to the History listing for a course description.
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 223 SHODO: THE ART OF JAPANESE
BRUSHWORK An introduction to the practice of Japanese brushwork
writing from kaisho to gyôsho styles and brush technique. Weekly handson studio time will be supplemented by readings, multimedia screenings,
and lectures on the history and aesthetics of East Asian and Japanese calligraphy and script. Course will be taught in English. This course may
week to discuss supplemental readings in Japanese. Students participating
in the foreign language section will receive an additional credit hour, pass/
not passed marking.
Enrollment limited to 15 students. S. Harb
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 223f SHODO: THE ART OF JAPANESE
BRUSHWORK (In Japanese) This optional section will meet for an
additional hour each week to discuss supplemental readings in Japanese.
223f must concurrently enroll in East Asian Studies 223. S. Harb
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 225 INTRODUCTION TO ASIAN ART
This is the same course as Art History 104. Refer to the Art History listing
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 226 THE PERFORMING ARTS OF JAPAN
A survey of the performing arts of Japan from ancient to contemporary
times. Genres include classical theater (Noh, Kabuki), music (court music,
folk, J-pop), and modern dance (Butoh). Japanese conceptions of the body
will be discussed to illuminate other practices such as meditation and the
martial arts.
Prerequisite: Course 101 or History 116, or permission of the instructor. T. Watanabe
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 226f THE PERFORMING ARTS OF
JAPAN (In Japanese) This optional section will meet for an additional
hour each week to discuss supplemental readings in Japanese. Student
participating in the foreign language section will receive one additional
credit hour, pass/not passed marking. Students electing East Asian Studies 226f must concurrently enroll in East Asian Studies 226. T. Watanabe
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 230 GENDER IN COMMUNIST AND
POST-COMMUNIST SOCIETIES This is the same course as Gender
and Women’s Studies/Slavic Studies 230. Refer to the Slavic Studies listing for a course description.
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 247 GANGSTERS AND CRIMINALS:
OUTLAWS IN JAPANESE CULTURE Major works of fiction, film,
and manga comics depicting organized crime, bandits, and other criminal
activity. From yakuza movies to detective novels, we will explore the shifting dynamics of power and the law, the permissible vs. the impermissible
in the cultural imagination of pre-modern and modern Japan. This is the
same course as Film Studies 247.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 4 and is a designated Writing course. S. Harb
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 250 A DIFFERENT AWAKENING: POETIC
ENLIGHTENMENT FROM EAST TO WEST A study of the experience of awakening and enlightenment in eastern (Chinese, Japanese,
Tibetan, and Persian) and western poetry. The identities of the poets are
diverse: Taoist philosophers, Zen and Tibetan Buddhist monks, Sufi mystics, Surrealist or Beat poets, and Kung Fu masters. Authors may include
Lao Zi, Zhuang Zi, Cold Mountain, Ikkyu, Basho, Rumi, Lu Xun, Henri
Michaux, Jack Kerouac, Allen Ginsberg, Gary Snyder, and Bruce Lee.
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 253 NO HOMELAND IS FREE: CHINESE
AMERICAN LITERATURE Introduction to Chinese American literature and its history. We will read from the poems by Chinese immigrants
on the Angel Island in the early 20th century to the latest diaspora authors
writing in English such as Li-Young Lee and Ha Jin. We will consider
issues of race and gender, language and identity, incarceration and liberation, loss and perseverance, homeland and free life. This is the same course
as American Studies/Comparative Race and Ethnicity/English 253.
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 254 CONFRONTING IMAGES OF
MODERN JAPAN This is the same course as History 254. Refer to the
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 254f CONFRONTING IMAGES OF
MODERN JAPAN (In Japanese) This is the same course as History
254f. Refer to the History listing for a course description.
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 260 BORDERLESS WORLDS? EXPERIMENTAL TRAVEL, ART AND LANGUAGE This is the same course
as Gender and Women’s Studies/German Studies 260. Refer to the
German Studies listing for a course description.
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 277 MASTERPIECES OF JAPANESE
VERSE From the oldest written texts, to the 31-syllable tanka of the great
imperial anthologies, to the practice of linked verse and the subsequent
evolution of the haiku form, to contemporary lyrical experimentation, this
course introduces the rich multisensory intersections of word and image in
Japanese poetry. Emphasis on the materialities and geographical/historical contexts that enliven Japanese verse through examination of written
poetry’s interconnections with orality, performance, calligraphic writing,
paper-making, manuscript culture, and painting.
Enrollment limited to 40 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 4 and is a designated Writing course. S. Harb
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 302 DOWN WITH THE FUTURE: POSTSOCIALIST CHINA AND ITS CULTURAL LOGIC What is the
historical horizon and cultural logic behind the drastic social transition
that China has undergone from the Cultural Revolution to the 2008 Beijing Olympics and a post-socialist present? What is its future? With such
questions in mind, we will compare the different depictions of a utopian/
dystopian future by some of the most dynamic and innovative Chinese
writers, artists, and social critics.
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 312 BUDDHIST ART: INDIA, CHINA,
AND JAPAN This is the same course as Art History 301. Refer to the
Art History listing for a course description.
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 317 HEROES AND HEROINES IN JAPANESE LITERATURE AND FILM This is the same course as Japanese/
Film Studies 317. Refer to the Japanese listing for a course description.
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 317f HEROES AND HEROINES IN JAPANESE LITERATURE AND FILM (In Japanese) This is the same
course as Japanese/Film Studies 317f. Refer to the Japanese listing for a
course description.
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 320 FROM TEA TO CONNECTICUT
ROLLS: DEFINING JAPANESE CULTURE THROUGH FOOD
course description.
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 320f FROM TEA TO CONNECTICUT
ROLLS: DEFINING JAPANESE CULTURE THROUGH FOOD (In
Japanese) This is the same course as History 320f. Refer to the History
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 322 THE LEGACY OF WORLD WAR II IN
“POST-WAR” JAPAN An examination and assessment of the dilemma
of the “post-war” and how the war and the American occupation continue
to reverberate politically and culturally. Diverse articulations of the war
and its aftermath in both high and popular genres will be scrutinized.
This course may include an optional section that will meet for an additional hour each week to discuss supplemental readings in Japanese. This
is the same course as History 322. Students participating in the foreign
language section will receive one additional credit hour, pass/not passed
marking.
Prerequisite: History 116. Enrollment limited to 30 students. This is
a designated Writing course. T. Watanabe
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 322f THE LEGACY OF WORLD WAR II
IN “POST-WAR” JAPAN (In Japanese) This optional section will meet
for an additional hour each week to discuss supplemental readings in Japanese. Students participating in the foreign language section will receive
one additional credit hour, pass/not passed marking. Students electing
East Asian Studies 322f must concurrently enroll in East Asian Studies
322. This is the same course as History 322f. T. Watanabe
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 357 SCREENING EAST ASIA THROUGH
MASTERPIECES OF TRANSNATIONAL CINEMA This course
explores and analyzes key “Asian” films produced in international collaboration as a way of critically interrogating the categories of “national
cinema” and “Asia.” We will study key works by major directors such
as Akira Kurosawa, Chen Kaige, Wong Kar-wai, Hou Hsiao-Hsien, and
Park Chan-wook. This is the same course as Film Studies 357.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 4. S. Harb
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 377 GRAPHIC STRIPS: GENDER AND
SEXUALITY IN COMICS, MANGA, AND ANIMATED FILM
A critical analysis of global and transnational comics, manga, graphic
novels, animated films such as Persepolis, Batman, Same Differences and
Other Stories, Ghost in the Shell, and works by Hayao Miyazaki. The
course enhances critical thinking and writing about word-image media
and introduces gender theory and visual studies. This is the same course
as Film Studies/Gender and Women’s Studies 377.
course. S. Harb
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 427 THE CHINESE BODY This is the same
course as History 427. Refer to the History listing for a course description.
63
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 450 ART AND ARCHAEOLOGY ALONG
THE SILK ROAD This is the same course as Art History 400. Refer
to Art History listing for a course description. This course is not open
to students who have received credit for Art History/East Asian Studies
493G, 494G.
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 451 MOMENTS IN CONTEMPORARY
CHINESE ART An examination of Chinese art at different historical
moments from the 1960s to the present, with attention to its ideological content. Topics include perspective and socialist utopia; rebellion and
double-faced modernism; political pop and cynical realism; nostalgia and
the end of art. Students will help organize a small exhibition. This is the
same course as Art History 402.
Open to junior and senior majors in East Asian languages and cultures and art history; and to others with permission of the instructor.
Y. Huang
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 493, 494 SENIOR SEMINAR IN EAST
ASIAN CULTURE An examination of a topic in modern and contemporary East Asian Culture (focusing primarily on China and Japan).
Open to junior and senior majors in the department, and to others
with permission of the instructor. Enrollment in each seminar limited to
16 students. Staff
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 493B, 494B NARRATIVES OF THE
EAST ASIAN DIASPORA A study of the past century of Asian
Diaspora through literary works by writers of Japanese and Chinese
descent. We will read texts against various historical forces that
have spurred recent migrations, and consider the multiple cultural
resources Asian diasporic writers draw upon to craft their stories. A. Dooling
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 493C, 494C THE FANTASTIC
OTHER: TRAVEL, HISTORY, UTOPIA A comparative examination of the theme of seeking the Other in 20th century literature
and theory concerning China and Japan. Authors may include Lu
Xun, Zhang Chengzhi, Yukio Mishima, Haruki Murakami, Hegel,
Paul Claudel, Victor Segalen, Saint-John Perse, Henri Michaux,
James Hilton, Edgar Snow, Susan Sontag, and Roland Barthes. Y.
Huang
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 493D, 494D TRANSNATIONAL ASIA
AND THE POST-EXOTIC A critical exploration of changing
conceptions of modern and contemporary Asia (and subjective locations therein) within a dynamic global context. The course examines
cultural texts (novels, poems, films, anime, multimedia) dealing with
memory, history, technology, identity, and otherness, as well as the
(im)possibility of escape in a post-exotic age.
Prerequisite: Course 101 or permission of the instructor. History
115 or 116 is recommended S. Harb
EAST ASIAN STUDIES 497-498 HONORS STUDY
Chinese Language and Literature
CHINESE 101, 102 INTENSIVE ELEMENTARY CHINESE An
introduction to the written Chinese language and the spoken standard
dialect of Mandarin. Seven hours weekly. Six hours credit each semester.
Prerequisite: Course 101 is prerequisite to Course 102. Enrollment
limited to 20 students. A. Dooling, T. King
CHINESE 108 NON-INTENSIVE ELEMENTARY CHINESE An
introduction to basic Mandarin Chinese for non-East Asian Studies
majors. An emphasis on the development of novice-level listening and
speaking skills through communicative activities relating broadly to international traveling, daily survival, and cultural appreciation. Students will
learn 80 substantive characters widely represented in everyday mass culture – buildings, menus, signs, and tattoos. This course cannot be used to
satisfy the language requirement for General Education.
64
Offered in Spring 2011 and every other year after that. Enrollment
limited to 40 students. T. King
CHINESE 110 CHINESE AT THE REGIONAL MULTICULTURAL
MAGNET SCHOOL (RMMS) A community learning course for students enrolled in the Chinese language program. Students will teach Chinese language and culture twice a week to elementary school students at
the Regional Multicultural Magnet School (RMMS) in downtown New
London. Course requirements include mandatory participation in teaching workshops held by RMMS. One credit hour, pass/not passed marking.
This course may be repeated for a maximum of two credits.
Prerequisite: Chinese 101. Enrollment limited to 12 students. A.
Dooling
CHINESE 120, 121, 122, 123 BASIC SPOKEN CANTONESE I, II,
III, IV A step-by-step introduction to the 9-tone syllabic inventory of
South China’s most deep-rooted regionalect (ca. 80 million speakers) via
narrow transcriptions by the International Phonetic Alphabet. This fourcourse sequence will cover basic vocabulary and speech patterns required
for uncomplicated oral communication in urban contemporary settings.
Taught in Mandarin in a comparative-contrastive framework for dialect
study. Two credit hours. This course cannot be used to satisfy the language
requirement for General Education.
Prerequisite: Intermediate-mid Mandarin or permission of the
instructor. Course 120 is a prerequisite to 121, 121 is a prerequisite to
122, and 122 is a prerequisite to 123. Enrollment limited to 20 students.
T. King
CHINESE 201, 202 INTENSIVE INTERMEDIATE CHINESE I, II
Further development of speaking and writing skills that are necessary to
sustain interpersonal communications in Modern Standard Chinese at the
Intermediate-mid proficiency level. Situation/theme-driven frameworks
and drill/image-enriched instructions lead to the design and staging of
a comprehensive oral practicum at the end of each semester. Throughout
the year, students will learn 500 new characters and 160 grammar patterns. Course 201 is supplemented with a character conversion module,
and Course 202 is supplemented with a dictionary use and a character
conversion component; both will be quiz and review intense. Six hours
weekly, including individually and or doubly scheduled oral practice sessions. Five credit hours each semester.
Prerequisite: Course 101, 102, or satisfactory placement exam.
Course 201 is prerequisite to 202. Enrollment limited to 20 students. T.
King, Staff
CHINESE 301, 302 UPPER INTERMEDIATE CHINESE This course
develops skills in listening, speaking, reading, and writing Chinese at the
upper intermediate level. Readings and discussion focus on contemporary and everyday topics. Emphasis on preparation for the complexity of
advanced Chinese.
Prerequisite: Course 202 or equivalent. Enrollment limited to 20
students. Staff
CHINESE 303 INTRODUCTION TO CLASSICAL CHINESE Study
of grammatical structure in classical prose, with readings in representative
masterpieces of prose style.
CHINESE 401, 403, 404 ADVANCED CHINESE: TOPICS ON
CONTEMPORARY CHINESE SOCIETY AND CULTURE Selected
issues facing Chinese society as depicted in mass media sources such as
newspapers, journals, films, and television. Selections of poetry, prose,
and short fiction by modern and contemporary authors. Particular emphasis on reading and writing skills. Topics may vary from year to year.
Prerequisite: Course 202 or equivalent. Enrollment limited to 16 students. Y. Huang
CHINESE 402 MULTIMEDIA CHINESE A guided exploration of
cultural products accessible online as instruments of Chinese language
learning, from blogs, forums, slides, advertisements, and commercials
to emails, chats, games, MP3s, and radio and video clips. Students will
transcribe, annotate, analyze, and present materials both assigned and
self-compiled to rediscover and reconstruct China’s kaleidoscopic, sociocultural realities in the cyber age.
Prerequisite: Course 302 or equivalent. Enrollment limited to 16
students. Staff
In English
CHINESE 232 PERIPHERIES AND DIFFERENCES: RE-IMAGINING CONTEMPORARY CHINA A study of contemporary Chinese
cultural imagination of peripheries and differences within and outside the
once static and uniform “China.” Topics include the so-called “ethnic”
literature produced by both Han and non-Han ethnic minority writers;
literature of the underground, exiles, and the Diaspora; and popular culture in various forms ranging from urban pop fiction to new Hong Kong
cinema (such as John Woo and Wong Kar-War). The key issue will be the
problematics of China’s rapidly changing cultural imagination and identity in this new global context.
Prerequisite: East Asian Studies 101 recommended. Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 4 and is
a designated Writing course. Y. Huang
CHINESE 236 FICTION AND FILM IN MODERN CHINA Major
works of fiction and film in 20th century China, in the context of the
shifting cultural, social, and political developments from the May Fourth
movement to the present. In addition to considering the differences
between visual and verbal modes of narrative representation, topics will
include China’s quest for modernity, the discourse of the “new woman,”
and the relationship between revolution and aesthetic practice.
designated Writing course. A. Dooling
CHINESE 238 CHINESE POETRY AND ITS AMERICAN LEGACIES An introduction to classical and contemporary Chinese poetry
and how it works in English translation and re-incarnation. Authors may
include Tang poets such as Li Bai (or Li Po), Wang Wei, Bai Juyi (or Po
Chu-i), Han Shan (or Cold Mountain) and contemporary post-Cultural
Revolution “Misty” poets such as Bei Dao, Gu Cheng and Duoduo. The
influence of the translation of classical Chinese poetry on modern American poets, the contrast and connection between contemporary and classical Chinese poetry, the problems and politics of translation, the prospect
of a renewed dialogue and cross-fertilization between Chinese and American poetries.
a designated Writing course. Y. Huang
CHINESE 244 MODERN CHINESE WOMEN’S WRITING IN
TRANSLATION A survey of works by 20th century Chinese women
writers (including writers from Taiwan, Hong Kong, and the Diaspora)
across a variety of literary genres, along with reading in feminist literary
theory. Focus on the relationship between gender and representation, the
construction of modern gender paradigms, the influence of imperatives of
Chinese modernity on configurations of femininity and masculinity. This
is the same course as Gender and Women’s Studies 244.
Prerequisite: East Asian Studies 101 recommended. Enrollment limited
to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 4. A. Dooling
CHINESE 291, 292 INDIVIDUAL STUDY
Japanese Language and Literature
JAPANESE 101, 102 INTENSIVE ELEMENTARY JAPANESE An
introduction to the Japanese language emphasizing primarily speaking
and listening. Entry level reading and writing is introduced. Students will
be required to work with audio materials to develop these skills.
Classes meet seven and one-half hours weekly. Six hours credit each
semester. Enrollment limited to 20 students. H. Kobayashi
JAPANESE 201, 202 INTERMEDIATE JAPANESE Further development in both spoken and written Japanese beyond the elementary level.
Students are required to communicate with native speakers in a sociolinguistically and culturally appropriate manner. Audiovisual materials
and selected readings are used to develop these skills. Classes meet five
hours weekly. Five credit hours each semester.
limited to 20 students. H. Kobayashi
JAPANESE 217f AFTERLIVES AND APOCALYPSES: POST-WAR
JAPANESE CINEMA This optional section will meet for an additional
hour each week to discuss supplemental readings in Japanese. Students
credit hour, pass/not passed marking. Students electing Course 217f must
concurrently enroll in East Asian Studies/Japanese 217. This is the same
course as East Asian Studies 217f. S. Harb
JAPANESE 301 UPPER INTERMEDIATE JAPANESE This course,
intended to prepare students for Japanese 400 and/or study in Japan,
develops intermediate to advanced language skills with a focus on practical communication. Emphasis on reading short essays, personal letters, and
newspaper articles, as well as writing letters, e-mails, and opinion papers.
JAPANESE 317f HEROES AND HEROINES IN JAPANESE LITERATURE AND FILM This optional section will meet for an additional
hour each week to discuss supplemental readings in Japanese. Students
credit hour, pass/not passed marking. Students electing Course 317f must
concurrently enroll in East Asian Studies/Film Studies/Japanese 317. This
is the same course as East Asian Studies /Film Studies 317f. S. Harb
JAPANESE 400 ADVANCED JAPANESE Further development in
spoken and written Japanese to prepare students to handle a variety of
communicative tasks. Students learn to express opinions and narrate
experiences in all major time frames in paragraph length discourse. Special emphasis on developing reading and writing skills. Course content
changes each semester.
Prerequisite: Japanese 202 or permission of the instructor. Enrollment in each seminar limited to 16 students. Staff
JAPANESE 400A CONTEMPORARY TEXTS Emphasis on improving reading and writing skills through exposure to a broad range of modern
journalistic and literary styles. Materials include newspapers, magazines,
articles, essays, short stories, advertisements, and comic books. Students
are required to study Kanji (Chinese characters) independently. S. Harb
JAPANESE 400B SPOKEN DISCOURSE Emphasis on improving
discussion and oral narrative skills through focus on current issues in
Japanese society, such as marriage, workplace policy and organization,
women’s status, the aging of the population, youth culture, challenges to
tradition, changes in the family, and environmental problems. S. Harb
JAPANESE 400C SPOKEN AND WRITTEN NARRATIVE Emphasis on improving oral and written proficiency through class discussion and
written assignments. Themes considered in the course will vary depending
on students’ interests. Students are required to write a two to three page
essay every week. S. Harb
JAPANESE 400D TRANSLATION FROM AND TO JAPANESE
A study of various texts translated from English to Japanese and from
Japanese to English, with the object of understanding the fundamental
properties of the language. Discussion is conducted in Japanese. Materials
65
include literary texts, magazines, articles, essays, Manga, and songs. As a
final project, students will be required to translate a primary text. Staff
In English
• Receiving a score of 4 or 5 on either the Advanced Placement micro
economics or macroeconomics examination, a score of 6 or 7 on
the International Baccalaureate economics examination, or an
equivalent score on an A-level economics examination.
JAPANESE 217 AFTERLIVES AND APOCALYPSES: POST-WAR
JAPANESE CINEMA An examination of the most important and influential Japanese films made in the decades following the end of World
War II. The course considers key ideas, thematic motifs, and visual strategies pertaining to the legacy of the war and its aftermath. This is the
same course as East Asian Studies 217/Film Studies 217. This course may
Prerequisite: East Asian Studies 101 recommended. Enrollment limited to 40 students. This is a designated Writing course. S. Harb
Prior to declaring the major, a student must meet with a prospective
adviser to design a feasible plan for completing the remaining core requirements before the end of the junior year. The adviser must sign the Economics Major Plan form, indicating approval of the plan and that the
student has either passed the qualifying examination or been exempted
for one of the reasons listed above. A signed Economics Major Plan form
must be submitted to the Office of the Registrar along with the official
major declaration form.
Students are expected to declare the major before the end of the sophomore year. Under normal circumstances, students who have not satisfied
the core requirements by the end of the junior year will not be permitted
to complete the major.
JAPANESE 317 HEROES AND HEROINES IN JAPANESE LITERATURE AND FILM From errant samurai and women warriors to
eccentric monks and femmes fatales, Japanese narratives offer a lively
cast of heroes and heroines. This course explores representations of such
strong and suggestive characters, and traces the evolution of the notion
of the “hero” through major works of Japanese literature and film. This is
the same course as East Asian Studies/Film Studies 317. This course may
Prerequisite: East Asian Studies 101 or History 116 or permission of
the instructor. Enrollment limited to 30 students. S. Harb
The Minor in Economics
JAPANESE 291, 292 INDIVIDUAL STUDY
Economics
Professors: Cruz-Saco, Jensen, McKenna, Pack, Peppard; Associate Professors: Mukerji, Park; Assistant Professors: Chavanne, Craigie, Lopez-Anuarbe, Zhang; Adjunct Assistant Professor: McMillen; Adjunct Instructor:
Brindamour; Professor Howes, chair
The Major in Economics
The major consists of at least ten courses in economics, including five core
courses: 111, 112, 205, 206, and 230. The remaining courses must include
two electives at the 200 level or higher, two further electives at the 300
level or higher, and one further elective at the 400 level (or 497-498). Only
two courses from another institution (excluding credit from Advanced
Placement, International Baccalaureate, or A-level examinations) may be
counted toward the major. Under normal circumstances, transfer credit
may only be substituted for 200-level electives. Majors are encouraged to
take courses in mathematics; Mathematics 107 or 206 is a prerequisite for
Course 230.
Students may declare the major only after passing a qualifying examination for admission to the major, which will be offered every spring prior
to the deadline for declaring a major. Students who have satisfied any of
the following criteria will be exempted from the qualifying examination:
• Receiving a grade of B- or higher in both Courses 111 and 112.
• Receiving a grade of A- or higher in either Course 111 or Course 112.
66
The minor consists of a minimum of six courses in economics, which must
include Courses 111 and 112; Course 205 or 206; at least one course at the
300 or 400 level; and two additional elective courses. Only two courses
from another institution (excluding credit from Advanced Placement,
International Baccalaureate, or A-level examinations) may be counted
toward the minor. Under normal circumstances, transfer credit may only
be substituted for 200-level electives.
Learning Goals in the Economics Major
Economics, a social science, is concerned with the decisions a society
makes to meet its material needs. Economics analyzes the production,
distribution and use of goods and services in any particular society, both
at the local and at the global level.
Among the challenging questions you will investigate as an economics major are the following:
• W hat are the causes of economic crises, and why do economists
differ about these causes?
• Are markets the solution for all economic problems?
• Is there a role for government in the economy?
• What are the factors that enable some countries to develop, while
others lag behind?
• What consequences follow from the fact that all countries are now
part of an international, globalized economy?
• What are the causes of, and solutions for, poverty?
• What role does economics play with respect to such issues as race
and gender?
• W hat is an equitable distribution of income? Should economists
ask this question?
As an economics major, you will learn to think analytically, to pose
and solve economic problems, to find and create relevant economic data
sets, and to use economic models to both construct and test economic
hypotheses.
You will study microeconomics, which typically deals with the
behavior of individual consumers and firms, and macroeconomics, which
analyzes the aggregate behavior of the domestic or international economy.
You will examine the role that assumptions and values play in economics, how these help to create different schools of economic thought
(including: Neoclassical, New Keynesian, New Classical, Keynesian,
and Post Keynesian), and how they lead to the debates that occur within
economics.
You will explore the latest economic ideas and their application to
such fields as: finance, labor, environmental economics, industrial organization, public finance, health, development, and econometrics.
Economics
You will learn how different societies organize the allocation of scarce
resources among competing needs and what the consequences are for
equity, efficiency and economic growth.
Through the SATA Program, you will have the opportunity to
observe the differences among economies in such diverse countries as
Peru, Vietnam, and Italy.
By taking courses in related areas such as international relations, government, sociology, and environmental studies, you will come to understand the necessity of an interdisciplinary approach to economic issues.
Among the important skills that you will develop by majoring in
economics are the following:
• The ability to write concisely, clearly, and critically
• The ability to formulate and test economic hypotheses
• The ability to analyze and critique different schools of economic
thought
• The ability to use software packages such as Stata to gather and
analyze relevant economic data
• The ability to formulate and carry out a research project
• The ability to read scholarly journals
By the time you have completed your major, you will be prepared to undertake jobs relating to economics, to undertake graduate work in economics
or business, and, most importantly, to develop a life-long enjoyment of
reading, interpreting, and critically evaluating economic literature in all
its forms.
Courses
ECONOMICS 111 INTRODUCTORY MACROECONOMICS An
introduction to problems of unemployment, inflation, and economic
growth in the United States. Topics include the impact of taxation, government expenditures, and the regulation of interest rates and money;
the balance of international payments and the role of the dollar; and the
relationships between the United States and the developing world.
Open to freshmen and sophomores. Enrollment limited to 30 students per section. Offered both semesters. This course satisfies General
Education Area 3. Staff
ECONOMICS 112 INTRODUCTORY MICROECONOMICS An
exploration of economic decision-making by individuals and firms; an
introduction to the structure of markets, including competitive, monopoly, and oligopoly. Topics include labor, capital, and product markets, as
well as information economics and trade theory.
Open to freshmen and sophomores. Enrollment limited to 30 students per section. Offered both semesters. This course satisfies General
ECONOMICS 203 ECONOMIES OF THE MIDDLE EAST An
introduction to economic development strategies of the countries of the
Middle East, including the Arab countries, Turkey, and Iran.
Prerequisite: Courses 111 and 112. Enrollment limited to 30 students.
A. Alachkar
ECONOMICS 205 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMIC THE
ORY An intermediate-level analysis of economic decision-making by
individuals and firms under competitive and imperfectly competitive
conditions.
Prerequisite: Course 112. Open to sophomores and juniors. Enrollment limited to 25 students per section. Offered both semesters. D. Chavanne, M. Lopez-Anuarbe, Y. Park, D. Peppard, Staff
ECONOMICS 205A INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMIC THE
ORY (with Calculus) An intermediate-level analysis of economic decision-making by individuals and firms under competitive and imperfectly
competitive conditions using calculus.
Prerequisite: Course 112 and Mathematics 112. Enrollment limited
to 25 students. Y. Park
ECONOMICS 206 INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMIC THE
ORY A study of the determinants of national income, employment, and
price levels in the short run; of the problem of business fluctuations in the
economy and theoretical attempts to explain them; and of integration of
macroeconomic theory with analysis of long-run growth.
Prerequisite: Course 111. Open to sophomores and juniors. Enrollment
limited to 25 students per section. Offered both semesters. M. Cruz-Saco,
P. Mukerji, E. McKenna, S. Pack
ECONOMICS 208 ECONOMICS OF THE INFORMAL SECTOR
IN VIETNAM Students will learn about the informal sector in Vietnam
by conducting surveys among urban informal sector workers. They will
compile their data and write about their findings in the context of readings
about the urban informal sector in Vietnam. This course is taught only in
Vietnam during SATA programs. Students taking this course must also
take Course 216.
Prerequisite: Courses 111 and 112. R. Jensen, D. Peppard
ECONOMICS 210 INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS Application
of economic analysis to issues of international trade and international
finance. Determination of exchange rates, balance of payments analysis, trade and tariff policy, constraints imposed by the external sector on
domestic economic policy measures, and international institutions. Topics
are then put into historical perspective as part of a study of the development of the modern world economy. Particular attention to the changing
role of the U.S. in the world economy.
Prerequisite: Courses 111 and 112. Enrollment limited to 30 students. R. Jensen
ECONOMICS 212 ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS The application of economic theory to natural resource use and environmental
problems. Emphasis on the environmental consequences of externalities,
a theoretical analysis of policies designed to arrest and control environmental degradation, and the contribution of benefit-cost analysis
to environmental problems. This is the same course as Environmental
Studies 212.
Prerequisite: Course 112. Enrollment limited to 30 students. Students may not receive credit for this course and Economics 307. Staff
ECONOMICS 216 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF POSTWAR VIETNAM A study of the interaction between economic theory and policy
formulation in Vietnam. Topics include transition to a market economy,
urbanization, industrial policy, and rural economic development.
Prerequisite: Courses 111 and 112. Enrollment limited to 30 students. R. Jensen, D. Peppard
ECONOMICS 219 WAGES, INCOME, AND INEQUALITY An
exploration of how trends in the world since the 1960s have affected wages
and income distribution in the United States.
Prerequisite: Course 112. Enrollment limited to 30 students. Students may not receive credit for this course and Economics 319. C. Howes
ECONOMICS 220 ECONOMICS OF MULTILATERAL ORGANI
ZATIONS An examination of the aims and impact, as well as inner
workings, benefits, and shortcomings of multilateral organizations such
as the International Monetary Fund (IMF), the World Trade Organization (WTO), and the World Bank (WB). The course considers the evolution and reform of these organizations in response to issues relating to
economic development.
Prerequisite: Courses 111 and 112. Enrollment limited to 30 students. P. Mukerji
ECONOMICS 223 PUBLIC FINANCE An examination of economic
justifications for government activity and the impact of government
spending and taxing on the economy. Analysis of spending programs,
such as education, defense, health and social insurance, and the nature
and effects of taxes, particularly the personal and corporate income taxes
and consumption taxes. Attention to the roles of different levels of government in a federal system.
67
Students may not receive credit for this course and Economics 328. This is
a designated Writing course. D. Peppard
ECONOMICS 224 EMERGING ECONOMIES IN ASIA AND
LATIN AMERICA This is the same course as Government 224. Refer
to the Government listing for a course description.
ECONOMICS 224f EMERGING ECONOMIES IN ASIA AND
LATIN AMERICA (In Chinese or Spanish) This is the same course
as Government 224f. Refer to the Government listing for a course
description.
ECONOMICS 225 ECONOMIC HISTORY/HISTORY OF ECONO
MIC THOUGHT: I Economic history and the history of economic
thought from earliest times to the French Revolution. Topics include the
ancient economy, feudalism, Marxist and non-Marxist theories of economic history, Adam Smith, and early socialist thought. Primary sources
are read.
This is a designated Writing course. S. Pack
ECONOMICS 226 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF AMERICAN BUSINESS An examination of business in the politics and economy of the
United States. Topics include the nature of business structures, government regulation of business, the impact of business on U.S. politics and
public policy, economic development, and globalization. Emphasis on particular industries, such as transportation, energy, agriculture. This course
meets concurrently with Government 226, with a maximum enrollment
of 20 students per course; students may not receive credit for both courses.
Prerequisite: Course 111 or 112. Open to sophomores, juniors, and
seniors, with preference given to sophomores. Enrollment limited to 20
students. D. Peppard and W. Frasure
ECONOMICS 227 ECONOMICS AND MORALITY An exploration
of the strengths and limitations of objective, analytical cost-benefit analysis. Topics include gift-giving, voting, trade, price gouging, organ sales,
price controls, and others. Goals include illuminating the proper scope of
the economic way of thinking and discovering how economic arguments
can best be used to improve the world.
Prerequisite: Course 112. Enrollment limited to 30 students. This is
a designated Writing course. D. Chavanne
ECONOMICS 229 ECONOMICS OF FOOD: A FEMINIST PERSPECTIVE A study of the production, distribution, preparation, consumption, and disposal of food in various economies, with a focus on the
determinants and repercussions of the sexual division of labor. This course
is taught in SATA programs only.
Prerequisite: Course 111, 112, or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 30 students. S. Pack
ECONOMICS 230 ECONOMETRICS I An introduction to the use of
statistical models and measurement in estimating economic relationships
and testing economic hypotheses through analysis of data.
Prerequisite: Courses 111 and 112, and either Mathematics 107 or
Mathematics 206. Open to sophomores and juniors. Enrollment limited
to 20 students. This is a designated Writing course. Offered both semesters. T. Craigie, C. Howes, Y. Park
ECONOMICS 234 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT An examination
of the economies of developing countries in Africa, Latin America, and
Asia, and of the nature of poverty and underdevelopment that is characteristic of those economies. Special attention to the role of economic theory
in shaping general development policies. An assessment of economic
theory and policy as part of an historical study of the development effort.
R. Jensen
68
ECONOMICS 235 GENDER AND DEVELOPMENT An examination of women’s roles in development and impact of different economic
development strategies on the status of women in developing countries.
Prerequisite: Courses 111 and 112. Enrollment limited to 30 students. Staff
ECONOMICS 236 LIBERTARIAN AND ANARCHIST ECONO
MIC THOUGHT This course compares and contrasts far right and far
left wing anarchist critiques of contemporary capitalism and visions for
the future: how are they different, how are they the same?
ECONOMICS 237 ECONOMIC GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT IN LATIN AMERICA An assessment of economic models from
primary open economies, import substitution, and structural adjustment
to trade liberalization and deregulation. The course considers why Latin
America continues in a developing or emerging condition in today’s global
economy. Competing theoretical perspectives on key growth and development issues will be considered. This course may include an optional
section will receive one additional credit hour, pass/not passed marking.
M. Cruz-Saco
ECONOMICS 237f ECONOMIC GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT IN LATIN AMERICA (In Spanish) This optional section will
meet for an additional hour each week to discuss supplemental texts in
Spanish. Students participating in the foreign language section will receive
Course 237f must concurrently register for Economics 237. M. Cruz-Saco
ECONOMICS 240 HEALTH ECONOMICS This course is designed
to apply the principles of economics learned in Economics 112 to the
health care industry. Course topics will include: the health care market
and its reform, and international differences and similarities in the health
care system.
a designated Writing course. M. Lopez-Anuarbe
ECONOMICS 247 URBAN AND REGIONAL ECONOMICS Past
and present economic functions of cities, theories of urban development,
and the role of cities in larger regional contexts. Poverty, housing, racial
discrimination, and other problems characterizing many urban areas.
International comparisons of urban history and economic development.
a designated Writing course. Staff
ECONOMICS 248 INTRODUCTION TO FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS AND MARKETS Economic functions of financial systems.
Major types of financial institutions and markets. Basic valuation of
securities and investment projects. Theory of financial market efficiency
and randomness of price fluctuations. Comparison of financial systems in
developed and developing countries. Recent trends: deregulation, disintermediation, securitization, globalization, and the growth of derivatives
markets. Causes and consequences of financial crises.
Prerequisite: Course 112. Enrollment limited to 30 students. Y. Park
ECONOMICS 249 MONEY AND BANKING An introduction to
money, banking, and financial markets, from both a theoretical and
policy perspective. Emphasis on the evolution of banking and financial
market institutions.
Prerequisite: Course 111. Enrollment limited to 30 students. P. Mukerji
ECONOMICS 250 ECONOMIC JUSTICE Is capitalism consistent
with justice? The course investigates this question through a close exami-
Economics
nation of economic theories that explain how the distribution of income
is determined, and philosophical theories that explain how distribution
should be determined. The contrasting views of Rawls and Nozick will
provide the context for our investigation.
a designated Writing course. E. McKenna
ECONOMICS 255 INTRODUCTION TO BEHAVIORAL FINANCE
An introductory overview of how social science can be used to provide
a better understanding of financial decision making, financial market
outcomes, and the functioning of financial institutions. Emphasis on the
prevalence and consequence of cognitive biases and attitudes toward risk
in financial markets.
a designated Writing course. D. Chavanne
ECONOMICS 258 WHY NATIONS FAIL A review of institutional
economics, focusing on the role of institutions in development. Based
on the seminal book Why Nations Fail, the course will examine how different economic institutions affect outcomes at both the microeconomic
and macroeconomic levels. This course is taught only in the SATA South
Korea program.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. Y. Park
ECONOMICS 306 GROWTH THEORY An investigation of topics
concerning growth in a global economy. The course will investigate theoretical models and empirical evidence relating to the process of growth.
Demand and supply constrained growth models will be examined, and
the social factors influencing the rate of growth explored.
Prerequisite: Course 206 and Mathematics 112 (or a more advanced
calculus course). Enrollment limited to 30 students. E. McKenna
ECONOMICS 308 EXPERIMENTAL ECONOMICS An overview
of how experimental methods can be used to test and advance economic
theory by studying individual and group decision making. Emphasis on
designing experiments, testing hypotheses, and producing an empirical
research paper.
Prerequisite: Course 205. Enrollment limited to 30 students. D.
Chavanne
ECONOMICS 311 INTERNATIONAL TRADE The theory of international trade, analysis of the costs and benefits of trade, and application
to specific problems in international policy.
Prerequisite: Courses 205 and 230. Enrollment limited to 30 students. P. Mukerji
ECONOMICS 314 ANTITRUST ECONOMICS AND POLICY An
economic analysis of antitrust law and policy. Relevant aspects of foundation statutes such as the Sherman Act of 1890, the Clayton Act of
1914, and the Federal Trade Commission Act of 1914 will be reviewed
with emphasis on the law and economics of monopolization, horizontal
restraints of trade, oligopoly and tacit collusion, horizontal and vertical
mergers, price discrimination, vertical integration and restraints.
students. Staff
ECONOMICS 317 ECONOMIC ANALYSIS OF LAW Economics and
law with special reference to how the law promotes efficiency when it creates incentives for problems to be solved in the most cost efficient way and
when it reduces transaction costs so that parties to a dispute can reach
low-cost solutions. Topics will include basic price theory, definitions of
efficiency, the Coase Theorem, and the economics of contract law, tort
law, and antitrust.
ECONOMICS 322 GAME THEORY This course covers the fundamental tools of game theory; extensive form games, normal form games,
Nash equilibria, and evolutionary stability. Game theory contributes to
the understanding of social interactions. We explore such issues as credible
and incredible threats and the value of pre-commitment.
Prerequisite: Course 205. Enrollment limited to 30 students. M.
Lopez-Anuarbe
ECONOMICS 324 CORPORATE FINANCE An introduction to two
key decisions: selection of projects using the net present value rule, and
the choice between debt and equity financing. Topics include decisionmaking under conditions of risk, the valuation of options, mergers and
international finance, limitations of the net present value rule, and valuation of long-term investments. Assignments include problem sets and case
studies for discussion in class.
Prerequisite: Courses 205 and 230. Enrollment limited to 30 students. Y. Park
ECONOMICS 326 ECONOMIC HISTORY/HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT: II Economic history and the history of economic
thought since the French Revolution. Topics include state building; industrialization, Marxism, imperialism, economic growth, hot and cold wars,
conservative, Keynesian, and institutional theories of the economy. Primary sources are read.
ECONOMICS 330 INTERNATIONAL FINANCE International
finance builds on macroeconomic tools of analysis and deals with the
balance of payments and exchange rate dynamics along with the effectiveness of macroeconomic policy in an open world economy with floating
exchange rates. Theory will be complemented by a survey of the history
and political economy of international financial regimes.
Prerequisite: Courses 206 and 230. Enrollment limited to 30 students. P. Mukerji, M. Cruz-Saco
ECONOMICS 332 OPEN ECONOMY MACROECONOMICS
FOR DEVELOPING COUNTRIES A study of the critical association
among openness, macroeconomic stability, and growth in developing
countries. Topics include open-economy models; problems and policy
dilemmas with regard to fiscal deficits, money supply, macroeconomic
imbalances, external shocks, and capital flows; debt crises, inflation targeting, exchange rates, and macroeconomic management. This course
may include an optional section that will meet for an additional hour each
Cruz-Saco
ECONOMICS 332f OPEN ECONOMY MACROECONOMICS FOR
DEVELOPING COUNTRIES (In Spanish) This optional section will
meet for an additional hour each week to discuss supplemental texts
in Spanish. Students participating in the foreign language section will
receive one additional credit hour, pass/not passed marking. Students
electing Course 332f must concurrently register for Economics 332.
ECONOMICS 336 INDUSTRIAL ORGANIZATION Theoretical
analysis of the structure and interactions of firms and markets. Emphasis
on imperfectly competitive markets and real-world frictions such as limited information, transaction costs, government actions, and barriers to
entry by new firms.
Lopez-Anuarbe
ECONOMICS 341 ECONOMICS OF THE FAMILY With divorce
and non-marital childbearing on the rise in the United States, this course
highlights trends and racial-ethnic differences in family formation from
the mid-1900s to the present. Consequences for child, adolescent, and
adult outcomes will be critically analyzed.
Prerequisite: Courses 205 and 230. Enrollment limited to 30 students. T. Craigie
69
ECONOMICS 350 MONEY AND BANKING IN THE DOMESTIC
ECONOMY An investigation of the role of the Central Bank in formulating monetary policy, and the implications for inflation, unemployment,
and government deficits. Close attention will be paid to the question of
whether a country possessing a sovereign currency and flexible exchange
rates need ever default on its debt.
Prerequisite: Course 206. Enrollment limited to 30 students. E.
McKenna
relevant to the generic problem of coordinating social interactions among
autonomous actors, with particular attention to conflict, competition,
collective action, and coordination failures in capitalist economies.
Emphasis on how the public goods problem is dealt with under various
institutional settings.
Prerequisite: Course 205 and Mathematics 113 or 212. Open to
senior economics majors. Enrollment limited to 16 students. This is a designated Writing course. Y. Park
ECONOMICS 354 ECONOMETRICS II Simultaneous equation systems, difference equations, stationary time series models, arch models,
maximum likelihood estimation, stochastic trends, unit root processes,
and Dickey-Fuller tests. Extensive use of econometric software and lab
facilities, and written projects integrating economics and quantitative
methods. Strongly recommended for students planning to do Individual
Study or Honors Study, as well as for students planning to pursue graduate
work or a professional career in economics.
Prerequisite: Course 230 and Mathematics 112 (or a more advanced calculus course). Enrollment limited to 20 students. E. McKenna, P. Mukerji
ECONOMICS 409 WOMEN AND WORK An historical overview
and economic analysis of the work traditionally done by women, including unpaid labor. The course addresses the questions of why women are
concentrated in a small number of occupations and forms of unpaid labor,
why they are paid less than men on average, and how the experience of
women of color differs from that of white women.
Prerequisite: Courses 205, 206, and 230. Open to senior economics
majors. Enrollment limited to 16 students. This is as designated Writing
course. C. Howes
ECONOMICS 356 ADVANCED ECONOMETRICS Students will
explore advanced econometric techniques while concurrently learning
how to execute them using real world data. The course requires an empirical project that utilizes at least one of these advanced econometric methods. Strongly recommended for students who will enroll in Individual/
Honors Study or pursue a post-baccalaureate degree in economics, public
policy, or related social science.
Prerequisite: Course 230 and Mathematics 112 (or higher calculus
course). Enrollment limited to 20 students. T. Craigie
ECONOMICS 402 ECONOMICS OF DISCRIMINATION To
develop a working knowledge of discrimination in various labor markets,
this course presents economic models of discrimination and implications
for anti-discriminatory policies. Beyond racial and gender prejudice, discrimination on the basis of statistical evidence, beauty, fertility decisions,
and sexuality will be critically discussed.
majors. Enrollment limited to 16 students. This is a designated Writing
course. T. Craigie
ECONOMICS 404 SEMINAR IN ENVIRONMENTAL AND
NATURAL RESOURCE ECONOMICS The application of economic
theory to environmental problems and to the use of natural resources,
with special reference to cost-benefit analysis, dynamic efficiency, externalities, and public goods. Current issues such as global warming, acid
deposition, fossil fuel use, biodiversity, and environmental justice will be
discussed. Each issue will be analyzed in terms of recent policy changes
and their economic implications.
Prerequisite: Courses 207 and 230. Open to senior economics and
environmental studies majors. Enrollment limited to 16 students. This is
a designated Writing course. Staff
ECONOMICS 405 SEMINAR IN INFLATION AND UNEMPLOYMENT A study of the causes of and relationship between inflation and
unemployment. Monetarist, Keynesian, and Post-Keynesian views of
inflation and unemployment will be examined in terms of theoretical and
policy arguments, the interrelation of inflation and unemployment, and
the strengths and weaknesses inherent in each view.
Prerequisite: Courses 206 and 230. Open to senior economics majors.
Enrollment limited to 16 students. This is a designated Writing course. E.
McKenna
ECONOMICS 411 TOPICS IN HEALTH ECONOMICS An examination of topics relating to health economics, such as health care costs,
health care reform, comparative health care systems, governmental policies relating to long-term care, and the effect of aging on the demand for
health care.
Lopez-Anuarbe
ECONOMICS 412 SEMINAR IN INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS A study of international economics, regarding both finance and
trade. Classic and new research will be read. Students will undertake
empirical analysis and write an original paper based on it.
Prerequisite: Course 230, and either 311 or 330. Enrollment limited
to 16 students. Open to senior economics majors. This is a designated
Writing course. P. Mukerji
ECONOMICS 416 SEMINAR IN THE HISTORY OF ECONOMIC
THOUGHT: ADAM SMITH AND THE RISE OF ECONOMICS An
intensive study of the work of Adam Smith, his place in the history of economic thought, and the relevance of his work to contemporary society.
Topics include cost plus pricing, supply side economics, the moral desirability of capitalism as a socioeconomic system, and the role of government
in the economy.
course. S. Pack
ECONOMICS 430 GROWTH AND PROMISE IN LATIN AMERICA AND THE CARIBBEAN The promises of globalization, inequality,
free trade agreements, foreign direct investment, the role of international
financial institutions, and why certain countries are trapped in poverty.
How the “new economic model” in selected countries is affected by current trends in finance and trade, domestic economic policies, and socioeconomic and political pressures. This course may include an optional
Prerequisite: Courses 206 and 230. Open to senior economics
course. M. Cruz-Saco
ECONOMICS 406 POLITICAL ECONOMY SEMINAR Selected
readings in national and international political economy.
course. M. Cruz-Saco, R. Jensen, D. Peppard
ECONOMICS 430f GROWTH AND PROMISE IN LATIN AMERICA AND THE CARIBBEAN (In Spanish) This optional section will
meet for an additional hour each week to discuss supplemental readings
electing Course 430f must concurrently enroll in Economics 430. M.
Cruz-Saco
ECONOMICS 407 ECONOMICS OF CONFLICT AND COOPERATION An introduction to fundamental microeconomic concepts
ECONOMICS 440 GLOBALISM, GLOBAPHOBIA, PARADOXES
Analysis of pressing economic issues for emerging economies including
70
Economics/Education
the “China effect,” combinations of market oriented policies and state
intervention (industrial policies, infrastructure, human capital), pro-poor
growth, immigration, and environmental justice. The complexities of
policy making to attain sustained growth in a global context of uncertainty and change. This course may include an optional section that will
receive one additional credit hour, pass/not passed marking.
Prerequisite: Course 206 and 230. Open to senior economics majors.
M. Cruz-Saco
The Department employs a social justice curriculum where students
are expected to: (1) achieve excellence in their field, (2) understand classrooms as a reflection of larger social-political and economic forces, (3)
develop critical and anti-bias pedagogies and, (4) to view the classroom as
a dynamic and dialectical space.
There will be changes in the certification regulations for students
who plan to apply for certification after July 1, 2014. (These changes will
not affect the students who graduate in June of 2014 as long as they complete all of their requirements and apply for certification before July 1,
2014). Students should check with the Education Department Certification Officer for details.
ECONOMICS 440f GLOBALISM, GLOBAPHOBIA, PARADOXES
(In Spanish) This optional section will meet for an additional hour each
pass/not passed marking. Students electing Course 440f must concurrently enroll in Economics 440.
Elementary Program
ECONOMICS 455 SEMINAR IN ADVANCED BEHAVIORAL
FINANCE An advanced analysis of how social science can be used to
provide a better understanding of financial decision making, financial
market outcomes, and the functioning of financial institutions. Emphasis
on empirical results and how decisions and market outcomes differ from
theoretical economic predictions.
Prerequisite: Courses 205, 230, and 255. Enrollment limited to 16
students. Open to senior economics majors. This is a designated Writing
course. D. Chavanne
ECONOMICS 291, 292 INDIVIDUAL STUDY This is a designated
Writing course.
Writing course.
Writing course.
A student wishing to undertake Individual Study should present a proposal to the department by April 15 or November 15 in the semester preceding the Individual Study. Students must have prior course work in the
proposed field of study and must have taken course 230.
ECONOMICS 497-498 HONORS STUDY Students wishing to undertake Honors Study should submit a preliminary proposal to the department by February 15 of their junior year. A formal proposal is due April
15 of the junior year. Students must also meet the following requirements:
Courses 205, 206, and 230. Enrollment limited to 16 students. Open to
senior economics majors. This is a designated Writing course.
Education
Professor: James; Assistant Professors: Anderson, Wright; Certification Officer and Educator in Residence: Cocores; Associate Professor Grande, chair
The Education Department views American education as a reflection of a
set of political, economic and cultural relationships that reflect the dominant social arrangements of U.S. society. Teaching is therefore viewed as
a political act. The goal of the Teacher Education Program is to produce
critical educators who understand that one of the consequences of living
in a pluralistic society is the existence of a variety of conflicting views
of what it means to be educated. As such, it works to instill in students
a sense of responsibility to participate in the political process by which
educational policies are initiated, employed and resisted.
State Certificate
Connecticut College is accredited to prepare elementary school teachers,
grades K-6. Candidates for an elementary certificate may major in any
of the academic departments of the College. Certification students will
also receive instruction in special education as part of their course work.
Connecticut College is also accredited to prepare music teachers, K-12;
for the requirements for the major in music with a concentration in Music
Education see page 128.
The prospective elementary teacher must have a minimum of 39
semester hours in general education, including a survey course in U.S.
History and study in the following areas: natural sciences*; social studies;
English; mathematics**; and foreign language or fine arts. The education
department may specify areas of general study depending on a candidate’s
background.
All students must also meet the following professional requirements:
Education 103 (2 credits), 223, 304, 313, 341, 445 and 450; Human
Development 111, 225. It is advisable to take Education 223 and Human
Development 111 in the freshman year, Human Development 225 and
Education 341 in the sophomore year, and Education 304 and 313 in the
junior year.
During either the first or second semester of the senior year, the student will devote the full semester to teacher preparation, taking Education
445 concurrently with Education 450.
Secondary Programs
State Certificate
Connecticut College is accredited to prepare secondary school teachers in
the following fields: English, history-social studies, Spanish, mathematics, biology, chemistry, general science, earth science, and physics. Connecticut College is also accredited to prepare music teachers, K-12; for
the requirements for the major in music with a concentration in Music
Education see page 128.
The prospective secondary teacher must have a minimum of 39
semester hours in general education including a survey course in U.S.
history and study in five of the following areas: natural sciences*; social
studies; fine arts; English; mathematics**; and foreign language. The education department may specify areas of general study depending on a candidate’s background. In addition, candidates for secondary certification
generally must major in the area in which they seek certification.
The student must also meet the following professional requirements: Education 103 (2 credits), 223, 225, 305, 450, and 457; Human
Development 225 and 307. It is advisable to take Education 223 in the
freshman year. In the senior year the student will devote one semester
primarily to teacher preparation, taking Education 450 concurrently
with Education 457.
* Requires course in science department.
** Requires course in mathematics department.
71
# Candidates demonstrate knowledge of the differences among
formative and summative assessments and evaluation and
how to use them effectively as part of instruction.
Learning Goals in the Education Major
The Education Department at Connecticut College prepares students
to teach in public schools. In following the liberal arts tradition, they
approach the study of teaching and education as an intellectual pursuit
and not a practitioner model that stresses “techniques.” The aim is to prepare students to not only assume their roles as classroom teachers but
also as active citizens and public intellectuals. The following goals and
competencies are a sample of how student learning is assessed throughout
the program.
Goals
• To educate teachers who understand that excellence in teaching
begins with deep knowledge and a critical understanding of their
subject matter as a means of developing high standards of achievement and excellence for their K-12 students.
# Candidates demonstrate knowledge of their subject matter
by not only meeting State requirements but also Connecticut
College standards of excellence in their major area(s) of study.
# Candidates demonstrate understanding of the national, state,
and professional standards within their subject matter as well
as critical knowledge of the major principles and constructs.
• To educate teachers who understand that education and schooling are shaped by larger socio-historical, political, economic, and
geographic contexts.
# Candidates demonstrate a critical understanding of the history of education and schooling in the United States as it
relates to and has been connected with the process of nation
building and globalization.
# Candidates demonstrate a critical understanding of knowledge as both situated and historical.
• To educate teachers who construct critical pedagogies that are situated in and shaped by students’ prior knowledge, local contexts
and community knowledge.
# Candidates demonstrate knowledge of the current and historical issues relevant to the greater New London community.
# Candidates understand and build upon the knowledge and
assets students bring to the classroom.
• To educate teachers who understand the relationship between
power and knowledge and who create classrooms as critical sites
of action where essential questions related to educational access,
opportunity, conditions and outcomes.
# Candidates demonstrate an understanding of classrooms as
sites of struggle, possibility and transformation where the
relationship between knowledge and power is engaged.
# Candidates understand differentiated instruction through a
critical framework.
• To educate teachers who understand literacy as having multiple
dimensions, forms and functions that develop both inside and outside of schools. Literacies are meaning making processes in which
dynamics of power, voice, access, subjectivity, and representation
are operating.
# Candidates demonstrate critical knowledge about the processes of language acquisition and literacy. That is, they demonstrate understanding of the relationship between language
and power through their ability to employ approaches that
disrupt compensatory and deficit models, especially as they
relate to English Language Learners and “struggling readers
and writers.”
• To educate teachers who understand assessment and evaluation as
contextual, as forms of inquiry and ongoing processes of reflection
and praxis.
72
Courses
While the Education Department is committed to working with all area
schools in our coursework, we continue to develop special partnerships
with New London and Groton schools.
EDUCATION 103 AIDS, BULLYING, AGGRESSION/SUICIDE,
DRUG PREVENTION AND CONFLICT RESOLUTION FOR
TEACHERS Preparation for elementary and secondary teacher candidates
to address these challenges to health and well being with their students.
Members of the class will engage in a critical examination of accepted methods and materials with an emphasis on: risk factors, approaches to prevention, teaching strategies, and the evaluation of educational materials. Two
hours of credit, marked as pass/not passed. C. Cocores
EDUCATION 223 FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION An introduction for students to the notion of schools as sites of political struggle.
Students examine this problematic through the historical, sociological,
political, and economic lenses as well as contemporary theories of education: liberal/progressive, traditional/conservative, and revolutionary/
critical theories. Students apply these theories to their examinations of
contemporary public schools and classrooms. Students are required to
complete a minimum 20-hour in-school practicum as part of this course.
Open to freshmen and sophomores; and to juniors and seniors enrolled
in an education certificate program. Enrollment limited to 25 students per
section. Offered both semesters. This course satisfies General Education
Area 3 and is a designated Writing course. L. Anderson, S. Grande, M. James
EDUCATION 225 CURRICULUM AND CLASSROOM ASSESSMENT This course connects learning and teaching with methods of
K-12 classroom assessment. Students will learn how to plan and develop
assessment tools that support their pedagogical decisions. Through the
lens of critical pedagogy, students will evaluate and interpret data produced by different forms of assessment.
Prerequisite: Course 223. Enrollment limited to 40 students D. Wright
EDUCATION 226 GENDER AND HUMAN RIGHTS This is the
same course as Gender and Women’s Studies 226. Refer to the Gender
and Women’s Studies listing for a course description.
EDUCATION 270 TEACHING AND LEARNING FOR SOCIAL
CHANGE: POWER, AGENCY, AND ACTION An examination of
the theory and methods of social justice approaches in education. Key
questions engaged by the course include: What are the tensions, barriers,
and possibilities when students are decision-makers and change agents in
the educational process? What are the theoretical, curricular, and methodological approaches to student-led participatory action research projects?
Students will analyze case studies to develop a range of perspectives on
social change projects in education.
permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 40 students. This is a
designated Writing course. D. Wright
EDUCATION 283 MUSEUM EDUCATION This is the same course as
Art History 283. Refer to the Art History listing for a course description.
EDUCATION 304 MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCE IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL This course uses critical and constructivist/inquiry
based approaches to understanding concepts in science and integration of
mathematics and science in the elementary classrooms. It includes observation and teaching in elementary schools. Connections will be developed
between the Education Department’s social justice curriculum and the art
of teaching mathematics and science in elementary schools.
Prerequisite: Course 223 and Human Development 111. Offered
second semester. M. James
Education
EDUCATION 305 CURRICULAR THEORIES AND DESIGN IN
THE CONTENT AREA Students will engage the major strands of contemporary curricular theories and design. The course includes field placements in local public schools, where students will observe the application
of curricular theory, design, and instructional strategies in their content
areas. Emphasis on the connections between curricular theory and pedagogy, which together constitute praxis. Six credit hours.
Prerequisite: Course 223. Enrollment limited to 25 students. S.
Grande, D. Wright
EDUCATION 313 CHILDREN’S BOOKS, CULTURE AND
TEACHING LITER ACY An exploration of the purposes multicultural children’s literature serves in promoting literacy development in
K-6 diverse learners. Guided by current research and practice in literacy,
pedagogy, childhood studies and social justice education, students will
read and evaluate books with emphasis on developing curriculum design
and instruction.
Prerequisite: Course 341, and either Human Development 111 or
307. Preference is given to students in the elementary school teacher certification program; others with permission of the instructor. Enrollment
limited to 30 students. Offered second semester. L. Anderson
EDUCATION 316 QUEER PEDAGOGY An examination of the intersection between education, culture, and sexuality. The course employs
queer theory/queer pedagogy to analyze classrooms and curricula as
racialized, genderized, and sexualized spaces where multiple voices are
silenced. The course is not a blueprint for “best practices”; rather it is
designed to contribute to the larger debate about the benefit of integrating
the relevant theory and pedagogy into the academic curriculum.
is not required for the teacher certification program. Staff
EDUCATION 341 LITERACY IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS
An exploration of the theoretical and practical approaches to teaching
reading and writing within a comprehensive elementary literacy program.
Students will examine ways to build social justice classroom communities,
which engage children as active readers and writers, and are congruent
with national and state guidelines and standards. A three-hour a week
field experience in an elementary school is required. Six hours credit.
Prerequisite: Course 223. Offered second semester. L. Anderson
EDUCATION 350 EDUCATION AND THE REVOLUTIONARY
PROJECT IN LATIN AMERICA An analysis of the role of popular
education in twentieth-century revolutionary ideology in Latin America.
Students will examine the Zapatista movement in México, Marxist education in Cuba, and the Sandinista literacy campaign in Nicaragua. The
course begins with an analysis of the radical Brazilian philosopher and
educator, Paolo Freire. This is the same course as American Studies/Comparative Race and Ethnicity/Gender and Women’s Studies 350.
This course is recommended for sophomores, juniors, and seniors.
Enrollment limited to 20 students. This course is not part of the certification program. This is a designated Writing course. M. James
EDUCATION 394 SOCIAL JUSTICE EDUCATION IN CONTEXT:
IDENTITIES, NARRATIVES AND TRANSFORMATION Through
ethnography, theory, oral histories, and film, this course explores case
studies of social justice projects as an approach to learning and teaching.
Topics include the contradictions, limitations, and possibilities embedded
in conceptions of social justice, participatory action research, and social
justice education.
Prerequisite: Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors and to freshmen with permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 30 students.
This course satisfies General Education Area 3, and is a designated Writing course. D. Wright
EDUCATION 445 STUDENT TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL The department will arrange teaching in an area
school. Whenever possible, there will be two placements, one urban and
the other, suburban. This course allows students to put into practice the
department’s conceptual framework of social justice. Students will observe
and student-teach in the classroom for eleven weeks and take part in a
biweekly seminar class. This course is designed to be taken in conjunction
with Education 450.
Prerequisite: Courses 225, 304, and 313; and Human Development
111 and 225; and permission of the department. Offered both semesters.
Eight hours credit. L. Anderson, M. James
EDUCATION 450 STUDENT TEACHING SEMINAR IN CRITICAL PEDAGOGY: ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOL
Students will observe in a public school classroom before and after the
student teaching experience, taking part in intensive and rigorous class
work designed to prepare participants for the student teaching experience. They will learn to incorporate social justice themes and pedagogies
into classroom management, unit design, lesson planning, and student
assessment. This course is designed to be taken in conjunction with either
Education 445 or 457.
Prerequisite for elementary certification: Courses 304, 313, and 341;
and Human Development 111 and 225; and permission of the department. Prerequisite for secondary certification: Courses 225 and 305; and
Human Development 225 and 307; and permission of the department.
Offered both semesters. Enrollment limited to 16 students. S. Grande,
M. James, D. Wright, Staff
EDUCATION 457 STUDENT TEACHING IN THE SECONDARY
SCHOOL The department will arrange teaching in an area school. This
course allows students to put into practice the department’s conceptual
framework of teaching for social justice. Students will observe and student-teach in the classroom for eleven weeks and take part in a biweekly
seminar class.
Prerequisite: Courses 225 and 305; and Human Development 225
and 307; and permission of the department. Offered both semesters. Eight
hours credit. S. Grande, D. Wright
EDUCATION 291, 292 INDIVIDUAL STUDY Independent research
work with a selected faculty member. Course may be taken for either two
or four credits. The two-credit option requires the student to commit to
four to five hours of independent research and/or field work per week. The
four-credit option requires the student to commit to eight to ten hours of
independent research and/or field work per week.
CHILD AND ADOLESCENT PSYCHOLOGY See Human Development 111.
EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS See Psychology 303.
SOCIOLOGY 223, ETHNIC AND RACE RELATIONS is recommended for future teachers.
73
English
additional courses in poetry writing: 291, 292, 391, 392, 491, 492, or
497-498. A course in fiction writing may be substituted for a course in
poetry writing.
Professors: Boyd, Gezari, Gordon, Hartman, Rivkin; Associate Professors:
Baker, Ray; Assistant Professors: Ferhatović, Neely, Shoemaker, Strabone;
Associate Professor Wilder, chair
Advisers: B. Boyd, C. Hartman
The department gives students the opportunity to study the literature produced in Great Britain, the United States, and the rest of the world where
English is spoken and written. Students may select from a wide range of
courses that focus on major writers and genres, considering the relationship of literary works to their historical and geographical contexts, and
connect the study of English literatures to other disciplines. Our courses
emphasize the pleasures of the imagination and seek to develop habits of
critical thinking, rigorous analysis, and cogent writing.
The department offers concentrations in both creative writing (poetry
or fiction) and the comparative study of race and ethnicity, in connection
with the Center for the Comparative Study of Race and Ethnicity.
Students must complete the major as described above, with the addition
of Comparative Race and Ethnicity 206 and the two-credit fellowship
course Comparative Race and Ethnicity 394. Of the ten English courses
required of the major, one must be English 242 and three must be from
the department’s list of 300- and 400-level courses that satisfy the concentration in race and ethnicity (English 303B, 311, 329, 337, 359, 360, 374,
493H, 494H), including one in the pre-1830 period. Students must also
complete a seminar writing requirement with a paper on race and ethnicity for a course or individual study at the 400 level.
The Major in English
The minor consists of English 150 (formerly 202); English 250 (formerly
220); and three courses at the intermediate or advanced levels, two of
them at the 300 or 400 level, including one English department course in
literature before 1830. One course in writing at the intermediate level or
above may be counted toward the minor.
The major consists of 150 (formerly 202), 250 (formerly 220), and at least
eight other courses. These must include at least five at the 300 level or
above which satisfy three geographical areas (British, U.S., and World
literatures) and three historical periods (Medieval/Renaissance literature,
Renaissance/Eighteenth Century/Romantic literature, and literature
from 1800 to the present). The same course may satisfy both an area and
a period requirement, but no single course can satisfy two area or two
period requirements.
British literature: 303, 305, 309, 310, 312, 320, 324, 326, 327, 329,
330, 331, 333, 365, 493G, 494G, 493U, 494U, 493Y, 494Y
U.S. literature: 301, 305, 306, 307, 326, 332, 337, 341, 343, 360,
493B, 494B, 493C, 494C, 493H, 494H, 493Q, 494Q
World literature: 311, 314, 335, 359, 360, 362, 493Q, 494Q
Medieval/Renaissance literature: 303, 324, 330, 331, 333, 493Y, 494Y
Renaissance/Eighteenth Century/Romantic literature: 303, 309,
310, 312, 324, 327, 329, 331, 343, 493Y, 494Y
Literature from 1800 to the present: 301, 304, 305, 306, 307, 310,
314, 320, 326, 327, 332, 335, 337, 341, 343, 359, 360, 362, 363, 365,
493B, 494B, 493C, 494C, 493H, 494H, 493Q, 494Q, 493U, 494U
All majors are required to complete a senior seminar (493 or 494) unless
they are writing a critical honors thesis. Both the senior seminar and
honors study may be used to meet the area and period requirements of
the major. Only one course at the 100 level may be counted towards the
minimum of ten. One course in a foreign-language literature may be
counted towards the minimum of ten; such a course cannot satisfy an
area or period requirement.
Only two courses in writing (217, 221, 240, 300, 321, 322, 340) may
be counted towards the minimum of ten, although all writing courses
are counted in determining the maximum of 16 courses allowed in one
department.
Two courses taken outside the College may, with permission of the
chair, be counted towards the major.
Concentration in Creative Writing
Students are expected to concentrate in either fiction or poetry writing.
For the concentration in fiction writing, students must complete the
ten courses for the major, including 217 and either 321 or 322. Students
elect two additional courses in fiction writing: 221, 291, 292, 321, 322,
391, 392, 491, 492, or 497-498. A course in poetry writing may be substituted for a course in fiction writing.
For the concentration in poetry writing, students must complete
the ten courses for the major, including 240 and 340. Students elect two
74
Concentration in Race and Ethnicity
The Minor in English
Learning Goals in the English Major
Students who graduate with the major in English must gain a broad
knowledge of literatures written in English; establish sophisticated habits
of engagement with texts of all kinds; become familiar with a range of
methods of literary analysis; acquire rhetorical and logical skills in both
written and oral argument; and develop a flexible framework for organizing knowledge about literary texts and their value as human achievements
and reflections of the human condition.
Literature is the most intense, experimental and human use of language. Our students come to understand the vitality of language in its
various contexts and learn to use it both consciously and imaginatively,
whether as argument or art or both. What constitutes good writing may
be debated, but we all know it when we read it, and majors in English
must consistently strive to achieve it. All of our courses emphasize the
art of writing and the benefits of close reading. Through this process our
students develop articulateness, cultural literacy and intellectual agility.
The major in English requires a minimum of ten courses. English
150 (formerly 202), the first required course for the major, focuses on the
acquisition of skills in close reading and illuminates fundamental questions about literature: how texts have voices and tell stories; how formal
elements shape meaning; and how historical and cultural contexts affect
both textual production and reception. In English 250 (formerly 220),
the second required course, students become familiar with different
methodologies for approaching literature and explore the intersections of
literature with other disciplines and interdisciplinary fields. Here students
hone essential research skills and develop techniques for writing within
the discipline. After completing English 150 (formerly 202) and 250 (formerly 220), majors must take five courses at the 300 and 400 levels which
explore different historical periods (medieval, Victorian, postmodern,
etc.) and regions of the English-speaking world (Britain, North America,
Africa, etc).
The culmination of the major is either an Honors thesis developed
during two semesters of intensive work with a faculty director, or a onesemester capstone Senior Seminar. To write either the long essay for this
seminar or the Honors thesis, students must engage in intensive individual
research and detailed textual analysis, and they must produce a written
argument that is complex, sustained, supported and persuasive.
Students may choose to do additional coursework to complete the
Concentration in Creative Writing (Fiction or Poetry) or the Concentration in Race and Ethnicity. Students who are admitted to the Concentration in Creative Writing may then be admitted to Honors study. An
English
Honors thesis in Fiction or Poetry supplements but does not replace the
Senior Seminar.
Courses
ENGLISH 110 INTRODUCTION TO LANGUAGE AND MIND
This is the same course as Linguistics/German Studies/Hispanic Studies
110. Refer to the Linguistics listing for a course description.
ENGLISH 119 LITERATURE AND THE EVOLUTION OF MIND
An examination of the human drive to tell stories. We will explore the
evolving relationship between storytelling and the mind through close
reading of literary texts, with help from philosophy and cognitive science.
Readings include The Odyssey and Hamlet, as well as works by Dickinson,
Poe, Woolf, Joyce, and Morrison.
Enrollment limited to 20 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 4 and is a designated Writing course. S. Shoemaker
ENGLISH 123 INTRODUCTION TO AFRICAN-AMERICAN LITERATURE This course focuses on major movements in African-American literary history, from the antebellum era to the present. Students will
be introduced to the practice of literary analysis through a study of early
and recent criticism. Discussions will focus on the tricky question of how
to identify a uniquely African-American text. This is the same course as
American Studies 123.
Open to freshmen and sophomores. Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 4. C. Baker
ENGLISH 124 FROM TREASURE ISLAND TO HOGWARTS:
AMERICAN AND BRITISH FANTASY 1883-1997 A study of the
development of fantasy in Britain and America from Robert Louis Stevenson to J. K. Rowling. Emphasis on the sub-genres of fantasy such as
Christian fantasy (Lewis, Tolkien) and dark fantasy (Bradbury).
A statement of interest must be submitted to the instructor two weeks
prior to pre-registration and will constitute the basis for selection of 40
students. Admission by permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited
to 40 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 4. P. Ray
ENGLISH 125 CHAUCER, SHAKESPEARE, MILTON, AND
COMPANY A historical survey of English literature’s most enduring
writings up to the early nineteenth century, ranging from Geoffrey Chaucer’s Canterbury Tales to Jonathan Swift’s Gulliver’s Travels. Other writers
to be considered include Shakespeare, Marlowe, Donne, Spenser, Milton,
and Pope. Students may not receive credit for this course and the Freshman Seminar “Golden Oldies.”
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 4. J. Gordon
ENGLISH 126 THE TWENTIETH-CENTURY AMERICAN SHORT
STORY This course traces the development of the 20th-century American short story via rigorous close-readings of texts, while paying careful
attention to literary, historical, and market-based contexts. Authors include
Anderson, Hemingway, Fitzgerald, Welty, Salinger, O’Connor, Malamud,
Baldwin, Barth, Oates, Carver, Beattie, O’Brien, Moore, Diaz, and Lahiri.
Open to freshmen and sophomores. Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 4. Staff
ENGLISH 127 SONGS How words act in the context of music. Concentrating on the past century of American lyrics, we ask how a song, through
rhyme, the fit between words and notes, and larger structures, makes us
want to hear and sing it. Dylan, Billie Holiday, Cohen, Mitchell, Sufian
Stevens, and other folk, blues, jazz, and popular songwriters. This is the
same course as American Studies 127.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 4 C. Hartman
ENGLISH 137 FICTIONS OF EMPIRE: POWER AND PERSONHOOD IN POSTCOLONIAL LITERATURE An analysis of relationship between history and individuality in texts from three broad
categories: imperial narratives, narratives of decolonization, and postcolo-
nial narratives. Readings from authors such as Kipling, Haggard, Forster,
Achebe, Naipaul, Dangarembga, and Friel.
Open to freshman and sophomores. Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 4. Staff
ENGLISH 150 ESSENTIALS OF LITERARY STUDY An introduction to the skills and concepts fundamental to the discipline of English
and the art of reading and writing. Discussions emphasize the close reading of poetry and prose fiction, and the historical, cultural, and linguistic
contexts of literary texts. This is the first course required for the major
and minor.
Open to freshmen and sophomores, unless otherwise stated in
the course schedule. Enrollment limited to 16 students in each section.
Offered both semesters. Students may not receive credit for both this
course and English 202. This is a designated Writing course. Staff
ENGLISH 155 AMERICAN EARTH: PURITANS TO THE PRESENT An examination of contemporary ecological crises and their cultural
origins. The course considers how concepts such as nature, wilderness,
and sustainability have been imagined in American literature from the
colonial period to the present. Genres range from nonfiction to science
fiction. Authors may include Thoreau, London, Abbey, and Butler. This is
the same course as Environmental Studies 155.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 4. M. Neely
ENGLISH 204 NOMADS, SHAMANS, AND MYSTICS: IMAGINING CENTRAL ASIA A sampling of literature and cinema from the
area between Russia, Iran, India, and China, from the earliest written
epics to the present time. The course traces divergences and convergences
in artworks by nomads, shamans, Sufi mystics, Mughal emperors and
painters, Soviet satirists and science-fiction writers, and contemporary
Afghan novelists and film-makers.
taken English 150 (formerly 202). Enrollment limited to 30 students. This
course satisfies General Education Area 4. D. Ferhatović
ENGLISH 207 INTRODUCTION TO AMERICAN LITER ATURE: THE 19TH CENTURY A survey of 19th century American
literature, considering such issues as the rise of professionalization of
authorship in America, abolition and race, women’s rights, self-reliance,
and the transition from romance to realism. Authors may include Hawthorne, Poe, Melville, Emerson, Thoreau, Whitman, Douglass, Dickinson, and James. This is the same course as American Studies 207.
course satisfies General Education Area 4. Staff
ENGLISH 208 INTRODUCTION TO AMERICAN LITERATURE:
THE 20TH CENTURY AND THE PRESENT A survey of American literature from modernism to postmodernism. Particular attention to
revolts against tradition, challenges to stable concepts of literary value, and
intersections with the other arts. Authors may include Hurston, Hemingway, Faulkner, Fitzgerald, Steinbeck, Eliot, Stevens, Bishop, Morrison,
and DeLillo. This is the same course as American Studies 208.
course satisfies General Education Area 4. C. Baker
ENGLISH 212 ICELANDIC SAGAS An induction into the understated, psychologically complex, and adventure-filled world of the Icelandic sagas. We will read in translation about Icelanders’ explorations from
North America to Constantinople and their long-standing feuds at home,
about their marriages, lawsuits, and even encounters with trolls. Some
discussion of elementary Old Norse/Icelandic and the runes.
Prerequisite: Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors; and to
freshmen who have taken English 150 (formerly 202). Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 4. D.
Ferhatović
75
ENGLISH 213 BOB DYLAN This course explores Dylan’s work as a
verbal artist from Bob Dylan (1962) through Tempest (2012), with attention to musical accompaniment and its interaction with lyrics; cultural
and artistic background; revisions and covers; transcription, performance,
and the reception and distribution of song.
course satisfies General Education Area 4. J. Gezari and C. Hartman
ENGLISH 217 WRITING THE SHORT STORY Students will study
and write short fiction.
Prerequisite: Writing samples must be submitted to the instructor
one week prior to preregistration and will constitute the basis for selection
of 12 students. Admission by permission of the instructor. Enrollment
is a designated Writing course. B. Boyd
ENGLISH 221 NARRATIVE NON-FICTION Intensive writing course
emphasizing use of narrative techniques in nonfiction writing. Relationship of fiction and nonfiction, integration of storytelling with essay-writing
and reporting. Focus on the development of individual style. Readings may
include Didion, Mailer, Thompson, and James Baldwin.
Admission by permission of instructor. Enrollment limited to 15 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 5 and is a designated
Writing course. B. Boyd
ENGLISH 228 WRITING WITH A PURPOSE: THE ADVANCED
ESSAY An intensive course in exposition designed to help the competent
writer become an accomplished one. Emphasis on style and the development of the writer’s characteristic voice.
Admission by permission of the instructor. Samples of student writing must be submitted prior to registration. Enrollment limited to 16 students. This is designated a writing course. J. Gordon
ENGLISH 233 RUNES, RIDDLES, AND DRAGONS: ADVENTURES IN OLD ENGLISH An introduction to the earliest form of
English and its rich literature. Students will learn elementary Old English
(or Anglo-Saxon, 450-1100) and explore diverse texts from the period in
translation, including Beowulf, riddles, elegies, charms, runic inscriptions,
history and chronicle, along with literature, film, and comics they have
inspired. This is the same course as Linguistics 233.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 7 and is a designated Writing course. D. Ferhatović
ENGLISH 235 WRITING AFRICA NOW A survey of post-2000 literary and cultural production from sub-Saharan Africa. Topics include
debates over fiction’s relevance to African experience, legacies of canonical
writing about independence, Africa as “tragic” landscape, and problems of
scale and context. The course examines works by authors such as Adichie,
Wainaina, Duiker, and Vladislavic, as well as film and hip-hop.
Prerequisite: Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors; and to freshmen who have taken English 150 (formerly 202). Enrollment limited to
30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 4 and is a designated Writing course. Staff
ENGLISH 236 THE NOVEL AND APARTHEID A study of novels
produced under and about Apartheid in South Africa. Topics will include
the relations between apartheid and South African literature, and the idea
of an indigenous novel tradition. Authors include Gordimer, Brink, Tlali,
Coetzee, Mda, and others.
Prerequisite: Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors; and to freshmen who have taken English 150 (formerly 202). Enrollment limited to 30
students. This course satisfies General Education Area 4. Staff
ENGLISH 240 READING AND WRITING POEMS Introduction to
the writing of poetry through reading, analysis, imitation, and composition.
Enrollment limited to 18 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 5 and is a designated Writing course. C. Hartman
76
ENGLISH 241 CONTEMPORARY FICTION WITHOUT BORDERS How does literature in the U.S. and outside it confront the animating social and political anxieties of our time? We will read the work
of celebrated living writers such as Philip Roth, Jonathan Lethem, Toni
Morrison, Don DeLillo, Akhil Sharma, Alice Munro, J.M. Coetzee, Peter
Carey, Amitav Ghosh, Martin Amis, Orhan Pamuk, and Zadie Smith.
course satisfies General Education Area 4. J. Gezari
ENGLISH 242 LITERATURE AND RACE CRITICISM An exploration of the construction of race in literary and cultural discourse. The
course pays special attention to how race as a general category intersects
with other forms of identity such as gender and class. Readings will range
from modernist novels to modern hip-hop.
ENGLISH 250 THEORY AND PRACTICE OF LITERARY STUDY
An introduction to practical and theoretical questions about the discipline
of English and the study of literatures in English. What is distinctive about
English as a discipline and how does it intersect with other disciplines and
interdisciplinary fields? While continuing to refine the techniques of close
reading developed in English 150 (formerly 202), we will consider how
some theories of language, text, value, narrative, author, audience, history,
culture, psyche, identity, and politics may shape literary study.
Prerequisite: English 150 (formerly 202). Enrollment limited to 20
students. Offered both semesters. Students may not receive credit for both
this course and English 220. This course satisfies General Education Area
4 and is a designated Writing course. Staff
ENGLISH 253 NO HOMELAND IS FREE: CHINESE AMERICAN
LITERATURE This is the same course as American Studies/Comparative Race and Ethnicity/East Asian Studies 253. Refer to the East Asian
ENGLISH 264 HAPPY ENDINGS: SHAKESPEARE’S COMEDIES
The “happy ending” of Shakespeare’s comedies – marriage – is costly.
Articulate women grow silent; cross-dressed boys resume their gowns (or
don’t); elaborate plots are disrupted by rape and venereal disease. Whence
this anxiety? Where does Shakespeare find hope or consolation? Readings include A Midsummer Night’s Dream, Twelfth Night, All’s Well That
Ends Well, and The Winter’s Tale. This is the same course as Gender and
Women’s Studies/Theater 264.
Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors; and to freshman who have
course satisfies General Education Area 4. L. Wilder
ENGLISH 265 SPEAKING WHAT WE FEEL: SHAKESPEARE’S
TRAGEDIES AND HISTORIES Shakespeare’s tragedies and histories
break conventions and leave raw ends. Amid crumbling social structures
such as divinely sanctioned kingship, primogeniture, and hierarchical
marriage, Shakespeare finds theatrical and poetic opportunity. Readings
include Titus Andronicus, Richard III, Romeo and Juliet, Henry IV Part 1,
Henry V, Hamlet, Othello, King Lear, Macbeth, and Antony and Cleopatra.
This is the same course as Gender and Women’s Studies/Theater 265.
Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors; and to freshman who have
course satisfies General Education Area 4. L. Wilder
ENGLISH 299 ARCHIVE FEVER This is the same course as Sophomore Research Seminar 299F. Refer to the Sophomore Research Seminar
ENGLISH 300 SEMINAR IN THE TEACHING OF WRITING This
course will explore theories of writing, current research on writing as a
process, and the theory and ethics of peer tutoring and evaluation. Extensive reading of texts on the composition process and rhetorical theory.
English
The course is specifically designed to provide training for Writing Center
tutors, but will be useful to any student interested in exploring the teaching of writing.
Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors with permission of the
instructor. Students must submit two writing samples for evaluation. This
course does not count toward the English minor. Enrollment limited to 17
students. This is a designated Writing course. S. Shoemaker
Authors include Fitzgerald, Steinbeck, West, Chandler, Larsen, Hurston,
Williams, and Rukeyser. Films include King Kong, Modern Times, Scarface, White Zombie, Triumph of the Will, and The Big Sleep.
is a designated Writing course. S. Shoemaker
ENGLISH 301 AMERICAN WOMEN WRITERS A study of major
works by four or five American women writers. Authors may include Bradstreet, Dickinson, Wharton, Cather, Petry, Bishop, O’Connor, Morrison,
and Danticat. This is the same course as Gender and Women’s Studies 301.
Open to juniors and seniors, and to others who have taken English
250 (formerly 220). Students may not receive credit for this course and
301C. Enrollment limited to 20 students. This is a designated Writing
course. J. Rivkin, Staff
ENGLISH 309 ROMANTICISM I A study of poetry and prose in the
British Isles, 1760-1810, this course will examine theories, definitions,
and origins of romanticism. Topics will include slavery, women’s rights,
Britishness, and the French Revolution in the writings of Macpherson,
Gray, Percy, Burns, Equiano, Radcliffe, Lewis, Wordsworth, Coleridge,
Blake, Barbauld, and More.
250 (formerly 220). Enrollment limited to 20 students. This is a designated Writing course. J. Strabone
ENGLISH 303 HISTORY AND TEXT IN RENAISSANCE DRAMA
A historicist, materialist perspective on Renaissance drama. Readings in
these courses include the plays by Shakespeare and others, historical documents on Early English Books Online, and literary criticism and theory.
250 (formerly 220). Enrollment limited to 20 students. This is a designated Writing course. L. Wilder
ENGLISH 310 ROMANTICISM II A study of poetry, prose, and painting in the British Isles, 1810-1850, this course will examine the legacy of
romanticism in the 19th century. Authors and artists include Byron, Keats,
Shelley, Edgeworth, Scott, Austen, Hogg, Constable, Palmer, and Turner.
ENGLISH 303A PAIN AND VIOLENCE IN RENAISSANCE
DRAMA Violence and physical pain receive special emphasis on
the Renaissance stage. Readings may include Marlowe’s Tamburlaine, Webster’s The Duchess of Malfi, Shakespeare’s King Lear and
Titus Andronicus, Ford’s ’Tis Pity She’s a Whore, and contemporary
accounts of theatrical performance. L. Wilder
ENGLISH 311 AFRICAN NOVELS This study of the novel across
Africa since the 1950s will analyze the historical and theoretical contexts
for the emergence of modern African literature. Authors may include
Achebe, Armah, Bâ, Ben Jelloun, Coetzee, Emecheta, Mahfouz, Ngugi,
Okri, Sembene, and Tutuola.
ENGLISH 303B RELIGION AND OTHERNESS IN RENAISSANCE DRAMA An examination of how dramatists have engaged,
explored, and unsettled religious beliefs by presenting imagined
“others” such as Jews, Muslims, and Moors, as well as supernatural
beings like devils, witches, and ghosts to their audiences. Readings,
which include Doctor Faustus, The Jew of Malta, Hamlet, Othello, and
The Tempest, are considered in the context of contemporary religious
discourses. L. Wilder
ENGLISH 305 MODERN POETRY The development of a modern
idiom in poetry. A study of poets including Yeats, Eliot, Pound, W.C.
Williams, Auden, and Wallace Stevens.
250 (formerly 220). Enrollment limited to 20 students. This is a designated Writing course. J. Gordon
ENGLISH 306 CONTEMPORARY POETRY A close study of poetry
written between 1940 and the present.
250 (formerly 220). Enrollment limited to 20 students. This is a designated Writing course. Staff
ENGLISH 306A POETRY OF THE POST-MODERN ERA A
chronological review of the major English-language poets since
World War II. Poets studied will include Thomas, Plath, Berryman,
Lowell, Heany, Rich, Bishop, and Ashbery. J. Gordon
ENGLISH 306B RECENT AMERICAN POETS An exploration of the careers of five or six of our contemporaries and nearcontemporaries. This may begin with work like that of Roethke (d.
1963), Bishop (d. 1979), Hayden (d. 1983), or Matthews (d. 1997),
but will also include poets still active among us, such as Kinnell,
Glück, Levine, Dove, Ashbery, Doty, etc. C. Hartman
ENGLISH 307 LITERATURE AND FILM OF THE 1930s An examination of prose, poetry, and film from a period marked by dramatic modernization, severe economic depression, and the rise of fascism in Europe.
ENGLISH 312 MILTON Ambitious poet, revolutionary propagandist,
free-press advocate, and would-be divorcé, Milton spent his later years
blind and crying out to be “milked” by his secretaries of his great poem,
Paradise Lost. Readings will include Comus, Lycidas, Areopagitica, Paradise
Lost, excerpts from Paradise Regained, and Samson Agonistes.
ENGLISH 314 THE NOVEL AND GLOBALIZATION A course
exploring how some contemporary novels try to cognitively map the
increasingly global world, in ways that seemed to become impossible after
the nineteenth century. Authors we will read include Zadie Smith, China
Miéville, William Gibson, Robert Newman, and Alan Moore.
ENGLISH 320 SPECIAL TOPICS IN 20th CENTURY FICTION This
is a designated Writing course.
ENGLISH 320A JAMES JOYCE A study of the works of James
Joyce with special emphasis on Ulysses.
Open to juniors and seniors, and to others who have taken English 250 (formerly 220). Enrollment limited to 20 students. Offered
alternately with English 320B. J. Gordon
ENGLISH 320B MODERNISM AND ITS DISCONTENTS A
comparison of representative works of 20th-century “modernist”
fiction with more traditional works from the same period. Authors
to be studied may include Joyce, Ford, Woolf, Wodehouse, Waugh,
and Nabokov.
Open to juniors and seniors, and to others who have taken English 250 (formerly 220). Enrollment limited to 20 students. Offered
alternately with English 320A. J. Gordon
77
ENGLISH 321, 322 SEMINAR IN FICTION The study and writing of
fiction. Emphasis will be on the short story, although qualified students
may write portions of novels.
Prerequisite: English 217 and permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 12 students. This is a designated Writing course. B. Boyd
ENGLISH 323 THE DIARY: CRAFTING PRIVATE LIVES, HIDING
PUBLIC SELVES This is the same course as Gender and Women’s Studies 323. Refer to the Gender and Women’s Studies listing for a course
description.
ENGLISH 324 DONNE, HERBERT, MARVELL These poets played
vastly different roles in public (Donne and Herbert as clergymen, Marvell
as an MP) than in their private verse, and two of them published none of
it during their lifetimes. We will examine this privacy in the context of
religious and political upheavals of seventeenth-century England.
ENGLISH 325 OCCUPY AMERICAN LITERATURE An examination of issues such as inequality, spirituality, consumerism, and happiness,
which loom large in contemporary public discourse but which are hardly
new. The course considers how materialism and “the good life” were represented in American literature from 1630 to 1900. Authors include Bradstreet, Franklin, Hawthorne, and Alger.
250 (formerly 220). Enrollment limited to 20 students. This is a designated Writing course. M. Neely
ENGLISH 326 THRILLS, CHILLS, AND TEARS: BLACK GENRE
FICTION A study of works by authors of African descent that fall into popular genres such as science fiction, romance novels, detective fiction, teen lit,
and graphic novels. We will discuss literary attributes, genre conventions, and
book culture. Authors may include Walter Mosely, Octavia Butler, bell hooks,
Samuel Delany, and Nikki Grimes. This is the same course as Comparative
Race and Ethnicity/Gender and Women’s Studies 326.
Prerequisite: Open to juniors and seniors, and to others who have
is a designated Writing course. C. Baker
ENGLISH 327 THE RISE OF THE NOVEL A survey of the British
novel from the early 18th century to the mid-19th century. Attention to
how the novel registers the problems raised by urban and print culture,
increasing social instability, and the changing status of women. Authors
may include Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Burney, Austen, Thackeray, and
Charlotte Brontë.
250 (formerly 220). Enrollment limited to 20 students. This is a designated Writing course. J. Gezari
ENGLISH 329 RACE, NATION, AND EMPIRE IN THE EIGHTEENTH-CENTURY A study of the concepts of race, nation, and empire
focusing on modern theoretical texts and eighteenth-century literature and
history. We will investigate the power of these concepts and the role that
literature and culture may play in their construction. Texts include novels,
poetry, laws, and other historical documents.
ENGLISH 330 SPECIAL TOPICS IN MEDIEVAL LITERATURE
This is a designated Writing course.
ENGLISH 330A VISUAL AND LITERARY WORLDS OF MEDIEVAL ENGLAND An extended look into medieval England (and,
by necessity, France) as a multicultural and multimedia space. We will
study various texts from the period, including Beowulf, The Lais, two
Canterbury Tales, and Pearl, in conjunction with more visual artworks
such as maps, manuscripts, tapestries, sculptures, and churches.
78
Open to juniors and seniors, and to others who have taken
English 250 (formerly 220). Students may not receive credit for this
course and 330. Enrollment limited to 20 students. D. Ferhatović
ENGLISH 330B LOVE AND SEX IN THE MIDDLE AGES A
study of diverse medieval erotic theories and practices, from rarified courtly amour to slapstick bourgeois lust, from epic bromance
to priests-and-nuns-gone-wild, from doomed Arthurian adultery to
physically and psychologically intense relationships with God. Readings in modern English translation across genres, media, and cultures. This is the same course as Gender and Women’s Studies 330B.
Prerequisite: Open to juniors and seniors, and to others who
have taken English 250 (formerly 220). Enrollment limited to 20
students. D. Ferhatović
ENGLISH 330C MEDIEVAL TRAVELS, REAL AND FANTASTIC A literary exploration of journeys written about and originating
in medieval Europe and the Mediterranean. Who travels and where,
and whom do they meet? Readings will cover fabulous beasts and
monsters, visions of heaven, trips to the underworld, military expeditions (the Crusades and the response), mystical and romantic quests.
Prerequisite: English 150 and 250. Enrollment limited to 20
students. D. Ferhatović
ENGLISH 331 SHAKESPEARE IN PERFORMANCE Through live
performances of Shakespeare’s plays and engaging in the discipline of performance studies, we will discuss the overlap between ritual, performance,
and various forms of adaptation (operatic, postcolonial, parodic). Plays
will be selected from those being performed in the New London area.
ENGLISH 332 EXQUISITE CORPSES A study of how dead bodies
affect narrative. Of particular concern is how race and gender influence
the occurrence and reading of death. The course questions the “expendability” of certain groups and systemic death as narrative premise. Films
and books include Sunset Boulevard, Suddenly Last Summer, Jazz, and In
Cold Blood. This is the same course as Gender and Women’s Studies 332.
250 (formerly 220). Enrollment limited to 20 students. This is a designated Writing course. C. Baker
ENGLISH 333 THE CANTERBURY TALES A careful reading of
a large selection of Chaucer’s most famous work, in Middle English.
Paying attention to its poetics as well as historical contexts, theoretical
approaches, and modern appropriations, we will discuss such issues as
gender, love, money, profanity, rank, religion, otherness, and violence in
relation to the tales.
250 (formerly 220). Enrollment limited to 20 students. This is a designated Writing course. D. Ferhatović
ENGLISH 335 TWICE-TOLD TALES This course pairs classic English
novels with contemporary novels or films that re-write them. Attention to
how contemporary works interrogate, appropriate, and revise their precursor texts. Pairings have included Robinson Crusoe and Foe, Jane Eyre and
Wide Sargasso Sea, Heart of Darkness and Apocalypse Now, Mrs. Dalloway
and The Hours.
250 (formerly 220). Enrollment limited to 20 students. This is a designated Writing course. J. Gezari
ENGLISH 336 HUMANS AND OTHER ANIMALS IN NINETEENTH-CENTURY AMERICAN LITERATURE The intersections
of nature, culture, and species across primarily nineteenth-century literature. The course explores questions of gender, race, and category in fiction
and poetry in order to examine the aesthetic, scientific, and culturalhitorical dimensions of how humans, animals, and their environments
are represented. This is the same course as Environmental Studies 336.
English
is a designated Writing course. M. Neely
ENGLISH 337 THE LITERATURE OF PASSING Explorations of various forms of “passing” – black as white, Jew as gentile, woman as man, gay
as straight – in literature and film. Issues include the notion of a visible
or marked “identity,” motives for passing, comparisons between different forms of passing, and meanings of “coming out.” Literary works to be
studied may include Hawthorne’s The Scarlet Letter, Chestnutt’s The Wife
of His Youth and Other Stories of the Color Line, Larsen’s Passing, Cather’s
My Antonia, Leavitt’s The Lost Language of Cranes, and Gates’s “White Like
Me.” Films may include The Crying Game, Paris Is Burning, and Europa,
Europa. Secondary readings in feminist, gay and lesbian/queer, and critical
race theory. This is the same course as Gender and Women’s Studies 337.
250 (formerly 220). Enrollment limited to 20 students. This is a designated Writing course. J. Rivkin
ENGLISH 340 WRITING OF POETRY: INTERMEDIATE Workshop in the writing of poetry through weekly reading and writing assignments. Emphasis on class discussion of class poems.
Prerequisite: English 240 or permission of the instructor. Enrollment
limited to 12 students. This is a designated Writing course. C. Hartman
ENGLISH 348 CHARLES DICKENS A study of the full range of Dicken’s works. Novels read will include Oliver Twist, Dombey and Son, David
Copperfield, Great Expectations, Bleak House, and Our Mutual Friend.
taken course 250 (formerly 220). Enrollment limited to 20 students. Students may not receive credit for this course and English 493U, 494U. This
is a designated Writing course. J. Gordon
ENGLISH 355 BLACK WOMEN IN PRINT AND ON SCREEN A
study of cinematic and literary works featuring and/or created by AfricanAmerican women, this course discusses the problems and possibilities
entailed in representing black women in art. Topics include feminism,
womanism, sexuality, class, and regionalism. Readings/screenings may
include the films Bush Mama and Pariah and the novels Push and Passing.
This is the same course as American Studies 335/Comparative Race and
Ethnicity 336/Film Studies 335/Gender and Women’s Studies 335.
is a designated Writing course. C. Baker
ENGLISH 356 RADICAL DIETS: FOOD AND DRINK IN AMERICAN LITERATURE An exploration of topics such as hunger, temperance, culinary nationalism, and the aesthetic challenges of representing
the pleasures of eating and drinking in literature. Authors may include
Mary Rowlandson, Melville, Dickinson, Hughes, Hemingway, and
Suzanne Collins. This is the same course as American Studies 356.
is a designated Writing course. M. Neely
paid to questions of commodification and (self-)representation and to the
responsibilities of filmmakers and spectators of film. Films may include
Chronicle of a Summer, Through Navajo Eyes, and When the Levees Broke.
This is the same course as Film Studies 360.
250 (formerly 220). Enrollment limited to 20 students. This is a designated Writing course. C. Baker
ENGLISH 362 ALICE MUNRO AND THE SHORT STORY Canadian writer Alice Munro has been called “our Chekhov” and “the best
living short story writer.” A study of Alice Munro, writers who have influenced her, and writers she has influenced. Works by Cather, Agee, Lorrie
Moore, Lara Vapynar, and much of Munro’s fiction are included. This is
the same course as Gender and Women’s Studies 362.
250 (formerly 220). Enrollment limited to 20 students. This is a designated Writing course. J. Rivkin
ENGLISH 365 INTRODUCTION TO FINNEGANS WAKE A study
of the text and background of James Joyce’s Finnegans Wake. Concentration on selected passages.
250 (formerly 220). Enrollment limited to 20 students. This is a designated Writing course. J. Gordon
ENGLISH 367 NOVEL COMMODITIES An exploration of contemporary literature about “things,” with a focus on India and the United
States. How does literature represent our relations to things – as producers, consumers, collectors, discarders, recyclers? How do things and people
circulate in a globalized economy, and what would be an ethical ecology of
things? Authors may include Arundhati Roy, Amitav Ghosh, Kiran Desai,
and Katherine Boo. This is the same course as Environment Studies 367.
Open to juniors and seniors, and to others who have taken English 250. Enrollment limited to 20 students. This is a designated Writing
course. J. Rivkin
ENGLISH 374 THE ARAB SPRING This the same course as Arabic
374. Refer to the Arabic Studies listing for a course description.
ENGLISH 375 TOLSTOY AND DOSTOEVSKY This is the same
course as Slavic Studies 375. Refer to the Slavic Studies listing for a course
description.
ENGLISH 493, 494 SENIOR SEMINARS Open to seniors and juniors.
Enrollment in each seminar limited to 16 students. This is a designated
Writing course.
ENGLISH 493C, 494C HEMINGWAY AND FITZGERALD A
study of the works of Hemingway and Fitzgerald, examining novels,
short fiction, correspondence, and memoir in order to investigate
how these two authors responded to their times and to each other.
Topics include artistic collaboration and competition, codes of masculinity, literary exile, war, and capitalism. S. Shoemaker
ENGLISH 493G, 494G JANE AUSTEN This study of all of Jane
Austen’s work, finished and unfinished, will cover her life and times,
her literary interlocutors, and the major criticism on Austen over the
past two centuries. This is the same course as Gender and Women’s
Studies 413. J. Strabone
ENGLISH 359 LAW AND JUSTICE IN POSTCOLONIAL NARRA
TIVE An exploration of the relation between law and justice in
Anglophone narrative. Is justice a process or an outcome? Is it local or
transnational? How does fiction complicate our understanding of legal
processes? Primary readings by Ngugi (Kenya), MacInnes (England),
Krog (South Africa), Farah (Somalia), and Grace (New Zealand), with
secondary readings in philosophy and legal theory.
ENGLISH 493H, 494H TONI MORRISON A close reading of
work by one of America’s greatest writers. Novels (Beloved, Paradise,
Song of Solomon), selections of Morrison’s critical writing (e.g., Playing
in the Dark: Whiteness and the Literary Imagination) and other texts
(e.g., her libretto for the opera Margaret Garner) are included. This is
the same course as Gender and Women’s Studies 418. C. Baker
ENGLISH 360 RACE AND DOCUMENTARY FILM This course
looks at how documentary films representing race function as anthropological, imperialist, propagandist, and popular texts. Attention will be
ENGLISH 493J, 494J GORDIMER AND COETZEE: THE
NOVEL AND HISTORY A comparative study of major works by
Nadine Gordimer and J.M. Coetzee, with emphasis on their early
79
and middle periods. Special attention to critical essays by each writer
about the other, as well as issues of shared historical and literary concern. Topics include the role of the public intellectual in Apartheidera South Africa and the relationship between politics and form.
Prerequisite: Open to juniors and seniors, and to others who
have taken English 250 (formerly 220). Staff
ENGLISH 493L, 494L HENRY JAMES AND EDITH WHARTON An exploration of selected novels by America’s greatest Gilded
Age realists. The course considers the development of the international novel and the shift from the novel of manners to the interiorized novel of consciousness. Readings may include The Portrait of a
Lady, What Maisie Knew, The Wings of the Dove, The House of Mirth,
and The Age of Innocence. J. Rivkin
ENGLISH 493M, 494M ARTHURIAN LEGEND Arthur, Guinevere, Lancelot, Merlin, Morgan, and others in the action-filled, magical narratives that introduced them. Readings of Arthurian texts from
Britain and the Continent with an emphasis on psychoanalytic, New
Historicist, and postcolonial approaches. Some attention to Victorian
and contemporary adaptations and versions.
Prerequisite: Open to seniors, and open to juniors with permission of the instructor. D. Ferhatović
ENGLISH 493Q, 494Q VLADIMIR NABOKOV Mandarin,
Magician, Écrivain. This course explores his most enduring themes:
memory, time, language, pity, and pleasure. Emphasis on the novels
he wrote in English during his great middle period: The Real Life of
Sebastian Knight, Lolita, Pnin, and Pale Fire. Some attention to short
stories; Russian novels; Speak, Memory; and late style. This is the same
course as Slavic Studies 446. J. Gezari
ENGLISH 493Y, 494Y SHAKESPEARE’S BR AIN, SHAKESPEARE’S BODY This seminar examines the staging of the “material mind” and the body in the Renaissance theater. Readings may
include Hamlet, Macbeth, Marlowe’s Dr. Faustus, Jonson’s Every Man
in his Humour, and Marston’s The Malcontent, as well as materialist and new-historicist criticism and early modern physiology and
anatomy. L. Wilder
ENGLISH 291, 292 INDIVIDUAL STUDY
ENGLISH 294 FIELD WORK Supervised practical work in journalism
or communications. This course may be taken only by application and by
permission of the department. One credit hour, pass/not passed marking.
ENGLISH 497-498 HONORS STUDY Candidates for Honors in English are required to take English 497-498 in the senior year and expected
to take English 304 in the spring semester of the junior year.
and international environmental problems in a holistic manner. There are
two tracks to the major, the Natural Science Track and the Social Science
Track. The College is also a member of a consortium of small liberal arts
colleges that participates in a semester of study in environmental science,
known as the Semester in Environmental Science, at The Marine Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole, MA.
Except for transfer students and students accepted in the Semester
in Environmental Science program, no more than two courses taken off
campus can be applied toward the major. Courses taken off campus need
pre-approval by the director.
Advanced Placement: Students who score a 4 or 5 on the Advanced
Placement Environmental Science test can place out of Environmental
Studies 110, but not Environmental Studies 111. Advanced Placement
credit in Environmental Science does not count towards fulfilling Area 1
of the General Education requirements. See page 161 of this catalog for
general information about Advanced Placement credit.
Natural Science Track
This track consists of thirteen courses distributed as follows:
1. The following five courses: Environmental Studies 110 or 111;
Environmental Studies 115 or 120; Biology 105 or Botany 115;
Biology 207; Chemistry 103 or 107 (Chemistry 101 will not fulfill
this requirement).
2. Two courses from the following field/ecological group: Biology
305, 307, 320, 413; Botany 205, 315; Environmental Studies 314,
315, 316.
3. One course from the following organismal/analytical group: Biology 204, 215, 330; Botany 205, 225, 410; Environmental Studies
205, 210, 312, 313; Chemistry 316.
4. Two courses from the following: Any Biology, Botany, Chemistry,
or Environmental Studies course listed in #2 or #3; Environmental Studies 205, 209, 259, 497-498; Environmental Studies 391,
392, 491, 492, 493, 494 if natural science-based and with permission of the director; Chemistry 104, 204, 214, 223, 224, 316;
Mathematics 107 or 206; Physics 107, 108, 109, 110.
5. Two courses from the following social science group: Economics
212 (formerly Economics 307); Environmental Studies 207, 243,
251, 258, 311, 326, 450; Environmental Studies 391, 392, 491,
492, 493, 494 if social science-based and with permission of the
director; Government 260; Philosophy 228.
6. One senior-level seminar chosen from the following: Environmental Studies 493, 494; Economics 404; Government 493A, or
U or 494A, or U.
Advisers for Natural Science Track: Askins, Chomiak, Hine, Jones, Lizar
ralde, Loomis, Siver, Thompson, Zimmer
Social Science Track
This track consists of twelve courses distributed as follows:
Environmental Studies
Professors: Askins, Borrelli, Dawson, Frasure, Loomis, Patton, Thompson,
Visgilio, Zimmer; Associate Professors: Graesch, Jones, Lizarralde, Turner;
Adjunct Assistant Professor: Davis; Senior Lecturers: Chomiak, Hine; Postdoctoral Fellow: Colom; Professor Siver, director
The Major in Environmental Studies
Environmental Studies is an interdisciplinary program that combines
natural science and social science. It examines local, regional, national,
80
1. One of the following: Environmental Studies 110 or 111.
2. Two of the following: Environmental Studies 115 or 120; Biology
105 or Botany 115; Chemistry 101, 103, or 107.
3. Two of the following (one of which must be a field-based/laboratory course): Biology 207, 305, 307, 413; Botany 205, 315; Environmental Studies 113, 205, 209, 210, 312 or 313, 314, 315, 316,
410.
4. Economics 212 (formerly Economics 307) and one of the
following: Environmental Studies 251, 258, 263, 326, or Government 260.
5. Four of the following: Anthropology 202, 234, 307, 350; Economics 205, 404; Environmental Studies 207, 251, 258, 295,
296, 307, 308, 311, 312, 326, 497-498; Environmental Studies
243, 391, 392, 450, 491, 492, 493, 494 if social science-based and
with permission of the director; Government 260; Government
493 or 494 with permission of the director; Philosophy 221, 228;
Psychology 320.
6. One senior-level seminar chosen from the following: Environmental Studies 493, 494; Economics 404; Government 493A,
494A, 493U, or 494U.
Advisers for Social Science Track: Borrelli, Dawson, Frasure, Graesch, Lizar
ralde, Patton, Turner
The Minor in Environmental Studies
The minor in Environmental Studies will consist of a minimum of six
courses. At least four of the courses for the minor must be at or above the
200 level and four must be Environmental Studies courses.
1. One of the following: Environmental Studies 110 or 111
2. One course from Area 4 or 5 of the social science track of the major
3. One course from Area 2, 3, or 4 of the natural science track of the
major; or Biology 207
4. Two additional courses that count for the major in Environmental Studies
5. A senior-level seminar: Environmental Studies 493 or 494, or an
environmental-related equivalent course with permission of the
director.
Advisers: Askins, Borrelli, Chomiak, Dawson, Frasure, Graesch, Hine,
Jones, Lizarralde, Patton, Siver, Thompson, Turner, Zimmer
Learning Goals for the Environmental Studies Major
The major in Environmental Studies is a highly interdisciplinary program
that includes study in both the natural and social sciences. Students examine environmental issues using an integrated, holistic approach, and have
numerous opportunities to work closely with faculty to develop a deeper
understanding of the discipline. Connecticut College graduates with a
major in Environmental Studies will:
• Demonstrate a general understanding of environmental studies
that spans and is informed by scholarly insights from both the
natural and social science branches of the field. In particular,
graduates will:
# Demonstrate a strong understanding and appreciation of
the natural world that draws on physical, biological, and/or
chemical perspectives. Graduates will demonstrate the ability
to apply the scientific method to environmental issues and
problems and to collect, analyze, and critique data and formulate conclusions.
# Demonstrate an appreciation of environmental issues on
local, national, and international scales, as well as from the
viewpoint of developed versus developing nations. Students
will be conversant in contemporary environmental issues
and be able to discuss them from scientific, social, political,
and economic points of view, reflecting the multidisciplinary
nature of the field.
• Demonstrate a deeper understanding of one of the above branches
of the field as a result of concentrated coursework and advanced
classes within the branch.
• Have the opportunity to apply their literacy and skills to address
specific environmental issues of their choice though projects
in advanced classes or seminars, independent study and/or
honors work.
• Demonstrate the ability to plan, research and write an extended
paper on an environmental issue and communicate their findings
to both their peers and the general public.
Courses
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 110 ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
AS A NATURAL SCIENCE A study of the basic ecological processes
operative in natural systems. Our dependence upon those systems and the
impact of human activities upon them. The application of the ecological
principles, such as energy flow and recycling of resources, to the solution
of some of the environmental problems facing society.
Enrollment limited to 40 students. P. Siver, C. Jones
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 111 ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
AS A SOCIAL SCIENCE This course will explore the interdisciplinary nature of environmental studies, investigating the linkages between
environmental science, the social sciences, and the humanities. Particular
emphasis will be placed on the complex linkage between science and politics, looking at both domestic U.S. environmental problems and policy as
well as international and global environmental problems and responses
by the international community. Environmental philosophies, literature,
social activism, and economics will also be included in this interdisciplinary introduction to environmental studies.
Open to freshmen, sophomores, and juniors. Enrollment limited to
35 students. J. Dawson
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 113 ENERGY AND THE ENVIRONMENT This is the same course as Physics 113. Refer to the Physics
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 115 INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICAL GEOLOGY Plate tectonics as an explanation of the evolution of the
earth. Investigation of the geologic processes responsible for the creation
of mountain ranges, volcanoes and earthquakes. Indoor and outdoor laboratory exercises emphasize the geologic history of New England and the
Atlantic Ocean. This is the same course as Geophysics 115. Registration is
also required in Environmental Studies 115L.
Three lectures; three hours of laboratory work. Enrollment limited to
14 students per laboratory section. This course satisfies General Education
Area 1 and is a designated Writing course. D. Thompson
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 115L INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICAL GEOLOGY LAB Registration is also required in Environmental
Studies 115.
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 120 INTRODUCTION TO ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY An introduction to the role of humans
within the recent geologic environment. Topics include dangers imposed
by geologic hazards, issues of mineral and water resource development and
concerns surrounding environmental pollution. Indoor and outdoor laboratory exercises emphasize regional environmental problems and geologic
hazards. This is the same course as Geophysics 120. Registration is also
required in Environmental Studies 120L.
Three lectures; three hours laboratory work. Enrollment limited to
14 students per laboratory section. This course satisfies General Education
Area 1. Staff
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 120L INTRODUCTION TO ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY LAB Registration is also required in Environmental Studies 120.
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 155 AMERICAN EARTH: PURITANS TO THE PRESENT This is the same course as English 155.
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 204 ENVIRONMENTAL JUSTICE
IN LATIN AMERICA This is the same course at Hispanic Studies 204.
Refer to the Hispanic Studies listing for a course description.
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 205 ENVIRONMENTAL MODELING This is the same course as Mathematics 205. Refer to the Mathematics listing for a course description.
81
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 207 SEMINAR ON INDIGENOUS
USE OF TROPICAL RAINFORESTS This is the same course as Botany
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 258 U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL
POLICY AND POLITICS This is the same course as Government 258.
Refer to the Government listing for a course description.
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 209 BIOENERGY This is the same
course as Botany 209. Refer to the Botany listing for a course description.
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 259 MINING AND THE ENVIRONMENT An introduction to the geology of mineral deposits, their
exploitation, and the impact of mining activities on the environment.
Emphasis on sustainable mining practices. A one day field trip is required.
Some knowledge of chemistry is strongly recommended. This is the same
course as Geophysics 259.
Prerequisite: Environmental Studies/Geophysics 115 or 120. Enrollment limited to 15 students. B. Chomiak
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 210 HYDROLOGY An introduction
to the hydrologic water cycle and an investigation of rainfall and runoff
processes. Topics include evaporation, precipitation, infiltration, flow
through porous media, overland flow, ground water contamination, and
water supply. This is the same course as Geophysics 210.
Three hours lecture. Prerequisite: One introductory Connecticut College course in astronomy, biology, botany, chemistry, environmental studies,
geophysics, or physics. Enrollment limited to 30 students. D. Thompson
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 211 WEATHER AND CLIMATE:
PAST, PRESENT, AND FUTURE An introduction to global climate
processes and meteorology. The course investigates current global circulation and weather patterns, the reconstruction of past climates based on
geologic evidence, and the science of climate change prediction. Topics
include variations in climate with latitude, precipitation generation,
weather prediction, paleoclimate indicators, and global climate modeling. This is the same course as Geophysics 211.
Three hours lecture. Prerequisite: One introductory Connecticut College course in astronomy, biology, botany, chemistry, environmental studies,
geophysics, or physics. Enrollment limited to 30 students. D. Thompson
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 212 ENVIRONMENTAL ECONO
MICS This is the same course as Economics 212. Refer to the Economics
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 220 ALTERNATIVE MODERNITY
AND INDIGENOUS POETICS This is the same course as Comparative Race and Ethnicity/East Asian Studies 220. Refer to the East Asian
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 224 URBAN SOCIOLOGY This is
the same course as Sociology 224. Refer to the Sociology listing for a
course description.
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 231 ENVIRONMENTAL COMMUNICATION An exploration of how messages about nature and the
environment are transmitted in and through our culture. What makes an
environmental message comprehensible, meaningful, and effective? How
can one communicate more completely and accurately with diverse publics? Students will apply theories taught in class to create a communication
campaign for an environmental organization. The only prerequisite is a
basic familiarity with environmental issues.
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 243 SUSTAINABLE ARCHITECTURE This is the same course as Architectural Studies 243. Refer to the
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 249 THE SCIENCE AND ETHICS
OF EXTINCTION This is the same course as Philosophy 249. Refer to
the Philosophy listing for a course description.
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 251 ENVIRONMENTAL ACTIVISM AND ITS POLITICAL IMPACT AROUND THE GLOBE This
is the same course as Government/Slavic Studies 251. Refer to the Government listing for a course description.
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 252 SOCIAL JUSTICE AND ENVIRONMENT This is the same course as Comparative Race and Ethnicity/
Gender and Women’s Studies/History 252. Refer to the History listing for
82
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 260 PROBLEMS OF ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY AND LAW This is the same course as Government
260. Refer to the Government listing for a course description.
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 261 TREES, RIVERS, AND PEO
PLE: ENVIRONMENTAL CONSCIOUSNESS IN GERMANY This
is the same course as German Studies 261. Refer to the German Studies
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 263 THE INTERNATIONAL POLITICS OF CLIMATE CHANGE This is the same course as Government 263. Refer to the Government listing for a course description.
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 290 GOODWIN-NIERING
CENTER CERTIFICATE SEMINAR A service-learning project,
together with a combination of guest lectures and student presentations
on current environmental issues for participants in the Goodwin-Niering
Center Certificate Program.
Prerequisite: Acceptance in GOODWIN-NIERING CENTER Certificate Program. Four credits per semester. Staff
EN V IRONMENTAL STUDIES 307 EN V IRONMENTAL
ANTHROP OLOGY This is the same course as Anthropology 307.
Refer to the Anthropology listing for course description.
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 308 METHODS AND THEORIES
OF ETHNOBOTANY This is the same course as Anthropology/Botany
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 310 CONSERVATION BIOLOGY
This is the same course as Biology 310. Refer to the Biology listing for a
course description.
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 311 ETHNOBOTANY OF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND This is the same course as Anthropology/
Botany 311. Refer to either the Anthropology or the Botany listing for a
course description.
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 312 INTRODUCTION TO
VECTOR-BASED GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Introduction to the concepts and practices of vector-based geographic
information systems. Students will learn how to create, manipulate, display and analyze geographic data using the ArcGIS desktop software suite
on PC computers. A final project that uses spatial analysis to solve a geographic problem of interest to the student is required.
students. B. Chomiak
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 313 INTRODUCTION TO
RASTER-BASED GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Introduction to the concepts and practices of raster-based geographic
information systems. Students will learn how to create, manipulate, display and analyze geographic data using the ArcGIS desktop software suite
on PC computers. A final project that uses spatial analysis to solve a geographic problem of interest to the student is required.
students. B. Chomiak
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 314 EARTH SURFACE PROCESSES AND LANDFORMS A general investigation of geomorphic
processes and the resultant landforms. The physical mechanisms important in landscape development will be examined. Topics include erosion
and deposition by the ocean, rivers, glaciers and landslides. Laboratory
focuses on field observation and field measurement techniques. This is the
same course as Geophysics 314.
Three hours lecture; three hours of field laboratory work. Prerequisite: Environmental Studies/Geophysics 115 or 210 or Environmental
Studies 120 or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 14
students. This is a designated Writing course. D. Thompson
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 315 RIVER ENVIRONMENTS:
SCIENCE, ENGINEERING, AND MANAGEMENT An exploration
of the physical characteristics of rivers with respect to the force of flowing water, the resultant channel morphology, and aquatic-habitat types.
Topics include fluid mechanics, principles of conservation of mass and
energy, channel resistance, and development of secondary flow patterns
in rivers. Discussion of the link between channel complexity, sediment
sorting, and use by aquatic organisms will be discussed with a focus on
fisheries management for anadromous and coldwater fish species. This is
the same course as Geophysics 315.
Three hours lecture; three hours of field laboratory work. Prerequisite:
Environmental Studies/ Geophysics 115, 120, or 210; and Mathematics
111; or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 14 students.
D. Thompson
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 316 COASTAL DYNAMICS OF
SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND A general investigation of the processes
that shape and characterize the world’s oceans and continents. There will
be an emphasis on near-shore and coastal processes as they relate to southern New England. Topics include plate tectonics, water body dynamics,
sediment transport, and the geologic history of the southern New England coast. Laboratory focuses on field observation and interpretation of
marine geophysical data. This is the same course as Geophysics 316.
Three hours lecture; three hours of field laboratory work. Prerequisite:
Environmental Studies/Geophysics 115 or Environmental Studies 120 or
permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 14 students. Staff
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 320 FROM WATTEAU TO
CHRISTO: NATURE IN WESTERN ART FROM THE ENLIGHTENMENT TO MODERNITY, 1700-2000 This is the same course as
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 326 INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL COOPERATION This is the same course as Government 326. Refer to the Government listing for a course description.
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 336 HUMANS AND OTHER ANIMALS IN NINETEENTH-CENTURY AMERICAN LITERATURE
This is the same course as English 336. Refer to the English listing for a
course description.
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 361 ENVIRONMENTAL ART
AND ITS ETHICS This is the same course as Art History 361. Refer to
the Art History listing for a course description.
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 367 NOVEL COMMODITIES This
description.
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 395, 396 GOODWIN-NIERING
CENTER CERTIFICATE SEMINAR A combination of guest lecturers
and student presentations on current environmental issues for participants
in the Goodwin-Niering Center Certificate program.
Prerequisite: Acceptance in Goodwin-Niering Center Certificate
Program. Two credits per semester. Staff
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 450 CULTIVATING CHANGE This
is the same course as Anthropology 450. Refer to the Anthropology listing
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 493, 494 ADVANCED STUDY
SEMINAR IN ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES A seminar addressing
current environmental issues and conflicts such as pollution of aquatic and
terrestrial ecosystems, acidic deposition and global change. Students will
be expected to make presentations and actively participate in discussions.
Open to juniors and seniors. Enrollment limited to 12 students.
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 493A, 494A LAW, SCIENCE
AND THE ENVIRONMENT Focus on topical issues relating to
law, science and the environment. The intersection of law and science in the legal environmental arena from both a current events and
global perspective. A. Davis
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 493B, 494B HUMAN POPULATION GROWTH The impact of rapid human population
growth on the environment and social stability. Emphasis on historic trends in population growth, the recent decline in birth rates
in many parts of the world, changes in agricultural productivity,
the implications of rapid urbanization, and the effect of increasing
human populations on natural environments and biological diversity. R. Askins
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 493D, 494D GEOLOGIC
HAZARDS AND HUMANS An examination of the role of individuals, industry, and government in responding to natural hazards
that include floods, hurricanes, volcanoes, and earthquakes. Emphasis is placed on socioeconomic factors and human’s attempts to control nature that increase human vulnerability and encourage global
injustices associated with natural disasters. D. Thompson
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 493E, 494E INDIGENOUS
PEOPLE, SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT AND BIODIVERSITY An exploration of the complex context of indigenous peoples
and biodiversity in relation to the impact of the world economic
development. The question of sustainable development as a way to
preserve the culture of indigenous peoples and biodiversity will be
discussed.
Prerequisite: Course 110 or permission of the instructor. M.
Lizarralde
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 493F, 494F MARINE POLLUTION The course focuses on the science, laws and policies surrounding marine pollution. Special attention on the development of
international and domestic marine pollution laws and their impact
on marine transportation of oil and chemicals. Seminar format,
requiring significant class participation, student-led discussions, and
a research term paper.
Open to juniors and seniors. Enrollment limited to 15 students. A. Davis
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 493G, 494G CULTURE, POLITICS AND THE ENVIRONMENT This is the same course as
American Studies/Government 493A, 494A. See the Government
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 493K, 494K ECOLOGICAL
RESTORATION An examination of methods for restoring damaged ecosystems as well as the ethics, feasibility, and obstacles to
restoration. Discussion of scientific literature as well as field trips
to restoration sites. This is the same course as Botany 493K, 494K.
Prerequisite: Biology 207 or Botany 315, or permission of the
instructor. C. Jones
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 493M, 494M SUSTAINABLE
AGRICULTURE This is the same course as Botany 493M, 494M.
Refer to the Botany listing for a course description.
83
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 493N, 494N BIOFUELS This is
the same course as Botany 493N, 494N. Refer to the Botany listing
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 493T, 494T THE GREENS IN
EUROPE AND BEYOND This is the same course as German Studies 402/Government 493T, 494T. Refer to the Government listing for
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 493U, 494U ENVIRONMENTAL JUSTICE IN GLOBAL PERSPECTIVE This is the same
course as Government 493U, 494U.
Enrollment limited to 15 students. J. Dawson
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 495, 496 GOODWIN-NIERING
CENTER CERTIFICATE SEMINAR A combination of guest lecturers
and student presentations on current environmental issues for participants
in the Goodwin-Niering Center Certificate program.
Prerequisite: Acceptance in Goodwin-Niering Center Certificate Program. Two credits per semester. Staff
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 295, 296 FIELD WORK IN ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION Field work in science and environmental education; an application of science and education theory in a public
education facility. The student will become acquainted with the teaching
structure of program, exhibits and courses through direct participation.
Prerequisite: Completion of at least three courses in biology, botany,
or environmental studies; permission of the science center staff and the
director of the program. P. Hine
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 291, 292 INDIVIDUAL STUDY
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 497-498 HONORS STUDY
Marine Biological Laboratory Semester
at Woods Hole, Massachusetts
Connecticut College is part of a consortium of colleges that participate
in a semester away program in environmental sciences at the Ecosystems
Center at the Marine Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole, MA. The program offers an intensive immersion in ecological science that emphasizes
hands-on laboratory and research experience. The curriculum consists of
an aquatic ecosystems course, a terrestrial ecosystems course, an elective,
an independent research project, and a science writing seminar.
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 350 at MBL ANALYSIS OF
AQUATIC ECOSYSTEMS Nature and controls of processes (production, decomposition, element cycling and biogeochemistry) in freshwater,
estuarine and marine ecosystems. Application of basic principles of ecosystems ecology to investigating contemporary environmental problems
such as coastal eutrophication, fisheries exploitation, effects of introduced
species, acid deposition and global change. Four credit hours.
Three hours of lecture/discussion and seven hours of laboratory and
field work per week for 10 weeks. Required core course of the MBL Semester in Environmental Sciences. Prerequisite: Biology 105.
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 352 at MBL ANALYSIS OF TERRESTRIAL ECOSYSTEMS Introduction to fundamental biogeochemical processes in fields, pastures, tundra and forested ecosystems.
Physiological ecology of land-plants and soil organisms in an ecosystems
context. Impacts of environmental change on the landscape at local,
regional and global scales will be discussed. Four credit hours.
Three hours of lecture/discussion and seven hours of laboratory and
field work per week for 10 weeks. Required core course of the MBL Semester in Environmental Sciences. Prerequisite: Biology 105.
84
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 354 at MBL SCIENCE WRITERS
SEMINAR Case histories relating to scientific research through writing. Discussion, critique and practice of composing an effective story and
accurately conveying science to the public in lay terms. Fostering public
awareness about science in general and environmental issues in particular.
One credit hour.
One hour of lecture/discussion for ten weeks. Required in the MBL
Semester in Environmental Sciences.
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 355 at MBL MICROBIAL METHODS IN ECOLOGY Scientific rationale behind a number of methods
suitable for determining the role of microbes in ecosystems. Students will
learn methods in a series of laboratories. Three credit hours.
Three hours of lecture/discussion per week for ten weeks. Elective in
the MBL Semester in Environmental Sciences. Prerequisite: Biology 105.
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 356 at MBL AQUATIC CHEMISTRY Theoretical basis for predicting the chemical composition of natural
waters and soil solutions at equilibrium toward understanding element
cycling in ecosystems. Major topics include: acid-base chemistry, dissolution/precipitation, complexation, oxidation and reduction, and adsorption. Emphasis on problem solving and current environmental issues.
Three credit hours.
the MBL Semester in Environmental Sciences. Prerequisite: Either Chemistry 103 and 104 or 107 and 202 or permission of the instructor.
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 357 at MBL MATHEMATICAL
MODELING IN ECOSYSTEMS Dynamic simulation modeling of
ecological processes. The role of models in science, the relationship of
models to scientific theories, and methods for testing the performance
of models against the real world. Survey of important models in ecology
with a focus on the application of the simple concept of mass balance
to simulate population, community and biogeochemical processes. Three
credit hours.
the MBL Semester in Environmental Sciences. Prerequisite: Mathematics
112; Computer Programming Experience or permission of the instructor.
Film Studies
Assistant Professors: Morin, Reich; Associate Professor Martin, director
The Major in Film Studies
Students electing a film studies major will draw upon the interdisciplinary
variety that characterizes the study of moving images−combining theory,
criticism, history, and practice in developing the ability to think in filmic
terms, and gain an understanding of how film functions as both an art
and a social force.
The major consists of a minimum of eleven courses (44 semester
hours), at least nine of which must be at the 200 level or above, as follows:
Core courses:
Courses 101 and 202 (or their equivalents);
Two courses in national cinemas (list A);
Two courses in filmmaking and writing for film (list B);
Two courses in theory and criticism (list C);
Three additional courses drawn from lists A, B, C, or D, or
chosen with approval of the student’s major adviser.
Film Studies
The Minor in Film Studies
The minor in film studies consists of at least six courses, including 101,
202, and four courses chosen from lists A, B, and C below, with at least
one from each list. At least five courses must be at the 200 level or above.
Qualifying Courses for the Major and Minor
Different departments at the college regularly add new courses that fall
under the different categories of requirements for the Film Studies program, sometimes on a one-time basis. It is impossible, therefore, to offer
in this catalog a complete and exact list of courses that fulfill each requirement. As such, some courses that will count for the major are likely to
be absent from the lists that follow. Students should consult the Film
Studies program for information on whether a particular course offering
in another department may count for the film studies major or minor.
A.National cinemas: Anthropology 235 (same as Gender and
Women’s Studies 235) Chinese 236; Film Studies 254, 255, 256,
(same as German Studies 254, 255, 256), 217, 247, 317, 357, 377
(same as East Asian Studies 217, 247, 317, 357, 377), 307 (same
as Slavic Studies 307), 403 (same as French 403), 409 (same
as French 409), French 329; Hispanic Studies 309, 319, 331;
Italian 317.
B. Filmmaking and writing for film: Film Studies 222, 238 (same
as Theater 238), 310, 321, 362, 391, 392, 393, 394, 410;
C.Theory and criticism: Film Studies 252 (same as Philosophy
252), 311 (same as Gender and Women’s Studies 313), 360 (same
as English 360), 395, 396, 493, 494; Gender and Women’s Studies 356, 419; Slavic Studies 288.
D.Additional courses: Arts and Technology 110; East Asian Studies 101; Film Studies 211 (same as Philosophy 211), 497-498; Art
200, 300 (formerly 201); Art History 251 (formerly 240), 356
(same as Anthropology/Comparative Race and Ethnicity 356);
English 221, 307, 322; Philosophy 251 [same as Art History 296
(formerly 230)], 281 (formerly 263); Theater 104, 226, 301.
Learning Goals for the Film Studies Major
Film Studies at Connecticut College approaches the study of moving
images in a unique and comprehensive manner. The program integrates
theory with practice and combines film scholarship with creative work
in film production. Coursework is designed to educate students in the
language of moving images while firmly framing the study within the
traditions and goals of the liberal arts. As budding film scholars, students
are asked to critically analyze the moving image in many forms, such as
documentary, narrative (from Hollywood to numerous national cinemas),
experimental film, animation, and television. Film Studies offers an array
of production classes to give students the technical training and stylistic
devices to author their own creative projects.
Film Studies Learning Outcomes
• E xplore film, television, and other media texts through forms as
varied as narrative, documentary, experimental, and animation
and within cross-cultural and international contexts.
• Recognize and wield the formal aesthetic components of moving
picture imagery which encompass mise-en-scène, cinematography,
editing, sound, narrative structure and form, and narration.
• Examine cinema with both critical acuity and creative insight by
utilizing theoretical and critical terminology specific to the discipline, while also building on critical skills and tools from other
fields that connect dynamically to the construction of motion
picture discourses. This interdisciplinary framework touches on
multiple languages and disciplines that impact the production and
interpretation of media.
• Create film and media works that convey artistic vision and expression with social sensitivity and responsibility, recognizing the
intersections of cinema with modalities of race, class, ethnicity,
gender and sexuality, and the global resonances of nationhood.
• Persuasively argue, in both verbal and written forms, for one’s critical interpretation of film and television texts through close textual
and contextual analysis.
• Embrace the evolving nature of cinema by interacting with a
variety of new technologies, understanding that the influence of
digital media, web-based venues, social networking, and consumer
technologies transform the discipline on a continual basis.
• Apply critical and interpretive skills to cinema and media outside
the classroom, participating in a variety of intellectual and creative
forums, and understanding media literacies as essential to student
growth and development.
• Prepare students to engage with motion picture technologies in
their future career endeavors, and also establish an intellectual and
creative foundation for student’s future graduate work in film and
media theory, criticism and moving image production.
Courses
FILM STUDIES 101 INTRODUCTION TO FILM STUDY: HOW
TO READ A FILM An introduction to the concepts and methodology
of film study as an academic discipline, to the development of film language and narrative conventions, connections between ideology and style,
and categories of film form. Examples will be chosen from aesthetically
and historically significant films. Required screening sessions.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 4 and is a designated Writing course. N. Martin
FILM STUDIES 202 STUDIES IN FILM CULTURE Critical studies of the cultures of moving picture production and reception. Topics
include celebrity and star studies, subculture and fan studies, the political
economy of moving image production, theories of spectatorship, and the
cultural consequences of various moving image technologies. Required
screening sessions.
satisfies General Education Area 4. N. Martin
FILM STUDIES 205 REPRESENTATIONS OF VIOLENCE IN
CLASSICAL LITERATURE AND MODERN FILM This is the same
course as Classics 205. Refer to the Classics listing for a course description.
FILM STUDIES 209 INTERSECTIONAL IDENTITIES IN AMERICAN FILM AND MEDIA An examination of American film and moving
image culture, tracing the representational politics and ideological issues
that arise around notions of identity. Particular emphasis on how race, class,
and ethnicity intersect in a diverse range of film and media forms.
Prerequisite: Course 101 or a freshman seminar in film studies. Open
to sophomores, juniors, and seniors; and to freshmen with permission of
the instructor. Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies
General Education Area 4 and is a designated Writing course. Staff
FILM STUDIES 211 JAPANESE PHILOSOPHY IN FILM, LITERATURE, AND SCHOLARLY TEXT This is the same course as Philosophy 211. Refer to the Philosophy listing for a course description.
FILM STUDIES 217 AFTERLIVES AND APOCALYPSES: POSTWAR JAPANESE CINEMA This is the same course as East Asian Studies/Japanese 217. Refer to the Japanese listing for a course description.
FILM STUDIES 222 FUNDAMENTALS OF MOTION PICTURE
PRODUCTION A hands-on introduction to expression in the language
of moving pictures. By designing and executing a series of short, creative
85
production projects, students will explore how moving image techniques
are used to structure meaning. Emphasis on narrative form. Topics
include composition, videography, sound, continuity editing, montage,
and dramatic structure.
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Preference will be given to
students who have completed Course 101 or equivalent. Meets twice weekly
for up to three hours. Students seeking to enroll in this class should notify
the instructor of their interest prior to pre-registration. Enrollment limited
to 14 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 5. Staff
FILM STUDIES 235 “CHUTNEY-POPCORN”: BOLLYWOOD,
GLOBALIZATION, AND IDENTITY This is the same course as
Anthropology/Gender and Women’s Studies 235. Refer to the Gender
and Women’s Studies listing for a course description.
FILM STUDIES 238 SCREENWRITING This is the same course as
Theater 238. Refer to the Theater listing for a course description.
FILM STUDIES 247 GANGSTERS AND CRIMINALS: OUTLAWS
IN JAPANESE CULTURE This is the same course as East Asian Studies
247. Refer to the East Asian Studies listing for a course description.
FILM STUDIES 252 PHILOSOPHY AND FILM This is the same course
as Philosophy 252. Refer to the Philosophy listing for a course description.
FILM STUDIES 254 THE HOLOCAUST IN FILM AND LITERATURE This is the same course as German Studies 254. Refer to the
FILM STUDIES 255 DEATH AND DESIRE: THE INVENTION OF
HORROR IN EARLY GERMAN CINEMA This is the same course
as German Studies 255. Refer to the German Studies listing for a course
description.
FILM STUDIES 256 GERMAN CULTURE THROUGH FILM This
is the same course as German Studies 256. Refer to the German Studies
FILM STUDIES 258 GERMANY IN TRANSIT: TRANSNATIONAL
WRITERS AND FILMMAKERS This is the same course as German
Studies 258. Refer to the German Studies listing for a course description.
FILM STUDIES 288 THEORY OF FILM This is the same course as
Slavic Studies 288. Refer to the Slavic Studies listing for a course description.
FILM STUDIES 297, 298 SPECIAL TOPICS IN FILM PRODUCTION A study in topics selected from any area in film production. Topics
vary from year to year and may include screenwriting, documentary,
experimental or fiction filmmaking, issues in autobiography, and exploration of new media techniques. May be repeated for credit.
FILM STUDIES 307 HISTORY OF RUSSIAN AND SOVIET FILM
This is the same course as Slavic Studies 307. Refer to the Slavic Studies
FILM STUDIES 310 IDEOLOGICAL REPRESENTATION IN
MOTION PICTURE PRODUCTION An intermediate motion picture production course focusing on issues of ideological representation. By
designing and executing short, creative production projects, students will
explore the social and political implications of visual media production.
Topics include advanced technique in editing, cinematography, directing,
and screenwriting.
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 14
students. R. Morin
FILM STUDIES 311 REPRESENTING GENDER An examination of
the construction of gender in mainstream narrative film in the light of
contemporary film theory and criticism. This course investigates represen86
tations of gender and the body by looking at what are commonly deemed
“masculine genres” – horror and action films – and rethinking these films
when violence and agency are enacted by female characters. This is the
same course as Gender and Women’s Studies 313.
limited to 16 students. N. Martin
FILM STUDIES 317 HEROES AND HEROINES IN JAPANESE
LITERATURE AND FILM This is the same course as East Asian Studies/Japanese 317. Refer to the Japanese listing for a course description.
FILM STUDIES 317f HEROES AND HEROINES IN JAPANESE
LITERATURE AND FILM (In Japanese) This is the same course as
East Asian Studies/Japanese 317f. Refer to the Japanese listing for a course
description.
FILM STUDIES 321 DOCUMENTARY THEORY AND PRODUCTION How moving pictures can be used to explore, discuss, and creatively represent reality – and the issues of “truth,” ethics, and social power
that arise from these practices – from the standpoint of both producers and critical viewers. Documentary production techniques, reading,
and discussion of scholarly literature in documentary history, theory, and
criticism. Short film projects and analytical papers and presentations are
required. Required screening sessions.
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Preference will be given to
students who have completed Course 101 or equivalent. Meets twice weekly
for up to three hours. Students seeking to enroll in this class should notify
the instructor of their interest prior to pre-registration. Enrollment limited
to 14 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 5. Staff
FILM STUDIES 335 BLACK WOMEN IN PRINT AND ON
SCREEN This is the same course as American Studies 335/Comparative
Race and Ethnicity 336/English 355/Gender and Women’s Studies 335.
FILM STUDIES 357 SCREENING EAST ASIA THROUGH MASTERPIECES OF TRANSNATIONAL CINEMA This is the same
course as East Asian Studies 357. Refer to the East Asian Studies listing
FILM STUDIES 360 RACE AND DOCUMENTARY FILM This
is the same course as English 360. Refer to the English listing for a
description.
FILM STUDIES 362 EXPERIMENTAL FILM: HISTORY AND
PRACTICE An introduction to the history of American experimental
film, selected major figures and movements. In addition to viewing, discussing and writing about these films, students will produce their own
experimental pieces in a series of short projects using Super-8 and 16mm
film for acquisition, and Final Cut Pro for editing. As such, the course
also serves as a brief introduction to photo-chemical filmmaking. Special
Fee $100.00.
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Preference will be given
to students who have completed Course 222. Students seeking to enroll
in this class should notify the instructor of their interest prior to preregistration. Enrollment limited to 14 students. Staff
FILM STUDIES 377 GRAPHIC STRIPS: GENDER AND SEXUALITY IN COMICS, MANGA, AND ANIMATED FILM This is the
same course as East Asian Studies/Gender and Women’s Studies 377.
Refer to the East Asian Studies listing for a course description.
FILM STUDIES 395, 396 SPECIAL TOPICS IN FILM STUDIES
Enrollment limited to 14 students.
FILM STUDIES 395W, 396W FEMINISMS IN AMERICAN
POPULAR CULTURE Critical exploration of popular film and
television texts through the shifting terrain of contemporary feminist thought and representations. Academic feminist work will be
Film Studies/French
combined with criticism in the popular press to uncover the interdependent relationships between the two in how they create feminisms’
parameters and popular reception. This is the same course as Gender
and Women’s Studies 356.
Prerequisite: Course 101 or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 16 students. N. Martin
FILM STUDIES 395Z, 396Z ANIMATION A serious, analytic
approach to “cartoons,” exploring the historical trajectory of the
medium, the evolution of aesthetic practices, and the range of technologies utilized in early and contemporary animation. Topics will
range from early studio animation and experimental work through
contemporary computer animation and anime.
Prerequisite: Course 101 or permission of the instructor. N. Martin
FILM STUDIES 403 CITIES ON THE SCREEN: CONSTRUCTING URBAN SPACE IN THE CINEMA (In English) This is the same
course as French 403. Refer to the French listing for a course description.
FILM STUDIES 407 “MASALA-POPCORN”: BOLLY WOOD,
GLOBALIZATION, AND IDENTITY This is the same course as
Anthropology/Gender and Women’s Studies 407. Refer to the Gender and
Women’s Studies listing for a course description.
FILM STUDIES 409 HISTORY/STORY: ON THE GRAND AND
THE INTIMATE IN FRENCH CINEMA (In English) This is the same
course as French 409. Refer to the French listing for a course description.
FILM STUDIES 410 ADVANCED PRODUCTION WORKSHOP An
advanced motion picture production seminar focusing on the creation of a
single project per student or small student group. Students will apply the
techniques learned in previous production classes to write, produce, direct,
and edit a short video production project. Students may alternately choose
to create a short form screenplay for their semester project.
Prerequisite: Course 310 and permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 14 students. R. Morin
FILM STUDIES 493, 494 ADVANCED STUDY SEMINAR IN FILM
STUDIES Enrollment limited to 15 students.
FILM STUDIES 493C, 494C STUDIES IN CULT AND CAMP
An exploration of the aesthetics and politics of “cult and camp” film
and television, examining through fan practices and theoretical writings the intersection of high theory with low cultural products. This
course investigates “trash aesthetics,” philosophical approaches to
“camp,” and the economic and institutional practices of low budget
cult filmmaking.
Prerequisite: Course 101, 202, or permission of the instructor. N. Martin
FILM STUDIES 493W, 494W STUDIES IN AUTHORSHIP:
WOMEN DIRECTORS An exploration of “film authorship” on
theoretical and meta-critical levels, focusing specifically on the way
gender does (or does not) impact the production (and consumption) of female-authored texts. Combining close textual analysis of
women-directed films with feminist criticism, the course examines
a multiplicity of intersecting identities. This is the same course as
Gender and Women’s Studies 419.
Prerequisite: Course 101, 202, or permission of the instructor. N. Martin
FILM STUDIES 291, 292 INDIVIDUAL STUDY IN FILM STUDIES
FILM STUDIES 391, 392 INDIVIDUAL STUDY IN FILM STUDIES
FILM STUDIES 393, 394 INDIVIDUAL STUDY IN MOTION PICTURE PRODUCTION
FILM STUDIES 491, 492 INDIVIDUAL STUDY
FILM STUDIES 497-498 HONORS STUDY
French
Professor: Spencer; Associate Professor: Etoke; Lecturer: Chalmin; Associate Professor Austin, chair
The Major in French
The major consists of at least nine courses: five courses at the 200 level or
higher, including Course 327, 329, or 330, and four additional courses at
the 400 level, including a seminar. Courses must represent at least three
different “areas,” i.e., periods, themes, and/or genres. Two courses from a
semester-long study abroad program in France or a Francophone country
may be counted toward the major, usually at the 400 level; four courses
from a year-long program may be counted. No more than two courses
in English may be counted toward the major. Only four courses taken at
an institution other than Connecticut College may be counted toward
the major. Senior majors are expected to demonstrate proficiency in the
language. Students are strongly encouraged to study away in France or a
Francophone country, and to attend the French Table in Knowlton.
The Minor in French
The minor consists of at least six courses at the 200 level or higher, at least
two of which must be at the 400 level. One course from a semester-long
study abroad program in France or a Francophone country may be counted
toward the minor; two courses from a year-long program may be counted.
No more than one course in English may be counted toward the minor.
Only two courses taken at another institution may be counted toward
the minor. Students are strongly encouraged to study away in France or a
Francophone country, and to attend the French Table in Knowlton.
Learning Goals in the French Major
French specialists (majors and minors) and non- specialists who are nevertheless interested in seriously studying French are expected to:
• Demonstrate proficiency in writing and speaking the language.
In speaking, they are expected to reach, as a minimum, the proficiency level designated in the ACTFL standards, as “High Intermediate.” In writing they are expected to be able to write in clear,
grammatically correct and cogent French 8-12 page analytical
papers on literary, filmic or more generally cultural topics (linguistic proficiency)
• Demonstrate proficiency in French and Francophone literature,
French and Francophone cinema and French history, including
knowledge of contemporary France and its troubled relationship
with its colonial past (cultural proficiency)
• Demonstrate proficiency in French contemporary theory. French
students should be able to think critically, to analyze a cultural
text (be it literary or cinematic) and to demonstrate some degree of
familiarity with the major trends of contemporary French theory:
structuralism, semiotics, deconstruction, postmodernism and
post-colonialism (theoretical proficiency)
• Demonstrate a thorough and nuanced understanding of France’s
evolving status in an increasingly globalized world.
87
Courses
French Language, Literature and Cinema (in French)
FRENCH 101, 102 ELEMENTARY FRENCH Speaking, reading,
understanding, and writing; introduction to French culture. Some reading of French literary texts. Laboratory work. Five credit hours each
semester.
Open only to students with no more than one year of French at
entrance. Enrollment limited to 20 students per section. Offered every
year. R. Chalmin, Staff
FRENCH 110 LOWER INTERMEDIATE FRENCH For students
with one or two years of secondary school French or the equivalent.
Review and progress in listening, speaking, reading, and writing. Not a
continuation of the 101, 102 sequence.
Prerequisite: A qualifying score on the department’s placement exam.
Enrollment limited to 20 students. Offered every year. Students may not
receive credit for both this course and Course 103. Staff
FRENCH 201 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH I Review of pronunciation and grammar; vocabulary building. Practice in speaking and writing
based on selected readings of literary and documentary texts concerning
modern France.
Prerequisite: Courses 101 and 102 or 110, or a qualifying score on
the department’s placement exam. Enrollment limited to 15 students. Students may not receive credit for both this course and Course 113. This is
a designated Writing course. R. Chalmin, Staff
FRENCH 202 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH II Practice in speaking and
writing, with emphasis on the analysis and discussion of texts that explore
literary, political and social values of modern France; grammar review.
Prerequisite: 201 or a qualifying score on the department’s placement exam. Students who have completed Courses 101 and 102 may also
be eligible to take 202 with the permission of the instructor. Enrollment
limited to 15 students. Offered every year. Students may not receive credit
for both this course and Course 114. J. Austin, Staff
FRENCH 301 PENSEZ FRANCAIS: THE FRENCH CULTURAL
EXPERIENCE Conversation and composition based on modern texts
and/or films about France and Francophone countries.
Prerequisite: Course 202 or a qualifying score on the department’s
placement exam. Enrollment limited to 15 students. Offered every year.
Students may not receive credit for both this course and Course 203. This
is a designated Writing course. Staff
FRENCH 325 POSTCOLONIAL FR ANCOPHONE AFRICA
THROUGH CONVERSATION The year 2010 marked the 50 years
of “African independences.” This course stresses the improvement of oral
skills by exploring various dimensions of francophone, post-colonial
Africa. Conversations based on movies, novels, and essays will focus
on the failure of the postcolonial state, the dynamics of social progress,
gender, sexuality, urbanization, and immigration.
Prerequisite: Course 301, a qualifying score on the department’s
placement exam, or permission of the department. Enrollment limited to
20 students. N. Etoke
FRENCH 326 CIVILIZATION THROUGH CONVERSATION
Stresses the improvement of oral skills by exploring various dimensions
of modern French and Francophone culture. Newspaper articles, magazine pieces, French television programs, and articles by specialists will be
reviewed.
16 students. This is a designated Writing course. Staff
FRENCH 327 INTRODUCTION TO LITERARY AND TEXTUAL
ANALYSIS Selected readings aimed at developing an understanding of
literary techniques and at introducing French literature.
88
20 students. Offered every year. This course satisfies General Education
Area 4 and is a designated Writing course. C. Spencer, R. Chalmin
FRENCH 328 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN FRANCOPHONIE
African, and Caribbean authors. Focusing on questions of independence,
language allegiance, colonialism, identity, and belonging.
placement exam, or permission of the department. Enrollment limited
to 20 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 4. N. Etoke
FRENCH 329 FRENCH CINEMA A study of the major directors and
orientations of the French cinema, starting with Lumière and Meliès and
including Bunuel, Cocteau, Renoir and “la Nouvelle Vague.” Special
emphasis will be placed on the cinematic styles and techniques, and on
their evolution during this period.
Prerequisite: Course 301 or permission of the department. Enrollment limited to 20 students. Offered every year. This course satisfies General Education Area 4 and is a designated Writing course. C. Spencer
FRENCH 330 HISTORICIZING FRANCE: POLITICS, CULTURE,
AND LITERATURE A foundation for understanding the culture, language, and literature of France, both by examining its political, economic,
and social history, and by historically analyzing literary texts. Topics
include revolution, the left/right political divide, current politics, education, colonialism, feminism, and the French economy.
placement exam, or permission of the department or instructor. Enrollment limited to 20 students. This course satisfies General Education Area
4 and is a designated Writing course. J. Austin
FRENCH 331/431 THE MAKING OF MODERN FRANCE: IDEOLOGY, POLITICS, AND CULTURE (1654-1804) An examination of
the key events and major literary works that shaped the political, social,
and philosophical foundations of modern France, from the coronation
of Louis XIV to that of Napoleon. Readings by La Fontaine, Racine,
Molière, Lafayette, Montesquieu, Voltaire, Rousseau, Diderot, Gouges,
Robespierre, Constant, de Staël; period paintings; film adaptations.
Prerequisite for 331: Course 301, a qualifying score on the department’s placement exam, or permission of the department or instructor.
Prerequisite for 431: Two French courses at the 300 level. Enrollment
limited to 20 students. R. Chalmin
Prerequisite for all 400-level courses except 403, 403T, 405, 406, 409,
409T: Two 300-level courses.
FRENCH 403T CITIES ON THE SCREEN: CONSTRUCTING
URBAN SPACE IN THE CINEMA Additional weekly two-hour session, in which texts and movies will be discussed in French. Students
selecting Course 403T must concurrently register for French 403. Open
to students who speak and read French beyond the intermediate level. Two
credit hours. The TOC section is required for students who wish to count
the course toward a major/minor in French. J. Austin
FRENCH 405 THE ART OF SPEAKING Advanced conversation based
on newspapers, magazines and contemporary movies; analysis of different
levels of language including “argot.”
Prerequisite: One course at the 300 level, or permission of the department. Enrollment limited to 16 students. C. Spencer
FRENCH 406 THE ART OF WRITING Advanced composition with
an emphasis on style. Samples for weekly practice of written expression
taken from contemporary French newspapers and magazines. No grammar review.
Prerequisite: One course at the 300 level, or permission of the department. Enrollment limited to 16 students. C. Spencer
FRENCH 407 LA CAR AÏBE FR ANCOPHONE HIER ET
AUJOURD’HUI The French Caribbean is a mixture of diverse cultures
French
and experiences grounded in the violence of slavery. The course uses literature and film to reflect on what came out of that violence, which creates
in destroying and destroys in creating. Topics include loss and survival,
memory and identity, and deconstructing blackness. This is the same
course as Comparative Race and Ethnicity 407.
Prerequisite: Two French courses at the 300 level or permission of the
course. N. Etoke
FRENCH 409T HISTORY/STORY: ON THE GRAND AND THE
INTIMATE IN FRENCH CINEMA Additional weekly two-hour session, in which texts and movies will be discussed in French. Students
selecting Course 409T must concurrently register for French 409. Open
to students who speak and read French beyond the intermediate level. Two
credit hours. The TOC section is required for students who wish to count
the course toward a major/minor in French. J. Austin
FRENCH 412 PERSONALIZING HISTORY: A STUDY OF COLONIALISM AS REPRESENTED IN CONTEMPORARY FRENCH
CINEMA An examination of the ways in which contemporary French
cinema has been refiguring France’s colonial past, with emphasis on Indochina and Algeria. Films include Le petit soldat (J. L. Godard), La bataille
d’Alger (G. Pontecorvo), Le crabe tambour (P. Schoendoerffer), La guerre sans
nom (B. Tavernier), L’amant (J. J. Annaud), and Indochine (R. Wargnier).
Enrollment limited to 16 students. C. Spencer
FRENCH 414 NEW WAVE FILM, THEN AND NOW This course
will examine the crucial New Wave movement in French cinema, as it
is expressed as a historical moment or “school” and as it is conceived in
less temporal terms as an attitude toward making and viewing film. The
Nouvelle Vague’s contribution to filmmaking as writing and as epistemological quest will be explored with reference to earlier filmmakers, and in
relation to the parallel Rive Gauche group. Special emphasis will be placed
on contemporary French cinema as inheriting the auteur tradition. Films
by Bresson, Truffaut, Godard, Rohmer, Varda, Marker, Resnais, Beineix,
Besson, Asseyas, Pool, Jeunet.
course. J. Austin
FRENCH 418 REVISITING THE ENLIGHTENMENT A study of
the “Siècle des Lumières” with a focus on the new, contested relationship between the individual and power. Works by literary and political
authors such as Montesquieu, Rousseau, Voltaire, Diderot, Robespierre,
and St. Just.
course. R. Chalmin
FRENCH 420 THE WOMAN’S BODY IN AFRICAN LITERATURE AND CINEMA Rather than being a stable signifier of female
oppression, the woman’s body signifies a number of potentially conflicting
projects and positions in postcolonial African societies. This seminar will
analyze the body as a sign and a bearer of social and political ideologies
embedded in discourses of patriarchy, nationalism, violence, and desire.
This is the same course as Comparative Race and Ethnicity/Gender and
Women’s Studies 420.
course. N. Etoke
FRENCH 422 BLACK BLANC BEUR CINEMA/LITERATURE
Black Blanc Beur/Bleu Blanc Rouge? An examination of how the ethnic
makeup of contemporary French society challenges its republican ideals of
liberty, equality, and fraternity. The course employs literature, film, newspapers, and popular musical forms to reflect on issues such as integration,
identity, urban violence, race, gender, and class.
Enrollment limited to 16 students. N. Etoke
FRENCH 424 ESPACES URBAINS: LA VILLE AU CINEMA The
French city long has been defined in opposition to the countryside, and
more recently, to the (dystopian) suburb. This course will examine the cinematic construction of urban space in France, and in so doing interrogate
the role of the urban/suburban dyad in the contemporary French social
landscape. Weekly screenings.
Enrollment limited to 16 students. J. Austin
FRENCH 426 THE ART OF REBELLION: THE LIBERTINE AND
THE DANDY IN FRENCH LITERATURE An examination of the
relationship between the libertine and the dandy in 17th, 18th, and 19th
century French literature, focusing on the “Art of Rebellion” these cultural
figures embody. Authors include Molière, Casanova, Laclos, Sade, Balzac,
Baudelaire, and Wilde. Representative paintings of the period and cinematographic adaptations of certain works will provide context.
Enrollment limited to 16 students. R. Chalmin
FRENCH 430 LA FEMME ET LA RÉVOLUTION DANS LA
FRANCE DU 19ÉME SIÈCLE An examination of the collective
memory of women in France after the Revolution. Emphasis on their role
in the Republic, and the reality of being a woman in a 19th century Paris
that was undergoing further revolutions in politics, fashion, and capitalism. Works by Baudelaire, Zola, Sand, Flaubert, Mallarmé, DesbordesValmore, Delacroix, Camille Claudel, Hugo.
Prerequisite: One course at the 300 level, or permission of the department. Enrollment limited to 16 students. This is a designated Writing
course. R. Bédoui
FRENCH 435 LA LIBERTÉ OU LA MORT: EXPLORING THE
FRENCH AND HAITIAN REVOLUTIONS (1789-1804) An exploration of the intellectual, economic, and political origins and the consequences of the French and Haitian Revolutions. Topics include the
Declaration of the Rights of Man, the death of Louis XVI, the Terror, the
Counter-Revolution, and the colonies. Readings from Diderot, Rousseau,
Robespierre, Mercier, Sade, Gouges, and Louverture.
Prerequisite: Two 300-level courses. Enrollment limited to 16 students. R. Chalmin
FRENCH 493, 494 ADVANCED STUDY SEMINARS
Prerequisite: Open to juniors and seniors who have completed two
400‑level French courses or by permission of the department. Enrollment
limited to 16 students. This is a designated Writing course.
FRENCH 493K, 494K TROLLOPS AND TRANSVESTITES:
PROSTITUTION AND THE THEATRICS OF TRANSVESTISM IN PREMODERN AND MODERN EUROPE (FRANCE
AND ENGLAND) A study of the relation between transvestism
and theatre from a literary, historical, social and political point of
view. Texts by A. Behn, Defoe, Marivaux, Zola among others. Films
by Almodóvar, Buñuel, B. Blier and B. Jacquot. C. Spencer
FRENCH 493M, 494M HEARING VOICES: STUDY OF
VOICE, THEATRICALITY AND PERFORMANCE The course
will explore the changing meanings and perceptions attached to voice
in its relationship to contemporary issues such as identity, gender and
sexuality. Literary texts (L’Ecole des femmes by Molière, The Rover by
Aphra Behn, Sarrazine by Balzac) and films (Singing in the Rain,
The Law of Desire, The Bad Education). Some incursions in opera, in
particular Haendel and the vogue of castrati. This is the same course
as Gender and Women’s Studies 406. C. Spencer
FRENCH 493N, 494N SEDUCTION A study of seduction in
Ancient Regime literature and today’s cinema. Authors include:
Marivaux, Laclos, Balzac, Barbey d’Aurevilly, Truffaut, Deville and
Almodovar. Emphasis on theatricality, cross-dressing, the narrative
contract and the body in performance. Staff
FRENCH 493O, 494O THE PROSTITUTE AND THE ARTIST
A study of the representation of prostitution in 19th Century French
literature and art. C. Spencer
89
In English
FRENCH 240 BLACK PARIS/BLACK NEW YORK This is the same
course as Anthropology 240. Refer to the Anthropology listing for a
course description.
FRENCH 314 FOREIGN BODIES FORBIDDEN SEXUALITIES IN
AFRICA AND THE CARIBBEAN An examination of the methods,
tactics, and strategies involved in the literary, musical, and cinematic representations of same-sex love in the African and Diasporic context. Topics
include psychoanalysis, black queer theory, HIV/AIDS, and the politics
of (re)cognition/(mis)recognition. This is the same course as Comparative
Race and Ethnicity/Gender and Women’s Studies 314.
course. N. Etoke
FRENCH 403 CITIES ON THE SCREEN: CONSTRUCTING
URBAN SPACE IN THE CINEMA Focus on urban space as constructed on the screen and the interplay between architecture, sets, cultural memory, and film technologies. Study of films from the French
cinematic tradition and examples from the American, Russian, and European cinemas. An additional weekly two-hour, two credit TOC session
in French, 403T, will be offered to students who speak and read French
beyond the intermediate level. Students selecting Course 403T must concurrently register for French 403. The TOC section is required for students who wish to count the course toward a major/minor in French. This
is the same course as Film Studies 403.
Prerequisite: Film Studies 101 or French 329; or permission of the
instructor. Enrollment limited to 16 students. J. Austin
FRENCH 409 HISTORY/STORY: ON THE GRAND AND THE
INTIMATE IN FRENCH CINEMA Two French cinemas have long
existed: one “big” cinema about the tumultuous political, cultural, and
literary history of France, and one “small,” personal cinema about a few
characters and their lives. This course will examine what the differences in
subject and scale mean for French film and culture. An additional weekly
two-hour, two credit TOC session in French, 409T, will be offered to students who speak and read French beyond the intermediate level. Students
selecting Course 409T must concurrently register for French 409. The
TOC section is required for students who wish to count the course toward
a major/minor in French. Weekly screenings. This is the same course as
Film Studies 409.
Prerequisite: Film Studies 101 or French 329; or permission of the
course. J. Austin
Roberts (Dance), Sica (Italian), Uddin (Religious Studies); Assistant
Professors: Anderson (Theater), Assor (Art), Athamneh (Classics), Baker
(English), Barnard (Art), Bedasse (History), Collins (Dance), Davis
(History), Ferhatović (English), Henderson (Dance), Jafar (Sociology),
Knott (German Studies), Moy (Music), Myers (Classics), Reder (English),
Rudolph (Hispanic Studies), Sayej (Government), Schneider (Chemistry),
Spicer (Botany), Strabone (English); Visiting Assistant Professor: Papathanasopoulou (Classics), Visiting Instructor: Khairallah (Psychology).
Gender and Women’s Studies is an interdisciplinary transnational
course of study designed to help students understand the ways in which
gender politics shapes social experience. We examine the nuanced historical processes through which women and men and transgendered people
live out gender; the set of institutional and ideological practices that shape
it; and the concrete processes and political movements through which
inequities are transformed. Employing a transnational, comparative
approach, students explore how gender intersects with issues of nation,
culture, religion, sexuality, class and race. Gender and Women’s Studies prepares students to utilize feminist methodologies and approaches to
examine and enrich other disciplines in the humanities, social sciences,
natural sciences, and arts.
The Major in Gender and Women’s Studies
The Gender and Women’s Studies major consists of courses 103, 224 or
226, 295 or 296, 306, 312, one of the 400-level capstone seminars offered
by departmental faculty, and five additional courses from among electives
either offered by departmental faculty or cross-listed with the associate
faculty. Of the five additional courses, three must be at the 200 level or
above, with one of these at the 300 or 400 level. Given the transnational
focus of the department, students are strongly advised to gain language
competency and to study abroad.
Students may choose to double major in Gender and Women’s Studies and another discipline. Majors are encouraged to undertake independent work in seminars, individual studies courses, or Honors Study.
Departmental and associated faculty serve as advisers.
The Minor in Gender and Women’s Studies
The minor in Gender and Women’s Studies consists of at least five courses,
including courses 103 and 306. In addition, students must elect three
courses. At least two of these three courses must be taken at the 300 or
400 level. A plan of study organized around a specific topic, theme, or area
of interest should be submitted to the faculty adviser for approval.
Advisers: S. Sharma, and Associated Faculty as appropriate
FRENCH 491, 492 INDIVIDUAL STUDY
Learning Goals in the Gender and Women’s Studies Major
FRENCH 497-498 HONORS STUDY
The Department of Gender and Women’s Studies develops students to
be passionately engaged with their studies and the world – as intellectuals, activists, artists, and writers who will apply a knowledge of gender in
work, families, and communities, intelligently and creatively, for their
entire lives. We welcome women, men, and transgender students.
Our major has as its core six required courses that take the student
from the basics of understanding gender as an analytic lens and a force of
culture across geography and history, to an advanced understanding and
application of transnational feminist theory, methodology, and practice.
Majors add to this core at least four interdisciplinary electives that allow
the student to shape the major according to particular interests and talents and to understand the “common differences” among gendered and/
or feminist approaches.
This department follows ideas, movements, and bodies across all
kinds of disciplinary and political boundaries to arrive at new syntheses
and insights that are necessary for creating local and global communities
of justice, sustainability, and peace in the 21st century. It also works to
set the student on a vocational path into a world that needs such talents,
training, and dedication.
Upon completion of a Gender and Women’s Studies Major, students
will master the power of gender as an analytical concept and be able to
Gender and Women’s Studies
Assistant Professor: Sharma; Visiting Assistant Professor: Rotramel
Associated Faculty Professors: Bhatia (Human Development), Borrelli
(Government), Borer (Government), Boyd (English), Chrisler (Psychology), Fredricks (Human Development), Harlan (Religious Studies),
Howes (Economics), Kushigian (Hispanic Studies), Pack (Economics),
Rivkin (English), Stock (American Studies), Van Slyck (Art History and
Architectural Studies), Wilson (History); Associate Professors: Dooling
(East Asian Languages and Cultures), Downs (History), Eastman (Biology), Garofalo (History), Graesch (Anthropology), Grande (Education),
Harris (Sociology), Heredia (Hispanic Studies), Lanoux (Slavic Studies),
Martin (Film Studies), Machtans (German Studies), Manion (History),
Mukerji (Economics), Pfefferkorn (Philosophy), Prestininzi (Theater),
90
apply it in other academic disciplines and in everyday life. The GWS
major will:
Gain Analytical Skills
• Understand the nuanced historical processes by which humans live
out gender across geographies and histories, and the institutional
and ideological practices that shape them;
• Know how other forces of identity and power such as race, sexuality, class, religion and nationality intersect and interact with gender;
• Understand the varieties of feminist theories, the major debates in
the field, internal and external critiques of feminism (from conservative, anti-imperialist, queer, and other positions), and its overall
evolution;
• L earn how major social movements shape history, how the great
social movements of modernity are gendered, when and how
autonomous women’s organizing emerged, and how these movements are engaging the conditions of human lives and communities globally;
• Understand the major issues facing women nationally and globally,
and the stakes and strategies in addressing these challenges.
Refine Modes of Self-Reflection
• Understand the concept of “social location,” including ones own;
• Grasp the ways that binary modes of thinking about and “doing”
gender constrict human possibilities, and appreciate and value the
implications of “queer” and “trans” movements and identities;
• L earn to identify a range of masculinities and femininities and
what is at stake in these choices.
Apply Theory in Practice
• Appreciate the power of individual and collective agency;
• L earning to work in campus and community organizations to
create a more just and sustainable world.
Gain Skills In Writing, Research, Reading, And Speaking
• Utilize feminist methodologies and approaches in order to frame
original research and organizing;
• Work on writing skills that bring clarity of expression and coherence of argument;
• Refine skills of information literacy and research, both library and
web-based, and how to use digital technologies;
• Achieve oral proficiency to speak confidently, intelligently, clearly
and constructively;
• Gain and refine critical reading skills, from the ability to identify an argument or thesis; to following its development through
an essay or book; to engaging and critiquing it; to entering into
scholarly and intellectual conversations about the key issues and
debates in the field.
Required Courses
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 103 A TRANSNATIONAL
FEMINIST INTRODUCTION TO GENDER AND WOMEN’S
STUDIES An interdisciplinary course that examines how feminism is
constituted transnationally. Drawing upon disciplines including political
economy, history, literature, and sociology, the course examines the gendered forces that constitute modernities and post-modernities, including
colonization, the transatlantic slave trade, body politics, the nation-state
and gendered citizens, the global economy, and the family.
Open to all students. Enrollment limited to 40 students. This course
satisfies General Education Area 3. S. Sharma, Staff
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 224 TRANSNATIONAL
WOMEN’S MOVEMENT A gendered examination of twentieth-century social movements and the emergence of autonomous women’s organizations and networks worldwide. Emphasis on violence and the state,
anticolonial movements, communist and postcommunist states, feminism
vs. nation building, women in industrial and postindustrial economies,
and the challenges and opportunities of women’s organizations in the
twenty-first century. This is the same course as Comparative Race and
Ethnicity 224.
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 226 GENDER AND HUMAN
RIGHTS An introduction to human rights frameworks and practices for
women and gender minorities, and their applications, including stopping
gender violence and advocating for educational, economic, and cultural
rights as the context for human development. This course is an alternative
to Gender and Women’s Studies 224 as a requirement for the major. This
is the same course as Education 226.
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 295, 296 TRAINING FOR
TRANSFORMATION Theoretical readings in community organizing
and leadership with supervised practical work at designated communitybased agencies and governmental and non-governmental organizations or
campus-based sites. Two credit hours, pass/not passed marking. May be
taken in conjunction with one of the core courses required for the major.
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 306 ADVANCED READINGS IN FEMINIST THEORY Analysis of social, political and
ideological relations through which feminist knowledge is produced.
Emphasis on significance of gendered analysis as an intervention in a
range of disciplines and discourses and the evolution of complex modes
of theorizing gender as they implicate and are shaped by other forms of
power and identity.
Prerequisite: Course 103 for Gender and Women’s Studies majors or
permission of the instructor. This course is recommended for juniors and
seniors. Enrollment limited to 20 students. Staff
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 312 FEMINIST SOCIAL
RESEARCH METHODS This course focuses on developing feminist
research questions and the design of research projects and gives students
experience with different methods, including interview, survey, experimental and ethnographic techniques. This is the same course as Anthropology/Comparative Race and Ethnicity 312.
Prerequisite: Course 103 or 224 or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 30 students. This is a designated Writing course. S. Sharma
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 401 “THE STATE IS DEAD,
LONG LIVE THE STATE”: GLOBALIZATION AND STATE-MAKING IN THE 21ST CENTURY An introduction to theories of the
transnational modern state as it is challenged by globalization in its various
permutations. We will explore the implications of social networking on new
and powerful people’s movements, especially across the Middle East and
India, attempting to remove authoritarian regimes through peaceful congregation and state-based responses to such acts of non-violent resistance.
We will engage Foucauldian and feminist notions/theories of the state with
such transnational developments, exploring the future of the state and the
state of the future.
Prerequisite: Course 103 and either 224 or 306. Open to junior and
senior majors in anthropology, gender and women’s studies, international
relations, or economics; and to others with permission of the instructor.
S. Sharma
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 407 “MASALA-POPCORN”:
BOLLY WOOD, NEOLIBER ALISM, AND NARR ATIVES OF
91
IDENTITY This course offers students a critical understanding of Bollywood films as the principle mode of constituting diasporic identities
and as a mode of agency and empowerment of subaltern gender and queer
identities, especially in the context of globalization (1990s to present). This
is the same course as Anthropology/Film Studies 407.
Prerequisite: Course 103 or equivalent course in Anthropology/Film
Studies. This is a designated Writing course. Enrollment limited to 16
students. S. Sharma
their relationship to cultural processes centered on labor and political
economy in gendered contexts. These contexts include those concerning
women as a category, as well as those concerning the gendering of labor
in the global economy.
Prerequisite: Course 103 or another introductory social science course,
or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 30 students. Staff
Electives in Gender and Women’s Studies
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 217 SAME-SEX SEXUALITY
IN WORLD HISTORY This is the same course as American Studies/
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 102 CHILDREN’S RIGHTS
AND PUBLIC POLICY This is the same course as Human Development
103. Refer to the Human Development listing for a course description.
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 218 GLOBAL QUEER HISTORIES This is the same course as American Studies/History 218. Refer
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 106 DOMESTIC DISTURBANCES: POSTWAR AMERICAN WOMEN’S LITERATURE This
description.
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 219 SEXUALITY AND EROS
IN CLASSICAL ANTIQUITY This is the same course as Classics 219.
Refer to the Classics listing for a course description.
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 203 AN INTRODUCTION
TO QUEER STUDIES This interdisciplinary introduction will ground
students in queer theories and histories and the movements of queer and
transgender people. These theoretical and historical lenses will be used to
examine literature, film, popular culture, and personal and group identities so that students gain facility in “queering” a wide range of intellectual
and cultural pursuits.
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 207 FEMINIST APPROACHES
TO DISABILITY STUDIES An exploration of disability as both a social
identity and category of analysis. The mix of feminist and disability-based
scholarship provides an interdisciplinary and intersectional entrance into
this innovative field. Course materials will include critical theory, historical
and contemporary studies, as well as activist and artistic representations.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 3 and is a designated Writing course. A. Rotramel
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 208 WORDS, WISDOM,
AND WITNESS: WOMEN OF COLOR IN THE AMERICAS An
examination of the ways in which women of color have invented themselves in the Americas over the past century. Students will examine the
contributions of women of color to feminist theory, theology, literature
and the arts, and U.S. social movements and activism.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. C. Highbaugh
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 209 RACE, GENDER, AND
THE MASS MEDIA This is the same course as Sociology 208. Refer to
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 210 BLACK WOMEN IN
THE CARIBBEAN An exploration of the ways women in the Caribbean have contributed to cultures of the African Diaspora. The course
will focus on ways of living in island countries, including Puerto Rico,
the Dominican Republic, Haiti, and Cuba. Consideration will be given
to feminist analyses of topics such as community life and politics, religion
and ritual, leadership and revolution, economic development, and artistic
expression.
Prerequisite: One of the following: Course 103, 224, or permission of
instructor. Enrollment limited to 30 students. C. Highbaugh, Staff
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 222 GENDER IN THE
ANDES AND MEXICO This is the same course as History 220. Refer
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 230 GENDER IN COMMUNIST AND POST-COMMUNIST SOCIETIES This is the same
course as Slavic Studies 230/East Asian Studies 230. Refer to the Slavic
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 235 “CHUTNEY-POPCORN”: BOLLYWOOD, GLOBALIZATION, AND IDENTITY An
examination of the scripts of social reform in Bollywood films since the
advent of globalization and economic liberalization in 1991. Through a
series of Hindi films made in the period between 1990 and 2000, this
course makes connections between economic change and the gendered
nature of social reform in contemporary India. This is the same course as
Anthropology/Film Studies 235.
Prerequisite: Course 103 or equivalent, or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 30 students. This is a designated Writing
course. S. Sharma
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 242 THE HISTORY OF
WOMEN AND GENDER IN THE UNITED STATES This is the
same course as American Studies/History 242. Refer to the History listing
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 244 MODERN CHINESE
WOMEN’S WRITING IN TRANSLATION This is the same course
as Chinese 244. Refer to the East Asian Languages and Cultures listing
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 252 SOCIAL JUSTICE AND
ENVIRONMENT This is the same course as Comparative Race and
Ethnicity/Environmental Studies/History 252. Refer to the History listing for a course description.
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 253 DIFFERENT FROM THE
OTHERS? SEXOLOGY AND SEX ACTIVISM IN THE WEIMAR
REPUBLIC This is the same course as German Studies 253. Refer to the
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 254 THE SOLO PERFORMANCE EVENT This is the same course as Theater 252. Refer to the
Theater listing for a course description.
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 211 SEX, GENDER, AND
SOCIETY This is the same course as Sociology 212. Refer to the Sociology listing for a course description.
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 258 WOMEN, RELIGION,
AND MODERNITY This is the same course as Religious Studies 258.
Refer to the Religious Studies listing for a course description.
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 216 GENDER AND GLOBALIZATION A study of discourses and practices of globalization and
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 260 BORDERLESS WORLDS?
EXPERIMENTAL TRAVEL, ART AND LANGUAGE This is the same
92
course as East Asian Studies/German Studies 260. Refer to the German
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 264 HAPPY ENDINGS:
SHAKESPEARE’S COMEDIES This is the same course as English/
Theater 264. Refer to the English listing for a course description.
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 265 SPEAKING WHAT WE
FEEL: SHAKESPEARE’S TRAGEDIES AND HISTORIES This is
the same course as English/Theater 265. Refer to the English listing for a
course description.
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 266 SUPERMAN KILLED
GOD: AMERICAN GRAPHIC NOVEL AS SECULAR ART FORM
An examination of graphic novels as a unique and serious art form.
Students will learn to recognize graphic novels as social commentaries
creatively told and to see how this art form tracks cultural crises or the
dialectics of cultural change. The course considers how graphic novels blur
the traditional lines between social polar opposites by taking crystalized
identities (sexuality, gender, race, ethnicity, class, ableism, and so on) and
muddying them in recognizably real ways. This is the same course as Art
History 266.
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 321 CHILDREN AND FAMILIES IN A MULTICULTURAL SOCIETY This is the same course as
Human Development 321. Refer to the Human Development listing for
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 323 THE DIARY: CRAFTING PRIVATE LIVES, HIDING PUBLIC SELVES An exploration of
the diary, that raw, fragmentary, and intensely private document. Students
will learn to position themselves vis-à-vis this forbidden text in order to
understand the issue of accountability – how to see, read, and use the
diary. Through such tools as ethnography, students will examine the diary
as a social space to craft selves. This is the same course as English 323.
Prerequisite: Course 103 or equivalent. Enrollment limited to 16 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 3 and is a designated
Writing course. S. Sharma
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 326 THRILLS, CHILLS,
AND TEARS: BLACK GENRE FICTION This is the same course as
English/Comparative Race and Ethnicity 326. Refer to the English listing
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 327 RADICAL BODIES:
CONTEMPORARY ART AND ACTION This is the same course as
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 270 HISTORY OF SEXUALITY IN THE U.S. This is the same course as American Studies/History
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 330 MEDITATIONS ON
THE HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN SOUTH This is the same
course as American Studies/History 330. Refer to the History listing for
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 301 AMERICAN WOMEN
WRITERS This is the same course as English 301. Refer to the English
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 330B LOVE AND SEX IN
THE MIDDLE AGES This is the same course as English 330B. Refer to
the English listing for a course description.
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 304 CHILDREN AND FAMILY
SOCIAL POLICIES This is the same course as Human Development 304.
Refer to the Human Development listing for a course description.
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 332 EXQUISITE CORPSES
This is the same course as English 332. Refer to the English listing for a
course description.
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 305 “FLOWERS FROM THE
VOLCANO”: IMPERIAL DISCOURSE, ECO-FEMINISM, AND
RESISTANCE IN THE AMERICAS (In Spanish) This is the same
course as Hispanic Studies 305. Refer to the Hispanic Studies listing for
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 333 U.S. LATINO URBAN
YOUTH NARRATIVES (In Spanish) This is the same course as Hispanic Studies 333. Refer to the Hispanic Studies listing for a course
description.
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 307 ADOLESCENT DEVELOPMENT This is the same course as Human Development 307. Refer to
the Human Development listing for a course description.
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 309 THE HISTORY OF
SLAVERY AND EMANCIPATION IN THE AMERICAS This is the
same course as American Studies/History 309. Refer to the History listing
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 311 MUSLIM WOMEN’S
VOICES This is the same course as Religious Studies 311. Refer to the
Religious Studies listing for a course description.
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 313 REPRESENTING
GENDER This is the same course as Film Studies 311. Refer to the Film
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 314 FOREIGN BODIES
FORBIDDEN SEXUALITIES IN AFRICA AND THE CARIBBEAN This is the same course as Comparative Race and Ethnicity/
French 314. Refer to the French listing for a course description.
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 316 IDENTITY AND PLACE
IN ITALIAN CULTURE (In Italian) This is the same course as Italian
316. Refer to the Italian listing for a course description.
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 335 BLACK WOMEN IN
PRINT AND ON SCREEN This is the same course as American Studies 335/Comparative Race and Ethnicity 336/English 355/Film Studies
335. Refer to the English listing for a course description.
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 337 THE LITERATURE OF
PASSING This is the same course as English 337. Refer to the English
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 340 PSYCHOLOGY OF MEN
AND MASCULINITY This is the same course as Psychology 340. Refer
to the Psychology listing for a course description.
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 341 CRIME AND PUNISHMENT IN U.S. HISTORY This is the same course as American Studies/
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 350 EDUCATION AND
THE REVOLUTIONARY PROJECT IN LATIN AMERICA This is
the same course as American Studies/Comparative Race and Ethnicity/
Education 350. Refer to the Education listing for a course description.
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 356 FEMINISMS IN
AMERICAN POPULAR CULTURE This is the same course as Film
Studies 395W, 396W. Refer to the Film Studies listing for a course
description.
93
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 362 ALICE MUNRO AND
THE SHORT STORY This is the same course as English 362. Refer to
the English listing for a course description.
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 377 GRAPHIC STRIPS:
GENDER AND SEXUALITY IN COMICS, MANGA, AND ANIMATED FILM This is the same course as East Asian Studies/Film Studies 377. Refer to the East Asian Studies listing for a course description.
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 421 TOPICS IN ITALIAN
CULTURE: RESEARCH SEMINAR (In Italian) This is the same
course as Italian Studies 421. Refer to the Italian Studies listing for a
course description.
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 426 HISTORY OF GENDER
AND SEXUALITY IN JAPAN, 1850s-1980s This is the same course as
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 400 THE SOCIOLOGY OF
GLOBALIZATION This is the same course as Sociology 400. Refer to
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 434 TOPICS IN MULTICULTURALISM: MAPPING BODIES This is the same course as
Dance 434. Refer to the Dance listing for a course description.
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 402 DESIRING JUSTICE:
SEX, DIFFERENCE AND SOCIAL MOVEMENTS An exploration
of the intertwined histories of disability and sexuality. Topics include
eugenics and reproductive justice, as well as arts movements that challenge mainstream attitudes. The course provides a critical understanding
disability and sexuality as categories central to socio-political structures
and practices.
Prerequisite: Course 103, 203, 207, 306, or 312. Enrollment limited
designated Writing course. A. Rotramel
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 448 HUMAN TRAFFICKING: PROSTITUTION AND SEX-SLAVERY IN NORTHEAST
ASIA, WESTERN EUROPE AND THE U.S. SINCE 1850 This is
the same course as History 448. Refer to the History listing for a course
description.
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 406 HEARING VOICES: A
STUDY OF VOICE, THEATRICALITY AND PERFORMANCE (In
French) This is the same course as French 493M, 494M. Refer to the
French listing for a course description.
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 408 CHILD MALTREATMENT This is the same course as Human Development 408. Refer to
the Human Development listing for a course description.
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 410 “DRAG YOU OFF TO
MILLEDGEVILLE”: MIND, POWER, AND MENTAL HEALTH
This seminar uses archives of Georgia’s state mental hospital, which
became the largest in the world in the 1940s, to examine issues of mental
illness and mental health from a gender, race, and class perspective. Materials include archival sources, films, novels, and psychiatric histories. The
interdisciplinary approach welcomes students interested in American
studies, psychology, history, and disability studies. This is the same course
as American Studies/History 410.
Prerequisite: Course 224, 306, or advanced work in American Studies or History. Enrollment limited to 16 students. Staff
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 413 JANE AUSTEN This is
the same course as English 493G, 494G. Refer to the English listing for
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 468 RACE AND SEX IN
EARLY AMERICA This is the same course as American Studies/History
Additional Electives
ART HISTORY 370
Gender in Architecture
ART HISTORY 420
Gender in Early Modern Europe (1350-1700): Art, Literature
and Society
ECONOMICS 409
Women and Work
FILM STUDIES 494C
Studies in Cult and Camp
GOVERNMENT 250
Gender and U.S. Politics
HISPANIC STUDIES 433A, 434A
Growing up in Latin America: The Bildungsroman in Latin
American Narrative
HISPANIC STUDIES 433C, 434C
Contemporary Spanish Women Writers
HISTORY/AMERICAN STUDIES 248
Narratives of Illness
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 415 SOCIAL POLICY
ANALYSIS IN URBAN AMERICA This is the same course as Human
Development 415. Refer to the Human Development listing for a course
description.
HISTORY 410
“Drag you off to Milledgeville”: Mind, Power, and Mental Health
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 416 GLOBALIZATION,
CULTURE, AND IDENTITY This is the same course as Human
Development 416. Refer to the Human Development listing for a course
description.
PSYCHOLOGY 203
Psychology of Women
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 418 TONI MORRISON This
is the same course as English 493H, 494H. Refer to the English listing for
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 419 STUDIES IN AUTHORSHIP: WOMEN DIRECTORS This is the same course as Film Studies
493W, 494W. Refer to the Film Studies listing for a course description.
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 420 THE WOMAN’S BODY
IN AFRICAN LITERATURE AND CINEMA (In French) This is the
same course as Comparative Race and Ethnicity/French 420. Refer to the
French listing for a course description.
94
PHILOSOPHY 263
Body and Gender
PSYCHOLOGY 493A, 494A
Psychology of Women’s Health
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 291, 292 INDIVIDUAL STUDY
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 391, 392 INDIVIDUAL STUDY
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 495, 496 FIELD WORK Six
to nine hours weekly of supervised practical work at designated community-based agency, governmental or non-governmental organization, or
campus site, with written reflection as final product.
Open to senior majors and minors in Gender and Women’s Studies.
Students must find a faculty sponsor to oversee field work experience. Stu-
Government and International Studies/German Studies
dents may only take this course once unless senior students get advanced
permission for a two-semester field work assignment as an alternative to
an honors thesis.
GENDER AND WOMEN’S STUDIES 497-498 HONORS STUDY
conversation hours on campus. Off campus opportunities include intensive summer language programs; study abroad at selected institutions;
participation in the Connecticut-Baden-Württemberg academic exchange
program with the universities of Freiburg, Heidelberg, Konstanz, Stuttgart
and Tübingen, among others; the IES programs in Berlin, Freiburg, and
Vienna; and internships in Austria, Germany, or Switzerland. Students
are encouraged to apply for a limited number of John S. King Memorial
Travel Grants for summer study in Germany.
Geology
Learning Goals in the German Studies Major
Minor in Geology
The minor in geology consists of a minimum of five courses:
Two of the following: Astronomy 105; Geophysics 115, 120; Physics
107, 109.
One of the following: Geophysics 210, 211, 259.
One of the following: Geophysics 314, 315, 316.
One Geophysics elective at the 200 level or higher from the courses
listed above; or Environmental Studies 312, 313, 493D, or 494D; or
an appropriate individual study.
German Studies
Assistant Professors: Knott, Machtans, Associate Professor Atherton, chair
The Major in German Studies
The major consists of at least nine semester courses (36 semester hours)
in German Studies at or above the 200 level and at least two 400-level
courses from German Studies in German taken at Connecticut College.
Two courses from German Studies in English or the group of German
Studies-related courses may be counted toward the major if departmental
guidelines are followed.
Normally, no more than four courses taken at another institution
may be counted toward the German Studies major. Proficiency in spoken
German at the intermediate mid level of the ACTFL proficiency standards
is required.
The Minor in German Studies
The minor consists of at least six semester courses (24 semester hours)
in German Studies at or above the 200 level, and at least one 400-level
course from German Studies in German taken at Connecticut College.
One course from German Studies in English or the group of German
Studies-related courses may be counted toward the minor if departmental
guidelines are followed. Normally, no more than two courses taken at
other institutions may count toward the minor.
Courses selected from the section “German Studies in English” or
“German Studies-Related Courses” may count toward the major or minor
when departmental guidelines are followed. These include obligatory participation in a German discussion Foreign Language Across the Curriculum (FLAC) section if offered and completion of specified readings and
written assignments in German.
Students are strongly encouraged to utilize the resources of the Language and Cultural Center, including satellite broadcasts of German television programs and newscasts. The Department possesses an extensive
collection of video and audio cassettes for classroom and individual use.
Other means of improving German language and cultural proficiency
include residence in Knowlton, meals at the German table, and German
The major in German Studies cultivates in its students a deep engagement
with their environment organized around three concentric concentrations: language competence, cultural competence, and critical competence. These are not sequential stages but simultaneous aspects of our
broad-based educational program within the framework of the liberal arts.
Language Competence
On completion of the major, students will attain the “intermediate-mid”
level of spoken competence according to the standards published by the
American Council of Teachers of Foreign Languages (ACTFL). At this
level, a speaker can initiate conversation and carry out basic communicative tasks in various familiar social situations. Intermediate speakers can
negotiate everyday transactions effectively without recourse to English,
and travel confidently throughout the German-speaking world. Student’s
comprehension and reading skills will be generally higher than their
spoken level, including the ability to read newspapers and magazines as
well as shorter fiction.
Cultural Competence
Advanced linguistic fluency involves more than just grammatical and
lexical competence. The advance registers of a language require correct
usage within a variety of social and cultural contexts. This dimension of
learning we call “cultural competence.” The major in German Studies
organizes cultural competence around a series of cultural keystones. These
keystones are distributed throughout the German Studies curriculum.
Students learn to identify and examine the fundamental forces that have
shaped German Culture, ranging from historical events and individuals,
to political concepts and forms of social organization, to major literary,
artistic, and philosophical trends.
Critical Competence
Critical competence comes from understanding how culture both shapes
and is shaped by the values it produces and enforces. Critical competence
is, in the first instance, the ability to analyze and evaluate critically the
ways in which the foreign culture’s texts, symbols, events, and institutions
occur in debates and controversies that generate its identity and values. At
the same time, critical competence is also the cross-cultural application of
these analytical skills to evaluate the values of one’s own culture as they
emerge in their differences from the foreign culture one studies. While
this is the goal of all our more advanced courses, students achieve this
personally and pragmatically through a period of immersion and intellectually through an independent study or a senior dissertation. The major
in German Studies, offers students various paths to cultivate linguistic,
cultural, and critical competence, in pursuit of this goal and in fashioning
themselves into independent-minded, engaged, and intelligent adults in
the 21st century.
Courses
A. German Cultural Studies in English
GERMAN STUDIES 110 INTRODUCTION TO LANGUAGE AND
MIND This is the same course as English/Hispanic Studies/Linguistics
110. Refer to the Linguistics listing for a course description.
95
GERMAN STUDIES 243 A DIFFICULT PAST: GERMAN HISTORY,
1850-2000 This is the same course as History 243. Refer to the History
GERMAN STUDIES 253 DIFFERENT FROM THE OTHERS?
SEXOLOGY AND SEX ACTIVISM IN THE WEIMAR REPUBLIC
An examination of the ground-breaking work of Magnus Hirschfeld, sexologist and founder of the Institute of Sexual Research in Berlin. Topics
include the history of sexuality rights activism, as well as works of artists,
filmmakers, and authors who engaged critically, creatively, and politically
with questions of gender and sexuality during the Weimar Republic (19181933). This course may include an optional section that will meet for an
additional hour each week to discuss supplemental readings in German.
additional credit hour, pass/not passed marking. This is the same course
Enrollment limited to 40 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 3 and is a designated Writing course. S. Knott
GERMAN STUDIES 254 THE HOLOCAUST IN FILM AND
LITERATURE This course focuses on the globalization of Holocaust
memory. Students examine a variety of representations from different countries and in different genres. We also probe underlying theoretical issues
such as the relationship between history and memory, fact and fiction,
trauma and writing/film making. This course may include an optional section that will meet for an additional hour each week to discuss supplemental
readings in German. Students participating in the foreign language section
will receive one additional credit hour, pass/not passed marking. This is the
Enrollment limited to 40 students. This course is not open to students who have received credit for German Studies 252. This course satisfies General Education Area 4. Staff
GERMAN STUDIES 255 DEATH AND DESIRE: THE INVENTION OF HORROR IN EARLY GERMAN CINEMA The films of
Weimar Germany helped raise moving pictures to the status of a major
form of modern art. This course considers the visual, thematic, and political characteristics of Weimar cinema, tracing their consequences into the
present day. This is the same course as Film Studies 255.
GERMAN STUDIES 256 GERMAN CULTURE THROUGH FILM
An examination of the history and culture of post-1900 Germany through
film. Students will become acquainted with some of the most famous
German films and situate them in their historical and cultural context.
Films include Metropolis, Triumph of the Will, Run Lola Run, Downfall,
The Lives of Others, and The Baader Meinhof-Complex Rational. This course
week to discuss supplemental readings in German. Students participating
pass/not passed marking. This is the same course as Film Studies 256.
Enrollment limited to 40 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 4. K. Machtans
GERMAN STUDIES 258 GERMANY IN TRANSIT: TRANSNATIONAL WRITERS AND FILMMAKERS An exploration of the
situation of migrants in Germany. Focusing on protagonists who have
allegiances to multiple places, texts and films question the existence of
fixed national identities and highlight instead the fluidity of national
belonging. Authors and filmmakers include Akın, Özdamar, Kermani,
and Tawada. This course may include an optional section that will meet
for an additional hour each week to discuss supplemental readings in
German. Students participating in the foreign language section will
receive one additional credit hour, pass/not passed marking. This is the
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 4. K. Machtans
96
GERMAN STUDIES 260 BORDERLESS WORLDS? EXPERIMENTAL TRAVEL, ART, AND LANGUAGE An examination of the relationship between travel, creativities, and gender in transnational contexts
with a German, Japanese, and English focus. The course considers performance art, visual art, and literature, and critically engages the avant-garde
across borders, beyond paradigms of “East” and “West.” This is the same
course as East Asian Studies/Gender and Women’s Studies 260.
course. S. Harb, S. Knott
GERMAN STUDIES 261 TREES, RIVERS, AND PEOPLE: ENVIRONMENTAL CONSCIOUSNESS IN GERMANY An examination
of changes in the conceptions of nature leading to the development of
an environmental consciousness in Germany from the 18th through the
20th century. Readings include texts from Kant, Heidegger, and Hans
Jonas. Topics include the state of nature, the forest, the Rhine, nudism,
the Green party, and the city of Freiburg as environmental model. This
hour each week to discuss supplemental readings in German. Students
credit hour, pass/not passed marking. This is the same course as Environmental Studies 261.
Enrollment limited to 40 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 4. G. Atherton
GERMAN STUDIES 272 BERLIN This interdisciplinary team-taught
course will examine the history, culture, and architecture of the city of
Berlin since the 18th century. Readings in history, literature, and urban
studies will focus on the Berlin of old Prussia and Bismarck through
the Weimar era and the Nazi dictatorship up to the divided city of the
Cold War and the Berlin of Reunification. This course may include an
supplemental readings in German. Students participating in the foreign
marking. This is the same course as History 272.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. Offered in alternate years. This
course. G. Atherton, M. Forster
GERMAN STUDIES 309 SEMINAR IN LITERARY TRANSLATION This is the same course as Slavic Studies 309. Refer to the Slavic
GERMAN STUDIES 402 THE GREENS IN EUROPE AND BEYOND
This is the same course as Environmental Studies/Government 493T/494T.
Refer to the Government listing for a course description.
B. Language Courses
GERMAN STUDIES 101, 102 ELEMENTARY GERMAN This yearlong sequence (fall 101, spring 102) provides students with a basic understanding of German in speaking, listening, reading, and writing through
a variety of materials. Upon completion of 101 and 102, Elementary
German, students normally enroll in German 201. Four hours of credit
for each semester.
Prerequisite: Course 101 is a prerequisite for 102. Enrollment limited
GERMAN STUDIES 201 LOWER INTERMEDIATE GERMAN For
students with two or three years of high school German or other previous
experience with the language. Reading and discussion of selected literary
texts, grammar, composition. Students progress from Course 201 to 202.
This course is not open to students who have received credit for German
Studies 103, Lower Intermediate German. Staff
GERMAN STUDIES 202 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN This course
strengthens vocabulary and grammatical expertise through conversation and writing assignments. Focus on contemporary German society
through the use of newspapers, films, songs, and texts.
German Studies
limited to 20 students. Normally offered second semester. This course
satisfies General Education Area 4. Staff
C. German Cultural Studies in German
GERMAN STUDIES 226 THEATER WORKSHOP Development of
aural/oral skills through the medium of play reading. Practice in pronunciation and phrase intonation. Individual analysis of phonetic difficulties.
The course culminates in a small-scale production.
Two hours weekly; with additional individual sessions. Open
to students with two or more semesters of college German. It may be
taken concurrently with any intermediate or advanced German Studies
course and may be repeated for credit. Two hours credit. Offered second
semester. Staff
GERMAN STUDIES 321 MORE THAN MERCEDES AND
MUNICH An exploration of the cultural history of the German-speaking territories from the Middle Ages to the present. The course introduces the main events and people who have shaped modern-day Germany
through a variety of media, including primary texts, historical narratives,
film, art, and music.
Prerequisite: One 200-level course in German, its equivalent, or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 30 students. K. Machtans
GERMAN STUDIES 322 FREUD AND NIETZSCHE: INTRODUCTION TO LITERARY ANALYSIS Selected works of literature
and their social and historical background. Introduction to genres, major
literary movements and techniques of literary analysis.
Prerequisite: Course 202 or permission of the instructor. This course
GERMAN STUDIES 324 FROM THE GERMAN NOVELLE TO
NOVEL FORMS OF WRITING An exploration of the most influential
writers and movements of German-speaking literary traditions and forms
from the Novelle to contemporary works. Emphasis on literature written
after 1750 to the present, including authors such as Goethe, Bachmann,
and Tawada.
Prerequisite: One 200-level course in German or permission of the
instructor. Staff
GERMAN STUDIES 425 FREEDOM AND REVOLUTION: THE
GERMAN ENLIGHTENMENT INTO ROMANTICISM Nature,
freedom, reason, feeling, these were the bywords of the enlightenment.
This course examines these concepts in the German context in representative works from the enlightenment through to Romanticism in the work
of such authors as Goethe, Schiller, and Kant.
Prerequisite: A 300-level course, its equivalent, or permission of the
instructor. Offered in alternate years. G. Atherton
GERMAN STUDIES 426 19th CENTURY GERMAN LITERATURE
The major literary movements and writers from Romanticism through
Realism.
instructor. Offered in alternate years. Staff
GERMAN STUDIES 427 MODERN GERMAN LYRIC FROM
RILKE TO CELAN Through careful readings of lyric poetry by such figures as Rilke, Else Lasker-Schüler, Stefan George, Bertolt Brecht, to postwar
poets such as Celan, Ingeborg Bachmann, Hans Magnus Enzensberger, and
Durs Grünbein, as well as prose discussions by these poets and other critics,
we will attempt to understand how lyric poetry and cultural history inform
one another.
instructor. Enrollment limited to 15 students. This course is not open to
students who have received credit for German Studies 427A. Staff
GERMAN STUDIES 431 TERROR IN GERMAN CULTURE: RAF
The West German terrorist group Rote Armee Fraktion (RAF) arose from
the radical student movement of the late 1960s to provoke the gravest
crisis in post-War German history in 1977. It voluntarily dissolved in
1998. We will study its role in West German culture using literature,
film, the media and other documents.
course is not open to students who have received credit for German Studies 493G, 494G. G. Atherton
GERMAN STUDIES 432 WEIMAR GERMANY: VIOLENCE AND
CULTURE The opportunities and dangers facing any democratically
organized modern society are exemplified in a compelling form by the
experience of post-World War I Germany. This seminar will consider literary, theoretical, and historical documents in order to clarify this turbulent
period in German history and relate it to our contemporary situation.
Prerequisite: A 300-level course in German. Enrollment limited to
16 students. Staff
GERMAN STUDIES 433 AFTER THE WALL: GERMAN FILM
AND LITERATURE An examination of post-wall German literature
and film. Special emphasis on texts and films that deal with the legacy of
the Nazi past, terrorism, the German Democratic Republic and unification; transnational German literature and film; and the representation of
minorities. Authors and filmmakers include Oliver Hirschbiegel, Florian
Henckel von Donnersmarck, Fatih Akin, Ali Samadi Ahadi, Judith Hermann, Jenny Erpenbeck, and Christian Kracht.
Open to juniors and seniors. Prerequisite: One 300-level course in
German, its equivalent, or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 16 students. K. Machtans
GERMAN STUDIES 434 BEYOND THE WALL: HISTORY AND
CULTURE OF THE GERMAN DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC An
exploration of the history and culture of the German Democratic Republic from its founding in 1949 to the fall of the Berlin Wall in 1989. Students encounter a selection of examples from literature, film, and music,
and learn to analyze them in their historical, social, and political context.
Prerequisite: One 200-level or 300-level German course, its equivalent, or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 16 students.
Staff
GERMAN STUDIES 435 TRANSNATIONAL CULTURES: TURKS
IN GERMANY This course focuses on cultural productions that highlight the experiences of Turks in post-unification Germany. How do
these works engage in the construction of new German or transnational
identities, crossing national, cultural, or perhaps also gender boundaries?
Course materials include literature, feature films, television broadcasts,
stand-up comedy, news articles, and scholarly essays.
Prerequisite: One 200- or 300-level course, or permission of the
instructor. Enrollment limited to 16 students. This is a designated Writing course. Staff
GERMAN STUDIES 436 IMAGINING “AMERIKA” An examination of German-American cultural exchange from the end of the
19th Century and into the 21st Century. The course explores the ways
“Amerika” is represented in German-language literature, film, and popular culture. Texts include Kafka’s Amerika, Handke’s Der kurze Brief zum
langen Abschied, and readings from Adorno and Anderson; films include
Der verlorene Sohn and Schultze gets the blues.
Prerequisite: One 300-level German course, its equivalent, or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 16 students. This course
satisfies General Education Area 4. S. Knott
GERMAN STUDIES 437 POP GOES THE WORLD! POP ART,
LITERATURE, AND CULTURE IN THE GERMAN-SPEAKING
WORLD A critical analysis of the relationship of pop art to pop literature and its resonances in German-speaking cultures today. Emphasis on
debates surrounding “high” and “low” culture, the historical preconditions for the development of popular culture as we understand it today,
and current trends in art, literature, and music.
Enrollment limited to 16 students. S. Knott
97
GERMAN STUDIES 468 ECO-CONSCIOUSNESS AND TRANSCENDENCE This senior seminar explores German green culture and
its relationship with attempts in German philosophy to discover “higher
realities.” The course begins with a brief review of essential postures of the
enlightenment, explores the tensions between earth-bound and spiritual
salvation in Romanticism, and then reaches out toward Nietzsche, Heidegger, and the contemporary Green Movement.
Prerequisite: Two 300-level courses, or permission of the instructor.
Area 4. C. Anderson
GOVERNMENT 277
European Politics
GERMAN STUDIES 491, 492 INDIVIDUAL STUDY
HISTORY 239
Reformation and Counter-Reformation
GERMAN STUDIES 497-498 HONORS STUDY
GOVERNMENT 308
Ethnic Conflict in Europe
HISTORY 232
Later Middle Ages: Christians, Muslims, and Jews
HISTORY 237
Early Modern Europe, 1500-1750
Foreign Language Across the Curriculum Courses
PHILOSOPHY 330B
Kant
GERMAN STUDIES 243f A DIFFICULT PAST: GERMAN HISTORY, 1850-2000 This is the same course as History 243f. Refer to the
SOCIOLOGY 325
Foundations and Development of Sociological Theory
GERMAN STUDIES 253f DIFFERENT FROM THE OTHERS?
SEXOLOGY AND SEX ACTIVISM IN THE WEIMAR REPUBLIC
This optional section will meet for an additional hour each week to discuss
supplemental readings in German. Students participating in the foreign
marking. Students electing Course 253f must concurrently register for
German Studies 253. S. Knott
GERMAN STUDIES 254f THE HOLOCAUST IN FILM AND LITERATURE This optional section will meet for an additional hour each
week to discuss supplemental texts in German. Students participating in
the foreign language section will receive one additional credit hour, pass/
not passed marking. Students electing Course 254f must concurrently
register for Film Studies/German Studies 254. Staff
GERMAN STUDIES 256f GERMAN CULTURE THROUGH FILM
This optional section will meet for an additional hour each week to discuss supplemental texts in German. Students participating in the foreign
Film Studies/German Studies 256. Staff
GERMAN STUDIES 258f GERMANY IN TRANSIT: TRANSNATIONAL WRITERS AND FILMMAKERS This optional section will
in German. Students participation in the foreign language section will
electing Course 258f must concurrently register for Film Studies/German
Studies 258. K. Machtans
GERMAN STUDIES 261f TREES, RIVERS, AND PEOPLE: ENVIRONMENTAL CONSCIOUSNESS IN GERMANY This optional
section will meet for an additional hour each week to discuss supplemental readings in German. Students participating in the foreign language
Students electing Course 261f must concurrently register for German
Studies 261. G. Atherton
GERMAN STUDIES 272f BERLIN This optional section will meet for
an additional hour each week to discuss supplemental texts in German.
272f must concurrently register for History/German 272. This is the same
course as History 272f. G. Atherton, M. Forster
E. German Studies-Related Courses
ART HISTORY 260
Early 20th Century Art
98
Government and International Relations
Professors: Borrelli, Coats, Dawson, Frasure, Hybel, James, Patton, Rose;
Associate Professor: Tian; Assistant Professor: Sayej; Adjunct Assistant
Professor: Nugent; Adjunct Instructor: Melo; Visiting Assistant Professor:
Mitchell; Professor Borer, chair
The Major in Government
The major consists of ten or more semester courses, at least eight of which
shall be at the 200 level or above. Three courses must be at the 300 level
or above, including a 400-level government seminar taken in the junior
or senior year at Connecticut College. Honors Study (497-498) or Individual Study (491, 492), supervised by a Connecticut College Government
professor, may be taken in lieu of the 400-level seminar. Students taking
Honors Study must complete at least eleven courses in the major for
graduation. Under normal circumstances majors must take at least seven
of the major courses at Connecticut College.
Majors must include at least one semester course in each of the following four fields:
1. Political Theory (110, 211, 214, 304, 318, or a relevant seminar
or special topic).
2. Comparative Politics (112, 220, 224, 225, 230, 238, 251, 263,
277, 308, 309, 322, or a relevant seminar or special topic).
3. U.S. Politics (111, 212, 221, 226, 231, 250, 258, 260, 262, 284,
304, 316, 335, 336, or a relevant seminar or special topic).
4. International Politics (113, 205, 206, 215, 220, 225, 228, 229,
252, 263, 307, 308, 316, 324, 325, 326, 348, 352, or a relevant
seminar or special topic).
Advisers: T. Borer, M.A. Borrelli, W. J. Coats, J. Dawson, W. Frasure, A.
Hybel, D. James, D. Patton, W. Rose, C. Sayej, J. Tian
The Minor in Government
A minor in government shall consist of a minimum of five courses concentrated in one of the following fields: U.S. Politics, International Politics,
Comparative Politics, Political Theory, or Public Policy. The five or more
courses may be distributed as follows:
1. May include the 100-level introductory course in the field. For
the Public Policy Concentration, a 100-level course in any of the
fields may be selected.
2. Must include at least one 300- or 400-level course in the field
during the junior or senior year. Independent Studies (391, 392,
491, 492) may be used in lieu of the relevant advanced course or
seminar.
3. Must include at least two 200- or 300-level courses in the field,
normally taken prior to enrollment in the advanced course or
seminar.
4. The fifth course must be beyond the 100 level and with the permission of the advisor may be taken in a related field.
The following concentrations are offered:
1. U.S. Politics, drawn from the following courses: 111, 212, 221,
226, 231, 250, 258, 260, 262, 284, 304, 316, 335, 336, or a relevant seminar or special topic.
Advisers: M. A. Borrelli, W. Frasure, D. James.
2. International Politics, drawn from the following courses: 113,
205, 206, 215, 220, 225, 228, 229, 252, 263, 307, 308, 316, 324,
325, 326, 348, 352, or a relevant seminar or special topic. One
course from comparative politics at the 200 level or above may
be included.
Advisers: T. Borer, J. Dawson, A. Hybel, D. Patton, W. Rose, C.
Sayej, J. Tian.
3. C omparative Politics, drawn from the following courses: 112,
220, 224, 225, 230, 238, 251, 263, 277, 308, 309, 322, or a relevant seminar or special topic. One course from international
politics at the 200 level or above may be included.
Advisers: T. Borer, J. Dawson, A. Hybel, D. Patton, C. Sayej, J.
Tian.
4. Political Theory, drawn from the following courses: 110, 211, 214,
304, 318, or a relevant seminar or special topic.
Adviser: W. J. Coats.
5. Public Policy, drawn from the following courses: 110, 111, 112,
113, 215, 220, 231, 251, 252, 258, 260, 262, 263, 307, 324, 326,
336, 352, or a relevant seminar or special topic.
Advisers: T. Borer, M. A. Borrelli, J. Dawson, W. Frasure, D. James.
Relevant 301, 302 Special Topics courses may apply toward the minor
concentration. Ordinarily, a student may apply only one course taken at
another institution toward the minor concentration.
The Major in International Relations
International Relations is an interdisciplinary major administered by the
Government Department. It consists of ten or more semester courses. At
least eight must be at the 200 level or above. Two Government courses
must be at the 300 level or above, including a 400-level Government seminar taken in the junior or senior year. Courses must be taken from the
departments of Government, History, and Economics. Six of the courses
must be in government and four from related social science fields. Students who do Honors Study (two courses) must present eleven courses in
the major. At least seven courses (eight for honors) must be taken at Connecticut College. A government Honors Study (497-498) or an Individual
Study (491, 492) may be taken in lieu of the seminar.
Students should develop a particular focus in the major, such as
foreign policy analysis, international political economy, the developing
world, environmental politics, security studies, international relations
theory, human rights, politics or international politics of a region, ethnic
conflict, terrorism, or other approved topic. You should develop this focus
in consultation with your adviser by early in the junior year.
In addition to the College language requirement, majors must take
at least one course in a modern foreign language beyond the intermediate
level. Students taking Arabic, Chinese, or Japanese must complete the
intermediate level series. To become and remain fluent in the language,
as well as to be competitive for certain graduate programs, students are
encouraged to take language courses through the senior year.
Students are also encouraged to study abroad, especially if language
immersion is involved. To gain practical experience and to make professional contacts, students are encouraged to do an internship with a
governmental or non-governmental organization concerned with international affairs.
In planning a schedule of courses, check the Catalog for prerequisites
to courses. For example, almost all of the Economics courses listed below
require both Economics 111 and 112. Courses listed here suggest the types
of courses that fit the requirements. In consultation with your adviser,
some substitutions are permitted. For instance, if taken in Germany, a
course in German foreign policy taught by a politics department could
meet the foreign policy requirement.
The required Government courses are Government 113 and five others,
of which at least two shall be at the 300 level or above, selected as follows:
1. One in Foreign Policy selected from: Government 206, 215, 252,
352, or an appropriate advanced course.
2. One in International Politics selected from: Government 205,
206, 215, 220, 225, 228, 229, 263, 307, 308, 324, 325, 326, 348,
or an appropriate advanced course.
3. One in Comparative Politics selected from: Government 112,
220, 224, 225, 230, 238, 251, 263, 277, 308, 309, 322 or an
appropriate advanced course.
4. One other 200-, 300-, or 400-level Government course in the
International Politics, Foreign Policy, or Comparative fields noted
above. Government 316, National Security vs. Personal Freedom,
can also satisfy this requirement.
5. A Government seminar taken at Connecticut College during the
junior or senior year: 400-level Government International Politics, Foreign Policy, or Comparative Politics seminar. An alternative is Honors Study (497-498) or an Individual Study (491or
492) supervised by a Connecticut College Government professor.
Four additional, non-Government courses selected as follows:
For all departments, the following qualifier can be added: “or appropriate advanced course.”
1. One in Economics selected from: 208, 210, 216, 219, (formerly
319), 220, 234, 237, 311, 330, or 332.
2. One in History selected from: 202, 216, 219, 220, 224, 226, 234,
243, 247, 249, 250, 253, 262, 264, 272, 278, 319, 324, 325, or
344.
3. Two additional courses selected from the following: Any of the
Economics or History courses noted above; Anthropology 234,
260, 280, 307, 315, 360, or 363; Gender and Women’s Studies
224, 226, 401 (formerly 360); Philosophy 232; Religious Studies
248 or 304; or an appropriate Individual or Honors Study.
Advisers: T. Borer, J. Dawson, A. Hybel, D. Patton, W. Rose, C.
Sayej, J. Tian
Learning Goals in the Government Major
Connecticut College Graduates
with a Major in Government will:
• Demonstrate a general understanding of government and politics
that spans and is informed by scholarly insights from the subfields
of U.S. politics, comparative politics, international relations, and
political theory. Specifically, graduates will be able to speak and
write cogently about:
# U.S. Politics. The features of the U.S. Constitution, U.S.
political culture and the governmental institutions, processes, and policies of the U.S. government;
99
# Comparative Politics. Variations in the political cultures and
governmental institutions, processes, and policies of states;
# International Relations. Competing historical and contemporary theories and debates surrounding national sovereignty,
international norms and values, and cooperation and conflict
(surrounding, for example, military power, economic relations, and human rights) among states, international organizations, and nonstate actors around the world; and
# Political Theory. Competing theories of the origins and
nature of political authority, legitimacy, and justice, reaching back to the ancient Greeks; the constitution of political
societies through choices among possible institutions and
processes; the relationships between governments and markets; and the tensions between collective political action and
individual liberties.
• Demonstrate a deep understanding in some portion of the four
subfields (listed above) as a result of completing upper-level
coursework.
• Demonstrate the ability to plan, research, and write an extended
paper on a topic related to their chosen area of concentration.
• Engage in critical thinking when confronted with competing
opinions and various viewpoints.
• Develop skills in oral communication and public speaking through
active participation in classroom discussions and presentations.
Learning Goals in the International Relations Major
Connecticut College Graduates
with a Major in International Relations will:
• Demonstrate an understanding of competing theories and debates
surrounding national sovereignty, international norms and values,
and cooperation and conflict among states, international organizations, and non-state actors around the world that is informed
by coursework in the departments of Government, History, and
Economics; with specific ability to speak and write cogently about
each of the following:
# Major scholarly debates within the subfield of foreign policy;
# Major scholarly debates within the subfield of international
relations;
# Major scholarly debates within the subfield of comparative
politics;
# Major scholarly debates regarding International economic
cooperation, conflict, and development; and
# The history and culture of a particular country or region
other than the United States.
• Develop foreign language proficiency through the completion of a
course in a modern foreign language beyond the intermediate level
(students taking Chinese, Japanese, or Arabic must complete the
intermediate-level series); and
• Demonstrate a deep understanding of one of the following subfields
of international relations: foreign policy analysis, international political economy, the developing world, environmental politics, security
studies, terrorism, human rights, the politics or international politics
of a particular region, ethnic conflict, international relations theory,
or some other topic approved by their adviser.
• Demonstrate the ability to plan, research, and write an extended
paper on a topic related to their chosen area of concentration.
• Engage in critical thinking when confronted with competing
opinions and various viewpoints.
• Develop skills in oral communication and public speaking through
active participation in classroom discussions and presentations.
100
Courses
Basic Courses
GOVERNMENT 110 POLITICAL IDEAS An introduction to basic
political concepts and institutions such as “politics,” “justice,” “constitution,” and “revolution.” Readings from Sophocles, Plato, Aristotle, Locke,
Madison, Tocqueville, Marx, Lenin, Weber, and others, including some
modern fiction.
Not open to juniors and seniors. Enrollment limited to 40 students
per section. Offered both semesters. This course satisfies General Education Area 3 and is a designated Writing course. W.J. Coats, D. James
GOVERNMENT 111 UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT AND
POLITICS An analysis of the underlying values, processes, institutions,
and issues in United States politics.
Not open to juniors and seniors except by permission of the department. Enrollment limited to 30 students per section. Offered both semesters. This course satisfies General Education Area 3. M.A. Borrelli, W.
Frasure, D. James
GOVERNMENT 112 COMPARATIVE POLITICS Comparative
political analysis with examination of politics in the Americas, Europe,
Asia and Africa. Emphasis on political concepts to examine the conditions
for democratic politics, economic development and ethnic conflict.
Not open to juniors and seniors except by permission of the department. Enrollment limited to 30 students per section. Offered both semesters. This course satisfies General Education Area 3. D. Patton, J. Tian
GOVERNMENT 113 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS An introductory historical and theoretical analysis of modern international relations.
The course will focus primarily on understanding the patterns of international relations, especially war and peace, and economic issues.
Not open to juniors or seniors except by permission of the department. Enrollment limited to 30 students per section. Offered both semesters. This course satisfies General Education Area 3 and is a designated
Writing course. A. Hybel, W. Rose, T. Borer
Intermediate Courses
GOVERNMENT 205 INSURGENCY AND COUNTERINSURGENCY An examination of insurgency (a variant of guerilla warfare) and
counterinsurgency (the governmental response). Drawing from political
science and history, the course considers the nature, causes, and consequences of a variety of insurgencies. It also assesses the uses and limits of
various approaches to counterinsurgency.
seniors. Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course is not open to students who have received credit for Government 207 or History 207. W. Rose
GOVERNMENT 206 U.S. FOREIGN POLICY TOWARD LATIN
AMERICA Analysis of foreign policies initiated by the United States
toward Latin America from the Monroe Doctrine to the Clinton
Administration.
Open to students who have taken Course 113 or 252. Enrollment
limited to 30 students. A. Hybel
GOVERNMENT 211 ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL POLITICAL
THOUGHT Western political theory from Plato to medieval Latin
Christendom. Readings from Plato, Aristotle, Cicero, Augustine, Aquinas, and others. This is the same course as Philosophy 241.
Open to juniors and seniors, and to sophomores who have taken
Course 110 or a course in philosophy. Enrollment limited to 30 students.
This course satisfies General Education Area 6 and is a designated Writing
course. W. J. Coats
GOVERNMENT 212 CONGRESS The responsibilities and the difficulties that attend representation as it is practiced by members of the
United States legislative branch.
Course 111. Enrollment limited to 30 students. This is a designated Writing course. M.A. Borrelli
GOVERNMENT 214 MODERN POLITICAL THOUGHT Western
political theory from Machiavelli to the late nineteenth century. Readings
from Machiavelli, Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, Marx, and Nietzche. This is
the same course as Philosophy 244.
Course 110 or a course in philosophy. Enrollment limited to 30 students.
course. W. J. Coats
GOVERNMENT 225 STATES AND MARKETS IN EAST ASIA
Intermediate course on East Asian political economy. An introduction to
the basic political and economic institutions of major East Asian countries
and an examination of the dynamics of the interactions between the two.
Students will develop a general set of tools that can be used to analyze contemporary issues in East Asia. This course may include an optional section
readings in Chinese. Students participating in the foreign language section will receive one additional credit hour, pass/not passed marking.
Prerequisite: Course 112 or 113; or Economics 111 or 112; or an
introductory course in East Asian history, languages, and cultures. Enrollment limited to 30 students. J. Tian
GOVERNMENT 215 THE UNITED STATES AND VIETNAM An
examination of various transitional episodes in America’s intercourse with
Vietnam since 1945, with an emphasis on elements of U.S. politics and
policymaking.
students. W. Frasure
GOVERNMENT 225f STATES AND MARKETS IN EAST ASIA
(In Chinese) This optional section will meet for an additional hour each
week to discuss supplemental texts in Chinese. Students participating in
register for Government 225. J. Tian
GOVERNMENT 220 THE POLITICS OF EUROPEAN INTEGRATION This course examines the history, institutions, and politics of the
European Union. It considers alternative explanations of European integration, focusing on theories of constructivism, neofunctionalism, and
liberal institutionalism.
Prerequisite: Course 112 or permission of the instructor. Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors. Priority given to government and international
relations majors. Formerly Course 493L, 494L; cannot receive credit for
both courses. Enrollment limited to 30 students. D. Patton
GOVERNMENT 226 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF AMERICAN
BUSINESS An examination of business in the politics and economy of
the United States. Topics include the nature of business structures, government regulation of business, the impact of business on U.S. politics
and public policy, economic development, and globalization. Emphasis on particular industries, such as transportation, energy, agriculture.
This course meets concurrently with Economics 226, with a maximum
enrollment of 20 students per course; students may not receive credit for
both courses.
Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors, with preference given to
sophomores. Enrollment limited to 20 students. W. Frasure and D. Peppard
GOVERNMENT 221 POLITICAL PARTIES, CAMPAIGNS AND
ELECTIONS Analysis of changes in the U.S. political context since the
1970s that affect contemporary parties, campaigns, and elections, plus
their consequences for the ability to govern.
Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors who have taken Course
111. Enrollment limited to 30 students. This is a designated Writing
course. D. James
GOVERNMENT 223 HUMAN RIGHTS AND MEDIA Why does
media coverage of human rights atrocities sometimes mobilize people to
take action to stop them, while at other times it is met with indifference?
Do different forms of media have a greater or lesser impact on mobilization? Examining a variety of media, this course examines the complicated
relationship between mediated violence and mobilization to halt it.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. T. Borer
GOVERNMENT 224 EMERGING ECONOMIES IN ASIA AND
LATIN AMERICA An examination, using the political economy
approach, of the distinctive development paths of selected countries. An
assessment of the interaction between economics and politics across different regions. Major themes include the rise of emerging market economies,
new patterns of trade and international relations, geo-strategic implications, demographic transition, migration and remittances, employment,
social protection, inequality, and exclusion. This course may include an
supplemental readings in Chinese or Spanish. Students participating in
not passed marking. This is the same course as Economics 224.
Prerequisite: Course 112 or 113; and Economics 111 or 112. Enrollment limited to 30 students. J. Tian and M. Cruz-Saco
GOVERNMENT 224f EMERGING ECONOMIES IN ASIA AND
LATIN AMERICA (In Chinese or Spanish) This optional section will
meet for an additional hour each week to discuss supplemental texts in
Chinese or Spanish. Students participating in the foreign language section
will receive one additional credit hour, pass/not passed marking. Students
electing Course 224f must concurrently register for Economics/Government 224. This is the same course as Economics 224f.
GOVERNMENT 227 THE COLD WAR An examination of the Cold
War from several perspectives, including international relations theory,
European and American politics and culture, military doctrines, geostrategy, and ideological competition. Topics include origins of the Cold War,
nuclear deterrence, decolonization and the Third World, détente, and the
Cold War’s end and aftermath.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. W. Frasure, D. Patton
GOVERNMENT 228 TERRORISM An investigation of four aspects
of terrorism: its characteristics, consequences, and causes, as well as
methods to control its occurrence and effects. International and domestic
terrorism will be examined, along with both state-sponsored and nonstate-sponsored terrorism.
seniors. Enrollment limited to 30 students. W. Rose
GOVERNMENT 229 UNITED NATIONS PEACEKEEPING Critical analysis of traditional missions to keep or restore peace between countries, and new humanitarian and “peace-building” operations within
countries.
seniors. Enrollment limited to 30 students. This is a designated Writing
course. W. Rose
GOVERNMENT 230 HUMAN RIGHTS AND SOUTH AFRICAN
POLITICS An analysis of the political economy of the apartheid system,
as well as the consequences of this system for post-apartheid politics.
Emphasis is placed on human rights issues including the Truth Commission, race relations, and the AIDS epidemic.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. T. Borer
GOVERNMENT 231 POLITICS OF THE CRIMINAL JUSTICE
PROCESS This course considers the role of politics in the administration of criminal justice in the United States by focusing upon the steps
and actors in that process. Two assumptions underlie this consideration: 1)
the judicial process is best understood when considered as a subsystem of
101
the larger political system, and 2) political considerations, defined broadly,
largely explain how individuals fare within that system.
Course 111. Enrollment limited to 30 students. R. Harrall
GOVERNMENT 235 COMPARATIVE PUBLIC POLICY An examination of social policy and policy-making undertaken from a comparative
perspective.
Open to juniors and seniors, and to others who have completed one
100-level government course. Enrollment limited to 30 students. Staff
GOVERNMENT 238 MIDDLE EAST POLITICS Comparative analysis of political systems and structures of governance in the Middle East.
112; and to others with permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited
to 30 students. C. Sayej
GOVERNMENT 240 REVOLUTIONS AND REGIME TRANSITIONS: DOMESTIC IMPLICATIONS AND INTERNATIONAL
DIMENSIONS An examination of international and comparative theories
of revolution and related processes, such as regime transitions. Students will
become familiar with several cases of revolution around the world, including the U.S.S.R., Cuba, Nicaragua, Iran, Portugal, the Eastern Bloc, and
the Arab Spring, among others. The course explores the causes of insurgency, the nature of provisional governments, the role of international actors
and interventions, and the outcomes of revolutionary processes.
taken Course 112 or 113. Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course
satisfies General Education Area 3. D. Melo
GOVERNMENT 241 THE COURTS AND THE LAW An exploration of the role played by the judicial and legal system in defining, interpreting, and enforcing law in the United States.
Prerequisite: Open to juniors and seniors, and to sophomores who
have taken course 111. Enrollment limited to 30 students. P. Mitchell
GOVERNMENT 250 GENDER AND U.S. POLITICS How political
institutions have constructed gender and thus determined lives. Particular emphasis is given to the diversity of experiences that are claimed by
people as gendered persons and to their differing political expectations
and hopes.
Prerequisite: Open to juniors and seniors, and to others who have taken
Course 111. Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course is not open to
students who have received credit for Government/Gender and Women’s
Studies 313. This is a designated Writing course. M.A. Borrelli
GOVERNMENT 251 ENVIRONMENTAL ACTIVISM AND ITS
POLITICAL IMPACT AROUND THE GLOBE The emergence and
development of environmental activism in industrialized societies and its
impact on the policy-process. Brief review of the major environmental
philosophies that have shaped environmental movements and politics
around the globe; focus on comparing the characteristics and impact of
popular environmental movements in advanced industrialized democracies and communist/post-communist societies. Comparison of experiences of the United States, Western Europe, and Japan with those of the
former Soviet Union, East-Central Europe, and China. This is the same
course as Environmental Studies/Slavic Studies 251.
Open to juniors and seniors, and to others who have taken Environmental Studies 110 or 111 or Course 112 or 113. Enrollment limited to
30 students. J. Dawson
GOVERNMENT 252 U.S. FOREIGN POLICY The international and
domestic sources of foreign policy, U.S. diplomatic history, and America’s
role in the twenty-first century.
a designated Writing course. W. Rose
GOVERNMENT 253 CHALLENGES TO DEMOCRACY IN
EUROPE’S MEDITERRANEAN REGION Today, Italy, along with
102
several of its Mediterranean counterparts, faces burdensome challenges
in the political, social, and economic arenas. To develop a clearer understanding of these challenges, the course is divided into two sections. In the
first, discussions focus on alternative theories that address the creation and
solidification of democratic regimes. In the second, an attempt is made to
gauge the explanatory value of the competing theoretical arguments to
five European states: Italy, Spain, Portugal, Greece, and Turkey.
limited to 30 students. This is a designated Writing course. This course is
taught in the SATA Perugia program. A. Hybel
GOVERNMENT 258 U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY AND
POLITICS An examination of decision- and policy-making relating to
environmental issues in the United States, from the 1930s to the present.
Issues to be addressed include natural and cultural resource management,
the recreation industry, conservation and preservation debates, federalism,
and the immediate future of the environmental movement. This is the
same course as Environmental Studies 258.
Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors; and to freshmen with permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 30 students. M.A. Borrelli
GOVERNMENT 260 PROBLEMS OF ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY
AND LAW An examination of political and legal problems associated with
attempts to devise and implement public policy with respect to environmental quality. Topics include the political behavior of public and private
interest groups, businesses and government agencies which are saliently
concerned with environmental problems. This is the same course as Environmental Studies 260.
Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors who have taken a course in
government or economics. Enrollment limited to 30 students. W. Frasure
GOVERNMENT 263 THE INTERNATIONAL POLITICS OF CLIMATE CHANGE Starting with the science and projected impacts, we
will consider climate change: the impact on the global south and adaptation measures; the projected flood of climate refugees and their legal
status; food and agriculture implications; comparative policy responses;
international treaty efforts and existing international law; potential for
intensification of violent conflict; and the role of activism in promoting
governmental action. While the course is interdisciplinary, there is a dominant focus on comparative policy responses and international politics.
Prerequisite: One course in Government or Environmental Studies;
or with permission of the instructor. This is a designated Writing course.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. J. Dawson
GOVERNMENT 266 POLITICS OF PUERTO RICO An examination of the development of politics in Puerto Rico from the late 19th century to the present, with some consideration of the Puerto Rican diaspora.
Prerequisite: Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors; and to others
who have taken Course 111 or 112. Enrollment limited to 30 students.
Staff
GOVERNMENT 270 THE POLITICS OF INEQUALITY An examination of the political and governmental sources of inequality, its consequences, and various responses to it. Analyses of race, gender, and class
are included.
Open to juniors and seniors, and to others who have completed one
100-level government course. Enrollment limited to 30 students. Staff
GOVERNMENT 277 EUROPEAN POLITICS Comparative analysis
of political systems and structures of governance in Europe.
Course 112. Enrollment limited to 30 students. D. Patton
GOVERNMENT 284 POLITICS OF BUREAUCRACY The impact
of bureaucratic structures upon the policy of the United States. How the
ideas that agencies are intended to implement are translated into political
structures; constraints imposed on these structures by elected politicians;
and kinds of discretion available to the bureaucrat.
Course 111. Enrollment limited to 30 students. This is a designated Writing course. M.A. Borrelli
Advanced Courses
GOVERNMENT 301, 302 SPECIAL TOPICS The study of a current,
particularly relevant or special topic in politics and government. Each
topic will be offered one semester only.
GOVERNMENT 301K, 302K U.S. LEGAL VALUES IN CONFLICT Judicial decisions are based, in part, on legal theories that
often conflict. Through reading and discussing relevant theories and
judicial decisions, this course enables students to understand those
conflicting legal values, to develop their individual judgments about
them, and to decide where to set the balance when they conflict.
Open to juniors and seniors who have taken any course in U.S.
government/politics or in political theory. This is a designated Writing course. Enrollment limited to 30 students. D. James
GOVERNMENT 304 AMERICAN POLITICAL THOUGHT Analysis of the basis and consequences of American emphasis on individualism, the shift since the 1970s to hyper-individualism, and contemporary
critiques of American political thought.
Open to juniors and seniors who have taken any course in U.S. government/politics or in political theory, and to sophomores with permission
of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 30 students. This is a designated
Writing course. D. James
GOVERNMENT 307 THE POLITICS OF REFUGEES Issues surrounding the politics of refugees, including such topics as refugees in
international law, refugees versus internally displaced peoples (IFPs),
refugees and violence, humanitarian intervention, and gender based refugee issues.
Prerequisite: Course 113 or permission of the instructor. Open to
sophomores, juniors, and seniors. Enrollment limited to 30 students. This
is a designated Writing course. T. Borer
GOVERNMENT 308 ETHNIC CONFLICT IN EUROPE A review
of theoretical perspectives on the causes of ethnic conflict and the application of these perspectives to important cases of ethnic conflict in contemporary Europe.
Course 112 and any 200-level government course. Enrollment limited to
30 students. D. Patton
GOVERNMENT 309 CHINESE POLITICS Perspectives on contemporary Chinese governmental structure, ongoing economic reform,
and the dynamics and consequences of state-society relations. Discussion topics include reform and development strategy, democratization, urbanization, the increasing urban-rural divide, the growing gap
between regions, and environmental issues. This course may include
an optional section that will meet for an additional hour each week to
discuss supplemental readings in Chinese. Students participating in the
passed marking.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. J. Tian
terrorism as a new type of assault on national security and civil liberties;
what happened on 9/11; why; and the U.S. response.
Open to juniors and seniors who have taken one course in U.S.
government/politics or international relations. Enrollment limited to 30
students. This is a designated Writing course. D. James
GOVERNMENT 318 LIBERAL DEMOCRATIC THOUGHT A
study of the theory and practice of liberal democracy from de Tocqueville
and J.S. Mill to the present, including views of its critics to the left and right.
30 students. W. J. Coats
GOVERNMENT 322 DEMOCRACY IN LATIN AMERICA Latin
America is a diverse and complex region that defies stereotypes and generalizations. The goal of this course is to reach beyond the current headlines
in order to capture the struggles engaged in by Latin American countries that have sought to develop democracies. This course may include an
optional section that will regularly meet with the professor outside of class
to discuss supplemental texts in Spanish. Students participating in the
30 students. This is a designated Writing course. A. Hybel
GOVERNMENT 322f DEMOCRACY IN LATIN AMERICA (In
Spanish) This optional section will regularly meet with the professor
outside of class to discuss supplemental texts in Spanish. Students participating in the foreign language section will receive one additional credit
hour, pass/not passed marking. Students electing Course 322f must concurrently register for Government 322. A. Hybel
GOVERNMENT 324 HUMAN RIGHTS IN WORLD POLITICS
An examination of issues surrounding the politics of human rights, and
addressing such questions as the conflict between sovereignty and human
rights; whether human rights are universal; human rights and foreign
policy; and approaches to protecting and promoting human rights in the
international arena.
Prerequisite: Course 113 or permission of the instructor. Open to
sophomores, juniors, and seniors. Enrollment limited to 30 students. This
is a designated Writing course. T. Borer
GOVERNMENT 325 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS OF THE
MIDDLE EAST A study of Middle East politics within the context of
theories on international relations. Topics include regional wars, ArabIsraeli conflict, the politics of oil, and political Islam. Special attention
given to the interaction between the Middle East and the United States.
Prerequisite: Course 113. Enrollment limited to 30 students. C. Sayej
GOVERNMENT 326 INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL
COOPERATION Consideration of various factors and explanations for
the successes and failures in attempting to solve international and transboundary environmental problems. In evaluating past lessons and future
prospects for improved environmental protection at the global level,
attention is given to the actions of states, transnational non-governmental
organizations, and other actors. This is the same course as Environmental
Studies 326.
112 or 113 and any 200- or 300-level course in government or Environmental Studies. Enrollment limited to 30 students. This is a designated
Writing course. J. Dawson
GOVERNMENT 309f CHINESE POLITICS (In Chinese) This
optional section will meet for an additional hour each week to discuss
supplemental texts in Chinese. Students participating in the foreign
Government 309.
GOVERNMENT 332 PHILOSOPHY, POLITICS, AND THE
HUMAN CONDITION This is the same course as Philosophy 440L.
Refer to the Philosophy listing for a course description.
GOVERNMENT 316 NATIONAL SECURITY VS PERSONAL
FREEDOM To understand the complexity of balancing national security
and personal freedom the course analyzes: conflicting values in American
political thought; patterns of political choices in times of national crisis;
GOVERNMENT 333 INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY:
EUROPEAN VERSUS AMERICAN PERSPECTIVE An examination
of the principal theories of international relations relied on by scholars to
explain critical international issues. Emphasis is placed on how differently
103
American and European scholars view international relations and their
rationale for doing so.
Prerequisite: Course 113. Open to juniors and seniors. Enrollment
limited to 30 students. This course is taught in the SATA Perugia program. A. Hybel
GOVERNMENT 335 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW: POWERS AND
INSTITUTIONS OF GOVERNMENT Emphasis on Federalism and
Separation of Powers: legislative, executive and judicial.
30 students. W. Frasure
GOVERNMENT 336 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW: CIVIL LIBERTIES Analysis of continuity and change in U.S. Supreme Court interpretations of the Bill of Rights and Fourteenth Amendment. Students brief
court cases as part of their analysis of the development of the law and the
U.S. Supreme Court’s function as both a judicial and political institution.
Open to juniors and seniors, and to sophomores with permission of
the instructor. Enrollment limited to 30 students. D. James
GOVERNMENT 337 COMPARATIVE SOCIAL MOVEMENTS:
PROTEST, ACTIVISM AND POLITICAL CHANGE An examination of social movements across the globe from the perspective of
comparative politics. The course investigates the consequences of social
movements for societies and governments, considering whether and how
mass mobilization redistributes power and resources in authoritarian,
democratic, and revolutionary contexts.
Prerequisite: Course 112 or 113, or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 30 students. This is a designated Writing course. D. Melo
GOVERNMENT 340 INTERNATIONAL ORGINAZATIONS An
exploration of the development of and the role played by formal and informal international organizations in regulating relations between states and
the creation of regimes addressing transnational threats.
Prerequisite: Course 113. Enrollment limited to 30 students. P.
Mitchell
GOVERNMENT 346 INTERNATIONAL HUMANITARIAN LAW
An examination of the laws established by states to regulate their relations
during peace and war, focusing on the law governing international and
interstate armed conflicts.
Prerequisite: Open to juniors and seniors, and to sophomores who
have taken course 113. Enrollment limited to 30 students. P. Mitchell
GOVERNMENT 348 INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL ECONOMY
An analysis of how political actors create and alter the rules, norms and
institutions that govern the conduct of international trade and finance,
and how these rules, norms and organizations influence the global distribution of wealth and the course of economic development. This course
week to discuss supplemental readings in Chinese. Students participating
Course 112 or 113. Enrollment limited to 30 students. J. Tian
GOVERNMENT 348f INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL ECONOMY (In Chinese) This optional section will meet for an additional hour
each week to discuss supplemental texts in Chinese. Students participating in the foreign language section will receive one additional credit hour,
pass/not passed marking. Students electing Course 348f must concurrently register for Government 348.
GOVERNMENT 352 ALTERNATIVE PERSPECTIVES ON U.S.
FOREIGN POLICY The principal objective in this course is to develop
an understanding, by means of four different theoretical models, of the
various ways the United States sought to become the world system’s most
powerful entity and to shape its general structure. Following a three-week
104
discussion of the four models, we will apply them to a wide range of cases
beginning with the United States’ territorial expansion during the first
half of the 19th century and ending with an analysis of the Bush Administration’s response to the September 11, 2001 events.
a designated Writing course. A. Hybel
GOVERNMENT 353 THE EUROPEAN UNION AS A TRANSNATIONAL ACTOR An assessment of the role of the European Union
as an institution that affects politics within and across states, sometimes
reinforcing and sometimes lessening national sovereignty.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. D. Melo
GOVERNMENT 358 ANALYSIS OF U.S. PUBLIC POLICY An indepth examination of the U.S. policymaking process with an emphasis on
the theories, analytical frameworks, and tools for evaluating policy outcomes. Students will examine numerous case studies of attempts by governments to solve public problems, asking in each case “Which approaches
work best? Where? Why? How do we know?”
Open to juniors and seniors, and to others who have taken Course
111. Enrollment limited to 30 students. J. Nugent
GOVERNMENT 396 INTERNSHIP IN GOVERNMENT AND
POLITICS A research course for students who are completing or have
completed an approved internship in government and politics and who
seek academic credit derived from the experience. This course does not
fulfill the advanced course requirements for the Government or International Relations majors.
Offered fall and spring semesters. Limited to junior and senior government and international relations majors. Students must have a minimum of a B average in government courses.
GOVERNMENT 400f EMERGING MARKET ECONOMIES:
BRICS (In Chinese) This optional section will meet for an additional
hour each week to discuss supplemental texts in Chinese. Students participating in the foreign language section will receive one additional credit
hour, pass/not passed marking. Students electing Course 400f must concurrently register for Government 493E, 494E/Slavic Studies 448.
GOVERNMENT 493, 494 ADVANCED STUDY SEMINARS
Open to juniors and seniors. Enrollment in each seminar limited to
16 students.
A.
CULTURE, POLITICS, AND THE ENVIRONMENT An
examination of the impact of culture on environmental policymaking. An exploration of the ways in which present-day decisions about environmental policy have been reflective of cultural
presumptions (whose culture?) about the environment, human
settlement and economic development, and social values and
power. Classes focus on such diverse issues as water resources,
cultural resources, nuclear waste storage, and urban development
and suburban sprawl. This is the same course as American Studies 493A, 494A/Environmental Studies 493G, 494G.
Previous study in United States government and/or history
is required. This is a designated Writing course. M.A. Borrelli
B.
COUNTERING TERRORISM AND INSURGENCIES An
examination of the causes and cures for terrorism and insurgencies. Through their own research, students will engage in the
creation of new knowledge about these topics.
Prerequisite: Course 113. This is a designated Writing course.
W. Rose
D.
POLITICAL INQUIRY: SCOPE AND METHODS A survey
of research methods in political science, emphasizing both qualitative and quantitative methods. Statistical software is used for
the quantitative component of the course.
Open to junior and senior majors in government or international relations. Prerequisite: Course 111, 112, or 113; and any
200- or 300-level course in government. This is a designated
Writing course. C. Sayej
E.
EMERGING MARKET ECONOMIES: BRICs An examination of the rapid development of four of the most important
emerging market economies in the world today: Brazil, Russia,
India, and China. The framework of comparative political economy is used to analyze the sources of economic growth of these
countries, challenges facing them, and long-term implications.
This course may include an optional section that will meet for
an additional hour each week to discuss supplemental readings in
Chinese. Students participating in the foreign language section
will receive one additional credit hour, pass/not passed marking.
This is the same course as Slavic Studies 448.
Prerequisite: An introductory course in government, econo
mics, East/South Asian, Slavic, or Latin American studies. J. Tian
F.
THEORIES OF INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS An
examination of the principal theories of international relations
relied on by scholars to explain critical international issues.
Prerequisite: Course 113. This is a designated Writing course.
A. Hybel
G. ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES IN INTERNATIONAL POLITICS Examination of various environmental issues in the context of principal avenues of international politics: treaties and
negotiations, international organizations, law, trade, diplomacy,
force, and supra-national acculturation. For the SATA Vietnam
program, the seminar will emphasize issues germane to Vietnam.
W. Frasure
I.
UNITED STATES SUPREME COURT: LEGAL OR POLI
TICAL INSTITUTION The U.S. Supreme Court is intensely
and simultaneously both a legal and a political institution, yet
its decision-making processes are the least transparent of all U.S.
government institutions. This course develops insights into the
implications of the conflict between legal and political roles for
the Court as an institution, the broader legal system, and the
individual justices. Through scholarly analysis, judicial biographies, and judicial writing that spans two centuries from the
Marshall to the Roberts Court, students develop their own legal
and judicial philosophies.
Open to senior and junior Government majors who have
taken 111 or equivalent and one of the following courses: 231,
335, 336 or 301K. This is a designated Writing course. D. James
J. R
OUSSEAU Rousseau’s thought is critical of the “bourgeois”
whom he sees as torn between private interests and political
duties. Rousseau proposes an alternative to approximate in political life the unity of nature which existed before it. His proposal
involves the education of a “new man” who will overcome the
psychological divisions of the “bourgeois,” and an account of
political principles to receive him, as well as an account of the
“new woman” who will receive him. This course will involve a
detailed reading and examination of this new education in order
to determine to what degree the whole project is coherent. We
will start with the Discourses; then turn to Emile; and finish with
the Social Contract and the Reveries.
This is a designated Writing course. W. Coats
L.
GRAND STRATEGY, ANCIENT AND MODERN A theoretical and practical study of the comprehensive ways – diplomatic, military, economic, cultural – in which civilizations and
states advance their values and interests in the world vis-à-vis
other civilizations and states. Readings range from classic texts
such as those of Sun Tzu and Thucydides to modern case studies
and secondary literature. A major course emphasis is to encourage a holistic approach to the subject matter and to engage broad
questions of why and how civilizations and states wax and wane.
This is the same course as Classics 380.
This is a designated Writing course. W.J. Coats and E. Adler
N.FACTION AND COALITION IN AMERICAN POLITICS
An examination of the kinds of interests that influence people’s
political choices and an attempt to understand why those interests align in particular ways for the pursuit of practical political
advantage. How is it, for example, that the familiar postures
of “pro-choice” and “pro-life” have become firmly identifiable
with, respectively, the Democratic and Republican parties. W.
Frasure
P. STATESMANSHIP This is a designated Writing course.
Q.
WOMEN AND WORLD POLITICS This course examines the
reasons for and the impact of global power inequality on women,
and covers several silent political issues including women and war,
women and violence, women and human rights, and women in the
international political economy.
This is a designated Writing course. T. Borer
R.
INTERNATIONAL ISSUES IN U.S. POLITICS This seminar examines the importance within U.S. partisan politics of a
range of issues that engage the international community, including trade, environment, immigration, and human rights. W.
Frasure
T.
THE GREENS IN EUROPE AND BEYOND An examination of Green parties in advanced industrial societies, with an
emphasis on the Greens of Western Europe. The course also considers the Greens at the level of the European Union (EU), while
covering EU environmental regulations and guidelines. This is
the same course as Environmental Studies 493T, 494T/German
Studies 402. D. Patton
U. ENVIRONMENTAL JUSTICE IN GLOBAL PERSPECTIVE
V. NATIONAL DIVERSITY AND GLOBAL CAPITALISM
W.R EBELS, ROGUES, AND REVOLUTIONARIES: SOCIAL
MOVEMENTS AND THE POLITICS OF PROTEST A
study of social movements engaging relevant theoretical debates
while learning about specific movements in the U.S. and the rest
of the world. The course focuses on questions, such as: How and
why do social movements emerge? Where do tactics and strategies
come from? How do movements affect political change?˜D. Melo
X.
GERMANY: PROBLEM OR MODEL An examination of the
rise of German economic and political power since 1871 and its
implications for Germany, Europe, and the world. This course
focuses on German politics after the Berlin Wall with special
attention to German political economy, the integration of immigrants, relations between eastern and western Germany, and
German foreign polic. D. Patton
Y.
THE AMERICAN PRESIDENCY Analysis of the contemporary presidency in a rapidly changing political system. The course
considers the President’s role as defined by the U.S. Constitution and interpreted by the U.S. Supreme Court; the challenge
of transition from campaigning to governing; the pressures to
“go public” rather than negotiate with Congress; of being Chief
Administrator of the massive Executive branch; of being expected
to maintain economic stability and growth without most of the
necessary tools to do that; and of being Commander-in-Chief
and Chief of State of a nation that is the current world hegemon
in a rapidly changing international environment. While previous
presidents are considered where relevant, the course focuses on
analysis of recent presidencies.
Open to senior and junior Government majors who have
taken 111 or equivalent and any 200 or 300 level course in U.S.
government/politics. This is a designated Writing course. D. James
Z.
THE IRAQ WAR: CAUSES AND CONSEQUENCES An
examination of the U.S. invasion of Iraq and its aftermath. The
Iraq war raises important questions about the shape of interna105
tional relations. It has called into question the entire structure
of post-war relations among sovereign states, raised issues about
domestic U.S. politics, and contributed to a rethinking of America as a superpower.
Prerequisite: Course 112 or 113 and any 200- or 300-level
course in the major. This course is not open to students who have
received credit for Government 320. C. Sayej
GOVERNMENT 291, 292 INDIVIDUAL STUDY Individual Study
may take the form of research and writing or directed reading. A student who wishes to do Individual Study must present a formal proposal
for approval the semester before the Individual Study is to be done. See
department chair for details.
GOVERNMENT 391, 392 INDIVIDUAL STUDY
GOVERNMENT 491, 492 INDIVIDUAL STUDY
GOVERNMENT 497-498 HONORS STUDY Honors students must
complete at least ten courses in the Government major, or eleven courses
in the IR major. Proposals for Honors Study must be submitted in the
spring of the junior years. See W. Rose for details.
The Major in Latin American Studies
This interdisciplinary major is offered and administered by the Department of Hispanic Studies and advised by the Council on Latin American
Studies. The major integrates the academic resources of all Connecticut
College departments and programs that offer coursework on the region,
and it endeavors to complement and enhance the understanding of Latin
America gained through disciplinary instruction. The core curriculum of
the Latin American Studies major provides a solid foundation of knowledge on the region, a rigorous interdisciplinary methodology, and language proficiency in Spanish. Flexibility in the major offers each student
the opportunity to pursue a more specialized topic, region, or discipline
of interest. Students are encouraged to double major or minor in a discipline that supports the focus of their interdisciplinary major. Students are
strongly encouraged to study abroad.
The Latin American Studies major consists of a minimum of nine
courses taken in the Department of Hispanic Studies and in other Connecticut College departments and programs that offer courses on Latin
America. The requirements include: 1) Hispanic Studies 207; 2) a choice
of one of the following: Hispanic Studies 251, History 114 or 219; 3) one
Social Science survey course on Latin America taken in any department;
4) four courses on Latin America, at or above the 200 level, taken in any
department; and 5) two courses on Latin America in the Department of
Hispanic Studies. These must be at or above the 300 level, and at least one
must be at the 400 level.
Hispanic Studies
Advisers in Hispanic Studies: F. Graziano, A. Heredia, J. Kushigian, J.
Rudolph
Professors: Graziano; Associate Professor: Gonzaléz, Heredia; Assistant
Professor: Rudolph; Adjunct Assistnt Professor: Koehler; Adjunct Instructors: Glenn, Nick; Professor Kushigian, chair
Advisers in Related Fields: L. Garofalo (History), R. Gay (Sociology),
A. Hybel (Government), M. Lizarralde (Anthropology/Botany), Maria
Cruz-Saco (Economics)
Overview of the Majors
The Minor in Hispanic Studies
The department offers two majors: a disciplinary major in Hispanic Studies, which integrates language, literary, and cultural studies on Spain and
Spanish America, and an interdisciplinary major in Latin American Studies, which combines language proficiency with a flexible interdepartmental curriculum. Students may opt to combine Hispanic Studies and Latin
American Studies as double majors.
With departmental permission granted in advance, one course taken
at other institutions per semester, including study abroad programs, may
be counted toward the major requirements. A second course per semester
may be counted, provided that it corresponds to Course 207, 250, or 251
at Connecticut College. When the study away is done within a SATA
program, a total of three courses may be counted toward the major or
minor requirements. Internship and service-learning opportunities, in
New London and abroad, provide additional options for enhancing the
major. All courses at the 200 level and above are taught in Spanish unless
otherwise indicated. Any Freshman Seminar taken in Spanish fulfills the
foreign language requirement and may replace 250 or 251 depending on
the course content.
The minor consists of a minimum of six courses in the Department of
Hispanic Studies at or above the 200 level. These must include Courses
250 and 251. Courses 250 and 251 may be taken out of sequence.
With departmental permission granted in advance, one course per
semester taken at another institution, including a study abroad program,
may be counted toward the minor requirements.
The Major in Hispanic Studies
The major consists of a minimum of nine courses taken in the Department
of Hispanic Studies. These must include Courses 207 and 208 (the core
sequence in grammar, writing, and theory) and Courses 250 and 251 (the
core sequence in Hispanic cultures). Courses 250 and 251 may be taken
out of sequence. Following the fulfillment of these requirements, students
may take any upper-division course in Hispanic Studies. A minimum of
five courses (distributed at student discretion among Iberian and Latin
American offerings) is required for the major. At least four of them must
be in literary or cultural studies. These must be at or above the 300 level,
and at least one must be at the 400 level. Students are strongly encouraged
to study abroad.
Advisers: L. González, F. Graziano, A. Heredia, J. Kushigian, J. Rudolph
106
The Minor in Latin American Studies
The minor consists of a minimum of six courses in the Department of
Hispanic Studies at or above the 200 level. These must include Hispanic
Studies 251 or History 114, 216, or 219.
With departmental permission granted in advance, one course per
semester taken at another institution, including a study abroad program,
may be counted toward the minor requirements.
Learning Goals in the Hispanic Studies Major
Hispanic Studies offers flexible majors adaptable to varied student interests
and needs. The traditional focus on language and literature is a departmental strength, and it is complemented by offerings in cultural studies,
interdisciplinary Latin American studies, and Latino studies.
Language
Students demonstrate sufficient written and oral proficiency in Spanish to
express analytical thought, to understand non-dialectical speech, and to
read literary and scholarly works. They also show an emerging ability to
function linguistically in an environment of native speakers.
Content
Students demonstrate a breadth of knowledge, with depth in some areas,
of the literatures and cultures of the Spanish-speaking world (Spain, Latin
America, and Hispanics in the United States). This cultural competence is
Hispanic Studies
supported by basic knowledge of historical, political, social, geographic,
and economic situations and conditions in the Spanish-speaking world.
Skills
Critical Thinking. Students demonstrate the ability to analyze texts,
make connections, compare perspectives, think independently, identify writers’ (and readers’) biases, identify and understand the uses
of rhetorical devices, evaluate evidence and identify fallacies, argue
in favor or against a particular viewpoint, and coherently synthesize
information from diverse sources.
Research. Students demonstrate an ability to gather, organize, and
present information from diverse sources; and an advanced competence in the use of libraries and electronic resources.
Life Skills. Students demonstrate biliterate and bicultural skills conducive to living and working among diverse populations in the United
States and abroad.
Courses
Hispanic Language, Literature and Culture
HISPANIC STUDIES 101 ACCELERATED ELEMENTARY SPANISH A fast-paced introductory course that prepares students through
engaging, meaningful activities that develop real-world skills and abilities.
The course integrates a wide variety of interactive materials to put language into practice. Students will learn to create speech; explore the products, practices and perspectives of Hispanic cultures; exchange opinions;
and talk, read, and write about people, places, experiences, and events.
Class meets five days a week. Six hours credit.
HISPANIC STUDIES 103 ADVANCED ELEMENTARY SPANISH
– INTRODUCTION TO HISPANIC ART Computer-based course
designed as an overview of major works of art and architecture from Spain
and Latin America through a fast-paced grammar and vocabulary review.
The course emphasizes common problems of Spanish grammar for English
speakers. Practice in reading and writing, with emphasis on communicative skills.
Prerequisite: Course 101 or a qualifying score on the Department’s
placement exam. Enrollment limited to 20 students. Offered annually. J.
Kushigian, Staff
HISPANIC STUDIES 106 PRACTICAL SPANISH An intermediate
course designed for students who do not plan to continue the study of
Spanish but who wish to improve comprehension and to enhance basic
conversational skills. The focus is on spoken Spanish, including idiomatic
expressions, pronunciation, and vocabulary for everyday life.
Entrance on a qualifying score on the Department’s placement exam.
Enrollment limited to 16 students. F. Graziano
HISPANIC STUDIES 121 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH LANGUAGE
REVIEW A proficiency-oriented review of selected topics of Spanish grammar with primary emphasis on achieving functional ability in speaking,
reading and writing in Spanish. Extensive laboratory work will supplement
grammar review with audio and video recordings as well as computerbased assignments. Students may not receive credit for both this course and
Course 121A.
placement exam. Enrollment limited to 20 students. Offered annually. Staff
HISPANIC STUDIES 121A ACCELERATED INTERMEDIATE
SPANISH LANGUAGE REVIEW A proficiency-oriented review of
selected topics of Spanish grammar with primary emphasis on achieving
functional ability in speaking, reading and writing in Spanish. Extensive
laboratory work will supplement grammar review with audio and video
recordings as well as computer-based assignments. Further development
of linguistic skills in Spanish, with emphasis on reading a variety of selec-
tions from periodicals and short selections of literature. This course is
particularly recommended for students planning to major or minor in
Hispanic Studies. Students may not receive credit for both this course and
Course 121. Class meets five days a week. Six hours credit.
placement exam. Enrollment limited to 20 students. Offered annually.
Staff
HISPANIC STUDIES 204 ENVIRONMENTAL JUSTICE IN LATIN
AMERICA An exploration of the inextricable link between ecosystems
and humans. The course focuses on questions of indigenous marginalization, grinding poverty, and racial, gender, and social prejudice that are
reflected in the degradation of nature, the abuse of natural resources, and
climate change. Case studies of exploitation or neglect at Latin American
mines, slums, and dams are paired with grassroots movements designed
to promote profound change. This is the same course as Environmental
Studies 204.
Enrollment limited to 20 students. J. Kushigian, Staff
HISPANIC STUDIES 207 ADVANCED GRAMMAR AND COMPOSITION Language and writing skills are refined to prepare students
for upper-division coursework in Hispanic Studies. Literary and cultural readings, thematic discussions, and interactive computer exercises
serve as the basis for grammar review, conversation, and diverse writing
assignments.
placement exam. Enrollment limited to 15 students. Offered annually.
Staff
HISPANIC STUDIES 208 INTRODUCTION TO LITERARY &
CULTURAL ANALYSIS An introduction to the methods and theories
used in upper-division analyses of literary and cultural representations.
Skills in writing research papers in Spanish are also developed. Readings include a selection of texts by representative Hispanic authors in five
genres: poetry, short story, novel, drama, and essay. Basic theoretical concepts and strategies of analysis are also applied to such texts as testimony,
myth, journalism, painting, advertising, film, song lyrics, and chronicles.
limited to 20 students. Offered annually second semester. This course satisfies General Education Area 4. Staff
HISPANIC STUDIES 209 ADVANCED GRAMMAR AND COMPOSITION FOR BILINGUAL SPEAKERS This course is for students
who learned Spanish primarily outside of an academic context. The course
builds on existing language skills with an emphasis on writing and grammar and helps students acquire a more formal level of Spanish.
Enrollment limited to 15 students. Open to students with a knowledge of Spanish learned in a non-academic context. This is a designated
Writing course. This course is not open to students who have received
credit for Hispanic Studies 207. J. Rudolph
HISPANIC STUDIES 224 LATINO WRITERS IN THE U.S. Various works of poetry, prose, and drama by contemporary authors of Hispanic background living and writing in the United States. Particular
attention will be given to the relationship between history, identity, and
language in their works.
limited to 20 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 4.
Staff
HISPANIC STUDIES 226 PROYECTO COMUNIDAD This servicelearning course offers the opportunity to apply Spanish language skills
and to enhance cultural understanding while working in the Hispanic
community of New London. Six hours of service are required weekly.
The community aspects of the course are enhanced by seminar meetings,
readings, oral presentations, and written assignments.
Prerequisite: Course 207. Enrollment limited to 20 students. This
course is not open to students who have received credit for Hispanic Studies 228. F. Graziano
107
HISPANIC STUDIES 230 BUSINESS SPANISH FOR GLOBAL
COMMUNICATION Introduction to principles of management,
finance, and marketing in international business with a focus on Spain,
Latin America, and the Hispanic community in the U.S. A cultural study
that examines linguistic, technological, and psychological approaches to
the marketplace. Emphasis on the practical and communicative, including web page design.
Prerequisite: Course 207 or permission of the instructor. Staff
HISPANIC STUDIES 236 ADVANCED ORAL PROFICIENCY IN
SPANISH Development of conversational skills, including vocabulary
enrichment, through intensive practice and oral presentations. Readings
and films provide the basis for class discussions. Not open to native speakers of Spanish.
Prerequisite: Course 207. Enrollment limited to 16 students. F.
Graziano
HISPANIC STUDIES 250, 251 HISPANIC CULTURES A twosemester survey of Hispanic civilizations and cultures in Spain, Latin
America, and the United States. Lectures by Hispanic Studies faculty and
visiting scholars, interdisciplinary readings, feature films and documentaries, introduction to print and internet resources in Spanish, varying class
formats and instruction sites, and a service-learning component.
Prerequisite: Courses 207 and 208 must be taken prior to or concurrently with the 250, 251 sequence. Hispanic Cultures is the prerequisite
to most courses in the upper division and should therefore be completed
as early as possible in one’s studies. For Course 250 the enrollment is limited to 20 students; for Course 251 the enrollment is unlimited. Offered
annually. Both courses satisfy General Education Area 4. L. González,
F. Graziano
HISPANIC STUDIES 301 MASTERPIECES OF EARLY SPANISH LITERATURE The origins of Spanish poetry, prose and theater,
including a study of the historical and cultural background of the period.
Texts from the first five centuries of the history of Iberian cultures will be
examined in relation to such concepts as anonymity/authorship, popular
culture, “convivencia” and genre.
HISPANIC STUDIES 302 CERVANTES A close reading of Don Quijote
de la Mancha and other major works by Miguel de Cervantes in relation to
their historical and artistic contexts. A variety of critical approaches, including the “theory of the novel” as applied to Cervantes’ narrative innovations.
HISPANIC STUDIES 304 DESIRE, VIOLENCE, AND JUSTICE IN
GOLDEN AGE POETRY AND THEATER A comparative thematic
approach to works of Spanish Golden Age poetry and drama. Aspects
of social, religious and political life highlighted as background to works
by Garcilaso de la Vega, Fray Luis de León, San Juan de la Cruz, Lope
de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Calderón de la Barca, Quevedo and Góngora.
HISPANIC STUDIES 305 “FLOWERS FROM THE VOLCANO”:
IMPERIAL DISCOURSE, ECO-FEMINISM, AND RESISTANCE IN
THE AMERICAS The Spanish conquest forever changed America and
created a “new world.” Imperial discourses collided with resistance movements and the emerging voices of oppressed indigenous peoples, women,
and mestizos. This course traces the tensions between their discourses
during the colonial period and today, interrogating related struggles for
land and self. This is the same course as Gender and Women’s Studies 305.
a designated Writing course. J. Kushigian
HISPANIC STUDIES 306 MYTH, FOLKLORE AND LEGENDS
OF SPANISH AMERICA An interdisciplinary approach to traditions,
beliefs, customs, cosmologies, rites, ceremonies, tales, and superstitions as
reflected in the literature of Spanish America. This course explores how
myths, legends, and folklore are retold in the essays, poetry and theater of
108
the works of authors including Neruda, Castellanos, Berman, Paz, Borges,
and Menchú.
limited to 30 students. J. Kushigian
HISPANIC STUDIES 308 CONTEMPORARY HISPANIC DETECTIVE FICTION The rise of the “whodunit” in contemporary Hispanic
narrative and its contrast with classical detective fiction as a context for
understanding contemporary Spanish and Latin American culture. Pertinent theoretical implications and the social and political factors that have
contributed to the genre’s evolution and success will be introduced.
Prerequisite: Course 250 or 251 or permission of the instructor.
HISPANIC STUDIES 309 LATIN AMERICA IN FILM Feature films
and documentaries from and about Latin America serve as the basis for lectures, discussions, and class projects. The diverse topics explored through
film include indigenous cultures, slavery, revolution, human rights, and
a range of cultural and social issues. The course also introduces strategies
of film interpretation.
Prerequisite: Course 251 or permission of the instructor. F. Graziano
HISPANIC STUDIES 310 LITERATURE OF THE HISPANIC
CARIBBEAN Works by major Hispanic Caribbean authors. An integrated analysis of the socio-cultural contexts and traditions (indigenous,
European, African) of this region. The course notes the influential role
of ethnicity, colonialism, gender, and socio-economic development in
the formation and interpretation of texts from Puerto Rico, Cuba, the
Dominican Republic, Central America, Colombia, and Venezuela.
limited to 20 students. A. Heredia
HISPANIC STUDIES 311 POETRY AND TRANSLATION WORKSHOP This course has three purposes: to enhance understanding and
appreciation of contemporary Spanish-language poetry; to learn the basics
of poetry-writing and the translation of creative works; and to improve
nuanced Spanish-language skills through close readings of poems and
poetic prose. There are no prerequisites, but admission to the course requires
a score of 45 or better on the department’s Spanish placement exam.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. F. Graziano
HISPANIC STUDIES 316 RELIGION AND VIOLENCE IN LATIN
AMERICA Lectures, discussions, readings, films, and student projects explore the relation of religion and violence throughout the course
of Latin American history. The many themes and topics treated include
human sacrifice, religious aspects of conquest, mortification and martyrdom, torture as ritualized violence, iconography of the crucified Christ,
murder of nuns and priests, insurgency and counter-insurgency as holy
war, persecution of Jews, and indigenous revolts. This is the same course
as Religious Studies 316.
limited to 20 students. F. Graziano
HISPANIC STUDIES 317 YOUTH IN SPANISH AMERICA This
interdisciplinary course focuses on children and teens in Spanish America,
including the Hispanic United States. Topics of study include street children, exploitation, drugs, gangs, child soldiers, prostitution, abuse and
neglect, and the cultural, social, political, and economic factors that contribute to adverse situations for youth.
HISPANIC STUDIES 318 LATIN NATION: EXPRESSIONS OF
U.S. LATINO IDENTITIES IN THE ARTS AND POPULAR CULTURE This course focuses on cultural texts such as literature, art, music,
and performance to examine U.S. Latino identities from two perspectives:
first, the intersection of race, class, and gender in identity formation, and
second, issues of nationality. This is a joint-listed course with Comparative
Race and Ethnicity 318.
Hispanic Studies
Prerequisite: Course 251 or permission of the instructor. Students
who register for Comparative Race and Ethnicity 318 may complete
assignments in English but must be able to converse in Spanish during
the class sessions. Enrollment limited to 30 students. J. Rudolph
HISPANIC STUDIES 319 CONTEMPORARY SPANISH CINEMA:
BEFORE AND AFTER ALMODÓVAR An exploration of the evolution of Spanish cinema through comparative study of earlier and more
recent films. Following the early, politically committed films of Ladislao
Vajda, Luis Buñuel, and Víctor Erice, recent Spanish directors such as
Pedro Almodóvar, Alejandro Amenábar, and Iciar Bollaín have successfully transformed Spanish cinema, captivating a wide audience by representing modern society’s struggles and dilemmas.
limited to 30 students. L. González
HISPANIC STUDIES 321 LATIN AMERICAN RELIGIONS IN
ACTION An exploration of religious beliefs and practices in everyday
life as well as in a range of social, cultural, and political contexts, including conquest and indigenous resistance, female mysticism, revolution and
counter-revolution, poverty and migration, and other social movements.
This is the same course as Religious Studies 321.
Prerequisite: Course 251. Enrollment limited to 30 students. F.
Graziano
HISPANIC STUDIES 322 SPAIN IN SEARCH OF ITS IDENTITY
Through a survey of Spanish literature and film ranging from the Middle
Ages to the 21st century, this course explores major topics related to the
complex Spanish national identity. Special emphasis on the cultural and
religious diversity of the country; its quest for modernity in spite of the
persistence of traditional values; and the change of gender roles in Spanish society.
limited to 30 students. L. González
HISPANIC STUDIES 324 HISPANICS IN THE U.S. A historical
and cultural survey of Hispanic peoples in the United States, including
Mexican Americans in the Southwest, Cuban Americans in Florida, and
Puerto Ricans and Dominicans in the Northeast. The course endeavors
to strengthen understanding of Hispanic contributions to the United
States and to enhance cross cultural sensitivity by exploring such themes
as immigration, marginality, ethnic identity, bicultural expression, and
Hispanic cultural achievements.
limited to 20 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 7. A.
Heredia
HISPANIC STUDIES 325 FOREIGN LANGUAGE METHODOLOGY Current research on the teaching of foreign languages in the U.S.
and elsewhere, with techniques for fostering a communicative environment. Based on practical and theoretical information, the course analyzes
theory of foreign language pedagogy and provides opportunities for practical and creative activities, such as micro-teaching exercises and portfolio
production. This course will be particularly suited to those who are working toward teaching certification or planning graduate study in Spanish.
Prerequisite: Course 207 or 314 or permission of the instructor. Staff
HISPANIC STUDIES 327 REVOLUTION AND COUNTER-REVOLUTION IN SPANISH AMERICA This interdisciplinary course
studies revolutions and military responses in Spanish America. Case studies include Sendero Luminoso in Peru, the “Dirty War” in Argentina, the
Zapatistas in Mexico, the FARC in Colombia, the FMLN in El Salvador,
the Cuban Revolution, and the Sandinistas and Contras in Nicaragua.
HISPANIC STUDIES 329 CARIBBEAN COMMUNITIES IN THE
U.S.: THE CASE OF THE DOMINICAN DIASPORA Literary and
historical texts, visual arts, and performance art serve as vehicles for the
analysis of such topics as cultural memory, immigration, trauma, and the
formation of transnational identities. This course examines the role of
the U.S. in shaping notions of class and ethnicity in Haiti, Puerto Rico,
and Cuba.
HISPANIC STUDIES 330 LITERARY IMAGINATION AND THE
AFRICAN DIASPORA IN LATIN AMERICA Through its crucial role
in the formation and transformation of Latin American human cultures
over the past five centuries, the African diaspora has been the inspiration
for an impressive canon of unique literary expressions. This course examines those expressions and focuses on religious practices, artistic manifestations, and sociohistorical processes portrayed in works from such
countries as Colombia, Cuba, Ecuador, Peru, and Venezuela. Readings in
social history, philosophy, psychology, and poetics provide the theoretical
framework for analysis.
HISPANIC STUDIES 331 CONTESTING TRADITION: GENDER,
CLASS, AND ETHNICITY IN CONTEMPORARY SPANISH FICTION AND FILM Through analysis of fiction and film by Almudena
Grandes, Pedro Almodóvar, and Benito Zambrano among others, this
course explores how Spanish culture contributed to the social environment that enabled the consolidation of progressive policies on gender,
class, and immigration.
Prerequisite: Course 250. Enrollment limited to 20 students. L.
González
HISPANIC STUDIES 332 BETWEEN ILLUSION AND REALITY:
MASTERWORKS OF SPANISH THEATER I This course examines the
process by which the Classical Spanish Drama was formed in sixteenth and
seventeenth century Spain. Representative works are analyzed as written
texts and as performances. Readings and films of performances include the
works of Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, and Calderón de la Barca.
students. Staff
HISPANIC STUDIES 333 U.S. LATINO URBAN YOUTH NARRATIVES This course will look at how authors have constructed the city
as a Latino youth space. Class readings will pay particular attention to
the ways that gender, class, and ethnic/racial identity shape Latino youth
experiences in major U.S. cities. These cities include: New York, Chicago,
Los Angeles, and Tampa, among others. This is the same course as Gender
Prerequisite: Course 251. Enrollment limited to 30 students. J. Rudolph
HISPANIC STUDIES 334 UNDOCUMENTED HISPANIC IMMIGRATION A multidisciplinary exploration consisting of readings, lectures, discussion, film, guest presentations, and guided research projects
on undocumented migration to the United States from Latin America.
a designated Writing course. F. Graziano
HISPANIC STUDIES 335 ANDALUSIA IN GOLDEN AGE SPANISH LITERATURE An exploration of different faces of Andalusia in
early modern Spanish literature. Granada, Sevilla, and Córdoba are the
subjects of fiction, plays, and poems. Authors include Cervantes, who
had an intense connection to Sevilla; Andalusian poets and novelists; and
playwrights who made Seville a land of passion and betrayal.
HISPANIC STUDIES 344f CROSSING THE SEA: TRANSATLANTIC DIALOGUE BETWEEN SPAIN AND THE AMERICAS (In
Spanish) This optional section will meet for an additional hour each week
to discuss supplemental readings in Spanish. Students participating in the
109
passed marking. Students electing Hispanic Studies/History 344f must
concurrently register for Hispanic Studies/History 344. This is the same
course as History 344f. L. González and L. Garofalo
HISPANIC STUDIES 433, 434 SPECIAL TOPICS
HISPANIC STUDIES 433A, 434A GROWING UP IN LATIN
AMERICA: THE BILDUNGSROMAN IN LATIN AMERICAN
NARRATIVE An interpretation of Latin American reality through
the diverse portraits of youthful development. A study of the realities of coming of age in Latin America from Mexico to Chile, the
confrontation with society and capitalist values and issues of gender,
culture, and class struggle. Works to be examined include those by
the following authors: Isabel Allende, Carlos Fuentes, Elena Poniatowska, and Mario Vargas Llosa.
Prerequisite: Course 251 or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 16 students. This is a designated Writing course. J.
Kushigian
HISPANIC STUDIES 433B, 434B SHORT STORIES BY LATIN
AMERICAN WOMEN AUTHORS Authors include Luisa Valenzuela, Rosario Castellanos and Christina Peri Rossi. Particular attention given to the manner in which these authors and others describe
their struggle to assert themselves as women and as writers in Latin
America, and how they deal with social, economic and political
problems of 20th-century Latin America.
Prerequisite: Course 251 or permission of the instructor. A.
Heredia
HISPANIC STUDIES 433C, 434C CONTEMPORARY SPANISH WOMEN WRITERS Fiction by Spanish women during the
20th century, from those who started writing under Franco’s censorship to those writing in the new millennium. Exploration of aesthetic
innovations, with a special emphasis on socio-political and cultural
issues: gender and sexual marginality, responses to feminist literary
theory, politics of a patriarchal society, and the portrayal of women
in modern society.
Prerequisite: Course 250 or permission of the instructor. This is
a designated Writing course. L. González
HISPANIC STUDIES 433F, 434F CARNIVALESQUE IMAGINATION: COMEDY AND LAUGHTER IN SPANISH LITERATURE AND FILM An examination of “carnival” as a prevalent
aesthetic form in Spanish culture from Francisco de Quevedo and
R.M. del Valle Inclán to Pedro Almodóvar. Emphasis on how
comedy, parody, irony, the grotesque, and the inversion of class and
gender roles have helped to subvert the traditional status quo in
Spain, leading to a new way to understand its national identity.
Prerequisite: Course 250. Enrollment limited to 16 students. L.
González
HISPANIC STUDIES 433G, 434G LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE AND HUMAN RIGHTS An exploration of literary
and other cultural responses to atrocities committed in Latin America and an examination of the application of human rights principles
to such phenomena as state violence, coerced labor, and poverty.
The paradoxical relationship between human atrocities and their
aesthetic representations is highlighted in the study of poetry, short
stories, novels, political activists’ writings and film. Works produced
in Central America, Mexico, and South America are analyzed within
the framework outlined above.
Prerequisite: Course 251. Enrollment limited to 16 students.
This is a designated Writing course. A. Heredia
HISPANIC STUDIES 493, 494 ADVANCED STUDY SEMINARS
HISPANIC STUDIES 493A, 494A SEMINAR IN ADVANCED
SPANISH LANGUAGE, BICULTURAL PROFICIENCY, AND
110
MENTORED RESEARCH This seminar improves students’
spoken Spanish and enhances bicultural skills conducive to living
and working among diverse populations in the United States and
abroad. Students also develop guided research projects on topics pertinent to the Hispanic world. The course is designed for students who
have previously studied abroad in a Spanish-speaking country; others
may be admitted, by permission of the instructor, with a score of 45
or above on the department’s Spanish placement exam.
course. F. Graziano
HISPANIC STUDIES 493B, 494B HISPANIC ORIENTALISM:
EAST MEETS WEST IN A CLASH OF LANGUAGE, DESIRE,
AND POWER An analysis of the public and private exchanges that
deal with the Orient and Orientalism in Spanish and Spanish American literature. Through detailed reading of some of the principal
texts of the three Spanish cultural traditions (Arab, Christian, and
Jewish), we will examine the origin, engagement, and proliferation
of these exchanges in poetry, narrative, history, and social and legal
discourse of texts from Spain and Latin America. Clash, fusion, and
resistance anchor the methodological approach to the field of Orientalism from this perspective.
Prerequisite: Courses 250 and 251 or permission of the instructor. Open to juniors and seniors. This is a designated Writing
course. J. Kushigian
In English
HISPANIC STUDIES 110 INTRODUCTION TO LANGUAGE
AND MIND This is the same course as English/German Studies/Linguistics 110. Refer to the Linguistics listing for a course description.
HISPANIC STUDIES 220 INTRODUCTION TO LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES Through readings, lectures, discussion, and film, this
course surveys essential topics in Latin American studies. Included are
poverty, migration and emigration, dictatorship, revolution, religion, race,
and popular cultures, among other topics. Methods in interdisciplinary
research are also introduced. The course is taught in English.
Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors, or with permission of the
instructor. Enrollment limited to 40 students. F. Graziano
HISPANIC STUDIES 344 CROSSING THE SEA: TRANSATLANTIC DIALOGUE BETWEEN SPAIN AND THE AMERICAS An
interdisciplinary exploration of the permanent, problematic, and enriching dialogue between Spain and the Americas. This transatlantic interaction began in 1492, reached a breaking point with the 19th century
revolutions, and continues to shape the conflicts of our global moment.
Through the analysis of historical texts, literary artifacts, and films, the
course considers key issues such as conquest, slavery, modernity, postcolonialism, and immigration. Sources include Las Casas, Carlos Fuentes, Bolívar, Martí, and Guillermo del Toro. This is the same course as
Comparative Race and Ethnicity/History 344. This course may include
discuss supplemental readings in Spanish. Students participating in the
passed marking.
Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors; and to freshmen with permission of the instructors. Enrollment limited to 30 students. L. González
and L. Garofalo
HISPANIC STUDIES 291, 292 INDIVIDUAL STUDY
HISPANIC STUDIES 497-498 HONORS STUDY
History
The Minor in History
History
Professors: Forster, Paxton, Queen, Stock, Wilson; Associate Professors:
Downs, Garofalo; Assistant Professors: Bedasse, Chhabria, Davis, Kane,
Manion; Visiting Assistant Professor: Ray; Associate Professor Canton, chair
The Major in History
The major consists of ten or more history courses. At least seven of these
courses must be above the introductory level, including a minimum of
two 400-level courses and a minimum of one upper-level course outside
the area of concentration.
As an introduction to the department’s broad offerings, students
must take one course in the history of four of the five geographical areas.
This distribution requirement will normally be satisfied by three 100-level
courses selected from Course 103 (Africa), Course 105 (United States),
Course 107 (Europe), Course 113 or 115 or 116 (Asia), and Course 114
(Latin America and the Caribbean), and by one other 200-, 300-, or
400-level course. Students are also required to elect one course in Transnational/Global History. The rubric Transnational/Global History signifies courses in the history department that explore a topic or a theme by
encouraging students to move beyond the nation-state, binary oppositions, and a particular region of the world to develop an appreciation of
multiple historiographical discourses and recognize the multi-sided contributions to a given theme, topic, or region of the world.
A First Year Seminar taught by a department professor can be substituted for one of these requirements. Not all courses satisfy this requirement and selections must be made in consultation with a departmental
adviser. Introductory courses should be completed as early as possible and
not later than the end of the junior year.
The major must also include a concentration of at least five courses
above the introductory level selected in consultation with a departmental
adviser. The concentration may be planned in one of two ways:
1. Students may concentrate in one of the five geographical areas
taught (Africa, Asia, Europe, Latin America and the Caribbean,
and United States).
2. Students may design their own concentration from among the
department’s courses according to a thematic, methodological or
other suitable principle. Students who design their own concentration must do so in consultation with their adviser. Suggested
themes include Globalization; Empires and Imperialism; Nations
and Nationalism; Modern or Pre-Modern History; Race, Class
and Gender; and Reforms, Reformations, and Revolutions.
Interdisciplinary work and languages: The History Department encourages foreign language competency and interdisciplinary work. Students
may count one upper-level language course, chosen in consultation with
their adviser, among the three required 300- and 400-level courses in the
History major (although a language course may not substitute for the
one required 400-level course). Students may also include one additional
course in another discipline, chosen in consultation with their adviser,
which enhances their concentration in History. Majors are strongly
encouraged to undertake independent work in Individual Study courses
and especially Honors Study. No student may receive credit for more than
16 history courses.
Advanced Placement: AP scores of 4 or 5 allow students to place out of
appropriate introductory courses, but AP credits do not count toward the
completion of the major. See page 163 of this catalog for general information about Advanced Placement credit.
Advisers: M. Bedasse, D. Canton, A. M. Davis, J. Downs, M. Forster, L.
Garofalo, E. Kane, F. Paxton, S. Queen, C. Stock, L. Wilson
The minor consists of five courses, at least one of which must be at the 300
or 400 level, and no more than one at the introductory level. Students who
concentrate in one of the six areas of focus (United States, Africa, Asia,
Europe, Latin America and the Caribbean, and World), must include one
course from another area of focus. Students may also, in consultation with
their adviser, devise a thematic concentration. In all cases, history minors
may include one course from another department among the required five,
if it enhances their concentration and is at the 200-level or above.
Learning Goals in the History Major
The history major is one of the oldest recognized majors at Connecticut
College. Its curriculum has long reached beyond Euro-America to include
the histories of people and nations on all continents. In the past decade,
the department has increasingly emphasized comparative, transnational,
and interdisciplinary perspectives through new course development,
faculty hiring, and thematic tracks in the major. We expect students to
develop an awareness and critical understanding of both the universality
and the particularity of human experience, including differentiating factors such as religion, race, ethnicity, gender, and sexuality. We also expect
students to understand the development of structures of power and their
consequences over time and space. These structures include patriarchy,
capitalism, imperialism, and nationalism.
Students in the history major will learn to:
• Read primary and secondary sources critically. Critical reading
includes the ability to identify the perspective of the author, the
relationship between the author and the audience, and the author’s
intended and unintended meanings. Students also learn to explain
an author’s main argument and place it within the context of larger
historiographic issues and/or a broader range of original sources
when appropriate.
• Write clearly about historical topics, themes, and sources. Effective writing includes the ability to write both short well-argued
response essays and longer research papers that incorporate primary and secondary sources derived from students’ own investigations. Some students choose a year-long honors project that
requires extensive planning, conceptualizing, researching, and
writing in close collaboration with a faculty advisor through an
honors seminar.
• Conduct historical research by locating primary resources both in
libraries and at local archives, and by using online research databases, interlibrary loan, and other scholarly repositories.
• Communicate ideas about readings and research orally to a group
of peers and professors.
Courses
Introductory Courses
HISTORY 101 BIG HISTORY: THE BIG BANG TO THE FUTURE
History on the largest scale: the origins of the universe to the present. An
investigation of the fundamental forces shaping change and continuity
across time, with an eye to how history and the historical sciences learn
about the past. From the Big Bang to the evolution of humanity and our
unfolding story.
Enrollment limited to 40 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 7. F. Paxton
HISTORY 103 INTRODUCTION TO AFRICAN HISTORY A survey
of the forces that have shaped African societies, religions, politics, and
thought.
111
Offered both semesters. Enrollment limited to 40 students. This course
satisfies General Education Area 7 and is a designated Writing course. Staff
HISTORY 105 U.S. NATIVE AND NEWCOMERS The U.S. from
its colonial origins to the present. Emphasis on the American Revolution,
the Civil War and Reconstruction, the end of isolation, social reform, the
welfare state, the Cold War, and the 1960s.
Offered both semesters. Enrollment limited to 40 students. D. Canton,
J. Downs, C. Stock, L. Wilson
HISTORY 106 THE MONGOLS AND THEIR LEGACIES An introduction to the history of Eurasia from the 13th century to the present. We
will begin with a discussion of “what is Eurasia,” asking why it is that the
sectioning off and study of something called “Eurasia” has become popular since the collapse of the USSR in 1991-1992. This is the same course
as Slavic Studies 106.
Enrollment limited to 40 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 7 and is a designated Writing course. E. Kane
HISTORY 202 EMPIRE AND EXPANSION IN EAST ASIA,
1840s-1950s A consideration of colonial expansion in East Asia from the
mid-19th to the mid-20th century. The course explores the competition
for imperial status among major world powers, including Great Britain,
France, the U.S., Netherlands, and Japan, within the contexts of industrialization, nationalism, new imperialism, and world war. This is the same
course as East Asian Studies 202.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 7 and is a designated Writing course. A.M. Davis
HISTORY 203 THE COLONIAL HISTORY OF NORTH AMERICA A study of Native peoples, African captives, and Europeans in the
Atlantic world context. Emphasis on cultural encounters, both peaceful
and violent. This is the same course as American Studies 203.
L. Wilson
HISTORY 108 GREECE This is the same course as Classics 101. Please
refer to the Classics listing for a course description.
HISTORY 204 THE AMERICAN REVOLUTIONARY ERA An
examination of the origins, character, and interpretations of the American
revolution. Topics include the Great Awakening, domestic problems and
imperial crisis, collapse of the old order, the revolutionary mentality and
the mobilization of citizens, Articles of Confederation and the Critical
Period, the federal constitution, and the new conception of society and
politics. This is the same course as American Studies 204.
L. Wilson
HISTORY 113 CONTESTING INDIA’S PAST An introduction to the
histories of South Asian societies from pre-history to the present. The course
surveys the broad trajectories which have made South Asian pasts and highlights the contests for the right to tell history throughout the centuries.
Consideration is given to social, cultural, economic, and political issues.
Offered both semesters. Enrollment limited to 40 students. This
course satisfies General Education Area 7. S. Chhabria
HISTORY 205 HISTORY OF THE SOUTH An investigation of the
history of politics, society, and economics in the U.S. South from the
seventeenth-century to the mid-twentieth century. Topics include settlement and the Native Americans; slavery and emancipation; the planter
class and the yeomanry; populism and industrialization; the New South
and Jim Crow; civil rights and the rise of the conservative right.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. J. Downs
HISTORY 114 LATIN AMERICA AND CARIBBEAN Amerindian
cultures, invasion and settlement by Iberians and West Africans, and
colonialism and independence. Central themes include the roots of indigenous civilizations; conquest and the creation of new societies; colonial
social and economic structures; and the dynamics of race, occupation, and
gender. This course may include an optional section that will meet for an
additional hour each week to discuss supplemental readings in Spanish.
additional credit hour, pass/not passed marking.
HISTORY 206 THE CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION Political and social history of the years 1831 to 1877, with emphasis on the
growth of sectionalism, slavery, abolition, the course and consequence of
the war, and Reconstruction.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. J. Downs
HISTORY 107 EUROPE: MEDIEVAL TO MODERN The development of the dominant ideas and institutions of Europe.
Offered both semesters. Enrollment limited to 40 students. This course
satisfies General Education Area 7. M. Forster, F. Paxton
HISTORY 114f LATIN AMERICA AND CARIBBEAN (In Spanish)
This optional section will meet for additional hour each week to discuss
supplemental texts in Spanish. Students participating in the foreign language section will receive one additional credit hour, pass/not passed
Course 114. L. Garofalo
HISTORY 115 IMAGINING THE CHINESE EMPIRE An examination of the major religious, political, and philosophical movements that
have shaped Chinese civilization in the past and present.
Enrollment limited to 40 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 7 and is a designated Writing course. S. Queen
HISTORY 116 HISTORIES OF JAPAN Japanese political, cultural, and
economic transformations from 600 C.E. to the present.
HISTORY 201 INTRODUCTION TO AMERICAN STUDIES This
is the same course as American Studies 201D/201M/201S. Refer to the
American Studies listing for a course description.
112
HISTORY 208 THE VIKINGS An examination of the reputation of
the Vikings−were they ruthless marauders or much-maligned tourists?
One goal is to question the reliability of various sources: sagas, poetry,
annals, and material culture. The course considers the breadth of Viking
influence, from North America to Byzantium.
HISTORY 209 THEORIZING RACE AND ETHNICITY This is the
same course as American Studies/Comparative Race and Ethnicity 206.
Refer to the American Studies listing for a course description.
HISTORY 209f THEORIZING RACE AND ETHNICITY (In Spanish) This is the same course as American Studies 206f. Refer to the American Studies listing for a course description.
HISTORY 212 “RACE” IN COLONIAL LATIN AMERICA This
course explores how concepts of “race” and enduring systems of discrimination emerged from Spain and Portugal’s imperial projects. Long before
scientific racism, the Spanish and Portuguese colonizers and architects of
the Atlantic slave trade developed ways to mark difference and organize
America’s indigenous, Iberian, and African societies according to hierarchies of ethnicity, honor, gender, and religious purity.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 7. L. Garofalo
HISTORY 213 THE AMERICAN WEST The exploration, settlement,
and the political, social, and cultural development of the trans-Mississippi
West from 1803 to 1890.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. C. Stock
History
HISTORY 214 POLITICS AND CULTURE IN THE UNITED
STATES, 1890 TO 1945 An examination of political and cultural developments in the U.S., including the Progressive Movement, the 1920s, the
Great Depression and New Deal, and the coming of World War II. This
is the same course as American Studies 214.
C. Stock, Staff
HISTORY 215 POLITICS AND CULTURE IN THE UNITED
STATES SINCE 1945 An examination of the major political and cultural developments of post-war U.S., including the creation of the military-industrial state, suburbanization, the Great Society and Vietnam
War, the freedom movements of the 1960s, the conservative resurgence of
the 1980s, and the Gulf Wars. This is the same course as American Studies/Comparative Race and Ethnicity 215.
C. Stock, Staff
HISTORY 216 MODERN LATIN AMERICA Latin America after
independence, 1800s to the present. Covers the struggles over citizenship,
slavery, European immigration, racial and gendered exclusion, and models
of development and progress. Focus on the Andes, Brazil, Mexico, Haiti,
and the Spanish Caribbean. This course may include an optional section
readings in Spanish. Students participating in the foreign language section will receive one additional credit hour, pass/not passed marking.
HISTORY 216f MODERN LATIN AMERICA (In Spanish) This
supplemental readings in Spanish. Students participating in the foreign
History 216. L. Garofalo
HISTORY 217 SAME-SEX SEXUALITY IN WORLD HISTORY An
examination of the history of same-sex love and sexuality in Europe, Asia,
Africa, Latin America, and North America from ancient times to the
twentieth century. Topics include the changing nature and understanding
of same-sex love, desire, and sexual acts; the relationship between legal,
religious, and social views of same-sex sexuality; the way other cultural
norms and social categories shaped attitudes towards same-sex sex. This is
the same course as American Studies/Gender and Women’s Studies 217.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 7 and is a designated Writing course. J. Manion
HISTORY 218 GLOBAL QUEER HISTORIES An examination of
global queer histories from the great political revolutions of the late 18th
century (American, Haitian, and French) to the global LGBTQ rights
revolution in modern times. Topics include the changing understanding
of same-sex love, desire, and sexual attraction in relation to race, culture,
religion, gender, economic, and political systems. This is the same course
as American Studies/Gender and Women’s Studies 218.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 7. J. Manion
HISTORY 219 REVOLUTIONS IN LATIN AMERICA Rebellions
and revolutions from the 1780s to the present in Mexico, Cuba and Haiti,
and the Andes. What motivated men and women to rebel, or to launch
peaceful social movements? How did ideologies regarding elections and
economic models guide revolutionaries−armed or not−to transform all
aspects of life including gender roles, religion, and race relations? This
hour each week to discuss supplemental readings in Spanish. Students
credit hour, pass/not passed marking. This is the same course as Comparative Race and Ethnicity 219.
HISTORY 219f REVOLUTIONS IN LATIN AMERICA (In Spanish)
History 219. L. Garofalo
HISTORY 220 GENDER IN THE ANDES AND MEXICO An exploration of sexual difference and gender ideologies in Peru and Mexico at key
historical moments, from men and women’s roles in Amerindian civilizations to women’s revolutionary leadership and sexual politics today. This is
HISTORY 221 THE IMPERIAL CHINESE WORLD TO 1800 A
survey of 2000 years of Chinese history, from the first emperor to the
eighteenth-century glories of the Qing dynasty. The course examines the
lives of diverse people to develop a picture of social change in dialogue
with political and intellectual shifts.
HISTORY 222 WORLD WAR II AND POST-WAR JAPAN An
examination of Japan’s involvement in the Pacific War (i.e., the Pacific
Theater of World War II) from the 1930s until surrender in 1945. In
addition to exploring major events that led to war, the course emphasizes
the legacies of war including post-war occupation, the U.S.-Japan security alliance, and national memory in ensuing decades. This is the same
course as East Asian Studies 222. This course may include an optional
section that will meet for an additional hour each week to discuss supplemental readings in Japanese. Students participating in the foreign
marking.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General
Education Area 7 and is a designated Writing course. A.M. Davis and
T. Watanabe
HISTORY 222f WORLD WAR II AND POST-WAR JAPAN (In Japanese) This optional section will meet for an additional hour each week
to discuss supplemental texts in Japanese. Students participating in the
passed marking. Students electing Course 222f must concurrently register
for History/East Asian Studies 222. A. Davis and T. Watanabe
HISTORY 223 MODERN CHINESE HISTORY FROM 1800: THE
PAST IN THE PRESENT A survey of Chinese history since 1800 and
of the conflicting stories and arguments that have been made about the
past. Students will examine and challenge narratives of China’s decline
and rise by exploring histories on varying scales and in different spaces.
Focus on gender, ethnicity, and class.
HISTORY 224 CONFUCIAN TRADITIONS A history from Confucius to contemporary times focusing on philosophical and religious
dimensions of the tradition in comparative perspective. This is the same
course as Philosophy 213/Religious Studies 208. Course 224 may include
discuss supplemental readings in Chinese. Students participating in the
passed marking.
HISTORY 224f CONFUCIAN TRADITIONS (In Chinese) This
supplemental readings in Chinese. Students participating in the foreign
marking. Students electing History 224f must concurrently register for
History 224/Philosophy 213/Religious Studies 208. S. Queen
113
HISTORY 225 AFRICAN AMERICAN HISTORY 1865-PRESENT
An examination of the development of the African American community
in the United States from the end of slavery to the present. Emphasis on
the political, social, and economic impact of racism, sexism, and classism.
Themes include reconstruction, segregation, the great migration, black protest, black leadership, and the modern civil rights movement. This is the
same course as American Studies/Comparative Race and Ethnicity 225.
D. Canton
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 7 and is a designated Writing course. M. Forster
HISTORY 226 MAKING MODERN SOUTH ASIA A survey of
modern South Asian history from 1600 to 1978, or Akbar through Indira
Gandhi. The course begins at the height of the Mughal Empire with
Akbar, and follows Mughal dissolution, the arrival of European trading
companies, new forms of imperialism and colonialism, nationalist resistance, partition, and third-worldism.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 7. S. Chhabria
HISTORY 238 THE RENAISSANCE The cultural transformation of
Europe between the 14th and 16th centuries, with emphasis on the social
and political contexts of the Italian Renaissance; the spread of the Renaissance to the rest of Europe and its long-term impact.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 7 and is a designated Writing course. M. Forster
HISTORY 227 AFRICAN AMERICAN HISTORY 1619-1865 An
examination of the development of the African American community in
the United States from pre-colonial West Africa to 1865. Themes include
slavery, slave communities, African cultural retention and synthesis, slave
resistance, free black communities, black leadership, and the construction
of race in North America. Emphasis on the political, social, and economic
impact of racism, sexism, and classism. This is the same course as American Studies/Comparative Race and Ethnicity 227.
D. Canton
HISTORY 229 PROPAGANDA AND TRUTH IN THE AGE OF
AUGUSTUS This is the same course as Classics 229. Refer to the Classics listing for a course description.
HISTORY 230 ROMAN IMPERIALISM AND ITS CRITICS This is
the same course as Classics 230. Refer to the Classics listing for a course
description.
HISTORY 231 ROMANS, BARBARIANS, AND THE CHILDREN
OF ABRAHAM, 300-1000 C.E. The transformation of the classical
world and the emergence of the “Sibling Cultures” of Latin and Greek
Christendom, Rabbinic Judaism, and the Dar al-Islam. This is the same
course as Classics 231.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 7 and is a designated Writing course. F. Paxton
HISTORY 232 LATER MIDDLE AGES: CHRISTIANS, MUSLIMS,
AND JEWS The history of the “Sibling Cultures” of Latin and Greek
Christendom, Rabbinic Judaism, and the Dar al-Islam, ca. 1000-1453
C.E. From the Crusades to the Fall of Constantinople.
HISTORY 234 MODERN EUROPE, 1790s-1990s An introduction
to the major political, social, cultural, and intellectual trends in Europe
during this 200-year period. The course focuses on three themes − imperialism, revolution, and gender − and emphasizes the historical experience
of Jews and Muslims in Europe.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 7 and is a designated Writing course. E. Kane
HISTORY 237 EARLY MODERN EUROPE, 1500-1750 The social,
economic, political, and cultural transformations of Europe between the
Reformation and the French Revolution; the rise of centralized states;
developments in agrarian societies; and the growth of commercial capitalism. Course 237 may include an optional section that will meet for an
114
HISTORY 237f EARLY MODERN EUROPE, 1500-1750 (In German)
This optional section will meet for an additional hour each week to discuss supplemental texts in German. Students participating in the foreign
Course 237. M. Forster
HISTORY 239 REFORMATION AND COUNTER-REFORMATION The causes and impact of the Protestant and Catholic Reformations across Europe. The consequences of religious reform for religious
belief and practice, politics, and society. The theologies of Luther, Zwingli,
Calvin, and Loyola; religious conflict; and the long-term results of the
Reformation. Course 239 may include an optional section that will
in German. Students participating in the foreign language section will
receive one additional credit hour, pass/not passed marking.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 7. M. Forster
HISTORY 239f REFORMATION AND COUNTER-REFORMATION (In German) This optional section will meet for an additional
hour each week to discuss supplemental texts in German. Students participating in the foreign language section will receive one additional credit
hour, pass/not passed marking. Students electing Course 239f must concurrently register for Course 239. M. Forster
HISTORY 242 THE HISTORY OF WOMEN AND GENDER IN
THE UNITED STATES History of Asian, African American, Euro
American, Latina, and Native American women in the United States.
Topics include race and gender, comparative gender roles in diverse cultures, and their development in the United States. This is the same course
as American Studies/Gender and Women’s Studies 242.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. Formerly History 464; cannot
receive credit for both courses. This is a designated Writing course. L.
Wilson
HISTORY 243 A DIFFICULT PAST: GERMAN HISTORY, 18502000 An examination of German history in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries focusing on the uses and abuses of the study of the past. The
nationalist narrative of German history, the centrality of Hitler, Nazism,
and the Holocaust, and the nature of political and cultural division in the
Cold War era. This is the same course as German Studies 243. Course 243
week to discuss supplemental readings in German. Students participating
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 7. M. Forster
HISTORY 243f A DIFFICULT PAST: GERMAN HISTORY, 18502000 (In German) This optional section of German Studies/History 243
will meet for an additional hour each week to discuss supplemental readings in German. Students participating in the foreign language section
electing Course 243f must concurrently register for German Studies/History 243. This is the same course as German Studies 243f. M. Forster
HISTORY 247 THE SOVIET UNION AND ITS LEGACIES An
exploration of how the Soviet Union – the world’s first socialist state –
History
came into being, why it eventually fell apart, and its legacies up to today.
This is the same course as Slavic Studies 247. This course may include
discuss supplemental readings in Russian. Students participating in the
foreign language section will receive an additional credit hour, pass/not
passed marking.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 7. E. Kane
HISTORY 247f THE SOVIET UNION AND ITS LEGACIES (in
Russian) This optional section will meet for an additional hour each week
to discuss supplemental texts in Russian. Students participating in the
passed marking. Students electing History/Slavic Studies 247f must concurrently register for History/Slavic Studies 247. This is the same course
as Slavic Studies 247f.
HISTORY 248 NARRATIVES OF ILLNESS An introduction to the
history of medicine and public health. The course considers how the
meaning of illness changes over time and varies by place, examining two
distinct intersections: the dialogue between patient and doctor and the
relationship between the medical profession and the state. This is the same
course as American Studies 248.
course. J. Downs
HISTORY 249 EARLY ISLAMIC HISTORY The rise of Islam and the
transformation of the Middle East into an Islamic Society. From Muhammad to the Mongols.
HISTORY 250 ISSUES IN THE HISTORY OF MODERN AFRICA,
1884 TO THE PRESENT An exploration of important themes in the
history of modern Africa, based on readings that cover different geographic regions of the African continent. Topics include the impact of
European colonialism, anticolonialism, nationalism, women in modern
Africa, and the impact of globalization on Africa.
HISTORY 252 SOCIAL JUSTICE AND ENVIRONMENT A study
of how changes to the land and ecology both shape human history and
result from human action. The course considers the impact of conquest
and colonization on environmental history. Assignments focus on the
ways in which neocolonial exploitation of resources and populations provoke bitter struggles over environmental justice across the globe, often
involving gendered and racial marginalization. This course may include an
marking. This is the same course as Comparative Race and Ethnicity/
Environmental Studies/Gender and Women’s Studies 252.
HISTORY 252f SOCIAL JUSTICE AND ENVIRONMENT (In Spanish) This optional section will meet for an additional hour each week to
discuss supplemental readings in Spanish. Students participating in the
passed marking. Students electing History 252f must concurrently register
for Comparative Race and Ethnicity/Environmental Studies/Gender and
Women’s Studies/History 252. L. Garofalo
HISTORY 253 AFRICA IN THE AMERICAS An introduction to
the history of the African diaspora with a focus on the Americas. The
course will engage the following questions: What is the African diaspora?
What led to the dispersal of Africans throughout the Americas? What is
the impact of the African presence on the New World? How have dia-
sporic Africans constructed identities and how have such identities shifted
over time?
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 7 and is a designated Writing course. M. Bedasse
HISTORY 254 CONFRONTING IMAGES OF MODERN JAPAN
Samurai, geisha, and Godzilla: such iconic images of modern Japan and
their antecedents will be examined through texts and visual materials,
traditional as well as popular, including manga and anime. The course
considers how these representations fit into their historical milieu both in
the West and in Japan. In questioning these images, students will confront
entrenched conceptualizations of east and west, modernity, gender, and
race. This is the same course as East Asian Studies 254. This course may
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 7. T. Watanabe
HISTORY 254f CONFRONTING IMAGES OF MODERN JAPAN
(In Japanese) This optional section will meet for an additional hour each
week to discuss supplement readings in Japanese. Students participating
pass/not passed marking. Students electing East Asian Studies/History
254f must concurrently register for East Asian Studies/History 254. This
is the same course as East Asian Studies 254f. T. Watanabe
HISTORY 255 SOUTH ASIA IN THE POSTCOLONIAL WORLD
A survey of South Asia (mainly focusing on India, Pakistan, Bangladesh,
and Sri Lanka) from 1947 to the present, contextualizing major political
issues which are common to the postcolonial world: forms of violence,
statecraft, development, and democracy. We will read thematically to
understand the region’s contemporary history. This is the same course as
Comparative Race and Ethnicity 255.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 7. S. Chhabria
HISTORY 257 LATINOS IN THE UNITED STATES An introduction to Latinos’ historical experiences and the historical context in the
Caribbean and Latin America that led to the migrations of Puerto Ricans,
Dominicans, Cubans, Mexicans, and Central Americans. Topics include
migration and settlement, civil rights movements, and the contemporary
transnational nature of the Latino/a experience. This is the same course as
American Studies/Comparative Race and Ethnicity 257.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. E. Garcia
HISTORY 262 MODERN CHINA: CHANGING NATIONAL
IDENTITIES IN A TRANSNATIONAL EAST ASIA The collapse
of the old empire and the reforms, rebellions, and revolutions that have
shaped China’s efforts to construct a new social and political order.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 7. S. Queen
HISTORY 264 THE RUSSIAN EMPIRE, 1700-1920s An exploration
of the rise and fall of the Russian Empire from its beginnings under Peter
the Great to its transformation into the Soviet Union after the Bolshevik
Revolution of 1917. Major themes explored in the course will include:
imperial expansion, internal diversity, and various 19th −century challenges to empire. This is the same course as Slavic Studies 264.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 7. E. Kane
HISTORY 269 IMMIGRATION TO THE U.S. SINCE 1820 An over
view of immigration to the United States in three periods, 1820-1860,
1890-1924, and 1965-Present.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. C. Stock
HISTORY 270 HISTORY OF SEXUALITY IN THE U. S. Through
social history and queer theory, the course will chart the idea that sex has
115
a history and examine how the study of sexuality connects with larger
themes in U.S. social, political, and cultural history. Topics include reproduction, birth control, prostitution, sexual health and disease, interracial
sexualities, same-sex relationships, and heterosexuality. This is the same
course as American Studies/Gender and Women’s Studies 270.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course is not open to students who have received credit for American Studies/Gender and Women’s Studies/History 453. J. Manion
HISTORY 272 BERLIN This interdisciplinary team-taught course will
examine the history, culture, and architecture of the city of Berlin since
the 18th century. Readings in history, literature, and urban studies will
focus on the Berlin of old Prussia and Bismarck through the Weimar era
and the Nazi dictatorship up to the divided city of the Cold War and
the Berlin of Reunification. This is the same course as German Studies
272. This course may include an optional section that will meet for an
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 7 and is a designated Writing course. G. Atherton, M. Forster
HISTORY 272f BERLIN (In German) This optional section will meet
for an additional hour each week to discuss supplemental texts in German.
272f must concurrently register for History/German Studies 272. This is
the same course as German Studies 272f. G. Atherton, M. Forster
HISTORY 278 DAOIST TRADITIONS A history from Laozi to contemporary times focusing on the philosophical and mystical aspects of the
tradition in comparative perspective. This is the same course as Philosophy
214/Religious Studies 209. Course 278 may include an optional section
readings in Chinese. Students participating in the foreign language section will receive one additional credit hour, pass/not passed marking.
HISTORY 278f DAOIST TRADITIONS (In Chinese) This optional
section will meet for an additional hour each week to discuss supplemental
readings in Chinese. Students participating in the foreign language section will receive one additional credit hour, pass/not passed marking. Students electing History 278f must concurrently register for History 278/
Philosophy 214/Religious Studies 209. S. Queen
HISTORY 299 CASES AND HISTORY OF EQUALITY This is the
same course as Sophomore Research Seminar 299A. Refer to the Sophomore Research Seminar listing in College Courses for a course description.
Advanced Courses
HISTORY 304 THE HISTORY OF HIP HOP MUSIC AND CULTURE IN POST INDUSTRIAL AMERICA 1973-PRESENT This
course explores the political, social, and cultural impact of Hip Hop Music
and Culture in American society and the world including the different
forms of rap music (pop, social conscious, and southern) and explores the
tensions between authenticity and mass appeal. The course also examines
the impact that deindustrialization, Reaganomics, and the dot.com boom
had on the artists and the industry.
students. This is a designated Writing course. D. Canton
HISTORY 306 GLOBALIZATION OF URBAN POVERTY An examination of the post-World War II history of urban poverty, labor, housing,
and slums in the non-western world, with the aim of understanding the
most recent manifestations of globalization and inequality.
students. This course satisfies General Education Area 7. S. Chhabria
116
HISTORY 309 THE HISTORY OF SLAVERY AND EMANCIPATION IN THE AMERICAS This course will examine the origins of
slavery in the Americas focusing on the United States, but also considering
the slavery in the Caribbean and Latin America. Topics include the slave
trade, the organization of labor, gender and family relations, resistance
and rebellion, slave culture, and emancipation. This is the same course as
American Studies/Gender and Women’s Studies 309.
students. This is a designated Writing course. J. Downs
HISTORY 313 THE AMERICAN WEST IN THE TWENTIETH
CENTURY A readings course that explores the history of the American
West in the post-frontier era. Topics include Dust Bowl and New Deal,
World War II, the rise of the Red Power and Chicano rights movements,
urbanization, the conservation movement, and the nuclear industry.
students. This is a designated Writing course. C. Stock
HISTORY 314 GRECO-ROMAN HISTORIOGR APHY This is
the same course as Classics 314. Refer to the Classics listing for a course
description.
HISTORY 317 EARLY GREECE AND WESTERN CIVILIZATION:
A DISPUTED LEGACY This is the same course as Classics 317. Refer to
the Classics listing for a course description.
HISTORY 319 THE COLD WAR IN THE THIRD WORLD An
examination of intervention by superpowers in the Third World during
the Cold War. The course considers the following questions: Why did the
developing world become the focus of Cold War rivalries and what did
the superpowers hope to gain? How did nations and leaders in the Third
World affect this process? What are the legacies of American involvement
in the developing world? This is the same course as American Studies 319.
students. This is a designated Writing course. Staff
HISTORY 320 FROM TEA TO CONNECTICUT ROLLS: DEFINING JAPANESE CULTURE THROUGH FOOD An exploration of
Japanese food traditions as a site in which cultural values are contested
and disseminated for national consumption. Through study of Japan’s
foodways, such as the tea ceremony, sushi, whaling, and fusion cuisines,
we uncover the aesthetics, politics, and intercultural exchange that characterize Japanese history. This is the same course as East Asian Studies
320. This course may include an optional section that will meet for an
additional hour each week to discuss supplemental readings in Japanese.
students. T. Watanabe
HISTORY 320f FROM TEA TO CONNECTICUT ROLLS: DEFINING JAPANESE CULTURE THROUGH FOOD (In Japanese) This
supplemental readings in Japanese. Students participating in the foreign
East Asian Studies/History 320. This is the same course as East Asian
Studies 320f. T. Watanabe
HISTORY 322 THE LEGACY OF WORLD WAR II IN “POST-WAR”
JAPAN This is the same course as East Asian Studies 322. Refer to the
HISTORY 322f THE LEGACY OF WORLD WAR II IN “POSTWAR” JAPAN (in Japanese) This is the same course as East Asian Studies 322f. Refer to the East Asian Studies listing for a course description.
HISTORY 324 DISSENT AND DEMOCRATIZATION IN EAST
ASIA Literary and political protest in modern China, focusing on the
History
voices of China’s students and intellectuals. Emphasis on the relationship
between dissent and democratic reform in the modern period.
students. S. Queen
HISTORY 325 HUMAN RIGHTS IN CHINA An exploration of the
history of human rights in China, the ongoing debates over moral universalism and cultural diversity, and the “Asian values” debate concerning the
influence of Confucian culture on human rights in China and East Asia.
students. S. Queen
HISTORY 326 ETHNOHISTORY OF MINORITY COMMUNITIES IN SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND This is the same course as
American Studies/Anthropology 325. Refer to the Anthropology listing
HISTORY 330 MEDITATIONS ON THE HISTORY OF THE
AMERICAN SOUTH Using an interdisciplinary approach, this course
will explore the history of the southeastern United States from the colonial
period to the present by investigating how various writers, artists, and
historians have represented and defined the meaning of “The South.” This
is the same course as American Studies/Gender and Women’s Studies 330.
HISTORY 331 BEYOND SEA, SUNSHINE, AND SOCA: A HISTORY OF THE CARIBBEAN An examination of major themes in
the history of the Caribbean from the 15th century to the 20th century.
The first half of the course will focus on the 15th century to the 19th
century, exploring issues such as Indigenous societies, European encounter and conquest, plantation slavery, the resistance of enslaved Africans,
and emancipation. The remainder of the course focuses on aspects of the
cultural, economic, political and social experiences of Caribbean peoples
during the 20th century.
Enrollment limited to 20 students. M. Bedasse
HISTORY 334 HISTORICIZING 9/11 INTERNATIONALLY
AND LOCALLY Explores the historical context of September 11, 2001
through examination of the history of foreign affairs beginning in the late
18th century with the founding of the nation and continuing throughout the 20th century. The course also investigates the impact of global
changes at the local level, particularly in New London. In an effort to
connect the study of history to the larger New London community, the
course will include an oral history component that will require students to
conduct oral interviews of New London residents on a range of historical
issues based on the first objective of the course. This is the same course as
HISTORY 338 THE MIDDLE AGES IN BIG HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE: NORTHWESTERN EUROPE AND THE AMERICAN
SOUTHWEST, 400-1400 A.D. The history of the American Southwest
during the so-called Middle Ages has much in common with the history of Northwestern Europe. This course will explore how much, and
why, from the perspectives of global climate change and the ways agricultural economies experience cultural efflorescence or decay under similar
conditions.
students. This is a designated Writing course. F. Paxton
HISTORY 340 THE DEEP HISTORY OF HUMANITY An examination of human history in deep time, from the last ice age to the first
civilizations.
students. This is a designated Writing course. F. Paxton
HISTORY 341 CRIME AND PUNISHMENT IN U.S. HISTORY
An examination of the changing philosophies and practices of crime and
punishment from the Enlightenment to modern times. Topics include
moral attitudes toward criminality, the birth of the penitentiary, gender
and crime, prison reform work, criminal classification, systemic race and
racism, social control and poverty, institutional heterosexism, and the
prison industrial complex. This is the same course as American Studies/
students. This is a designated Writing course. J. Manion
HISTORY 344 CROSSING THE SEA: TRANSATLANTIC DIALOGUE BETWEEN SPAIN AND THE AMERICAS An interdisciplinary exploration of the permanent, problematic, and enriching dialogue
between Spain and the Americas. This transatlantic interaction began in
1492, reached a breaking point with the 19th century revolutions, and
continues to shape the conflicts of our global moment. Through the analysis of historical texts, literary artifacts, and films, the course considers
key issues such as conquest, slavery, modernity, post-colonialism, and
immigration. Sources include Las Casas, Carlos Fuentes, Bolívar, Martí,
and Guillermo del Toro. This is the same course as Comparative Race
and Ethnicity/Hispanic Studies 344. This course may include an optional
students. L. Garofalo and L. González
HISTORY 344f CROSSING THE SEA: TRANSATLANTIC DIALOGUE BETWEEN SPAIN AND THE AMERICAS (In Spanish)
marking. Students electing Hispanic Studies/History 344f must concurrently register for Hispanic Studies/History 344. This is the same course
as Hispanic Studies 344f. L. Garofalo and L. González
History 400 Level Seminars
Advanced research and reading courses on designated topics. Open to
sophomores, juniors, and seniors. Enrollment in each seminar limited to
16 students.
HISTORY 410 “DRAG YOU OFF TO MILLEDGEVILLE”: MIND,
POWER, AND MENTAL HEALTH This is the same course as American Studies/Gender and Women’s Studies 410. Refer to the Gender and
Women’s Studies listing for a course description.
HISTORY 415 EAST AFRICA SINCE 1945 A focus on key historical
events and ideas in East Africa since 1945. Explores the economic, cultural,
and political factors that have historically created some regional integration
(East Africa as a region), as well as the formation of individual nation states
(i.e., Tanzania, Kenya, and Uganda). Significant themes such as nationalism, decolonization, socialism, pan-Africanism, gender, and religion will be
explored, with a view to examining the perspectives of different historical
actors and the challenges that varying points of view pose to the construction of individual nation-states in East Africa and to the notion of East
Africa as a region. M. Bedasse
HISTORY 416 RASTAFARI, REGGAE, AND RESISTANCE This
seminar traces the history of the Rastafarian movement from its beginnings in Jamaica in the early 1930s to its international popularity. Themes
include Rastafari as culture, Bob Marley as Rastafarian messenger, Rastafari
as political theory, Pan-Africanism, and Rastafarian women.
This is a designated Writing course. M. Bedasse
HISTORY 417 THE CAROLINGIAN AGE IN EUROPE Advanced
research on the politics, warfare, religion, society, and culture of Europe
in the 8th and 9th centuries: the rise of the Carolingian dynasty, the age of
Charlemagne, the Carolingian empire and its collapse.
This is a designated Writing course. F. Paxton
117
HISTORY 420 CHINA’S CONFUCIAN LEGACY Confucian ethics
in its traditional setting and its modern transformation. Emphasis on the
ways in which Confucianism has transformed and been transformed by
the forces of modernization in East Asia. S. Queen
HISTORY 421 CHINA’S DAOIST LEGACY An in-depth study of a
Daoist text or theme in Daoist history. This course may include an optional
section that will meet for an additional hour each week to discuss supplemental readings in Chinese. Students participating in the foreign language
This is a designated Writing course. S. Queen
HISTORY 421f CHINA’S DAOIST LEGACY (In Chinese) This optional
section will meet for an additional hour each week to discuss supplemental
texts in Chinese. Students participating in the foreign language section will
receive one additional credit hour, pass/not passed marking. Students electing Course 421f must concurrently register for History 421. S. Queen
HISTORY 426 HISTORY OF GENDER AND SEXUALITY IN
JAPAN, 1850s-1980s An examination of ways in which gender and sexuality have shaped modern and contemporary Japanese history. Topics include
discourses of sexuality, technologies of reproduction, sexual divisions of
labor, and the family. This is the same course as Gender and Women’s Studies 426.
This is a designated Writing course. A.M. Davis
HISTORY 427 THE CHINESE BODY An exploration of Chinese conceptions of the body, bodily health and illness, vitality and power, healing and medicine past and present. This is the same course as East Asian
Studies 427.
This is a designated Writing course. S. Queen
HISTORY 440 POPULAR CULTURE IN EARLY MODERN
EUROPE The attempt of European elites to discipline and suppress popular and traditional festivities, rituals, and beliefs. The significance of the
witch craze, popular religion, and popular forms of protest and resistance.
This is a designated Writing course. M. Forster
HISTORY 441 THE FRENCH REVOLUTION The causes, course,
and consequences of the French Revolution from 1789 through the Napoleonic Era. Focus on the collapse of the monarchy, the Reign of Terror,
and the rise of Napoleon. M. Forster
HISTORY 444 IMPERIAL LIVES: MERCHANTS, MISSIONARIES, AND MIGRANTS ACROSS THE EUROPEAN EMPIRES An
exploration of how European empires were experienced by the many different kinds of people caught up in them. We will look at how empire
created new connections across vast expanses, caused mixing of peoples,
ideas, and cultures that had previously had little contact, and made possible the mobility of ideas, people, goods across great distances.
This is a designated Writing course. E. Kane
HISTORY 448 HUMAN TRAFFICKING: PROSTITUTION AND
SEX-SLAVERY IN NORTHEAST ASIA, WESTERN EUROPE, AND
THE U.S. SINCE 1850 An examination of recent public debates regarding human trafficking within an historical context. The course explores
socio-political relationships between sex trafficking, public health polities,
and the projects of modern nation- and empire-building. This analysis is
limited to sexual exploitation and (usually non-voluntary) prostitution.
This is the same course as Gender and Women’s Studies 448.
This is a designated Writing course. A.M. Davis
HISTORY 449 J.R.R. TOLKIEN: PHILOLOGIST, MEDIEVALIST,
CATHOLIC HUMANIST An examination of Tolkien’s professional
life, personal experiences, and scholarly and popular writings. Emphasis
on how his service during World War I, profound spirituality, and love of
and desire to (re)create language and myth shaped his literary production,
from his critical essay on Beowulf to the Lord of the Rings.
This is a designated Writing course. Staff
118
HISTORY 450 LATIN AMERICAN IMMIGRATION The movement
of people within Latin America and of Latin Americans abroad. Topics
include Iberian colonization; the African Diaspora; Asian, German and
Jewish immigrants; rural-to-urban migration; and Latin Americans in the
United States and Connecticut, including migrant labor, bilingual education, gender roles, racism, and transnational identity. This course may
pass/not passed marking. This is the same course as American Studies
450. L. Garofalo
HISTORY 450f LATIN AMERICAN IMMIGRATION (In Spanish)
This optional section will meet for additional hour each week to discuss
supplemental texts in Spanish. Students participating in the foreign language section will receive one additional credit hour, pass/not passed
Course 450. L. Garofalo
HISTORY 454 THE REAGAN REVOLUTION: AMERICAN CONSERVATISM, 1940-1990 To understand the rise of Ronald Reagan and
his ongoing legacy – indeed, to make sense of ongoing debates about the
nature of conservatism – this seminar explores broader historical questions about progressivism, conservatism, the welfare state, the cold war,
popular culture, the media, and the presidency. This is the same course as
HISTORY 457 NINETEENTH-CENTURY AMERICA A research
seminar exploring the major turning points in the history of the United
States during the 19th century, particularly the market revolution, slavery, women’s suffrage, environmentalism, borderlands, and the rise of
industrialization. While the focus of the course will be on the continental
United States, the final weeks will examine the U.S. presence in Southwestern borderlands and in Latin America. This is the same course as
This is a designated Writing course. J. Downs
HISTORY 458 SOUTH OF CANADA IS THE MASON-DIXON
LINE: THE CIVIL RIGHTS MOVEMENT IN THE NORTH, 19251975 This course examines the civil rights struggle in the North and the
Black Power Movement. Students explore the role played by local black
professionals and members of the working class, who participated in local
movements and fought to eradicate de facto segregation in housing, education, employment, and public accommodations. This is the same course as
American Studies/Comparative Race and Ethnicity 458. D. Canton
HISTORY 460 THE BLACK FREEDOM STRUGGLE 1946-1968
This seminar examines the history of the modern civil rights movement.
In addition to traditional leaders such as Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr.,
this course explores the contributions of lesser-known figures such as
Ella Baker, and the impact of local movements. This course studies civil
rights activity in northern cities, and examines the tensions of class, “black
middle-class respectability,” and gender in the black community. This is
the same course as American Studies 460. D. Canton
HISTORY 463 CITY UPON THE HILL: SEVENTEENTH-CENTURY NEW ENGLAND AND AMERICAN IDENTITY A study
of early New England society. Topics include Puritan religious practices,
democracy and town meetings, the seafaring and merchant economy,
family patterns and sexual mores, and modern legacies of this tradition.
This is the same course as American Studies 463.
This is a designated Writing course. L. Wilson
HISTORY 465 THE GLOBALIZATION OF AMERICAN CULTURE SINCE 1945 This is the same course as American Studies 465.
Refer to the American Studies listing for a course description.
HISTORY 467 THE HISTORY AND POLITICS OF RACISM AND
PUBLIC HEALTH The relationship between racism and public health
History/Human Development
and medicine from slavery through the 20th century. Topics include
racism and the construction of epidemics; the Tuskegee experiments;
tuberculosis and urban life; gender, sexuality and AIDS; reproductive
rights and poverty; and the origin of black people’s systems of health care
and support. J. Downs
HISTORY 468 RACE AND SEX IN EARLY AMERICA An exploration of questions of race, class, gender, and sexuality in Early America
from the settlement of Jamestown in 1607 through the post-revolutionary
period two hundred years later. Students will examine the experience of
historical subjects who existed on the margins of the social and political
order such as Native Americans, African-American slaves, poor people,
women of all races, and free African Americans. This course will also
examine the cultural production of images, language, and symbols that
gave meaning to categories of identity and difference, particularly those
of race and gender. This is the same course as American Studies/Gender
This is a designated Writing course. J. Manion
HISTORY 476 THE GLOBAL 1960s A transnational study of the dramatic social, political, and cultural transformations that occurred during
the 1960s, including decolonization, the African-American freedom
struggle, the Vietnam War, the Cultural Revolution in China, the sexual
revolution, and student protest movements that took place around the
world. This is the same course as American Studies 476.
HISTORY 491, 492 INDIVIDUAL STUDY
HISTORY 495 HONORS STUDY (see description under Course 497)
HISTORY 497-498 HONORS STUDY
HISTORY 497 HONORS STUDY (SEMINAR) A seminar in
research techniques, historiography, and historical methodology.
Students who successfully complete the seminar may enroll the following semester in Course 498 and complete an honors thesis. Students who successfully complete the seminar but who do not enroll
in Course 498 will receive credit for Course 495. Course 497 is
required of all first-semester honors students in history.
Permission of the instructor is required. Enrollment limited to
senior history majors.
HISTORY 498 HONORS STUDY
Course 497 is prerequisite to Course 498.
ogy, or Psychology, or Sociology may request that Psychology 202, or
Sociology 354 be substituted for Course 201.
The Minor in Human Development
The human development department offers a minor with a specific focus on
social policy affecting children and families. The minor consists of courses
103, 111, 304, and 306 or 321, and one from the following: Economics 247;
Psychology 206, Sociology 223, or an elective at or above the 200 level that
is approved by adviser.
Advisers: S. Bhatia, M. Dunlap, J. Fredricks
Learning Goals in the Human Development Major
The major in Human Development offers students an in-depth investigation of how individuals grow and change within their familial, cultural,
and social contexts. Human Development is an interdisciplinary major
that integrates knowledge from anthropology, biology, economics, education, history, medicine, psychology, and sociology. Coursework allows
students to examine and explore the impact of globalization, demographic
and policy changes, racial identity, risk and resiliency, and the media. The
Connecticut College Children’s Program (CCCP), an NAEYC accredited
early childhood program, allows students to extend their learning outside
of the classroom. All majors participate in service learning at the CCCP
as well as at placements with other New London community partners (e.g.,
social service agencies, government agencies, and school systems).
Deep Knowledge Base
Students will acquire an in-depth knowledge of key theoretical perspectives and paradigms.
Students will analyze and interpret data using quantitative and qualitative methodologies.
Critical Thinking, Reading, and Writing
Students will use multiple disciplinary perspectives to evaluate theories,
concepts, readings, and experiential learning.
Students will formulate clearly articulated arguments in writing and
speech (e.g., oral presentations, discussions).
Analysis of Diverse Social and Cultural Contexts
Students will acquire knowledge of individual differences in the range and
patterns of development across the lifespan.
Students will examine the critical role that culture (including gender,
race, socioeconomic status), and power relations play in shaping human
development across the lifespan.
Theoretical and Experiential Learning
Human Development
Professors: Dunlap, Fredricks; Assistant Professor: Marulis; Professor
Bhatia, chair
The Major in Human Development
The major consists of at least eleven courses, including Courses 111; 201;
204; 225; 306 or 321; two additional 300-level courses; one 400-level
course; Biology 105 or Psychology 100; Mathematics 107 or 206; and one
of the following: American Studies/History 201; Gender and Women’s
Studies 224; Hispanic Studies 320; Psychology 203, 325, 326, 341; Sociology 223, 262; a freshman seminar taught by a faculty member in human
development; or an elective at or above the 200 level that is approved by
the adviser. Students should complete Biology 105 or, Mathematics 107
or 206, and Human Development 201 by the end of the sophomore year.
Students who are double majors in Human Development and Psychology
may use Psychology 201 to replace Mathematics 107 or 206 in the major.
Students who are double majors in Human Development and Anthropol-
Students will create intellectual linkages between classroom learning and
community based experiences.
Courses
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 103 CHILDREN’S RIGHTS AND
PUBLIC POLICY Selected public policies and laws that affect children’s
rights, with special attention to the historical context of contemporary policies and law. Topics include divorce, child abuse, education, healthcare, and
juvenile justice. This is the same course as Gender and Women’s Studies 102.
Enrollment limited to 35 students. Offered spring semester. J.
Fredricks
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 111 INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN
DEVELOPMENT Sequences and patterns of growth and development
throughout the life-span. All sections provide an introductory survey of
human development; each section focuses on a topic as an integrative
theme. Topics are subject to change annually. Community service learning is required.
119
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 3. S. Bhatia, M. Dunlap, J. Fredricks, Staff
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 201 OBSERVATIONAL METHODS
Methods of observing children and adults in different social and cultural
settings. Particular attention to the nature of ethnographic information
obtained from community based field work.
Two lectures; two laboratory hours. Enrollment limited to 30 students.
Offered spring semester. This is a designated Writing course. S. Bhatia
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 202 BEST PRACTICES AND THE PRESCHOOL EXPERIENCE Supervised work at the Children’s Program
during Winter Break. Students will work 15 hours, engage in reflection, and
write a short paper analyzing the experience. Topics include observation,
neurotypical and atypical development, language acquisition, and inclusive
practice. One hour of credit, marked as passed/not passed.
Permission of the instructor required. This course may be repeated
for credit. Enrollment limited to 20 students. Staff
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 204 CHILDREN IN LEARNING
ENVIRONMENTS Theory and research on learning during early
childhood with particular reference to the role of home, school, community and other learning environments for children, including those with
diverse backgrounds and abilities.
Two lectures; three hours of supervised work at the department
Children’s Program. Prerequisite: Course 111. Enrollment limited to 30
students. Offered fall semester. This is a designated Writing course. Staff
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 225 INDIVIDUAL DIFFERENCES IN
DEVELOPMENT A study of the range of and variation in patterns of
development in children and youth and their familial, medical, societal,
and educational consequences. Consideration of etiology, contemporary
treatment, policy and intervention approaches. Community service learning at the Children’s Program is required.
Two lectures; three hours of supervised work at the department
Children’s Program. Prerequisite: Course 204 for Human Development
majors, or Education 223 for Education Certificate students. Enrollment
limited to 30 students. Offered spring semester. Staff
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 302 SOCIAL AND PERSONALITY
DEVELOPMENT Theory and research in human personality and social
development. Topics include attachment, altruism, aggression, issues of
diversity, gender and cultural role development, and family and social
influence. Community service learning is required.
Prerequisite: One from among the following: Course 201; one 200level course in anthropology, psychology, or sociology. Enrollment limited
to 20 students. Offered fall semester. This is a designated Writing course.
M. Dunlap
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 304 CHILDREN AND FAMILY
SOCIAL POLICIES Child and family policies. An examination of contemporary social and legal issues which affect children and their families.
Prerequisite: Course 103 and one 200-level course in human development, government, psychology, or sociology. Enrollment limited to 20
students. Offered fall semester. This is a designated Writing course. J.
Fredricks
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 306 LANGUAGE, NARRATIVE, AND
SELF A survey of theories and research in language development emphasizing the role of narrative in socialization, especially moral development
and the development of personhood. An examination of the various
cultural/narrative sources that children and families from diverse backgrounds draw on when constructing moral meanings about their own
and others’ actions.
Prerequisite: Any 200-level course or permission of the instructor.
Enrollment limited to 20 students. Offered fall semester. This is a designated Writing course. S. Bhatia
120
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 307 ADOLESCENT DEVELOPMENT
Psychological, social, cognitive, and physical aspects of adolescence and
youth with emphasis on the distinctive character of personal experience
during this period. Topics examined include autonomy, identity, sexuality, substance abuse, delinquency, morality, and educational and career
choice. Community service learning with adolescents is required. This is
Prerequisite: A 200-level course in anthropology, human development, psychology, or sociology. Education 223 is required for students
earning a secondary education certificate. Enrollment limited to 20 students. This is a designated Writing course. J. Fredricks, M. Dunlap
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 314 MEDIA, SELF, AND SOCIETY
This course employs a developmental perspective to study how individual’s identities are shaped by media. A life-span perspective is used to discuss how children, youth and families from diverse backgrounds interpret
media narratives about violence, gender, race, body images, sexuality, and
sports to construct their life-stories.
designated Writing course. S. Bhatia
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 321 CHILDREN AND FAMILIES IN
A MULTICULTURAL SOCIETY Influences such as culture, ethnicity, socio-economic status, gender, and societal inequity and racism on
families and on children’s growth and development; emphasis on contemporary issues related to families and children in a diverse society. Issues
include child rearing, education, and media influences. Community service learning is required. This is the same course as Gender and Women’s
Studies 321.
Prerequisite: One course in human development, anthropology, or
sociology. Enrollment limited to juniors and seniors. Enrollment limited to 20 students. Offered spring semester. This is a designated Writing
course. M. Dunlap
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 325 LIFE-SPAN HUMAN DEVELOPMENT An advanced level study of human life-span development.
Classical and contemporary theories and research examined in original
reading and critical commentary from the following fields: developmental psychology, biological psychology, cultural psychology, anthropology
and sociology. Issues may include parent-child communication, bicultural
families, and biological and cognitive aspects of the life-cycle.
Prerequisite: Courses 111 and 201; Government 250. Enrollment
limited to 20 students. This is a designated Writing course. S. Bhatia
Advanced Study Seminars
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 402 WHAT’S LOVE GOT TO DO
WITH IT?: ADVANCED SOCIAL AND PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT RESEARCH PROCESSES Engagement in research, data
analysis, and presentations about perceptions and misperceptions of the
social and personality behavior of an urban family in a Spike Lee movie.
Of particular interest to those pursuing graduate school, social services,
or teaching professions, and those interested in the complexity of diversity
issues among real-life practitioners.
Prerequisite: Course 201, 302, or 321, and one of the following: Mathematics 107, 206, Psychology 201, Sociology 354, or Anthropology 381;
permission of the instructor is required. Enrollment limited to 16 students.
This is a designated Writing course. M. Dunlap
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 406 DEVELOPMENTAL RESEARCH
IN LANGUAGE: ETHNOGRAPHY, SOCIALIZATION, AND THE
CONSTRUCTION OF SELF AND IDENTITY Examination of the
role that different communicative and language socialization practices
play in understanding how diverse families and children co-construct
meanings about self and other relationships. Supervised ethnographic
observation project/research in school or in the community.
Human Development/Italian
Prerequisite: Courses 201, 306, and one of the following: Mathematics 107, 206, or Psychology 201. Enrollment limited to 16 students. This
is a designated Writing course. S. Bhatia
faculty member no later than the third week of the semester preceding the
anticipated enrollment. This course may be taken for two semesters only
with permission of the department.
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 408 CHILD MALTREATMENT A
study of developmental trajectories resulting from childhood abuse and
neglect within the family, including the intergenerational transmission
of parenting ideologies. This course also explores early intervention and
prevention strategies for families with high levels of maltreatment risk.
Students will engage in directed research projects. This is the same as
Prerequisite: Any course in statistics or permission of the instructor.
Staff
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 495, 496 FIELD WORK Advanced Field
work option.
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 414 ADULTHOOD AND AGING:
SOCIAL RESEARCH, POLICY AND PRACTICE Exploration of
aspects of social research, policy and practice as applied to middle aged
and older adults. Mental health and well being, psychosocial considerations, economic factors and ethical issues across the mid to later life span
will be explored. Requirements will include participation in on-going
research, opportunities to observe applied research and policy work, and
the construction of a research proposal.
Prerequisite: Course 325 and one of the following: Mathematics 107,
206, or Psychology 201. Enrollment limited to 16 students. This is a designated Writing course. Staff
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 415 SOCIAL POLICY ANALYSIS IN
URBAN AMERICA Advanced study of contemporary public policies in
Urban America. Topics include education, economic development, health
care, welfare reform, child care, and parenting. Requirements include
development of a research proposal on a selected topic in public policy.
Prerequisite: Course 201 and one 300-level Human Development
course; and one of the following: Mathematics 107, 206, or Psychology
This is a designated Writing course. J. Fredricks
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 416 GLOBALIZATION, CULTURE,
AND IDENTITY This course focuses on how globalization impacts
the development of children, youth, and families residing in Asia, Africa,
Europe, and North America. The course utilizes inter-disciplinary research
to explain how global media flows, social movements, terrorism, migration, and sweatshops are re-configuring the social and cultural identities
and families. This is the same course as Gender and Women’s Studies 416.
designated Writing course. S. Bhatia
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 291, 292 INDIVIDUAL STUDY Proposals for Individual Study are initiated by the student and take the form
of directed reading or research. A student who wishes to do an Individual
Study must get approval from a faculty adviser and present a formal proposal to the department in the first week of the semester in which the
study is to be done. This is a designated Writing course.
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 391, 392 INDIVIDUAL STUDY This is
a designated Writing course.
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 491, 492 INDIVIDUAL STUDY Advanced
individual study options. This is a designated Writing course.
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 295, 296 FIELD WORK Supervised
work in a human service setting. Students will work 8-10 hours per week
under the supervision of a professional within the setting and will write a
term paper analyzing the experience from a theoretical perspective under
the direction of a faculty member.
Prerequisite: Course 204. Permission of the supervising faculty
member; permission of the supervising agency; and approval of the department. Students anticipating enrollment should contact the supervising
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 497-498 HONORS STUDY Proposals
for Honors Study must be submitted to the department in the spring of
the junior year. See faculty adviser for details. This is a designated Writing course.
Italian
Professor: Proctor; Visiting Instructor: Patton; Lecturer: Morelli; Associate Professor Sica, chair
The Major in Italian Studies
The major in Italian Studies consists of nine courses beyond Courses 101
and 102. These must include 201, 202, and 302; either 250 or 260; one
300- or 400- level course in Renaissance Italian literature and culture;
one 300- and one 400- level course in modern or contemporary Italian
literature and culture, both conducted in Italian. Under exceptional circumstances, equivalent courses may be substituted with permission of the
department.
Students majoring in Italian Studies are required to spend at least
one semester during the junior year in Italy. Under exceptional circumstances, the department may approve a summer program in Italy or the
United States.
Advisers: R. Proctor, P. Sica
The Minor in Italian Studies
The minor in Italian Studies consists of five courses beyond Courses 101
and 102. These must include 201, 202, and 302; either 250 or 260; and
at least one course at the 300- or 400- level conducted in Italian. Under
exceptional circumstances, equivalent courses may be substituted with
permission of the department.
Students majoring or minoring in Italian Studies are encouraged to
complement the program offered by the Italian Department with appropriate courses from other disciplines.
Learning Goals in the Italian Studies Major
The major in Italian Studies consists of 9 courses beyond Elementary Italian, and includes language course at the Intermediate and Advanced level,
and courses on Dante, the Renaissance, and modern and contemporary
Italian literature and culture.
Language Proficiency
By the end of the course of study at Connecticut College, including at
least one semester of study in Italy, students majoring in Italian will have
reached an advanced knowledge of Modern Standard Italian. Students
will be able to express themselves fluently and effectively in a wide range of
social, academic and professional situations. Students will be able to read
and understand complex literary and technical texts on both concrete and
abstract topics. Students will be able to produce different types of texts
(descriptive, discursive, argumentative, and persuasive) in a well organized
and cohesive manner. Students with no prior knowledge of the language
will start by taking courses at the elementary level (Italian 101 and 102)
and progress through the intermediate series (Italian 201 and Italian 202)
up to the upper intermediate more specialized courses (Italian 250 and
Italian 260) which focus respectively on developing advanced writing
121
skills and advanced oral skills as well enriching students’ vocabulary with
a wide range of specialized terms and expressions. Finally, students will
be able to develop an appreciation for the linguistic variety of Italy by
recognizing some of the main regional language varieties spoken across
the country.
Cultural Proficiency And Life Style
The emphasis shifts in courses at the 300 and 400 level from mastery of
the Italian language to mastery of the kind of critical thinking and historical and cultural knowledge one needs to understand and appreciate Italy.
Students who take upper-level courses in Italian will be able to analyze literary texts, films, and images after being exposed to various forms of critical
reading. They will know basic methods for doing research, such as how to
search for articles and books, and how to write a bibliography. And they
will be able to write short critical essays. At the end of their Italian studies
Connecticut College students will have acquired a broad knowledge of the
major periods of Italian history and culture. Inspired by this knowledge,
they will have also gained a love of Italy, and a desire to her language and
culture a part of their lives.
Courses
Italian Language and Literature
ITALIAN 101, 102 ELEMENTARY ITALIAN Promotes basic understanding, speaking, reading, and writing while presenting Italian culture
through video documents, literature, songs, and films. Three meetings a
week, and three hours a week of language laboratory.
Open only to students with less than two years of Italian at entrance.
Enrollment limited to 20 students per section. F. Morelli, C. Patton, R.
Proctor, P. Sica
ITALIAN 201 INTERMEDIATE ITALIAN I: SGUARDO SULL’
ITALIA Develops basic language skills through grammar review and
vocabulary building while introducing topics in Italian culture such as fashion and design, regional cultures, travel, migration, the American influence
in Italy, and the role of Italy in Europe. Resources for class activities vary
from year to year, and may include films, videos songs, journal articles, and
literature.
Prerequisite: Recommended to students with three years of Italian
at entrance, or Courses 101 and 102. Enrollment limited to 20 students.
Offered every year, first semester. This is a designated Writing course.
P. Sica
ITALIAN 202 INTERMEDIATE ITALIAN II: PASSIONI ITALIANE Develops proficiency in listening, reading, speaking, and writing
through topics in Italian culture such as regional traditions and food, youth
culture, opera, art, sport, literature, cinema, and politics. May include discussions, presentations, compositions, translations, comprehension exercises, and revisions of complex grammatical patterns. Provides preparation
for Italian upper level courses.
limited to 20 students. Offered every year, second semester. This is a designated Writing course. P. Sica
ITALIAN 250 ADESSO SCRIVIAMO! WRITING IN ITALIAN Writing skills in Italian are refined through the analysis of advanced syntactic
structures, texts of different styles and genres, and exercises of increasing
complexity for both creative and academic writing. Students will utilize
advanced skills in reading, grammar, and composition to improve overall
language proficiency.
limited to 16 students. This is a designated Writing course. F. Morelli
ITALIAN 260 ATTUALITÀ IN ITALIA: CONVERSAZIONE Aims
at refining oral expression in Italian through discussions of current events,
social issues and Italian politics. Extensive exposure to Italian media provides students with an understanding of the Italian perspective on current
122
topics. Essays and oral presentations will promote practice for advanced
speaking and writing skills.
limited to 16 students. This is a designated Writing course. F. Morelli
ITALIAN 302f DANTE This optional section will meet for an additional hour each week to discuss supplemental texts in Italian. Students
credit hour, pass/not passed marking. Students electing Course 302f
must concurrently register for Course 302. Formerly Italian 401f; cannot
receive credit for both courses. R. Proctor
ITALIAN 315 THE ITALIAN LANGUAGE: HISTORY, USAGE,
AND STRUCTURE A study of the linguistic structure and usage of
Modern Standard Italian and other dialects spoken in Italy. The course
considers the development of the Italian language from its Latin origins
to the present day, through important historical events and literary works.
Prerequisite: Course 202 or permission of the instructor. Either
Course 250 or 260 is recommended for students who have not completed
their junior year/semester in Italy. Enrollment limited to 16 students. F.
Morelli
ITALIAN 316 CULTURAL IDENTITY IN ITALY AND ADJACENT GEOGR APHICAL AREAS Study of identity formation in
verbal and visual works representing Italian unity during Risorgimento,
the South (e.g., questione meridionale and mafia), and the Mediterranean
area. Particular emphasis on diverse conceptions of regionalism, nationalism, diaspora, gender, and class. Authors may include Garibaldi, Serao,
Rosi, and Ben Jelloun. This is the same course as Gender and Women’s
Studies 316.
their junior year/semester in Italy. Offered alternating years. Enrollment
is a designated Writing course. P. Sica
ITALIAN 317 CONTEMPORARY ITALIAN LITERATURE AND
FILM Survey of dominant trends in Italian literature and film since the
1950s in their cultural and historical context, with an emphasis on questions of identity, gender, and aesthetics. Writers and film directors may
include Pier Vittorio Tondelli, Amelia Rosselli, Salah Methnani, Gabriele
Muccino, and Ferzan Ozpetek.
their junior year/semester in Italy. Offered alternating years. Enrollment
is a designated Writing course. P. Sica
Prerequisite for all 400-level courses in Italian (except 493, 494): one
300-level course or permission of the instructor
ITALIAN 405f MODERNISMS AND MODERNITY This optional
section will meet for an additional hour each week to discuss supplemental texts in Italian. Students participating in the foreign language section
electing Course 405f must concurrently register for Italian 405.
ITALIAN 406 MODERNISMS AND MODERNITY This course
covers topics similar to those considered in course 405, but is conducted
in Italian. Students may not receive credit for both courses 405 and 406.
P. Sica
ITALIAN 408f THE RENAISSANCE IN ITALY This optional section
will meet for an additional hour each week to discuss supplemental texts in
Italian. Students participating in the foreign language section will receive
Course 408f must concurrently register for Course 408. R. Proctor
Italian
ITALIAN 409f THE LATE RENAISSANCE: ART, SCIENCE, AND
RELIGION This optional section will meet for an additional hour each
week to discuss supplemental texts in Italian. Students participating in
register for Course 409.
Open to students with three years of Italian or permission of the
instructor. R. Proctor
ITALIAN 416f ITALIAN FILM AND LITERATURE This optional
section will meet for an additional hour each week to discuss supplemental texts in Italian. Students participating in the foreign language section
electing Course 416f must concurrently register for Course 416. P. Sica
ITALIAN 421 TOPICS IN ITALIAN CULTURE: RESEARCH SEMINAR Topics in Italian culture introduced through literature, films, and
art and examined with pertinent historical, sociological, and theoretical
materials. These topics may include travel, migration, youth culture, food,
and women’s movements. In Italian, but secondary readings and occasional guest lectures may be in English. Possible field trip. This is the same
course as Gender and Women’s Studies 421.
designated Writing course. P. Sica
ITALIAN 422 MIGRANT WRITERS IN ITALY An introduction to
the cultural changes taking place in Italy, as reflected in the work of contemporary authors who migrated from other countries. Emphasis on the
thematic and stylistic impact of migrant writers’ literary and cinematic
works on contemporary Italian literature. This is the same course as Comparative Race and Ethnicity 422
This course satisfies General Education Area 4 and is a designated
Writing course. Enrollment limited to 16 students. Staff
ITALIAN 493, 494 ADVANCED STUDY SEMINAR
Open to juniors and seniors, and to others with permission of the
instructor. Staff
In English
For courses taught in English, Italian Studies majors and minors will be
required to do the reading in Italian. Moreover, if these courses include
an extra hour taught in Italian, Italian Studies majors and minors will be
required to attend it.
ITALIAN 216 IN SEARCH OF BEAUTY A discussion of the Renaissance’s understanding of beauty and its relationship to beauty and to truth.
Readings of Italian Renaissance authors combined with on site study of
architecture, painting, and sculpture in Florence, the birthplace of the
Renaissance. This course is taught in the SATA Florence program only.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 4. R. Proctor
ITALIAN 302 DANTE A study of The Divine Comedy. This course may
week to discuss supplemental readings in Italian. Students participating
pass/not passed marking. Formerly Italian 401; cannot receive credit for
both courses.
satisfies General Education Area 4 and is a designated Writing course. R.
Proctor
ITALIAN 405 MODERNISMS AND MODERNITY An introduction
to recent critical debates on Modernism and modernity, and an analysis
of works by Modernist Italian authors, their precursors, and their followers. Emphasis on the relation between literature and the following: visual
arts, sexual politics, and history. Some reference to Modernist movements
developed outside of Italy. Authors may include Sibilla Aleramo, F. T.
Marinetti, Benedetta, Italo Svevo, Antonia Pozzi, Eugenio Montale, and
others. This course may include an optional section that will meet for an
additional hour each week to discuss supplemental readings in Italian.
Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors; and to freshmen with permission of the instructor. This course satisfies General Education Area 4
and is a designated Writing course. Enrollment limited to 16 students.
Students may not receive credit for both Courses 405 and 406. P. Sica
ITALIAN 408 THE RENAISSANCE IN ITALY The course explores
one of the most creative periods in human history through the study of
the lives and works of famous Renaissance artists, writers, and thinkers.
It investigates the material and spiritual environment that fostered their
creativity, including the tension between the Judeo-Christian and classical
inheritances. This course may include an optional section that will meet
for an additional hour each week to discuss supplemental readings in Italian. Students participating in the foreign language section will receive one
satisfies General Education Area 4. R. Proctor
ITALIAN 409 THE LATE RENAISSANCE: ART, SCIENCE, AND
RELIGION A study of Michelangelo (1475-1564) and Galileo (15641642), including readings of Michelangelo’s poetry and Galileo’s prose.
This course may include an optional section that will meet for an additional hour each week to discuss supplemental readings. Students participating in the foreign language section will receive one additional credit
hour, passed/not passed marking. Students may not receive credit for both
Freshman Seminar 148C and Italian 409.
satisfies General Education Area 4 and is a designated Writing course. R.
Proctor
ITALIAN 416 ITALIAN FILM AND LITERATURE: FROM NEOREALISM TO THE PRESENT Topics in Italian culture explored
through cinema and literature. Films will be discussed in relation to the
literary works that inspired them, or in tandem with pertinent literary, cultural, and theoretical materials. Films by Federico Fellini, Liliana Cavani,
Pierpaolo Pasolini, Michalangelo Antonioni, Francesca Archibugi, and
others. This selection may be supplemented with films by Italo-American directors such as Francis Ford Coppola and Martin Scorsese. Italian
majors and minors are required to read the literature in Italian. Students
may not receive credit for both Courses 416 and 417. This course may
week to discuss supplemental readings in Italian. Students participating in
not passed marking.
permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 16 students. P. Sica
ITALIAN 291, 292 INDIVIDUAL STUDY Independent work on a specific topic or project with a selected faculty member. Course may be taken
for either two or four credits.
ITALIAN 497-498 HONORS STUDY
123
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 306 Language, Narrative, and Self
Linguistics
MATHEMATICS 210 Discrete Mathematics
Associate Professor: Lizarralde; Senior Lecturer: King; Lecturers: Morelli,
Ivanov; Professor Hartman, director
PHILOSOPHY 103 Logic
Linguistics is an interdisciplinary program that focuses on the scientific
study of language: its structure, its function in society, and its historical
development.
The Minor in Linguistics
Mathematics
The minor in linguistics consists of Linguistics 110 and at least five additional courses selected from the list below. At least three of the courses must
be at the intermediate or advanced level, and the minor must be a specific
program, not merely an accumulation of courses. The minor is a natural
complement to any major in which the nature of language is concerned.
Professors: McKeon, Susskind; Associate Professor: Johnson; Assistant
Professors: Kohli, O’Keefe; Visiting Lecturer: Thompson; Associate Professor Hammond, chair
Courses
The mathematics major consists of five core courses (210, 212, 226, 301,
and 303), as well as the mathematics seminar (495) and additional mathematics courses based on the track or concentration.
Students selecting the general track must take four additional
courses: one course from 309, 317, 402, or 404; one elective at the 200
level or higher; and two further electives at the 300 level or higher.
Students selecting the statistics concentration must take five additional
courses: 207, 209, 316, 317, and one elective at the 300 level or higher.
All mathematics majors are strongly encouraged to take at least one
course in computer science. Students planning to attend graduate school
in mathematics or statistics should consult with their adviser to develop
an appropriate course of study.
LINGUISTICS 110 INTRODUCTION TO LANGUAGE AND
MIND The nature of human language as studied in modern linguistics.
Basic design features of human language and its structural evolution. The
course aims to equip students with knowledge essential for studying foreign languages and cognitive science, but also to enhance the study of
psychology, anthropology, philosophy, and human development, as well
as mathematics and music. This is the same course as English/German
Studies/Hispanic Studies 110.
LINGUISTICS 201 PHONOLOGY An introduction to the study of
speech sounds: their physical properties, representation, and organization
in human language. Basic concepts and techniques of generative linguistics
will help us analyze differences and similarities among languages, examine
patterns of pronunciation, and understand regional and foreign accents.
Prerequisite: Linguistics 110 or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 30 students. F. Morelli
LINGUISTICS 202 SYNTAX Empirical investigation into the internal
structure of phrases and clauses as syntactic categories, and how their
representations and derivations are to be captured within the Principlesand-Parameters framework of generative grammar. Central topics include
constituency, X-bar projections, binding, movement, features, split VPs,
cross-linguistic differences, and the hypothesis of Universal Grammar.
Prerequisite: Linguistics 110 or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 30 students. T. King
LINGUISTICS 233 RUNES, RIDDLES, AND DRAGONS: ADVENTURES IN OLD ENGLISH This is the same course as English 233.
LINGUISTICS 326 SECOND LANGUAGE ACQUISITION This is
the same course as Slavic Studies 326. Refer to the Slavic Studies listing
LINGUISTICS 291, 292 INDIVIDUAL STUDY
Other Courses in the Linguistics Program
COMPUTER SCIENCE 110 Introduction to Computer Science
and Problem Solving
COMPUTER SCIENCE 316 Artificial Intelligence
HISPANIC STUDIES 325 Foreign Language Methodology
124
The Major in Mathematics
Advisers: C. Hammond, W. Johnson, P. Kohli, K. McKeon, P. Susskind
The Minor in Mathematics
The minor in mathematics consists of a minimum of five courses: 113 (or
114), 212, 226, and two additional mathematics courses at the 200 level or
higher. Students may, in consultation with their adviser, substitute appropriate courses at the same level or higher. Advanced Placement credit may
only be counted toward the minor under exceptional circumstances, with
The Minor in Applied Statistics
The interdisciplinary minor in applied statistics is designed to help students develop a broad understanding of methods for collecting, analyzing, and interpreting data. Students learn the fundamental principles of
statistics, experiment with techniques for examining and drawing conclusions from data, and study concrete applications of statistics to a variety
of fields.
The minor consists of five courses chosen from the following: Mathematics 107, 111, 112, 113, 114, 206, 207, 208, 209, 212, 316, 317; Economics 230, 354; Psychology 201, 202, 407; Biology 203, 208, 298,
307; Botany 315; Computer Science 203, 204, 211. An individual study
involving a substantial statistical component may also serve as one of
the five courses. Students must take at least one two-course sequence in
mathematics (either 207, 209 or 316, 317) and at least one course from a
department other than Mathematics. No more than one calculus course
(Mathematics 111, 112, 113, 114, or 212) and one introductory statistics
course (Mathematics 107, 206, or Psychology 201) may be counted toward
the minor; students may not use Advanced Placement credit as a substitute
for more than one course. Mathematics majors may not minor in applied
statistics, but are encouraged instead to select the statistics concentration
within the major.
Students considering graduate study in statistics or in quantitative areas of other fields are encouraged to take courses in mathematics
beyond the requirements for the minor, particularly Mathematics 212,
226, and 301.
Mathematics
Advisers: P. Barnes (Biology), P. Kohli (Mathematics), J. Nier (Psychology), Y. Park (Economics)
Learning Goals in the Mathematics Major
Mathematics majors are expected to master a significant body of material,
including differential and integral calculus of one and several variables,
discrete mathematics, and linear algebra. Upper-level courses in abstract
algebra, real and complex analysis, and probability provide the theoretical
underpinnings for much of modern mathematics, both pure and applied,
including techniques and concepts encountered in earlier courses. Students also take a variety of electives, chosen to reflect their own interests,
to represent the breadth of the discipline, and to introduce connections to
other subjects. These electives may include differential equations, graph
theory, mathematical methods for the physical sciences, theory of computation, topology, mathematical statistics, and a variety of other topics.
Students may select a specialized course of study that leads to a concentration in statistics. Students are also exposed to a variety of special topics
through colloquia and seminar talks sponsored by the department. All
students are expected, at some point during their junior or senior year, to
give a talk at the departmental seminar on a topic they have independently
researched under the guidance of a faculty member. Many majors further
develop their mathematical and expository skills by working as student
tutors in the Math Help Center.
Mathematics majors acquire a substantial body of mathematical
knowledge, become proficient with a wide array of problem-solving techniques, and develop an awareness and appreciation for the vast scope of
the discipline. Successful majors are able to employ the techniques they
have learned, aided by technology when appropriate, to solve problems in
mathematics itself, in statistics, and in a number of other fields, including
computer science, the natural and social sciences, engineering, and finance.
The techniques and arguments they employ may be geometric, algebraic,
analytic, graphical, probabilistic, or statistical, and may include constructing mathematical models. Students also develop the ability to communicate their solutions cogently, both orally and in writing. Most importantly,
successful majors learn to construct valid mathematical proofs; that is, to
make rigorous arguments to prove or disprove mathematical conjectures.
All of these skills help prepare students for a wide variety of potential
careers (such as secondary education, financial services, and information
technology), as well as graduate study in a number of disciplines (including mathematics, applied mathematics, and statistics).
In summary, students will be able to:
• Acquire a comprehensive knowledge of the fundamental concepts
underlying the discipline of mathematics, as well as material from
specific courses of their own selection.
• Use mathematical methods and skills to solve a wide variety of
problems, both within mathematics and in other disciplines.
• Analyze and prove mathematical statements, effectively communicating their ideas both orally and in writing.
• Become fluent with increasing levels of mathematical abstraction.
• Master sophisticated techniques from advanced courses.
• Attend and participate in talks from both local and visiting mathematics faculty on advanced topics.
• Research new topics independently, analyze them, and present
them in a cogent way to their peers and professors.
Courses
MATHEMATICS 105 INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICAL
THOUGHT Mathematics as a creative and evolving discipline. Traditional and modern mathematical concepts presented by surveying different areas in mathematics or focusing on a particular theme such as
number theory or mathematics and politics. Focus on mathematical concepts rather than on drill.
Not open to students who have received credit for a college-level
mathematics course. Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 2. Staff
MATHEMATICS 107 INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS An
introduction to basic statistical methods and concepts. Topics include
exploratory data analysis, experimental design, sampling, inference for
means and proportions, regression, and categorical data. Statistical software used to analyze real data. Students may not receive credit for both
Courses 107 and 206.
Students with previous credit for a 200- or 300-level course in mathematics must receive permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to
30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 2. Staff
MATHEMATICS 108 MATHEMATICS OF MONEY An introduction to elementary mathematical concepts relating to finance, including
simple and compound interest, annuities, mortgages, and bonds. Emphasis on the use of mathematics both to understand financial topics and to
draw conclusions about them.
Not open to students who have received credit for a college-level
mathematics course. Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 2. Staff
MATHEMATICS 110 NETWORKS AND THEIR APPLICATIONS
An introduction to the use of networks (discrete graphs) as modeling tools
in a wide variety of applications. Examples include representing chemical
compounds, routing snowplows, scheduling courses, sequencing traffic
lights, representing data in a computer, describing interpersonal relationships, and solving puzzles and games.
Enrollment limited to 25 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 2. K. McKeon
MATHEMATICS 111 CALCULUS A: CALCULUS WITH PRECALCULUS An introduction to differential and integral calculus, in which
the relevant precalculus background is also developed. Topics include
functions, limits, derivatives and integrals, along with applications to rates
of change, velocity, acceleration, optimization, and area.
Students are encouraged to have a departmental interview to determine the appropriate level at which to enter the calculus sequence. Course
111 is a suitable starting point for students who have had no previous
exposure to calculus or who do not have a strong background in mathematics. Enrollment limited to 30 students. Offered both semesters. This
MATHEMATICS 112 CALCULUS B: DERIVATIVES AND INTEGRALS A continuation of the study of differential and integral calculus.
Topics include the mean value theorem and l’Hospital’s rule; extremal
problems and curve sketching; definite and indefinite integrals; techniques of integration; and applications of the definite integral to problems
relating to area and volume.
Prerequisite: Course 111 or permission of the instructor. Students are
encouraged to have a departmental interview to determine the appropriate
level at which to enter the calculus sequence. Course 112 is a suitable starting point for students who have had previous exposure to calculus but have
not received Advanced Placement credit. Enrollment limited to 30 students.
Offered both semesters. This course satisfies General Education Area 2. Staff
MATHEMATICS 113 CALCULUS C: INTEGRALS AND SERIES
A continuation of the study of integral calculus and an introduction to
sequences, series, parametric equations, and polar coordinates. Specific
topics include trigonometric substitution, partial fractions decomposition, and improper integrals, as well as convergence tests, power series,
and Taylor polynomials. Additional topics may include arc length, surface
area, probability, and elementary differential equations.
Prerequisite: Course 112 or permission of the instructor. Students are
encouraged to have a departmental interview to determine the appropriate
level at which to enter the calculus sequence. Course 113 is a suitable start-
125
ing point for students who have received Advanced Placement credit for
the Calculus AB examination. Enrollment limited to 30 students. Offered
both semesters. This course satisfies General Education Area 2. Staff
MATHEMATICS 115 MATHEMATICS FROM A CULTURAL PERSPECTIVE Seminar focusing on the practice of mathematics within different cultural groups and societies, in either historical or contemporary
settings. Groups are defined according to ethnic, geographic, or social
criteria. Specific themes chosen from concepts such as infinity, number,
symbols, and the geometric.
MATHEMATICS 120, 220, 320 SERVICE-LEARNING PRACTICUM IN MATHEMATICS Service in an area school to enhance understanding of a concurrent mathematics course by working with students at
an area school for a minimum of two hours per week. Specific projects to
teach the students about the subject of the related mathematics course are
developed in consultation with the professor and schoolteacher. Students
electing Course 120, 220, 320 must concurrently enroll in a four credit
mathematics course. Two credit hours. This course may be taken for credit
two times.
Permission of the instructor. Staff
MATHEMATICS 205 ENVIRONMENTAL MODELING An introduction to the use of mathematics to understand and describe issues relating to the environment. Applications to geophysics (atmospheric carbon
content, surface water runoff, pollutant dispersion, resource depletion)
and biology (population growth, harvesting, extinction) will be considered. Students will both develop and implement mathematical models.
Prerequisite: Any calculus course (111, 112, 113, 114, or 212) or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 16 students. Staff
MATHEMATICS 206 INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICAL
METHODS An introduction to statistical methodology for students
who have taken a semester or more of calculus. Topics include descriptive
statistics; probability distribution of random variables; point and interval
estimation of mean and proportion; statistical hypothesis testing; linear
regression; and introductory aspects of the design and analysis of experiments. Weekly computer labs allow students to apply statistical techniques
to analyze real data. Students may not receive credit for both Courses 107
and 206.
Prerequisite: Any calculus course (111, 112, 113, or 212) or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 30 students. Offered first
semester. This course satisfies General Education Area 2. Staff
MATHEMATICS 207 ADVANCED REGRESSION TECHNIQUES
An introduction to simple linear regression, multiple linear regression,
ordinary least squares estimation, model diagnostics, transformation of
variables, weighted least squares estimation, variable selection, collinearity, and logistic regression. The course employs a case-study approach,
with extensive use of statistical software to analyze real data and interpret
the results of the analysis
Prerequisite: Any introductory statistics course (Course 107, 206, or
Psychology 201); or Course 112, 113, or 212; or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 30 students. Offered first semester. This course
satisfies General Education Area 2. P. Kohli
MATHEMATICS 208 DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF EXPERIMENTS An introduction to simple comparative designs, factorial designs,
block designs, and post-hoc comparisons. Additional topics chosen from
nested designs, repeated measures, and random effects models. The course
employs a case-study approach, with extensive use of statistical software to
design experiments that are optimally suited to specific conditions.
Prerequisite: Any statistics course (Course 107, 206, 207, 209, 317, or
Psychology 201) or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 30
students. This course satisfies General Education Area 2. P. Kohli
126
MATHEMATICS 209 INTRODUCTION TO TIME SERIES ANALYSIS An introduction to the theory and methods of modern time series
analysis. Topics include univariate time series; stationary and non-stationary processes; linear time series models, including AR, MA, ARMA and
ARIMA models; estimation of the mean and autocovariance function;
statistical tests for white noise; forecasting methods; and applications to
economics, biology, astronomy, physics, social sciences, and related areas.
Prerequisite: Course 207; or any other statistics course (Course 107,
206, 208, 317, or Psychology 201) and a calculus course (Course 111, 112,
113, or 212). Enrollment limited to 30 students. Offered second semester.
This course satisfies General Education Area 2. P. Kohli
MATHEMATICS 210 DISCRETE MATHEMATICS An introduction to topics in discrete mathematics, including set theory, logic, equivalence relations, mathematical induction, combinatorics, graphs, trees,
algorithm analysis, and elementary number theory. Applications to computer science will be considered.
Prerequisite: Any calculus course (111, 112, 113, 114, or 212) or Computer Science 110. Enrollment limited to 30 students. Offered first semester. This course satisfies General Education Area 2. Staff
MATHEMATICS 212 MULTIVARIABLE CALCULUS An introduction to vectors in Euclidean spaces, functions of several variables, partial
derivatives, multiple integrals, vector fields, and line integrals, culminating with a treatment of Green’s theorem. Applications include curvature, tangent planes, volumes, and extremal problems with and without
constraints.
Prerequisite: Course 113 or 114, or permission of the instructor. Students are encouraged to have a departmental interview to determine the
appropriate level at which to enter the calculus sequence. Course 212 is
a suitable starting point for students who have received Advanced Placement credit for the Calculus BC examination. Enrollment limited to 30
students. Offered both semesters. This course satisfies General Education
Area 2. Staff
MATHEMATICS 225 ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Techniques for solving first order differential equations and higher order
linear equations, including methods involving power series and Laplace
transforms. Applications may include exponential growth and decay,
physical vibrations, electrical circuits, planetary motion, falling bodies,
and population growth.
Prerequisite: Course 113, 114, or 212; or permission of the instructor.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. Offered second semester. This course
MATHEMATICS 226 LINEAR ALGEBRA An introduction to standard topics in linear algebra, including systems of linear equations, matrices,
determinants, vectors, vector spaces, linear transformations, eigenvalues,
and eigenvectors. Applications to calculus, geometry, economics, and the
physical sciences may be considered.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. Offered both semesters. This course
MATHEMATICS 232 MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE An introduction to mathematical techniques used to define and analyze securities and
investments, including concepts such as cash flow, investments, markets,
arbitrage, dynamics, risk aversion, pricing, and hedging.
Area 2. P. Susskind
MATHEMATICS 301 REAL ANALYSIS I An introduction to the rigorous study of real analysis. Topics include elementary set theory, the real
number system, sequences, series, basic topological properties, continuous
functions, and derivatives. Additional topics may include metric spaces,
uniform convergence, special functions, Riemann integrals, and Stieltjes
integrals. Emphasis on understanding and writing mathematical proofs.
Mathematics/Music
Prerequisite: Course 212 and either 225 or 226, or permission of the
instructor. Enrollment limited to 30 students. Offered first semester. This
MATHEMATICS 303 ABSTRACT ALGEBRA I An introduction
to abstract algebraic structures. Topics include groups, subgroups, permutation groups, cosets, homomorphisms, factor groups, rings, rings of
polynomials, and fields. Emphasis on understanding and writing mathematical proofs.
Prerequisite: Courses 210 and 226, or permission of the instructor.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. Offered second semester. This is a designated Writing course. Staff
MATHEMATICS 305, 306 SELECTED TOPICS A study of topics
selected from any area of pure mathematics, applied mathematics, or statistics. Topics vary from year to year and may include number theory,
chaos and dynamical systems, numerical analysis, or statistical computing. Computer software may be used for research and experimentation.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisites vary depending on the choice of topics, and will be
communicated to students by the department. Enrollment limited to 30
students. Staff
MATHEMATICS 309 COMPLEX ANALYSIS An introduction to
functions of a complex variable, with particular emphasis on the theory of
analytic functions. Topics include the algebraic and geometric structure
of the complex number system; the extension of exponential, trigonometric, and logarithmic functions to complex arguments; differentiation and
integration in the complex plane; series representations for analytic and
meromorphic functions; and the calculus of residues.
Prerequisite: Course 301; or 212 and either 225 or 226; or permission
of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 30 students. Staff
MATHEMATICS 310 GRAPH THEORY Structure and properties of
graphs and their applications. Topics include traversability, trees, connectivity, network flow, graph coloring, chromatic number, and planarity. Discussion of the application of graph theory to computer science, transportation,
scheduling, communication, chemistry, and a variety of other fields.
Prerequisite: Course 210. Enrollment limited to 30 students. K.
McKeon
MATHEMATICS 311 ADVANCED LINEAR ALGEBRA A continuation of the material introduced in Course 226, with emphasis on the
underlying mathematical theory. Topics include invariant subspaces, inner
product spaces, orthonormal bases, orthogonal projections, linear functionals, adjoints, self-adjoint and normal operators, and the spectral theorem.
Prerequisite: Course 226. Enrollment limited to 30 students. C.
Hammond
MATHEMATICS 312 MATHEMATICAL METHODS FOR THE
PHYSICAL SCIENCES Topics important in both advanced mathematics and the sciences, principally physics. These may include complex
functions and power series; multiple integration; change of variables; the
Jacobian; elementary Fourier analysis; series solutions of differential equations; orthogonal bases, e.g., Legendre polynomials, and special functions;
partial differential equations, e.g., Laplace’s, Poisson’s, diffusion or heat
flow equations; integral transforms; and physical examples.
Prerequisite: Course 225 and one of Course 226 or Course 212,
or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 30 students. P.
Susskind
MATHEMATICS 314 EUCLIDEAN AND NONEUCLIDEAN GEO
METRY A study of Euclidean and one or more non-Euclidean geometries.
The geometric theory, its historical setting, its physical and philosophical
implications will all be treated. The purpose of the course will be to clarify
the role of Euclidean geometry in mathematics, to introduce the ideas of
axiom systems and their central role in mathematics, and to shed further
light on the nature of mathematics.
Prerequisite: Course 113 or Course 226, and permission of the
instructor. Enrollment limited to 30 students. P. Susskind
MATHEMATICS 315 TOPOLOGY An introduction to point-set
topology, with emphasis on connections to analysis and geometry. Topics
include topological spaces, product spaces, continuous functions, metric
spaces, connectedness, compactness, countability conditions, and separation axioms.
Prerequisite: Courses 210 and 301, or permission of the instructor.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. C. Hammond
MATHEMATICS 316 PROBABILITY A study of the theory relating
to problems of randomness and uncertainty. Topics include conditional
probabilities, random variables, discrete and continuous distributions,
expected value and variance, joint distributions, and the law of large numbers. Applications to a variety of disciplines will be considered. Emphasis
on preparation for Course 317.
Prerequisite: Courses 113 (or 114) and 210; or Course 212; or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 30 students. Offered every
third semester. P. Kohli, K. McKeon
MATHEMATICS 317 MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS An introduction to methods of statistical inference, with emphasis on the underlying mathematical theory. Topics include estimation, hypothesis testing,
and modes of convergence.
Prerequisite: Course 316. Enrollment limited to 30 students. P. Kohli
MATHEMATICS 323 THEORY OF COMPUTATION An introduction to the classical and contemporary theory of computation, including
abstract automata theory, formal languages, computability by Turing
machines and recursive functions, computability and decidability, and computational complexity. This is the same course as Computer Science 323.
Prerequisite: Course 210. Enrollment limited to 30 students. P. Susskind, C. Chung
MATHEMATICS 402 REAL ANALYSIS II A continuation of topics
from Course 301.
MATHEMATICS 404 ABSTRACT ALGEBRA II A continuation of
topics from Course 303.
MATHEMATICS 495 SEMINAR IN MATHEMATIC Lectures and
discussions on topics of current interest to the mathematical community.
These discussions will be led by Connecticut College faculty, advanced
students, and visiting mathematicians.
Prerequisite: Course 301 or 303, and permission of the instructor. One
meeting per week throughout the semester. Two credit hours. This course
may be taken for credit two times. Enrollment limited to 16 students.
MATHEMATICS 291, 292 INDIVIDUAL STUDY Independent work
with a selected faculty member. Course may be taken for either two or
four credits.
four credits.
four credits.
MATHEMATICS 497-498 HONORS STUDY
Music
Professor: Kreiger; Associate Professors: Thomas, Wilson; Assistant Professors: Moy, Seto; Adjunct Professors: Arm, Harper, Skernick; Adjunct Associate Professors: McNeish, Van Cleve; Adjunct Assistant Professors: Buttery,
127
Clark, Ivanov, Jarvis, Johnson, Labadorf, McCormick, Noreen, Ogano,
Svedaite-Waller; Adjunct Instructors: Brown, Frenkel, Lee, Newman,
Sesma, Talmadge, Thorne, Torrenti, Wong; Professor Anthony, chair
The Major in Music
The major in music consists of at least ten four-credit courses, as well as at
least four semesters of ensemble. Six core courses are required: 132, 223,
229, 247, 248, and 493. Additionally, at least one theory course must be
chosen from 320, 323, or 324. The remaining three courses will be chosen
from the following: 103, 108, 117, and any 200-, 300-, or 400-level music
course (only one 100-level course may be used to fulfill this area, and at
least one course must be above the 200-level).
Students may elect to complete a concentration in one area of music
(composition, music education, musicology, performance, or theory) by
fulfilling the requirements for the major above, as well as the following
coursework for their particular area of concentration:
Composition: Students must take at least twelve four-credit courses,
fulfilling the distribution above and specifically including Courses
203, 320, 331, and 332. In addition, they must complete one of the
following, culminating in a senior project: 304, 431, 432, or 497-498.
Music Education: Students must take Courses 305A, B, C, and D,
308, 325, and a minimum of four semesters of applied study. In addition, they must complete the state certification requirements as listed
by the Education Department.
Musicology: Students may choose either the Historical Musicology track or the Ethnomusicology track. Students wishing to follow
the Historical Musicology track must take at least twelve four-credit
courses, including one course from outside of the music department that addresses the political or cultural history of the area they
intend to pursue, chosen in consultation with the department. In
addition, they must complete one of the following, culminating in a
senior project: 491, 492, or 497-498. Students wishing to follow the
Ethnomusicology track must take at least twelve 4-credit courses,
specifically including Music 108 and Anthropology 201 (History of
Anthropological Theory). In addition, they must complete one of
the following, culminating in a senior project: 491, 492, or 497-498.
Performance: Students must take Courses 217 and 218, as well as at
least ten four-credit courses. In addition, they must complete a minimum of sixteen semester hours of Instrumental and Vocal Study (215
or 415) in a single instrument or in voice, and at least six semesters of
ensemble; this must include either one or two semesters of study for
four credits or 497-498, taken in consultation with the department,
culminating in a senior recital. Regular performances in student
recitals during the four years are expected.
Theory: Students must take at least twelve four-credit courses, fulfilling the distribution above and specifically including Courses 323
and 324. In addition, they must complete one of the following, culminating in a senior project: 491, 492, or 497-498.
Students majoring in music must pass a keyboard proficiency examination
by the end of the junior year. In order to acquire this proficiency, nonkeyboardists may take Basic Keyboard Skills.
The music department strongly recommends that all music majors
study French, German, or Italian for the equivalent of two years at the
college level.
The Minor in Music
The minor in music is offered with four areas of concentration: composition, musicology, performance, and theory. Students are required to take
four semester hours of ensemble, as well as the following courses from
their particular area of concentration:
Composition: Courses 132, 223, and 331; either 247 or 248; either
320 or 323; and either 203 or 332.
128
Musicology: Courses 132, 223, 247, 248, and two additional fourcredit courses chosen in consultation with the department.
Performance: Courses 132 and 217; two of the following: 223, 247,
or 248; one additional four-credit course; and twelve semester hours
of Instrumental and Vocal Study at the 215 or 415 level in a single
instrument or in voice, including at least four credits taken during
the senior year.
Theory: Courses 132, 223, and 323; and either 247 or 248; and
two additional four-credit courses chosen in consultation with the
department.
The Major in Music and Technology
The major in music and technology consists of fourteen courses: eleven
core courses and three electives. An integrative individual study project
is also required during the senior year. Students considering this major
should consult the Department of Music no later than the beginning of
their sophomore year.
Core courses: Courses 106, 132, 203, 223, 248, 304, 331, 491, 493;
one of the following: Course 320, 323, or 324; and Computer Science 110 or 212.
Electives: Art 103, 210, 213, 214; Art History 260, 261, 265; Computer Science 212, 215, 218, 312; Dance 238; Film Studies 222, 362;
Linguistics 110; Mathematics 111, 112, 113, 212; Philosophy 103;
Physics 107, 108, 109, 110, 213; Psychology 307; Theater 231.
Students majoring in music and technology must pass a keyboard proficiency examination by the end of the junior year. In order to acquire this
proficiency, non-keyboardists may take Basic Keyboard Skills.
Adviser: A. Kreiger
The Minor in Music and Technology
The minor in music and technology consists of Courses 106, 131, 132,
203, 223, 248, and 304. In addition, students must complete one of the
following: Computer Science 110, 212, 218; Physics 107, 109, 213.
Learning Goals in the Music Major
Music offers a comprehensive basic major, along with the opportunity to
pursue advanced study leading to a concentration in one of five areas: performance, musicology, music theory, composition, and music education
with certification. In completing the major curriculum all students will
develop a wide set of academic and musical proficiencies.
Knowledge Base
• Comprehend the chief historical styles of Western music.
• Acquire skills in fieldwork methodologies through an exposure to
the discipline of ethnomusicology.
• Develop facility with tonal and post-tonal systems, culminating
in advanced training in counterpoint, analysis, and jazz harmony.
Musicianship
• Develop skills in aural reception, sight singing, and the keyboard.
• Perform in an ensemble.
• Enhance musicianship skills through the private study of an
instrument or voice.
Research
• Follow a departmental information literacy sequence, leading to a
knowledge of the methodologies and materials of music research.
• Develop writing and presentation abilities.
Music
Beyond the College
• Prepare for a lifelong relationship with music.
• Discover a set of vocational possibilities in the realms of performance, composition, post-graduate education and teaching, music
education, and technology.
Additional Goals of the Concentrations
• Concentration in Applied Study: Develop advanced facility with
an instrument or voice, leading to numerous performances with an
ensemble and in solo recital.
• C oncentration in Musicology: Complete advanced work on a
research project, focusing either on historical musicology or ethnomusicology. Students interested in ethnomusicology will base
their research on field work, done in the US or abroad.
• Concentration in Music Theory: Carry out advanced theoretical study in current fields, including set theory, transformational
theory, and Schenkerian analysis, culminating in an extended paper.
• Concentration in Composition: Compose in both acoustic and
electronic media as a means to understand musical pacing, structure, and logic.
• Concentration in Music Education: Undertake advanced study
in current trends in education, human development, curriculum
design, classroom management, modes of assessment, and theories
of music learning, culminating in a semester of student teaching in
an elementary or secondary school. Develop extended musicianship skills including the performance and pedagogy of a range
of woodwind, brass, string, and percussion instruments, and the
voice, along with ensemble conducting.
Learning Goals in the Music and Technology Major
Music offers an interdisciplinary major in Music and Technology. In addition to a core curriculum shared with the major in Music, students receive
training specific to music technology and they select electives from such
departments as Art, Computer Science, Film Studies, Mathematics, and
Physics. In completing the major curriculum all students will develop a
wide set of proficiencies.
Knowledge Base
• Comprehend the chief historical styles of Western music from the
Classical period to the present, including electro-acoustic music.
• Acquire a working knowledge of tonal systems and elements of
modernism.
• Develop an advanced technical knowledge of musical acoustics,
recording techniques, control-voltage synthesis, and sampling and
mixing software.
Creativity
• Compose with the materials of electro-acoustic music.
• Prepare compositions for public performance.
Musicianship
• Develop skills in aural reception, sight singing, and the keyboard.
• Aurally recognize significant electro-acoustic works.
Beyond the College
• Participate in the professional world of electro-acoustic music.
• Discover a set of vocational possibilities related to music technology.
Courses
MUSIC 102 MUSIC THROUGH TIME AND SOCIETY A study of
the significant works in music history from the Middle Ages to the present
with an emphasis on developing skills for the art of listening. Guest lectures and musical performances presented by members of the music staff.
For the student with limited or no background in music. This course does
not count toward the major in music.
Offered every semester. Enrollment limited to 40 students. This
MUSIC 103 AMERICAN MUSIC An overview of folk, popular and art
music of the United States. Topics include various musical genres and styles
(e.g., ballads, ragtime, country-western, operas), the traditions of various
groups (e.g., African American, British American, Native American), and
contributions of such individuals as Bessie Smith, Charles Ives, George Gershwin, Amy Beach. This is the same course as American Studies 103.
MUSIC 104 THE LANGUAGE OF MUSIC Designed to acquaint the
student having limited or no background in performing music with the
rudiments of the art. Pitch and rhythmic notation, scales, intervals, basic
chord patterns and musical forms are studied. Ear training and basic keyboard exercises provide a practical supplement to the study.
Enrollment limited to 25 students per section. This course does not
count toward the major or minor in music. Students may not receive credit
for both Music 104 and Music 122. This course satisfies General Education Area 5. Staff
MUSIC 106 MUSICAL ACOUSTICS An introduction to musical
acoustics using basic physical and mathematical concepts. Topics include
sound waves and propagation, vibrations, the human ear and its response,
musical instruments, the human voice, and room acoustics. Students are
expected to have a knowledge of basic algebra and some familiarity with
a musical instrument.
Enrollment limited to 40 students. J. McNeish
MUSIC 108 MUSIC OF THE WORLD Music as cultural expression
in different regions of the world, including Africa, Asia, Southeast Asia,
and the Americas. Melodic, rhythmic, and formal characteristics of music
studied in various performance contexts. Introduction to research methodologies for studying music and meaning. No prior musical training
required. This is the same course as Anthropology 108.
Enrollment limited to 40 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 4. J.D. Wilson
MUSIC 117 HISTORY OF JAZZ A survey of the major movements
in jazz tracing its origin and progressing from Dixieland through Bop,
including the avant-garde movement of the late ’60s and early ’70s. Focus
on major jazz artists: Louis Armstrong, Charlie Parker, Miles Davis, Duke
Ellington and John Coltrane. A consideration of the social and psychological implication of jazz with emphasis on listening skills. Lectures,
recordings, readings and performances when possible. This is the same
course as American Studies 117.
MUSIC 122 MAKING MUSIC AT THE KEYBOARD Scales, intervals,
chords at the keyboard. Introduction to melodic construction and harmonic
progressions through exercises and selected piano pieces. Exercises in ear
training and rhythmic skills. No previous keyboard experience required.
for both Music 104 and Music 122. This course satisfies General Education Area 5. J. Anthony
MUSIC 131 FOUNDATIONAL THEORY FOR MUSICIANS An
intensive study of the rudiments of music theory, (clefs, notation, meter,
key signatures, scales, intervals, triads, and seventh chords), with particular emphasis on the development of musicianship skills. The course
includes an overview of the primary musical forms, elementary compositional issues, the tools of the music library, and music notation.
Two lectures and one ear-training session per week; students will be
placed in ear-training section based on an in-class assessment. This course
129
is intended for students with some musical background who are able to read
music fluently in at least one clef. Prospective music majors should take this
course in the fall of the first year; may be exempted with a qualifying score
on a placement examination. Enrollment limited to 25 students. This course
MUSIC 132 TONAL THEORY I Introduction to the harmonic practices of the 18th and 19th centuries. Emphasis on writing skills, including
figured-bass exercises and melodic harmonization, as well as on the analysis of representative works and the development of aural skills.
Two lectures and two ear-training sessions per week. Tonal Theory
I is normally taken by prospective majors in the second semester of the
freshman year and Tonal Theory II in the first semester of the sophomore
year. Prerequisite: Course 131 or a qualifying score on a placement examination. Enrollment limited to 20 students. This course satisfies General
MUSIC 203 ELECTROACOUSTIC MUSIC I/SOUND DESIGN
Introduction to composing with the materials of electronic music. Topics
include: digital sound recording, editing, mixing, analog and digital
sound production, Pro Tools, voltage control synthesis and basic acoustics.
An historical overview of the literature of electronic/computer music with
discussions probing aesthetic issues raised by individual compositions.
This is the same course as Arts and Technology 203.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: Course 132 or
permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 15 students. A. Kreiger
MUSIC 207 JAZZ IMPROVISATION An introduction to jazz improvisational practice from both a performance and theoretical perspective.
Students will learn or refine basic techniques in a variety of idioms, focusing on matters of harmony, scales and modes, rhythm, and style. The
course includes listening and transcription, historical investigation, technical studies, repertoire development, and ear training. Appropriate for
students with instrumental or vocal skills and sound theoretical knowledge of keys, scales, intervals, and chords. Parallel registration in Jazz
Ensemble recommended.
Prerequisite: Course 131 or a qualifying score on a placement examination. Enrollment limited to 20 students. This course satisfies General
Education Area 5. J. Clark
MUSIC 217, 218 SERVICE-LEARNING PRACTICUM IN MUSIC
Service in an area school or after-school program or performing arts organization, to enhance understanding of music learning, instrumental or
vocal pedagogy, or the music business (minimum two hours per week).
Readings and discussion of relevant issues. Specific service placement
developed in consultation with instructor. May be repeated for credit.
Two credit hours. Staff
MUSIC 223 TONAL THEORY II A continuation of Tonal Theory I,
with a focus on chromatic harmony and the analysis of more extended
works. Further refinement of writing skills in four-part harmony, and
aural skills. Final creative project.
Two lectures and two ear-training sessions per week. Tonal Theory
I is normally taken by prospective majors in the second semester of the
freshman year and Tonal Theory II in the first semester of the sophomore
year. Prerequisite: Course 132. Enrollment limited to 20 students. This
course satisfies General Education Area 5. M. Thomas
MUSIC 225 ELEMENTARY COMPOSITION I Introduction to
composition concentrating on historical models and the development of
melodic writing skills, including two-part writing and instrumentation.
Two credit hours.
MUSIC 226 ELEMENTARY COMPOSITION II Continuation of
Course 225 concentrating on three- and four-part writing and the use of
small ensembles. Analysis of representative literature. Two credit hours.
130
MUSIC 229 ETHNOMUSICOLOGY: THE SOCIAL SCIENCE OF
MUSIC An introduction to the discipline of ethnomusicology: its history, methodologies, and its relationship to anthropology. Techniques of
fieldwork, readings of musical ethnographies ranging from Hip Hop to
Cantonese opera. Designed particularly for students of Music, Anthropology, Sociology, and East Asian Studies. This is the same course as Anthropology 229.
students. This course satisfies General Education Area 3 and is a designated Writing course. J.D. Wilson
MUSIC 247 HISTORY OF WESTERN MUSIC I The first of a twopart survey of musical styles in Western civilization. Focus on the music
of the ancient Greeks through the Baroque period.
limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 7.
Staff
MUSIC 248 HISTORY OF WESTERN MUSIC II A study of developments in Western music from the Classical period to the present.
limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 7. Staff
MUSIC 266 MUSICAL THEATER IN AMERICAN CULTURE This
is the same course as Theater 266. Refer to the Theater listing for a course
description.
MUSIC 304 ELECTROACOUSTIC MUSIC II A continuation of
Course 203. Further exposure to composing with the materials of electronic music. Topics include: refinement of techniques presented in course
203 plus computer score notation, MIDI, digital synthesizers, and MAX/
MSP. Continued exploration of composers and compositions in the historical survey of electronic/computer music. This is the same course as
Arts and Technology 304.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: Courses 203
and 223 or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 15 students. A. Kreiger
MUSIC 305 INSTRUMENTAL AND VOCAL METHODS A String;
B Woodwind and Percussion A; C Brass and Percussion B; D Vocal
Pedagogy and Choral Conducting
Instrumentals: An introduction to the teaching of instruments,
including rudimentary instrumental technique, pedagogy, and care
of instruments. Discussion of teaching resources and ensemble leadership. Some proficiency will be achieved on each instrument covered in
the course. Two class meetings weekly. Two credit hours.
Vocal Pedagogy and Choral Conducting: An exploration of the
physiology/anatomy of the voice and of conducting technique as
applied to the choral rehearsal. Specific topics include the child voice,
adolescent voice, and the relationship between gesture and sound.
Membership in the Chamber Choir is required during this semester.
Two credit hours.
These courses are designed for students studying music education. Staff
MUSIC 308 METHODS IN MUSIC EDUCATION Music pedagogy
in elementary and secondary schools. Emphasis on managing the learning environment, curriculum design, pedagogy, and assessment. Facultysupervised observations in area schools required. J. Torrenti
MUSIC 311 FOUR WORKS FROM FOUR PERIODS A study of
four major works from four historical periods: Handel’s Messiah (1742),
Beethoven’s Ninth Symphony (1824), Berlioz’s Symphonie fantastique
(1830), and Stravinsky’s Sacre du printemps (1913). The class examines
each work’s premiere performance and its contemporary significance, and
includes score study and analysis. Readings include First Nights by Thomas
Forrest Kelly.
Music
Prerequisite: Course 223 and either 247 or 248. Enrollment limited
to 20 students. J.D. Wilson
MUSIC 320 ORCHESTRATION Analytical and practical skills in the
history and practice of compositional methods in writing for the orchestra. Students learn about all orchestral instruments and have the opportunity to write for specific ensembles of varying sizes.
Prerequisite: Course 223. M. Seto
MUSIC 321 COUNTERPOINT Studies in contrapuntal style from the
16th and 18th centuries. Projects in modal, and tonal styles.
Two lectures and one ear-training session per week. Prerequisite:
Course 223. Staff
MUSIC 323 POST-TONAL THEORY Theoretical and analytical study
of 20th- and 21st-century music, focusing on developments in the areas of
pitch, rhythm, texture, and form. Analytical and creative projects.
Two lectures and two ear-training sections per week. Prerequisite:
Course 223. Enrollment limited to 20 students. M. Thomas
MUSIC 324 JAZZ HARMONY This is an introduction to jazz harmony and its nomenclature. Students will study jazz chord construction,
harmonic progressions, melodic construction, and musical forms. Special
emphasis will be placed on mastering harmonic exercises at the keyboard
and on ear training exercises. The course culminates in a final jazz composition/arranging project.
Two lectures and one ear-training session per week. Prerequisite:
Course 223 or permission of the instructor. J.D. Wilson
MUSIC 325 CONDUCTING I Basic techniques of instrumental conducting. Training includes conducting one or more of the Music Department ensembles. Two credit hours. One class weekly.
Prerequisite: Course 223. Co-requisite: Enrollment in a relevant
instrumental ensemble. Staff
MUSIC 326 CONDUCTING II Advanced projects in instrumental or
vocal conducting. Training includes conducting one or more of the Music
Department ensembles. Two credit hours. One class weekly.
MUSIC 331, 332 COMPOSITION I, II Vocal and instrumental composition in small and large forms. Instruction is available in electronic music
for interested students.
Prerequisite: Course 323. Offered every semester. Staff
MUSIC 343 MUSICAL ANALYSIS The analysis of complete tonal movements, from both a music-theoretic and musicological perspective. Topics
include form, style, motivic/thematic design, linear organization, and connections between analysis and performance. Projects will employ both prose
and graphic techniques.
Thomas
MUSIC 425, 426 CONDUCTING III, IV Continuation of Course 325
and 326. Two credit hours. One class weekly.
MUSIC 431, 432 COMPOSITION III, IV A continuation of Courses
331 and 332.
Prerequisite: Course 332. Offered every semester. Staff
MUSIC 493 ADVANCED STUDY SEMINAR IN MUSIC A capstone
course that integrates the musicological, analytical, musicianship, and
research skill students develop throughout the music curriculum into an
in-depth study of a specific topic. Topics subject to change annually.
Open to junior and senior majors and minors, and to others with
designated Writing course. Staff
MUSIC 493A CHINESE MUSIC AND THEATER An exploration of Chinese music and theater in the context of migration, dias-
pora, and globalization. Readings in ethnomusicology, area studies,
and cultural studies, including The Flower Princess: A Cantonese
Opera by Tong Dik Sang, Chinese Street Opera in Singapore by Tong
Soon Lee, and Beyond Exoticism by Timothy Taylor. J.D. Wilson
MUSIC 493B MUSICAL NATIONALISM AND EXOTICISM An
examination of nationalistic expression and cultural difference in
selected musical works from the late 18th to the early 20th centuries.
Foundational readings in political science, postcolonial studies, and
musicology by Benedict Anderson, Edward Said, Richard Taruskin,
and Ralph Locke, among others; repertoire will include Verdi’s Aida,
Bizet’s Carmen, and works by Mozart, Liszt, Mussorgsky, Debussy,
Stravinsky, and Ives. M. Seto
MUSIC 493C MUSIC AND CULTURE IN THIRD REPUBLIC
FRANCE An exploration of musical and cultural life in the French
Third Republic (1870-1940). Specific topics include the Franco-Prussian War and the Paris Commune; the Dreyfus Affair; nationalism,
exoticism, and internationalization; gender politics; and “modernity”
and “modernism” in their various manifestations. Case studies of
works by Bizet, Saint-Saëns, Franck, Debussy, Ravel, Stravinsky, Les
Six, and Messiaen. M. Seto
MUSIC 291, 292 INDIVIDUAL STUDY
MUSIC 497-498 HONORS STUDY
Instrumental and Vocal Instruction
Instrumental and vocal lessons concentrate on classical technique and repertoire; instruction in jazz and/or popular styles may also be offered at the
discretion of particular instructors.
Admission to instrumental study and placement into Music 115 or
215 are determined by an audition to be given at an announced time just
prior to the opening of each term. Students who have studied in a previous year may, at the discretion of the instructor, be asked to re-audition
in the fall.
The student fee for music lessons is paid by the generous gift of the
Jack Niblack ’98 Music Lessons Fund. Students will audition for lessons
with the music department. The department will register eligible students
and provide a list to the Office of the Registrar by the end of the add/delete
period each semester.
Instructors
Piano: P. Newman, K. Ogano, I. Frenkel
Voice: M. Ivanov, J. Svedaite-Waller, S. Talmadge
Organ: J. Anthony
Harpsichord: L. Skernick
String Instruments: Bass, M. McCormick; Classical Guitar, J. McNeish;
Violin and Viola, T. Arm, D. Lee; Violoncello, A. Wong; Harp,
M. Sesma
Woodwind and Brass Instruments: Bassoon, R. Noreen; Clarinet,
T. Labadorf; Flute, P. Harper; Saxophone, J. Clark, J. Thomas;
French Horn, J. Thorne; Oboe, L. Van Cleve; Trombone, V. Johnson; Trumpet, T. Brown; Tuba, G. Buttery
Percussion: P. Jarvis
MUSIC 115 INTRODUCTORY INSTRUMENTAL AND VOCAL
STUDY Private instruction designed for students at an elementary level.
Students receive one 25-minute lesson per week. Minimum practice
expectation is one half-hour per day. May be repeated once for credit, after
which students will move into Music 215 or terminate study. Normally,
students are expected to enroll in an ensemble concurrently.
131
Prerequisite or parallel: Course 104, 122, or 131. One semester-hour
credit per semester (pass/not passed). For restrictions on the number of
one-semester-hour courses that may be counted toward the degree, see
page 161.
MUSIC 118 BASIC KEYBOARD SKILLS Private instruction designed
for music majors who are not pianists, but who are preparing for the piano
proficiency test. Students receive one 25-minute lesson per week. Minimum
practice expectation is one half-hour per day. May be repeated for credit.
Please note: this course was formerly listed as “Ensemble D”; change
effective fall 2012. One semester-hour credit per semester (pass/not
passed). For restrictions on the number of one semester-hour courses that
may be counted toward the degree, see page 161.
MUSIC 215 INSTRUMENTAL AND VOCAL STUDY Private instruction designed for students at an intermediate level or higher. Students receive
one 50-minute lesson per week. Minimum practice expectation is one hour
per day. May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite or parallel: Normally, a student takes Course 131 parallel
to the first semester of applied study; otherwise Course 131 must be completed by the end of the second semester of study. In certain cases Course
104 or 122 may substitute for 131. In addition to Course 131 students
must enroll in an ensemble for at least their first four semesters of study.
Two credit hours.
MUSIC 415 ADVANCED INSTRUMENTAL AND VOCAL STUDY:
SENIOR RECITAL Private instruction designed for students preparing
to perform a senior recital. Students receive two 50-minute lessons per
week. Minimum practice expectation is two hours per day. Additional
work includes preparing the recital program, writing program notes, and
publicizing the recital. May be repeated once for credit.
Prerequisite: Course 215 and permission of the instructor and the
department chair. Four credit hours.
Ensemble Groups
MUSIC 220 ENSEMBLE GROUPS One semester-hour credit per
semester (pass/not passed). For restrictions on the number of one-semester-hour courses that may be counted toward the degree, see page 161.
The department offers opportunities in vocal and instrumental ensemble performance and training in basic skills for singers and
keyboardists. Ensembles include regular rehearsals and performances
to improve students’ abilities in sight-reading and ear training and to
broaden their awareness of music from different historical periods and
cultures.
Please note: letter designations have changed, effective fall 2012.
Open by audition; regular attendance and practicing required. May be
repeated for credit.
F.
Orchestra: The Connecticut College Orchestra rehearses and
performs orchestral repertoire from the standard literature. Two
rehearsals weekly. M. Seto
G.Percussion and New Music Ensemble: Rehearses and performs
percussion ensemble repertoire from the standard and contemporary literature along with contemporary music written for various
chamber ensembles. Both percussionists and other performers
welcome, by audition. Weekly rehearsal. P. Jarvis
Philosophy
Professors: Pessin, Vogel; Associate Professors: Feldman, Pfefferkorn; Associate Professor Turner, chair
The Philosophy Department offers courses in major periods, figures, and
texts in the history of philosophy (both Western and Asian); and the central areas of philosophical inquiry (such as metaphysics, theory of knowledge, philosophy of mind, ethics, social philosophy, and the philosophy
of art). The Department makes a special effort to provide courses that
establish links with other disciplines in the arts, humanities, social sciences, and natural sciences.
Students may elect a major or a minor in philosophy.
The Major in Philosophy
The major in philosophy consists of at least nine courses with the following distribution:
1. Courses 201 and 202 (History of Ancient Philosophy and History
of Modern Philosophy).
2. At least one course in value theory or cultural criticism chosen from
the following: 211, 219, 228, 229, 230, 232, 234, 251, 252, 258, 263.
3. At least one course in epistemology or metaphysics chosen from
the following: 216, 220, 221, 223, 226, 233, 260, 261, 353.
4. At least one course in a major text. This requirement will typically be satisfied by Course 320 or 330, but may also be satisfied
by another relevant course or Individual Study with permission
of the department.
5. Course 440 (Seminar in Philosophy).
B.
Chamber Music: Chamber music ensembles perform classical
repertoire. Enrollment according to ensemble openings and level
of players’ experience. One coaching session and/or two rehearsals weekly are required. Staff
Students intending to major in philosophy should consider Courses 201
and 202 as foundational courses for the major to be taken as early as
possible. A student intending to do Honors Study must have a proposal
approved by the department by the end of the junior year. Majors and
minors in philosophy are strongly encouraged to participate in lectures,
colloquia, and other activities sponsored by the Philosophy Department.
One of the nine courses for the major may be a freshman seminar taught
by a faculty member in Philosophy.
C.Concert Band: Rehearses and performs concert band repertoire
from the standard literature. Two rehearsals weekly. G. Buttery
The Minor in Philosophy
A.
Chamber Choir: The Connecticut College Chamber Choir
studies and performs choral works from various historical periods. Three rehearsals weekly. W. Moy
D.Jazz Ensemble: The Connecticut College Jazz Ensemble performs jazz repertoire covering a variety of styles and periods. One
coaching session and two rehearsals weekly are required.
Prerequisite: Ability to read musical notation (including jazz
chord symbols) and ability to improvise. Audition required. G.
Buttery
E.
Musical Theater Ensemble: Rehearses and performs fully staged
works from the musical theater repertoire. Intensive rehearsal
132
schedule in the first half of the spring semester. By audition;
spring semester only. Section E may be taken for one or two
credits. Staff
The minor in philosophy consists of at least five courses, four of which
must be at the intermediate or advanced level. One of the five courses may
be a freshman seminar taught by a faculty member in Philosophy.
Learning Goals in the Philosophy Major
We live in a world of daunting and profound questions: What can we truly
know? What is our true nature? What is the best way to live? “Philosophy”
means “love of wisdom,” and there may be no better way to search for
Philosophy
answers to those questions than to study philosophy at Connecticut College. Along the way you’ll develop the most general and useful intellectual
skills; and of course, the study of philosophy will enrich and deepen you
as a human being and as a member of society, and so prepare you to think
about, and ultimately to lead, the richest and most meaningful sort of
human life.
If you major in philosophy, you will learn about
• the history of philosophy, from ancient through early modern
through the most recent contemporary philosophy
• many of the most important texts in that history, such as Plato’s
Republic, Descartes’s Meditations, De Beauvoir’s The Second Sex,
and Wittgenstein’s Philosophical Investigations
• the major sub-fields or disciplines within philosophy, such as metaphysics, epistemology, ethics, feminist philosophy, etc.
• the major approaches to philosophizing, such as rationalism,
empiricism, feminism, hermeneutics, phenomenology, etc.
• the basic distinction between continental and analytic philosophy
• many of the voices that have not traditionally been heard in philosophy, such as those of women and of minorities with respect to
race, culture, sexual preference, and so on
• t he many ways that philosophy intersects with and enhances the
study of other fields, such as the sciences, religion, literature and
the arts, etc.
You will acquire increased competence in skills such as critical reading
and thinking, as well as in analysis, interpretation, and imagination. To
support this goal,
• most of our courses focus on close readings, analysis, and interpretation of texts, and the construction, deconstruction, reconstruction, and critical evaluation of arguments and of other modes of
presenting and developing ideas
• our formal logic course (PHI 103) provides a very general framework
for critical analysis
• we periodically offer an informal logic course whose primary function is to sharpen students’ critical reading and thinking abilities
You will learn how to write well in general, and to write good philosophy
papers in particular, for learning to write well is a necessary condition for
learning to think well. To this end,
• almost all of our courses are designated as Writing courses (W)
• we not only require substantial quantities of writing, but we generally stress the importance of revising papers in response to constructive and critical comments
• most of our courses provide explicit “guidelines” to writing which
provide detailed suggestions about how to write a good philosophy
paper
You will acquire various skills which have applications far beyond college.
In addition to the skills of critical reading, interpreting, thinking, and
writing, for example, you’ll acquire
• the ability to think carefully, rigorously, methodically, imaginatively,
and logically
• the ability to think abstractly and to solve problems
• the ability to construct an argument, contemplate problems or objections, devise responses to them, etc.
And finally, you will become deeper, richer, more fulfilled, and an otherwise more interesting human being.
• We haven’t yet figured out how to assess this precisely, but we’re
confident it’s true!
Foundational Courses
PHILOSOPHY 101 INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY An overview of some of the major themes, questions, and problems of philosophy,
including such areas as metaphysics (the nature of reality), epistemology
(the nature of knowledge), ethics, social philosophy, and the philosophy
of art.
Open to freshmen and sophomores. Enrollment limited to 25 students. Offered both semesters. This course satisfies General Education
Area 6 and is a designated Writing course. Staff
PHILOSOPHY 103 LOGIC An introduction to the theory and techniques of logic with emphasis on formal logic, including methods of deductive proof. Topics may include categorical and inductive logic, as well as
informal logic and critical thinking.
Enrollment limited to 25 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 2. D. Turner
PHILOSOPHY 129 ETHICS An historical and systematic examination
of major philosophical attempts to answer the perennial questions−What
is a good life? What is it for acts to be morally right or wrong? What is
the relation between a good life and a morally responsible life?−culminating in the contemporary quest to find common values in a multicultural,
pluralistic society.
Priority will be granted to freshmen, then sophomores, then juniors,
then seniors. Enrollment limited to 25 students. This course satisfies General
Education Area 6 and is a designated Writing course. S. Feldman, L. Vogel
PHILOSOPHY 201 HISTORY OF ANCIENT PHILOSOPHY A study
of classical Greek philosophy, with special attention to the pre-Socratics,
Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle, and a consideration of the influence of classical philosophy on the history of Western thought.
Students intending to major in philosophy should consider Courses
201 and 202 as foundational courses, to be taken as early as possible.
Area 6 and is a designated Writing course. L. Vogel, S. Feldman
PHILOSOPHY 202 HISTORY OF MODERN PHILOSOPHY A study
in the development of philosophy from the Scientific Revolution through
the Enlightenment, with special attention to the rationalists (such as Descartes, Leibniz, and Spinoza), the empiricists (such as Locke, Berkeley, and
Hume), and Kant’s critical synthesis of rationalism and empiricism.
Students intending to major in philosophy should consider Courses
201 and 202 as foundational courses, to be taken as early as possible.
Area 6 and is a designated Writing course. A. Pessin, D. Turner
PHILOSOPHY 206 EXISTENTIAL PHILOSOPHY An examination
of the human condition, as analyzed by existentialists from Kierkegaard
through Sartre.
Prerequisite: One course in philosophy other than Course 103, or
permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 25 students. This
course. K. Pfefferkorn
PHILOSOPHY 207 AMERICAN PHILOSOPHY A study of the founders of American pragmatism (Peirce, James, and Dewey) and the revival
of this tradition by contemporary thinkers such as Richard Rorty, Hilary
Putnam, and Cornel West.
Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors who have taken one course
in philosophy (Course 202 recommended); and to others with permission
of the instructor. This course satisfies General Education Area 6. L. Vogel
PHILOSOPHY 208 BUDDHIST TRADITIONS This is the same
course as Religious Studies 206. Refer to the Religious Studies listing for
133
PHILOSOPHY 211 JAPANESE PHILOSOPHY IN FILM, LITERATURE, AND SCHOLARLY TEXT A course in comparative philosophy analyzing Japanese aesthetics, ethics, and social philosophy. Source
materials include philosophical and literary texts, as well as Japanese films.
This is the same course as Film Studies 211.
Prerequisite: One course in philosophy other than Course 103, or
permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 25 students. This
course satisfies General Education Area 6. K. Pfefferkorn
PHILOSOPHY 213 CONFUCIAN TRADITIONS This is the same
course as History 224/Religious Studies 208. Refer to the History listing
PHILOSOPHY 214 DAOIST TRADITIONS This is the same course
as History 278/Religious Studies 209. Refer to the History listing for a
course description.
PHILOSOPHY 216 MEDIEVAL PHILOSOPHY The medieval period
was remarkably fertile philosophically. We will focus on four giants−Aquinas, Ockham, Scotus, and Suarez−and study their debates on fundamental issues of metaphysics and epistemology, including the nature of God,
other possible worlds, and the relation between the knowing mind and
the world known.
Prerequisite: One course in philosophy. Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 6. A. Pessin
PHILOSOPHY 219 FEMINIST PHILOSOPHY An exploration of
how feminist philosophies have brought to light gender bias in western
philosophy and have (re)constructed theories in metaphysics, epistemology, and ethics. Students will see how these philosophies address the experiences of women and other groups whose interests have been historically
neglected and misrepresented.
Prerequisite: One course in philosophy. Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 6. S. Feldman
PHILOSOPHY 220 PHILOSOPHY OF PERCEPTION We will
explore the history of philosophical thinking about perception, ancient
through contemporary: the relationship between the senses and things
sensed, between human minds and God’s mind, whether colors are objective features of the world, how the mind constructs perceptual experience,
whether perceptual beliefs can ever be justified, etc.
Prerequisite: One course in philosophy. Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 6. A. Pessin
PHILOSOPHY 221 THE PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE A survey of
major figures and schools of thought in twentieth century philosophy of
science: logical positivism, Karl Popper, Thomas Kuhn, W.V.O. Quine, as
well as contemporary naturalist, feminist, realist, constructive empiricist,
and social constructivist interpretations of science.
PHILOSOPHY 223 PHILOSOPHY OF BIOLOGY An exploration
of conceptual questions in biology, such as: What is a gene? What is fitness? What are species? What are races? What is life? The course investigates the relationship between classical genetics, molecular biology, and
evolutionary theory. It also surveys some philosophical issues in evolutionary theory.
PHILOSOPHY 224 BIOLOGICAL THEORIES OF THE MIND An
examination of problems in the philosophy of biology (especially biological teleology) and their relevance to questions about the nature of human
emotion and cognition.
Enrollment limited to 25 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 6 and is designated Writing course. D. Turner
PHILOSOPHY 226 PHILOSOPHY OF MIND What is the nature
of the mind, and how does it relate to the body? Can computers ever
134
think? Do animals have mental and emotional lives? An examination
of attempts in 20th century philosophy to overcome Cartesian dualism
about mind and matter and to develop a unified account of mind and the
physical world. Consideration of a variety of theories proposing an identity between experiences and brain states, and also examine objections to
such views. Other key questions will include: Can cognitive psychology
give an adequate account of thought and of subjective experience? In what
sense, if any, do we have privileged access to the contents of our minds?
What is an emotion? Readings from Putnam, Dennett, Nagel, Davidson,
Searle, and others.
Open to juniors and seniors; and to sophomores who have taken one
course in philosophy; and to others with permission of the instructor.
Area 6. A. Pessin
PHILOSOPHY 228 THINKING PHILOSOPHICALLY ABOUT
THE ENVIRONMENT A philosophical examination of nature and the
environment, focusing on texts from the conservation and environmental
movements and on issues such as humans’ relation to nature and nonhuman animals, pesticide use, pollution, global warming, ozone depletion,
and nuclear power.
Enrollment limited to 25 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 6 and is a designated Writing course. D. Turner
PHILOSOPHY 229 BIOETHICS Ethical issues arising in contemporary medical practice and biomedical research, explored through analysis
of articles and decision scenarios. Major topics may include the physicianpatient relationship, informed consent, euthanasia, genetics, reproductive technologies, human experimentation, resource allocation, mental
health, human relationships with non-human animals, and humans and
the environment.
Enrollment limited to 25 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 6 and is a designated Writing course. D. Turner, S. Feldman
PHILOSOPHY 230 GREEK AND ROMAN ETHICS This is the same
course as Classics 210. Refer to the Classics listing for a course description.
PHILOSOPHY 232 TOLERANCE, INTOLERANCE, AND THE
INTOLERABLE A study of the historical evolution of tolerance as a moral
and political virtue, and an inquiry into when, if ever, we should tolerate
what we disapprove of, and why. Particular attention to the role of tolerance
in the areas of speech, religion, sex, education, and international politics.
in philosophy; and to others with permission of the instructor. This course
satisfies General Education Area 6. L. Vogel
PHILOSOPHY 234 PHILOSOPHY OF LAW What is law? How does
it reflect social priorities and processes? How does it function as a means of
social control and change? The course will pursue these questions through
readings in social and legal philosophy and case materials from various
fields of Anglo-American law.
in philosophy; and to others with permission of the instructor. Enrollment
is a designated Writing course. S. Feldman
PHILOSOPHY 235 EVIL Even in the face of the horrors of past century, moral philosophers have hesitated to speak of “good and evil,” preferring instead the more pallid vocabulary of “right and wrong.” We shall ask
whether we ought to speak of “evil,” and if so, when and why. We shall
explore the concept of evil historically as well as analytically, paying special
attention to Hannah Arendt’s work.
in philosophy. Enrollment limited to 30 students with priority given to philosophy majors. This course satisfies General Education Area 6. L. Vogel
PHILOSOPHY 236 FREE WILL AND MORAL RESPONSIBILITY
An exploration of why and when it is appropriate to hold people morally
responsible for their actions or even their characters, and of the connection
between moral responsibility and free will.
Philosophy
in philosophy; and to freshmen with permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 20 students. This course satisfies General Education Area
6 and is a designated Writing course. L. Vogel
PHILOSOPHY 241 ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL POLITICAL
THOUGHT This is the same course as Government 211. Refer to the
Government listing for a course description.
PHILOSOPHY 244 MODERN POLITICAL THOUGHT This is the
same course as Government 214. Refer to the Government listing for a
course description.
PHILOSOPHY 246 CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY How can citizens become duty-bound to obey the state? What constitutes legitimate use of state power? Is political equality exhausted by
equality under law? This course will explore the problem of political obligation, the limits of liberty and the nature of justice and equality. Readings from Rawls, Nozick, and Cohen to Scanlon, Dworkin, and Nagel.
in philosophy; and to others with permission of the instructor. Enrollment
limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 6. S.
Feldman
PHILOSOPHY 249 THE SCIENCE AND ETHICS OF EXTINCTION An examination of extinction from the perspectives of environmental ethics and history/philosophy of science, with an emphasis on the
problem of protecting biological diversity while promoting environmental
justice; the value of biological diversity; the definition of “species”; the
nature and causes of mass extinctions; the place of extinction in evolutionary theory; and the prospects for using biotechnology to reverse extinctions. This is the same course as Environmental Studies 249.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 6 and is a designated Writing course. D. Turner
PHILOSOPHY 251 PHILOSOPHY OF ART A critical exploration of
the nature, meaning, and social role of painting, sculpture, and architecture. Readings range from Plato to Heidegger, and include recent postmodern theories of art and architecture. Slides and videos of exemplary
works will be shown. This is the same course as Art History 296.
Open to junior and senior majors in studio art and art history; and to
sophomores, juniors, and seniors who have taken one course in philosophy
other than Course 103; and to others with permission of the instructor.
Enrollment limited to 25 students. Students may not receive credit for this
course and Art History 230. This course satisfies General Education Area
6 and is a designated Writing course. K. Pfefferkorn
PHILOSOPHY 252 PHILOSOPHY AND FILM A critical exploration
of the way meaning occurs in filmic form. Emphasis on the aesthetic,
ethical, and social significance and influence of films. Readings include
philosophical and film-theoretical texts. This is the same course as Film
Studies 252.
Prerequisite: One course in philosophy other than Course 103; or one
course in film studies; or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited
designated Writing course. K. Pfefferkorn
PHILOSOPHY 258 LOVE, DEATH, AND DESIRE A study of the
changes and perversions undergone by the themes of love, death, and
desire in the history of Western thought, with emphasis on philosophical, religious, and psychological perspectives. Readings range over a wide
variety of texts, from Plato to Sartre.
Prerequisite: One course in philosophy other than Course 103, or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 25 students. This course
satisfies General Education Area 6 and is a designated Writing course. K.
Pfefferkorn
PHILOSOPHY 260 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION Philosophical
issues concerning religious beliefs. Topics may include the existence and
nature of God, the problem of evil, the nature of miracles, and the issue
of pluralism. Readings drawn from classical and contemporary thinkers
in the Western tradition. This is the same course as Religious Studies 260.
Prerequisite: One course in philosophy other than Course 103.
Enrollment limited to 25 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 6 and is a designated Writing course. A. Pessin
PHILOSOPHY 261 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE A study of the
nature of knowledge, including the conditions under which one is justified in believing particular propositions and the question of whether
one can construct an acceptable concept of truth. Emphasis on contemporary sources.
in philosophy. Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies
General Education Area 6 and is a designated Writing course. A. Pessin,
S. Feldman
PHILOSOPHY 262 SURVEY OF METAPHYSICS An introductory
survey of a number of traditional problems in metaphysics, which may
include the nature of time, universals, causation, freedom, and modality.
There will be a mix of contemporary and classical readings.
Prerequisite: Any 100- or 200-level philosophy course. Enrollment
is a designated Writing course. A. Pessin
PHILOSOPHY 263 BODY AND GENDER A philosophical analysis
of Western religious and cultural views of the body and its representation
in art, film, and popular culture. Emphasis on the role of representation
in the processes of individuation, self-understanding, and the development of gender attitudes. Readings include a wide range of philosophical,
psychological, and feminist texts.
Open to majors and minors in gender and women’s studies; and to
sophomores, juniors, and seniors who have taken one course in philosophy
other than Course 103; and to others with permission of the instructor.
Area 6 and is a designated Writing course. K. Pfefferkorn
PHILOSOPHY 268 THE SELF An exploration of the nature of the
self from epistemological, metaphysical, and ethical perspectives. Is there
“privileged access” to certain facts about ourselves? Is the self physical?
Mental? What are “weak will” and “bad faith”? What does the prescription “know thyself ” amount to? Readings from classical and contemporary sources.
Prerequisite: One course in philosophy. Enrollment limited to 25 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 6. S. Feldman
PHILOSOPHY 271 JEWISH PHILOSOPHY A historical survey of
Jewish thought, from ancient times through the 20th century. Jewish perspectives on metaphysics, epistemology, ethics, theology; on particularly
Jewish questions (such as prophecy, redemption, and mitzvot); and on
how (or whether) ancient wisdom can be adapted to modern times while
remaining true to itself. Figures studied include Philo, Maimonides, Spinoza, Mendelssohn, and Soloveitchik. This is the same course as Religious
Studies 271.
Prerequisite: One course in philosophy or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 6 and is a designated Writing course. A. Pessin
PHILOSOPHY 272 ADVANCED SYMBOLIC LOGIC An introduction to first-order predicate logic and an exploration of alternative systems
of logic (including modal logic and many-valued logic). Additional topics
include metalogic, the relationship between logic and natural language,
semantic paradoxes, the relationship between logic and mathematics, and
the significance of Gödel’s proof.
limited to 25 students. D. Turner
PHILOSOPHY 276 PHILOSOPHY OF RACE AND RACISM An
exploration of questions relating to practices of racial categorization: Is
race a “real” category? Is racial categorization racist? Does justice require
that the law take race into consideration? Is it wrong to select friends or
135
significant others on the basis of race? Readings from Du Bois, Appiah,
Langton, and others.
Prerequisite: One course in philosophy other than Course 103.
Enrollment limited to 25 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 6 and is a designated Writing course. S. Feldman
PHILOSOPHY 288 20TH CENTURY ANALYTIC PHILOSOPHY A
study of the contributions of analytic philosophers such as Frege, Russell,
Wittgenstein, Ryle, Austin, and Quine with regard to the relationship
between language, thought, and reality. This inquiry will be placed within
a broader framework concerning the nature of analytic philosophy and its
relationship to continental philosophy.
Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors who have taken two
courses in philosophy. Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 6. Staff
PHILOSOPHY 299 THE IDEAL OF EQUALITY This is the same
course as Sophomore Research Seminar 299B. Refer to the Sophomore
Research Seminar listing in College Courses for a course description.
Advanced Study Courses
PHILOSOPHY 310 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE What is “meaning”? What conditions must an expression meet to have meaning? Is
meaning subjective or objective? How can we speak meaningfully on
non-existing things (including fictional entities)? How do words refer to
objects in the world? What is metaphor? Readings from philosophers such
as Frege, Russell, Wittgenstein, Kripke, and Strawson.
Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors who have taken two
courses in philosophy; and to others with permission of the instructor.
A. Pessin
PHILOSOPHY 320 DARWIN AND THE IMPACT OF EVOLUTIONARY THOUGHT An historical and philosophical survey of the
development of the Darwinian theory of evolution by natural selection
within the philosophical, religious, and scientific contexts of the 19th and
20th centuries.
students. This is a designated Writing course. D. Turner
PHILOSOPHY 325 REALISM AND ANTI-REALISM An exploration
of the most fundamental question in contemporary philosophy: whether
there exists any mind-independent world and, if so, what its constituents
might be. We examine this question within various domains of philosophy (aesthetics, ethics, perception, etc.), looking at the work of philosophers
such as Mackie, Goodman, Quine, Putnam, and Rorty.
Prerequisite: Two courses in philosophy. Enrollment limited to 30
students. This is a designated Writing course. A. Pessin
PHILOSOPHY 330 MAJOR TEXTS An intensive and critical reading
of major texts in philosophy.
In addition to the following limitations, other requirements are listed
with some seminars below. Open to junior and senior majors and minors
in philosophy, and to others with permission of the instructor. Enrollment
in each seminar limited to 16 students.
PHILOSOPHY 330A PLATO This is the same course as Classics
315. Refer to the Classics listing for a course description.
PHILOSOPHY 330B KANT Kant’s Critique of Pure Reason.
PHILOSOPHY 330D NIETZSCHE A critical study of Nietzsche’s
philosophy concentrating on a close reading of Thus Spoke Zarathustra, with reference to related texts. This is a designated Writing
course. K. Pfefferkorn
PHILOSOPHY 330E WITTGENSTEIN The development of
Wittgenstein’s work from the Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus to the
Philosophical Investigations and On Certainty, with particular atten136
tion to Wittgenstein’s contributions to metaphysics, his philosophy
of language, and his attitudes towards the nature of philosophy itself.
Readings will also include work by Russell, Anscombe, Kripke, and
other contemporary writers. A. Pessin
PHILOSOPHY 330F HEIDEGGER A study of Heidegger’s Being
and Time (1927) and of thinkers such as Buber, Levinas, and Jonas
who were influenced by this seminal work of existential philosophy
but ultimately rejected its premises. This is a designated Writing
course. L. Vogel
PHILOSOPHY 330G DESCARTES A close reading of Descartes’s
seminal work, Meditations on First Philosophy. Readings include the
Meditations along with the original Objections and Replies, as well as
recent secondary literature concerning its many important themes
(including skepticism, knowledge, the Cogito, mind-body dualism,
God, and human freedom). A. Pessin
PHILOSOPHY 330H HEGEL A careful reading of G.W.F. Hegel’s
The Philosophy of Mind and The Philosophy of Right. The objective of
the course is to understand Hegel’s moral and political thought in
the context of his broader claim that he possesses “absolute wisdom”
and to assess Hegel’s relevance for our time. L. Vogel
PHILOSOPHY 330I HUME A close study of the major writings
of David Hume, one of the most radical and subversive thinkers of
the Western tradition. The objective of the course is to develop a
systematic interpretation of the different aspects of Hume’s work,
including his skepticism, naturalism, empiricism, moral psychology,
and his theory of the passions. D. Turner
PHILOSOPHY 334 MORAL PSYCHOLOGY An exploration of what
motivates human beings to pursue what they do, how concern for one’s
own good is connected to regard for the good of others, the relationship
between free will and responsibility, and whether it makes sense to speak
of activities that are “objectively” worthwhile or of there being “ultimate
ends” in life. Consideration of the conversation among contemporary
American philosophers who speak to these issues associated with the existentialist tradition. Works by Harry Frankfurt, Susan Wolf, and J. David
Velleman.
is a designated Writing course. L. Vogel
PHILOSOPHY 353 PHILOSOPHY OF LITERATURE A critical
study of traditional philosophic theories of language in its role in poetry
and literature. Discussion will center on such issues as the origin of language, its expressive function, and its relation to philosophic thought in
poetry and literature. Selected readings in the theory of language, the
theory of poetics, and modern literary criticism.
Open to junior and senior literature majors; and to juniors and
seniors who have taken one course in philosophy; and to others with permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 30 students. This is a
designated Writing course. K. Pfefferkorn
PHILOSOPHY 410 MORAL RELATIVISM AND MORAL DISAGREEMENT A seminar that considers the following questions: What
exactly is moral relativism? Does the apparent irresolvability of many
moral disagreements motivate moral relativism, or might a rival view
better explain this situation? What impact should moral relativism have
on our first-order moral thought?
Prerequisite: Any 100- or 200-level philosophy course. Enrollment
limited to 16 students. This is a designated Writing course. Staff
PHILOSOPHY 412 INNATE MIND: PROSPECTS AND PROBLEMS How do humans learn when they lack sufficient experience?
This seminar addresses “Plato’s Problem,” or the gap between knowledge
and experience. Readings and discussion examine this gap as it applies
to learning mathematics, language, and even morality. Focus will be
on historical debates and contemporary perspectives on the innateness
of mind.
Philosophy/Physical Education
PHILOSOPHY 440 SEMINAR IN PHILOSOPHY An intensive study
of a major topic or figure in philosophy, with student reports and discussion as important requirements. Seminar topics will be related to significant contemporary issues in philosophy and related disciplines.
Open to junior and senior majors and minors in philosophy, and
to others with permission of the instructor. Enrollment in each seminar
limited to 16 students.
PHILOSOPHY 440D TIME A critical exploration of the changes
undergone by the concept of time in its development from Greek
natural philosophy to modern philosophical, psychological, and
theoretical ideas. Emphasis on the phenomenology of lived time and
its expression in cultural undertakings. Readings range over a wide
variety of texts, from Plato to Sartre to Hawking. K. Pfefferkorn
PHILOSOPHY 440F METAPHYSICS An in-depth study of one
or two topics in metaphysics, such as the nature of time, universals,
causation, freedom, modality, and the debate between realism and
anti-realism. The course will focus primarily on contemporary readings, with occasional inclusion of more classical texts.
This is a designated Writing course. A. Pessin
PHILOSOPHY 440G HAPPINESS A historical and analytical
inquiry into the meanings of happiness. What is it? Has it changed
over time? Is it an essentially subjective and culturally relative idea?
Can and should happiness be a goal of living? What is its relationship
to other goods we value in life, such as meaning, freedom, goodness,
and justice?
This is a designated Writing course. L. Vogel
PHILOSOPHY 440I EXPERIMENTAL PHILOSOPHY An
exploration of recent work in experimental philosophy, a movement
which seeks to bring experimental methods to bear on philosophical
problems. Special attention will be given to questions about philosophical methodology, the role of intuition in philosophical reasoning, and
the relationship between philosophy and natural science. D. Turner
PHILOSOPHY 440J LAUGHTER, HUMOR, AND THE COMIC
SENSE OF LIFE Humans are animals who laugh and cry. They are
also able to understand jokes and have a sense of humor. Laughing and
joking make possible the art of comedy and allow people to see life as
having comic as well as tragic aspects. The course explores the relation
between laughter, humor, and comedy, and how these qualities contribute to the overall view of a good life.
PHILOSOPHY 440K CARTESIAN RATIONALISM An in depth
examination of the “rationalism” tradition as developed by Descartes
and his successors. Focusing on metaphysics and epistemology we will
explore topics such as mind, matter, causation, free will, and God in
the works of Descartes, Malebranche, Arnauld, Leibniz, and Spinoza.
Prerequisite: Course 202. This is a designated Writing course. A.
Pessin
PHILOSOPHY 440L PHILOSOPHY, POLITICS AND THE
HUMAN CONDITION What is the relation between philosophy,
citizenship, and democracy? Does a commitment to philosophical
questioning help make one a good citizen? Or do the demands of philosophy and citizenship stand in tension with each other? Should a
commitment to philosophy make one favor democracy? These questions are as old as Plato, but they take on new meaning in the wake of
20th century totalitarianism. The course focuses on two philosophers
− Hannah Arendt and Leo Strauss − who provide different answers to
these questions. This is the same course as Government 332.
Enrollment in each seminar limited to 20 students. This is a
designated Writing course. L. Vogel
PHILOSOPHY 440M THE IDEA OF PROGRESS An exploration of the idea of progress as it relates to different areas of inquiry
and innovation, to our individual lives, and to history as a whole. By
what standards should we measure progress? Is it an idea we can do
without, or is it built into our nature as storytelling animals? Should
we interpret history as a story of cycles, progress, regress, or chaos?
PHILOSOPHY 440N THE DIVIDED SELF An exploration of
questions about apparent divisions within the self (e.g., weak will,
bad faith, double-consciousness). Should we accept the philosophical
ideal of a unified self? Do we always do what we want to do most?
Is self-deception possible? Is acting contrary to our best judgments
ever rational or good?
Prerequisite: Two courses in philosophy or permission of instructor. This is a designated Writing course. S. Feldman
PHILOSOPHY 440O MAIMONIDES’ GUIDE FOR THE PERPLEXED An exploration of Maimonides’ Guide for the Perplexed,
one of the most important works of religious rationalism. Students
will examine how this work probes the relationship between religious
belief and Greek philosophy, establishing foundational and controversial positions in metaphysics, epistemology, and ethics in general
and considering subjects such as miracles, theodicy, and Biblical
semantics in particular.
Open to junior and senior majors and minors in philosophy,
and to others with permission of the instructor. Enrollment in each
seminar limited to 16 students. A. Pessin
PHILOSOPHY 291, 292 INDIVIDUAL STUDY Open to sophomores
with permission of the department.
PHILOSOPHY 391, 392 INDIVIDUAL STUDY Open to juniors with
PHILOSOPHY 491, 492 INDIVIDUAL STUDY Open to seniors with
PHILOSOPHY 497-498 HONORS STUDY Students must present to
the chair for approval by the department a detailed proposal by April 15
of the junior year. A first draft of the Honors Study must be submitted by
the end of the first semester of the senior year.
Physical Education
Adjunct Professors: Ricci, Shields, Wuyke; Adjunct Associate Professors:
Benvenuti, Bishop, Bresnahan, J. Edmed, Kovach, Riker, Robinson-Gervais, Satran, Steele, Ward; Adjunct Assistant Professors: Cornell, Longley,
Murphy, Needham, O’Brien, Wilson; Adjunct Instructor: Anderson
All one-credit courses in physical education meet two hours each week
for one-half semester only. For restrictions on the number of one-credit
courses that can be applied toward the minimum degree requirements, see
page 161 of the undergraduate catalog. Any student wishing to participate
in any part of the program of physical education and/or intercollegiate
sports is required to have a medical classification from the College Health
Service. This regulation is necessary for the protection of the student as
well as the College.
Courses
101, 102, 103, 104 PHYSICAL EDUCATION: THEORY AND PRACTICE Application of theory to practice of sports and recreational activities. Development of performance skill; attention to physiological and
137
kinesiological aspects of physical movement; history of activity, competition and performance. Skill practice, lectures and assigned readings.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 101B BEGINNING SWIMMING For the
non-swimmer. Designed to give individuals confidence in the water and
the ability to propel themselves forward.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 101C GOLF I Introduction to all basic clubs
and the development of a fundamental golf swing.
Offered first half of first semester and second half of second semester.
Special Fee. Enrollment limited to 12 students. D. Cornell, J. Ward
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 101D RUNNING FOR LIFETIME FITNESS An introduction to running as the foundation for a lifetime of
fitness activity. Students will learn the basic principals of developing a
sound and structured program of distance running, stretching, and corestrengthening exercises to support and maintain a healthy lifestyle.
Enrollment limited to 20 students. N. Bishop
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 101F INTERMEDIATE SWIMMING
Improvement of strokes, conditioning, survival techniques, and springboard diving.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 101G FITNESS I A program of progressive
exercise, including various forms of aerobic activity and resistance training intended to help the student (1) improve fitness level and (2) develop
an understanding of the physiological mechanisms which are involved.
Offered first and second half of first and second semester. Enrollment
limited to 24 students. R. Ricci, W. Wuyke
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 101H BEGINNING SAILING Basic sailing skills, boat and water safety, and self and partner rescue skills.
Offered first half of first semester. Enrollment limited to 12 students.
J. Bresnahan
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 101I INTERMEDIATE SAILING A continuation of beginning sailing with emphasis on advanced sailing skills and
boat and water safety.
Prerequisite: Course 101H, or permission of the instructor. Offered
first half of first semester. Enrollment limited to 12 students. J. Bresnahan
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 101J MOUNTAIN BIKING The basics
of trail riding and equipment maintenance. Use of local and regional
trails for biking, including tours of local bike shops with presentations
by professional repair technicians. This course will benefit all levels of
mountain bikers.
Students must provide their own bikes. Enrollment limited to 12
students. J. Bresnahan
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 101L RACKET SPORTS: BEGINNING
TENNIS Introduction to the fundamentals of stroke production.
Staff
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 101M RACKET SPORTS: BEGINNING
SQUASH Emphasis on basic skills, rules, strategy and competitive play.
Enrollment limited to 10 students. Offered first and second half of
first semester. Staff
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 101N RACKET SPORTS: RACQUETBALL Emphasis on the skills of the game: rules, strategy and match play
strategy.
Enrollment limited to six students. Offered first and second half
of first semester and second half of second semester. M. Benvenuti, T.
Satran
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 101P RACKET SPORTS: INTERMEDIATE TENNIS Emphasis on improving strokes and game play.
138
Enrollment limited to ten students. Offered second half of first
semester. Staff
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 101Q RACKET SPORTS: ADVANCED
TENNIS I Emphasis on match play strategy for singles and doubles.
Stroke play on both sides forehand/backhand.
Enrollment limited to 12 students. Offered first half of second
semester. Staff
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 101R RIDING This mounted class is aimed
at developing the riders ability on a horse. Beginners will learn correct
position and sound basics of horsemanship, while advanced instruction
will be aimed at refining the rider’s position and use of the aids. Huntseat
and dressage instruction. Classes held off campus; special fee.
Permission of the instructor required. Offered both semesters. R.
Luckhardt
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 101S ADVANCED BEGINNING RIDING
A continuation of Course 101R.
Permission of the instructor required. Offered both semesters. Special fee. R. Luckhardt
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 101T INTERMEDIATE RIDING A continuation of Course 101S.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 101V ADVANCED EQUITATION A continuation of Course 101T.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 101Z SKATING For beginners and intermediate skaters. Use of all four skating edges. Power skating skills.
Offered second half of first semester and first half of second semester.
Enrollment limited to 25 students. J. Ward, K. Steele
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 102A INTRODUCTION TO SINGLE
SCULLING Instruction in the basics of single sculling technique, conducted in the Christoffers Rowing Training Room.
R. Ricci
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 102B INDOOR ROWING Introduction
in the most efficient use of the Concept II dynamic rowing ergometer to
improve aerobic capacity, strength, and flexibility. No previous rowing
experience necessary.
Enrollment limited to 12 students. R. Ricci
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 102D AQUA AEROBICS An individualized program of cardiovascular fitness through exercise to music, conducted in the pool.
Offered first half of first semester and second half of second semester.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 102L RACKET SPORTS: BADMINTON
THis course emphasizes the introduction and review of the basic skills of
the game, including rules, strategy and match play.
Enrollment limited to 8 students. J. Bresnahan
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 102O ROCK CLIMBING Course will
include rope safety, belayer set-up, belaying system, climber set-up, climbing commands, general safety and belaying the climber.
Offered second half of first semester and first half of second semester.
Enrollment limited to 12 students. J. Edmed
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 102Q RACKET SPORTS: ADVANCED
TENNIS II Concentration on teaching the concepts and strategies of
doubles play.
Offered second half of second semester. Enrollment limited to 10
students. Staff
Physical Education/Physics, Astronomy and Geophysics
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 103M RACKET SPORTS: INTERMEDIATE AND ADVANCED SQUASH Designed to improve court positioning and match play strategy through drills and competition.
Enrollment limited to 12 students. Offered first half of second
semester. Staff
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 104G FITNESS II A continuation of Course
101G. Intended to more thoroughly pursue the objectives of Fitness I. Students gain experience in designing a year-round fitness training regimen
leading to optimal fitness. Designed to promote increased understanding of
the value of fitness and enhancement of the quality of life through fitness.
Prerequisite: Completion of Course 101G. Offered first half of first
semester and first half of second semester. Enrollment limited to 24 students. W. Wuyke
ing family, education, politics, the economy and the media. Understanding how sports participation informs the way people think about their
own bodies, and about gender, social class, and race and ethnicity. Other
topics include violence in sport, youth sport ethics and intercollegiate
sport. Four credit hours.
students. Offered second semester. Staff
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 291, 292 INDIVIDUAL STUDY Students
must initiate an individual study with approval from a faculty adviser.
A formal proposal must be presented to the department. The individual
study may take the form of directed reading or research and writing and
is supervised by a faculty member in the department.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 105 PHYSICAL EDUCATION: CERTIFICATION PROGRAMS AND COACHING
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 105E SCUBA DIVING An in-depth study
of the skills and techniques of skin and scuba diving leading to NAUI/
SDI certification in SCUBA diving. Six classroom and pool sessions, and
five open-water dives are included in the course.
Offered both semesters. Special fee, payable to instructor. Enrollment limited to 14 students. E. Rosacker
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 105L COMMUNITY FIRST AID AND
SAFETY & CPR FOR THE PROFESSIONAL RESCUER
Phase One: Community First Aid and Safety curriculum leading
to certifications in American Red Cross First Aid, Adult, Infant and
Child CPR.
Phase Two: CPR for the Professional Rescuer curriculum leading to a
certification in American Red Cross CPR for the Professional Rescuer.
Enrollment limited to 10 students. Offered second half of first semester and second half of second semester. Special fee. N. Bishop
Two Credit Courses
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 110 SPORTS LEADERSHIP An introduction and exploration of sports leadership including the discussion
of personal values, leadership styles, leadership approaches, and team
dynamics as relevant to teams and/or athletic organizations. Students will
be required to formulate a leadership statement and apply it to their role
as a team member or team leader.
Enrollment limited to 40 students. E. Kovach
Four Credit Courses
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 124 ESSENTIALS OF FITNESS AND
WELLNESS Exploration of the connections between physical, mental,
emotional and social parameters of well-being. Topics include physical fitness, nutrition, diseases and defenses, use and abuse of alcohol and drugs,
lifestyle management. Four credit hours.
Offered second semester. Enrollment limited to 25 students. Staff
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 130 THEORY OF COACHING A philosophical and conceptual approach to the coaching of sports and the
related areas of coaching through readings and discussions. Observation
of a coach or a team required. Designed to qualify the student to coach a
specific sport in a school or recreation program. Four credit hours.
Prerequisite: Experience in high school, intramural or intercollegiate
sports. Enrollment limited to 24 students. Offered second semester. J.
Edmed
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 221 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN
SPORT A basic introduction to the central issues of sport in our society.
A study of the connection between sport and spheres of social life, includ-
Physics, Astronomy and Geophysics
Professor: Monce; Associate Professors: Brown, Diagne; Assistant Professor: Seifert; Senior Lecturers: Chomiak, Weinstein; Professor Thompson,
chair
The Major in Physics
The major in physics is designed to provide flexibility, so that students
can match a program of study with their interests. Students may choose
the general track or may select a concentration in astrophysics, physics for
education, or physics and engineering (dual degree program). The major
consists of a core curriculum, together with electives associated with each
track or concentration.
Advisers: L. Brown, B. Chomiak, M. Diagne, M. Monce, D. Thompson,
M. Weinstein
Core Curriculum
Physics 107, 108 (or 109, 110), 215, 319, 324; Mathematics 212.
Electives
General Track: In addition to the core curriculum, students majoring in physics with the general track must take Physics 208 (or 310),
320, and 404, as well as one elective in astronomy, geophysics, or
physics. The elective cannot be satisfied by Physics Individual Study
courses except with permission of the department. Students should
be aware that Mathematics 225 and 226 are prerequisites for Physics
404, and that Mathematics 225 is either a prerequisite or recommended for other courses in this track. Students considering graduate school in physics are strongly urged to take both Physics 208 and
310, as well as Physics 410.
Astrophysics Concentration: In addition to the core curriculum,
students with a concentration in astrophysics must take Physics
208 (or 310), 404; Astronomy 105, 110, 201, 302 (or 310). Students
should be aware that Mathematics 225 and 226 are prerequisites for
Physics 404, and that Mathematics 225 is either a prerequisite or
recommended for other courses in this concentration. The following
courses are strongly recommended for students considering graduate
school in astrophysics: Mathematics 107 (or 206), 312; Chemistry
103, 104 (or 107, 204); Computer Science 110, 212.
Physics for Education Concentration: The concentration in physics
for education places an emphasis on teaching physics at the secondary
level. Students choosing this concentration will also work concurrently
on state certification or a private school teaching certificate. Interested
students should consult both the physics and education departments
upon arrival at Connecticut College, or early in their freshman year, so
139
that proper planning may be done. In addition to the core curriculum
listed above, students with this concentration must take Physics 208,
391 (or 392), 404. (Individual Study for this concentration will focus
on current research in physics education, such as that published in the
American Journal of Physics and The Physics Teacher.) Students should
be aware that Mathematics 225 and 226 are prerequisites for Physics 404, and that Mathematics 225 is either a prerequisite or recommended for other courses in this concentration. The following courses
are also recommended: Chemistry 103, 104 (or 107, 204); Astronomy
105, 110; Computer Science 110, 212.
Physics and Engineering (Dual Degree Program) Concentration: This program requires five years of study, three at Connecticut
College and two at Washington University in St. Louis. Students
completing this program will receive a bachelor of arts degree from
Connecticut College, as well as a bachelor of science from Washington University (in engineering or applied science). During the
three years at Connecticut College, a student is expected to earn at
least seventy-five percent of the credits required for a degree from
Connecticut College and to complete all General Education requirements. A student should have a grade point average of at least 3.0 and
a strong record in mathematics and science to apply for admission
to the program.
Students choosing this concentration are required to complete the core
curriculum while at Connecticut College, as well as Mathematics 225;
Computer Science 212; Chemistry 103, 104 (or 107, 204).
Students must complete equivalents to Physics 320 (or Physics 342)
and Physics 404, approved beforehand by the department at Connecticut
College, during the two years at Washington University.
The Connecticut College degree is not awarded until the engineering
or applied science program is completed, normally five years after admission to Connecticut College. Students are advised, however, that credits
for engineering or other technical courses may not be counted toward the
requirements for a major or minor at Connecticut College.
Admission to the program does not assure financial aid.
For further details, contact Mohamed Diagne
The Minor in Physics
The minor in physics consists of Physics 107, 108 (or 109, 110), 208 (or
310), 215; Mathematics 225; one course from Physics 319, 320, 324,
342, 422.
The Minor in Astronomy
The minor in astronomy consists of the following courses: Astronomy 105,
110, 201, 302 (or 310); Physics 107 (or 109). The following courses are
strongly recommended: Physics 108 (or 110), 215; Mathematics 113, 212.
Minor in Geology
The minor in geology consists of a minimum of five courses:
1. Two of the following: Astronomy 105; Geophysics 115, 120; Physics 107, 109.
2. One of the following: Geophysics 210, 211, 259.
3. One of the following: Geophysics 314, 315, 316.
4. One Geophysics elective at the 200 level or higher from the
courses listed above; or Environmental Studies 312, 313, 493D,
or 494D; or an appropriate individual study.
Learning Goals in the Department of
The Department of Physics, Astronomy & Geophysics offers you an excellent education if you’re interested in studying physics, astronomy or geophysics at the undergraduate level. The physics major is designed to provide
flexibility so that students can tailor a program of study to their own inter140
ests. Classes and labs are taught in a contemporary facility well equipped
with impressive technologies. You’ll be encouraged to get involved in
research work and independent study projects with faculty members at any
time during your four years at Connecticut College. The department recognizes that the successful demonstration of the learning outcomes for the
major depends both on the instruction within the department and student
engagement aimed at developing the following skills:
• Demonstrate an understanding and application of the scientific
method to develop and test new models that describe the physical
world.
• Exhibit a proficiency in the methods of scientific inquiry in laboratory and/or research projects. Demonstrate basic experimental skills
by the practice of setting up and conducting an experiment with due
regards to minimizing measurement error and by the thoughtful
discussion and interpretation of data.
• Demonstrate ability to convey physical concepts with mathematical
expressions, and effectively derive quantitative predictions from a
model through mathematical analysis.
• Present well-organized, logical and scientifically sound oral and
written scientific reports.
• Identify the consequences of accepting a new interpretation
Courses
Astronomy
ASTRONOMY 105 SOLAR SYSTEM ASTRONOMY A study of the
Sun, planets, and the solar neighborhood looking at their origins, properties, and behaviors. Development of the physical principles required to
understand astronomical observations. Additional topics include ancient
astronomy, celestial motions and properties of telescopes. Outdoor observatory work focuses on use of the telescope and making observations of the
Sun, moon, and planets. Registration is also required in Astronomy 105L.
Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory and observatory work
weekly. Enrollment limited to 18 students per section. This course satisfies
General Education Area 1. L. Brown
ASTRONOMY 105L SOLAR SYSTEM ASTRONOMY LAB Registration is also required in Astronomy 105.
ASTRONOMY 110 BEYOND THE SOLAR SYSTEM A study of the
properties and behaviors of stars and galaxies, and the interactions among
them. An exploration of the tools used to make deep-space astronomical
observations, and the physical concepts needed to interpret them. Topics
include stellar evolution, white dwarfs, neutron stars, black holes, dark
matter, the Milky Way and other galaxies, and how galaxies can be used
to study the large-scale universe.
Three hours lecture weekly. Enrollment limited to 60 students. This
course satisfies General Education Area 1. L. Brown, M. Weinstein
ASTRONOMY 201 INTRODUCTION TO ASTROPHYSICS A treatment of the principles of physics and mathematics as applied to astronomical
phenomena. Topics include astronomical coordinate systems, Newtonian
mechanics and orbits, star properties and distance determinations, stellar
structure, electromagnetic radiation and its interaction with matter.
Three hours lecture weekly. Prerequisite: Course 105 and 110 and
Physics 107 or 109. Mathematics 113 recommended. Offered every other
year starting in the spring of 2010. L. Brown
ASTRONOMY 302 OBSERVATIONAL TECHNIQUES IN ASTRON
OMY A laboratory course introducing basic observational, computing,
and data analysis techniques in current use in optical astronomy. Lecture
focuses on instrumentation properties and use, and methods of analyzing
observations. Observatory work involves use and calibration of the 20-inch
telescope and CCD camera, and performing differential CCD filter photometry on various astronomical objects. Computer work involves image
calibration and the extraction of useful physical information from student
obtained images.
One lecture 1½ hours; four hours computer lab and observatory work
weekly. Prerequisite: Course 105 and 110 and 201. Mathematics 113 and
Computer Science 110 recommended. L. Brown
ASTRONOMY 310 THE ORIGIN AND FATE OF OUR UNIVERSE:
AN ASTROPHYSICAL PERSPECTIVE A treatment of the fundamental observations and the basic physical and mathematical laws that
permit scientists to understand the birth and evolution of our universe.
This course will examine how observations over the last 30 years have led
to the current “standard model” of an accelerating universe with a nonzero cosmological constant. Topics include the distance ladder, Hubble’s
law, dark matter, dark energy, the cosmic microwave background, space
curvature, The Big Bang, inflation and the first three minutes of cosmic
existence.
Prerequisite: Astronomy 110, Physics 107 or 109, Mathematics 112.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. L. Brown
ASTRONOMY 291, 292 INDIVIDUAL STUDY Independent research
four to five hours of independent research work per week. The four-credit
option requires the student to commit to eight to ten hours of independent
research work per week.
Geology/Geophysics
GEOPHYSICS 115 INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICAL GEOLOGY
This is the same course as Environmental Studies 115. Refer to the Environmental Studies listing for a course description.
GEOPHYSICS 120 INTRODUCTION TO ENVIRONMENTAL
GEOLOGY This is the same course as Environmental Studies 120. Refer
to the Environmental Studies listing for a course description.
GEOPHYSICS 210 HYDROLOGY This is the same course as Environmental Studies 210. Refer to the Environmental Studies listing for a
course description.
GEOPHYSICS 316 COASTAL DYNAMICS OF SOUTHERN NEW
ENGLAND This is the same course as Environmental Studies 316. Refer
to the Environmental Studies listing for a course description.
GEOPHYSICS 291, 292 INDIVIDUAL STUDY Independent research
Physics
PHYSICS 107, 108 GENERAL PHYSICS A general introduction to
the logical foundations of physics, using calculus. Areas of study include
classical physics (mechanics, thermodynamics, electricity and magnetism,
optics) and selected topics in modern physics. Students may only receive
credit for one set of introductory physics courses either Physics 107, 108
or Physics 109, 110. Registration is also required in Physics 107L, 108L.
Three hours of lecture and discussion per week; three hours of laboratory per week. Knowledge of algebra and trigonometry is assumed. Either
Course 107 or 109 is a prerequisite for Course 108. Enrollment limited to 15
students per section. Both courses satisfy General Education Area 1. Staff
PHYSICS 107L, 108L GENERAL PHYSICS LAB Registration is also
required in Physics 107, 108.
PHYSICS 109, 110 GENERAL PHYSICS/STUDIO A general introduction to the logical foundations of physics, using calculus. Areas of
study include classical physics (mechanics, thermodynamics, electricity
and magnetism, optics) and selected topics in modern physics. Students
may only receive credit for only one set of introductory physics courses
either Physics 107, 108 or Physics 109, 110.
Six hours of combined lecture, discussion, and laboratory per week.
Prerequisite or parallel: Mathematics 112 (or a more advanced calculus
course). Either Course 107 or 109 is a prerequisite for Course 110. Enrollment limited to 20 students per section. Open to freshmen only. Both
courses satisfy General Education Area 1. M. Weinstein
GEOPHYSICS 314 EARTH SURFACE PROCESSES AND LANDFORMS This is the same course as Environmental Studies 314. Refer to
the Environmental Studies listing for a course description.
PHYSICS 111 MODERN SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY: GATEWAY TO A NEW MILLENNIUM The fundamental ideas that underlie
the technology of the late 20th and early 21st centuries. Topics include
laser, nuclear, medical, electronic, and space travel technologies. The
impact that these technologies are having in terms of the environment,
resource depletion, society’s view of science and related societal issues.
Intended primarily for students not majoring in science. Students may not
receive credit for both this course and the Freshman Seminar “Modern
Science and Technology.”
Three hours of lecture and discussion. Enrollment limited to 25 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 1. Staff
GEOPHYSICS 315 RIVER ENVIRONMENTS: SCIENCE, ENGINEERING, AND MANAGEMENT This is the same course as Environmental Studies 315. Refer to the Environmental Studies listing for a
course description.
PHYSICS 113 ENERGY AND THE ENVIRONMENT An introduction to the physics of energy and the laws of thermodynamics as applied
to environmental issues. Emphasis on processes for producing electrical
energy such as wind, solar, fossil fuels, nuclear, and geothermal/hydrody-
GEOPHYSICS 211 WEATHER AND CLIMATE: PAST, PRESENT,
AND FUTURE This is the same course as Environmental Studies 211.
Refer to the Environmental Studies listing for a course description.
GEOPHYSICS 259 MINING AND THE ENVIRONMENT This is
the same course as Environmental Studies 259. Refer to the Environmental Studies listing for a course description.
141
namic. Energy use in the transportation sector will also be examined. This
is the same course as Environmental Studies 113.
Three hours of combined lecture and laboratory per week. No knowledge of calculus is required. Enrollment limited to 16 students. M. Monce
PHYSICS 208, 310 EXPERIMENTAL PHYSICS I AND II A twosemester sequence of laboratory work involving experiments in mechanics,
optics, oscillatory phenomena, electromagnetism, and modern physics.
One lecture; five hours laboratory work weekly. Prerequisite: Physics
108 or 110. Physics 215 recommended as parallel or prerequisite for 310.
M. Monce
PHYSICS 213 ELECTRONICS FOR SCIENTISTS An introductory
course in electronics for science and mathematics majors. Topics will
include Ohm’s law, the use of instruments, resonant circuits, transformers and power supplies, solid state devices, transistor amplifiers, oscillators
and filters.
One lecture, five hours laboratory work. Enrollment limited to 10
students. Staff
PHYSICS 215 MODERN PHYSICS Concepts in contemporary physics. Relativity, an introduction to quantum theory, and the structure of
matter at the molecular, atomic, nuclear and elementary particle levels.
Three hour lecture and discussion. Prerequisite: Physics 108 or 110,
and Mathematics 113. Staff
PHYSICS 319 CLASSICAL MECHANICS An introduction to theoretical mechanics, a study which relates and interprets motion in terms of
its causes, and which forms a basis for much of modern physical theory.
Vectors, particle dynamics, celestial mechanics, systems of particles and
rigid body motion, conservation laws and the formulation of Lagrange.
Prerequisite: Physics 108 or 110, and Mathematics 112 and 113. Prerequisite or parallel: Mathematics 225 or permission of the instructor. M.
Diagne, M. Monce
PHYSICS 320 THERMODYNAMICS AND STATISTICAL
MECHANICS An introduction to the power and generality of thermodynamic reasoning, with selected examples. Systems and equations of state,
first and second laws of thermodynamics, entropy, classical and quantum
statistics.
Prerequisite: Physics 108 or 110. Prerequisite or parallel: Mathematics
225 or permission of the instructor. Staff
PHYSICS 324 ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY An introduction to
the description of electromagnetic phenomena. Discussion will include
fields and potentials, interaction of fields and matter, the development of
Maxwell’s equations, and electromagnetic waves. Vector calculus is developed as needed in the course.
Three hours lecture. Prerequisite: Physics 108 or 110 and Mathematics 212; Physics 319, 320 or 342 and Mathematics 225 strongly recommended. M. Monce, L. Brown
PHYSICS 342 ADVANCED PHYSICAL OPTICS The nature and
propagation of light using Maxwell’s equations; study of interference, diffraction, polarization, dispersion, and absorption. Introduction to lasers,
non linear optical phenomena and Fourier Optics.
Prerequisite: Physics 108 or 110. Prerequisite or parallel: Mathematics
225 or permission of the instructor. Staff
PHYSICS 404 QUANTUM MECHANICS The formalism of the
quantum theory required for deeper understanding and further studies
in contemporary physics. Topics will include wave functions and operators, the Schroedinger equation, solutions of the wave equation in various potentials, angular momentum and spin, perturbation theory and the
matrix formulation.
Prerequisite: Physics 319, 324, Mathematics 225, and 226; or permission of the instructor. M. Monce
PHYSICS 410 APPLIED QUANTUM MECHANICS Selected topics
in the application of quantum mechanics to physical systems. These sys142
tems will include one electron and multielectron atoms, molecules, condensed matter, nuclear and high energy physics.
Prerequisite: Course 404 or Chemistry 309. M. Monce
PHYSICS 291, 292 INDIVIDUAL STUDY Independent research work
four credits. The two-credit option requires the student to commit to
PHYSICS 497-498 HONORS STUDY
Psychology
Professors: Chrisler, Nier, Singer, Vyse, Zakriski; Associate Professor:
Schroeder; Visiting Instructor: Khairallah; Adjunct Assistant Professors:
Armey, Carney, Didie, Sprouse; Senior Lecturer: Gorman; Visiting Lecturer: Marshall; Professor Devlin Acting chair (Fall 2014), Associate Professor Grahn, chair (Spring 2015)
The Major in Psychology
The major consists of at least eleven courses. Students who choose this
major must elect Courses 100, 201, 202; two courses from the clinical
area: 205, 210, 301, 305, 309, 316, 326, 405, 419, 423, 441 or 442; two
courses from the social area: 203, 206, 208, 304, 310, 318, 320, 321, 325,
335, 337, 340, 341, 450, 493A, 494A; two courses from the experimental
area: 204, 212, 214, 215, 307, 311, 314, 322, 332, 336, 343, 406, 407, 409,
426, 493D, 494D; and two electives. A score of 4 or 5 on the Advanced
Placement Psychology Examination or its equivalent may exempt a student from Course 100. This exemption requires the student to choose an
additional course for the major to reach the required eleven courses. The
six courses chosen to fulfill the three areas (clinical, social, experimental)
may include no more than three courses at the 200 level. For the electives students may choose any 200- to 400-level course in the Psychology
Department. Human Development 302, 306, 307, or 321 may be used
for one of the electives. One of the eleven courses for the major must be a
seminar (Psychology 304, 305, 309, 325, 330, 335, 337, 340 or any 400level course), a 400 level individual study, or honors study.
The Minor in Psychology
The minor consists of Course 100, and four other courses at the 200 level
or higher. At least one 300- or 400-level course must be taken.
Advisers: J. Chrisler, A. Devlin, J. Gorman, R. Grahn, T. Khairallah, J.
Marshall, J. Nier, J. Schroeder, J. Singer, S. Vyse, A. Zakriski
Behavioral Neuroscience
The interdisciplinary major in Behavioral Neuroscience is offered jointly
by the Psychology and Biology Departments and is intended to fill the
Psychology
needs of students seeking understanding of the biological bases of behavior. It guides the student toward investigation of physiological, genetic,
structural, developmental, and evolutionary foundations of human and
non-human animal behavior. See listing under Behavioral Neuroscience.
J. Schroeder, director
Learning Goals in the Psychology Major
The Psychology major is based on the premise that the discipline involves
a broad-based understanding of Psychology as both a social science and
as a natural science. The major is structured to enable students to identify
and discuss key concepts, theories, and leaders in physiological, sensation
and perception, behavioral, cognitive, health, social, personality, developmental, and clinical psychology.
Foundations
Students will:
• display a capacity for critical thinking through analysis of scientific
literature
• develop a recognition of the importance of diversity (e.g., race, ethnicity, class, gender, age, sexual orientation, etc.) in understanding
human behavior
• have knowledge of the ethical responsibilities of the scholarly discipline and profession of psychology
Methods
Students will:
• gain knowledge of research design and acquire skills in statistical analysis for both correlational and experimental studies in
psychology
• design, execute, and report on an independent research
investigation
• demonstrate ability with relevant electronic databases and statistical software programs
Areas Of Knowledge
Students will:
• understand how psychologists study human behavior with particular attention to three broad subject areas: social psychology, clinical
psychology, and experimental psychology
• master key concepts, theories, and controversies in these three areas
• gain an understanding of the methods and responsibilities of the
profession of psychology
• demonstrate proficiency in literature review, analysis, and scientific
writing in the tradition of this discipline
Advanced Study
Students will:
• conduct advanced analysis of topics by completing at least three
upper-level courses spread among at least two of the three broad
areas described earlier
• critique prominent theoretical models, describe advanced research
methods and findings, and outline the associated professional and
scholarly issues
Graduate Study and Career Preparation
Students will:
• be prepared for graduate study and/or employment in psychology
or in a variety of psychology-related disciplines and positions
Courses
PSYCHOLOGY 100 INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY An
introduction to the scientific study of human thought, feeling, and behavior emphasizing bio-psycho-social integration. Topics include neurological
functions, sensation and perception, language and cognition, conditioning and learning, motivation and emotion, development, personality, social
processes, psychopathology, and psychotherapy. Weekly laboratory sessions
provide an introduction to scientific methods of studying behavior.
Three lectures; three hours laboratory work. Open to first year students and sophomores without prerequisite; and to juniors and seniors with
permission of the instructor. Preference given to Psychology and Behavioral
Neuroscience majors. Enrollment limited to 15 students per laboratory section. This course satisfies General Education Area 1. J. Chrisler, J. Gorman,
R. Grahn, T. Khairallah, J. Marshall, J. Nier, J. Schroeder, J. Singer, S. Vyse,
A. Zakriski
PSYCHOLOGY 201 PSYCHOLOGICAL STATISTICS An examination of statistical concepts and techniques as used in the analysis of
psychological data. After surveying measures of central tendency, variability, and correlation, the course emphasizes methods of statistical inference: confidence intervals, the t test, and the Analysis of Variance. This
course provides the technical background needed for an appreciation of
the results of psychological research.
Three lectures; two hours laboratory work. Prerequisite: Course 100
or Biology 106. Offered annually. Enrollment limited to 20 students per
laboratory section. J. Nier, S. Vyse
PSYCHOLOGY 202 RESEARCH METHODS IN PSYCHOLOGY
A study of methods used in psychological research. This course considers hypothesis formulation, research design, and the reporting of results.
Course requirements include a supervised research project.
Two lectures with integrated laboratory work. Prerequisite: Course
201. Offered annually. Enrollment limited to 25 students per section. This
is a designated Writing course. A. Devlin, J. Gorman, J. Nier, S. Vyse
PSYCHOLOGY 203 PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN Psychological
theories of women’s development, physiological aspects of reproduction,
mental health issues of special concern to women, gender roles, and the
current status of research on sex and gender.
Prerequisite: Course 100, Sociology 103, or Gender and Women’s Studies 103. Offered annually. Enrollment limited to 40 students. J. Chrisler
PSYCHOLOGY 204 PSYCHOLOGY OF SLEEP A theoretical, empirical, and experiential exploration of the physiological, neurocognitive,
and functional aspects of sleep. Topics include: psychophysiology of sleep;
sleep disorders and sleep deprivation; mental processes across the sleep/
wake cycle; and consciousness and dreaming. Students will collect individual electroencephalographic sleep data and work collectively on a class
sleep research project.
Prerequisite: Course 100. Enrollment limited to 40 students. J. Schroeder
PSYCHOLOGY 205 PSYCHOLOGY OF PERSONALITY A study of
the development and functioning of the normal and abnormal personality.
Experimental and clinical research will be presented along with theories
that are related to questions of individual difference.
Prerequisite: Course 100. Offered annually. Enrollment limited to
40 students. J. Singer
PSYCHOLOGY 206 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY A study of social factors in psychology and psychological factors in society, with particular
reference to the psychology of social attitudes, propaganda, group dynamics, and selected social problems.
Prerequisite: Course 100 or one course in sociology. Offered annually. Enrollment limited to 40 students. J. Nier
PSYCHOLOGY 208 HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY A study of the application of psychosocial principles to health-related issues. Topics include
143
patient-practitioner communication, the modification of health behaviors,
stress and coping, and the management of chronic and terminal illness.
Prerequisite: Course 100 or permission of the instructor. Offered in
alternate years. Enrollment limited to 40 students. J. Chrisler
PSYCHOLOGY 210 PSYCHOLOGICAL DISORDERS AND DYSFUNCTION An introduction to psychological disorders, their causes,
and treatments. The relevance of explanatory models from introductory
psychology will be stressed using case studies and empirical research.
Prerequisite: Course 100. Offered annually. Enrollment limited to 40
students. A. Zakriski
PSYCHOLOGY 212 DRUGS AND BEHAVIOR The effects of drugs
on human behavior relating, where possible, behavioral effects to actions
on the brain. Discussion of a wide variety of drugs including those used in
the treatment of mental health disorders and substances of abuse.
Prerequisite: Course 100 or permission of the instructor. Offered in
alternate years. Enrollment limited to 40 students. R. Grahn, T. Khairallah
PSYCHOLOGY 214 BIOPSYCHOLOGY An introduction to the
neural basis of behavior and cognition, with an emphasis on the anatomical and developmental organization of the nervous system and the cellular
basis of neural communication. The role of neurotransmitter systems in
mediating behavior and cognition will also be emphasized. This is the
same course as Biology 214.
Two lectures. Prerequisite: Course 100 or Biology 106. Enrollment
limited to 40 students. R. Grahn, J. Schroeder
PSYCHOLOGY 215 SENSATION AND PERCEPTION The anatomical, physiological, and psychological/behavioral aspects of sensation and
perception. Lectures and discussions of the basic sensory mechanisms and
higher order processing of visual, auditory, tactile, and chemical information. Emphasis on the impact of sensation and perception on development, learning and memory, cognition, and environment.
Prerequisite: Course 100 or Biology 106. Enrollment limited to 40
students. This course is not open to students who have received credit for
Psychology 308. J. Schroeder
PSYCHOLOGY 301 FORENSIC PSYCHOLOGY A study of issues
pertaining to psychologists performing services within a legal context
(criminal, civil, and family court). Examples include the following: the
psychologist as an expert witness, the insanity defense, competence to
stand trial, diminished capacity, forensic neuropsychological evaluations,
and emotional factors in personal injury evaluations. Class discussion will
be facilitated by reviewing recent court cases described in the media and
by discussing historically important cases that affect psychologists working within the legal system.
PSYCHOLOGY 304 SOCIAL COGNITION AND GROUP PROCESSES An intermediate course in social psychology that examines
social perception and thought, with an emphasis on its relationship to
group behavior. Topics may include attribution theory, the self, attitudes
and attitude change, implicit and explicit prejudice, intergroup relations,
and social cognitive neuroscience. Readings of original social psychological research and the process of conducting research will be emphasized.
in alternate years. J. Nier
PSYCHOLOGY 305/512 SEMINAR IN PERSONALITY RESEARCH
An examination of the research process in personality psychology. Contemporary research in personality psychology will be examined at three
levels: 1) traits or general descriptions; 2) characteristic adaptations
including goals, coping strategies, and defenses; 3) identity and meaning-making, including life stories and autobiographical memories. An
examination of selected theories and research methods. Emphasis on the
development of original research projects. Additional course requirements
144
for graduate students, including an extra hour of meeting time per week,
will be listed in a separate syllabus.
Prerequisite for Course 305: Courses 201, 202, and 205. Open to
sophomores, juniors, and seniors. Permission of the instructor is required
for Course 512. Course 305 is a designated Writing course. Enrollment
limited to 12 students. J. Singer
PSYCHOLOGY 307 COGNITIVE PROCESSES An examination of
the organization of cognitive functioning with particular emphasis on
models of thinking and the manner in which information is processed.
The areas of attention, pattern recognition, memory, retrieval, and problem solving will be considered in light of current theory and research.
annually. A. Devlin
PSYCHOLOGY 309/503 BEHAVIORAL MEDICINE An examination of theory and practice in the field of behavioral medicine. Emphasis
will be placed on the role of mind-body interaction in physical health and
illness. Approaches to health maintenance will be discussed. Additional
course requirements for graduate students, including an extra hour of
meeting time per week, will be listed in a separate syllabus.
Prerequisite for Course 309: Course 208, Biology 202, or Psychology/Biology 214 or 314; or permission of the instructor. Permission of the
instructor is required for Course 503. Enrollment limited to 16 students.
Offered in alternate years. J. Chrisler
PSYCHOLOGY 310 PSYCHOLOGY OF PREJUDICE A seminar that
will examine the social psychological origins of prejudice. Discussions will
focus on classic and contemporary understandings of prejudice and its
relationship to intergroup relations, stereotyping, and discrimination. The
course will also include discussion of social psychological interventions
aimed at reducing prejudice.
J. Nier
PSYCHOLOGY 311 BEHAVIORAL ECONOMICS An introduction to recent advances in economics produced by the application of
experimental methods from the field of psychology. Topics will include
violations of the standard economic assumptions of self-interest and maximization in the decisions and choices of individuals, consumers, investors,
and borrowers.
Prerequisite: Course 201 or Economics 205. Enrollment limited to 30
students. Offered in alternate years. S. Vyse
PSYCHOLOGY 314/514 BEHAVIORAL NEUROSCIENCE Relationship between the nervous system and behavior. Topics include sensation, sleep, language, learning, emotions, stress, and mental illness.
Additional course requirements for graduate students, including an extra
hour of meeting time per week, will be listed in a separate syllabus. This
is the same course as Biology 314.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite for Course
314: Psychology/Biology 214, Biology 202, or permission of the instructor. Permission of the instructor is required for Course 514. Enrollment
limited to 16 students. Offered annually. R. Grahn, J. Schroeder
PSYCHOLOGY 316/527 COGNITIVE BEHAVIOR THERAPY An
examination of cognitive behavioral therapy from general principles to
clinical applications. Topics include cognitive behavioral assessment, therapy techniques, research in cognitive behavioral therapy, and principles
of human self-regulation of emotional, sexual, and addictive behavior.
Additional course requirements for graduate students, including an extra
hour of meeting time per week, will be listed in a separate syllabus.
Prerequisite for Course 316: Course 205, 210 or permission of the
PSYCHOLOGY 318/518 INDUSTRIAL AND ORGANIZATIONAL
PSYCHOLOGY Personnel and organizational psychology examined
within the context of the changing U.S. work force and international
competition. Issues include the role of women and minorities, the aging
Psychology
worker, the family (e.g., day care and parental leave), and cross-cultural
differences in management styles. Additional course requirements for
graduate students, including an extra hour of meeting time per week, will
be listed in a separate syllabus.
Prerequisite for Course 318: Course 206 or permission of the instructor.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. Offered in alternate years. A. Devlin
department. Students write a substantial literature review on a topic of
their choice. The topic of the literature review will determine in which
area the course may be counted to fulfill the major requirements. Strongly
recommended for students intending to do Honors Study.
Prerequisite: Courses 201 and 202. Enrollment limited to 16 students; juniors given preference. Staff
PSYCHOLOGY 320 ENVIRONMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY An exami
nation of the interaction between human behavior and the designed
environment. Emphasis on the theory and practice of environmental psychology, considering such issues as personal space and territoriality, spatial
orientation and legibility, privacy and crowding, and specific building types
(e.g., housing, dormitories, prisons, libraries).
limited to 30 students. Offered in alternate years. A. Devlin
PSYCHOLOGY 332/533 COMPARATIVE PSYCHOLOGY: ORIGINS OF MIND AND BEHAVIOR Development, mechanisms, evolutionary history, and function of behavior across species with emphasis
on clarifying the origins of human behavior. Topics include reproduction,
parental care, territoriality, predator evasion, communication, learning,
and social behavior. Additional course requirements for graduate students,
including an extra hour of meeting time per week, will be listed in a separate syllabus.
Prerequisite for Course 332: Course 100 or permission of the instructor. Permission of the instructor is required for Course 533. Enrollment
limited to 20 students. J. Schroeder
PSYCHOLOGY 321/521 SPORT AND EXERCISE PSYCHOLOGY
An examination of the major psychological and cultural factors associated with participation in sport and exercise. Topics include the scientific
approach in sport and exercise psychology, individual differences, competition and cooperation, motivation, team processes, cognitive behavioral
and behavioral methods for enhancing performance, positive and negative
health aspects of participation in sport and exercise, and personal development throughout the lifespan. Additional course requirements for graduate students, including an extra hour of meeting time per week, will be
listed in a separate syllabus.
Prerequisite for Course 321: Course 205, 206, or 210. Enrollment limited to 30 students. Staff
PSYCHOLOGY 322/522 PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY The neural
substrates of pharmacology. Focus on cellular and molecular neuropharmacology, metabolism in the CNS, receptors, modulation of synaptic
transmission, and analysis of neurotransmitter systems. Additional course
requirements for graduate students, including an extra hour of meeting
time per week, will be listed in a separate syllabus. This is the same course
as Biology 322.
Two lectures and one laboratory each week. Prerequisite for Course
322: Open to juniors and seniors who have taken Psychology/Biology 214
or Biology 202. Course 322 is a designated Writing course. Permission
of the instructor is required for Course 522. Enrollment limited to 16
students. Offered annually. R. Grahn
PSYCHOLOGY 325/593B INTIMATE RELATIONSHIPS Emphasis
on contemporary research problems and their relevance to theory. Each
student undertakes extensive reviews of self-selected topics and/or undertakes research projects. Additional course requirements for graduate students, including an extra hour of meeting time per week, will be listed in
a separate syllabus.
Prerequisite for Course 325: Course 201 or equivalent. Course 202
recommended. Permission of the instructor is required for Course 593B.
Enrollment limited to 16 students. J. Chrisler
PSYCHOLOGY 326/532 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOPATHOLOGY An examination of childhood psychological disturbances from
a developmental psychopathology framework. Emphasis on risk and
protective factors, the variety of influences that affect disturbance, and
specific forms of psychological maladjustment in childhood. Prevention
and intervention discussed. Additional course requirements for graduate
students, including an extra hour of meeting time per week, will be listed
in a separate syllabus.
Prerequisite for Course 326: Course 210. Enrollment limited to 30
students. A. Zakriski
PSYCHOLOGY 327 EVIDENCE-BASED DESIGN: INTERDISCI
PLINARY APPROACHES This is the same course as Architectural
Studies 327. Refer to the Architectural Studies Department for a course
description.
PSYCHOLOGY 330 SEMINAR ON CURRENT ISSUES Discussion
of current research issues in psychology related to faculty research in the
PSYCHOLOGY 333, 334 SELECTED TOPICS Advanced seminar or
research study may be arranged for adequately prepared groups of students
in areas of psychology not otherwise available in the undergraduate or
graduate curriculum. Selected topics may be offered at the 300 or 400
level. 400-level selected topics courses include a major research project.
Enrollment limited to 16 students.
PSYCHOLOGY 335/535 CULTUR AL PSYCHOLOGY A detailed
analysis of the ways in which Western sociocultural assumptions have
influenced the science and practice of psychology. Consideration will
be given to how well psychological theories apply to people of diverse
ethnic/cultural backgrounds and worldviews. Topics include personality
and social psychology, mental health and mental illness, counseling, and
psychotherapy. Psychology 335 is the same course as Comparative Race
and Ethnicity 335. Additional course requirements for graduate students,
Prerequisite for Course 335: Course 205, 206, or 210. Enrollment
limited to 30 students. T. Khairallah
PSYCHOLOGY 336/536 NEUROBIOLOGY OF DISEASE Analysis
of the neuropathology and behavioral dysfunction of neuropathology and
psychiatric disorders. Focus on etiology, epidemiology, diagnosis, and
treatment strategies aimed at prevention, symptom alleviation, and restoration of function. Additional course requirements for graduate students,
including an extra hour of meeting time per week, will be listed in a separate syllabus. This is the same course as Biology 336.
Prerequisite for Course 336: Psychology/Biology 214 or Biology 202.
Permission of the instructor is required for Course 536. Enrollment limited to 20 students. R. Grahn, J. Schroeder
PSYCHOLOGY 337/537 EXPERIMENTAL SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY An examination of the research process in social psychology.
Selected research methods and theories in social psychology will be
reviewed. Data analysis and writing of research reports will be emphasized. Course requirements include a project for which students will
design an original study. Additional course requirements for graduate
students, including an extra hour of meeting time per week, will be listed
in a separate syllabus.
Prerequisite for Course 337: Courses 201, 202, and 206. Enrollment
limited to 16 students. J. Nier
PSYCHOLOGY 340/593C PSYCHOLOGY OF MEN AND MASCULINITY Psychological theories of the development of masculinities, men
and violence, mental health issues of special concern to men, men’s sexuality and relationships, and biopsychosocial influences on men’s physical
health. This is the same course as Gender and Women’s Studies 340.
Prerequisite: Course 203 or 206; or Gender and Women’s Studies
T. Khairallah
145
PSYCHOLOGY 341/541 PEER RELATIONSHIPS AND DEVELOPMENT An examination of peer relationships from toddlerhood
through adolescence. Emphasis on the various types of peer experiences
and the related individual and group processes that shape them; relationships between peer experiences and self-perceptions; positive and negative
effects of peer relationships on social and emotional development; and
school-based interventions designed to enhance children’s peer relationships and psychological well-being. Additional course requirements for
Prerequisite for Course 341: Courses 100 and 206. Enrollment limited
to 30 students. A. Zakriski
PSYCHOLOGY 343/543 COGNITIVE BRAIN IMAGING An examination of how cutting-edge brain imaging techniques such as fMRI and
PET can be used to study how the brain executes complex cognitive functions such as attention, memory, visual thinking, and language comprehension. Additional course requirements for graduate students, including an
extra hour of meeting time per week, will be listed in a separate syllabus.
Prerequisite for Course 343: Course 202 or permission of the instructor. Course 307 or Psychology/Biology 214 is recommended. Permission
of the instructor is required for Course 543. Enrollment limited to 20
students. J. Schroeder
PSYCHOLOGY 346/546 PSYCHOTHERAPY MODELS AND INTE
GRATION A survey of major areas of psychological therapy from Freud
to modern third-wave Cognitive Behavioral Therapies. Students will learn
to compare and contrast various schools of psychotherapy, and examine the
shared components of effective psychological interventions. Modern integrative perspectives will be examined including Prochaska and Norcross’
Transtheoretical Framework.
Prerequisite for course 346: Course 205 or 210. Enrollment limited to
30 students. M. Armey
PSYCHOLOGY 405/505 SEMINAR IN PSYCHOPATHOLOGY
An examination of major categories of psychological disorders, including schizophrenia, depression, anxiety, and personality disorders, with
emphasis on current psychopathology research. Current controversies will
be considered, including approaches to diagnostic classification, causal
explanations, and treatment issues. Additional course requirements for
Prerequisite for Course 405: Open to juniors and seniors who have
taken Course 210. Enrollment limited to 16 students. A. Zakriski
PSYCHOLOGY 406 IRRATIONAL BEHAVIOR Psychology of behavior that is irrational yet not abnormal. Philosophical, economic, and psychological theories of rationality. Research in sub-optimal choice, biased
decision-making, and cognitive heuristics applied to common behavioral
phenomena, including irrational gambling, problems of self-control, and
paranormal belief.
Prerequisite: Courses 100 and 201. Open to juniors and seniors. Enrollment limited to 15 students. This is a designated Writing course. S. Vyse
PSYCHOLOGY 407/507 ADVANCED PSYCHOLOGICAL STATISTICS Statistical principles of research design with primary emphasis on
analysis of variance models. Other parametric procedures and nonparametric techniques are selectively reviewed for application to particular
descriptive and inferential problems. Additional course requirements for
Prerequisite for Course 407: Courses 201 and 202. Enrollment limited
to 16 students. Offered annually. J. Nier, S. Vyse
PSYCHOLOGY 409/509 BEHAVIORAL ENDOCRINOLOGY Topics
include the influence of steroid action on motivated behaviors, cognitive
function, and affective processes. Additional course requirements for graduate students, including an extra hour of meeting time per week, will be listed
in a separate syllabus. This is the same course as Biology 409.
146
taken Psychology/Biology 214 or Biology 202. Course 409 is a designated
Writing course. Enrollment limited to 16 students. R. Grahn
PSYCHOLOGY 410 THE PSYCHOLOGY OF FREE WILL An evaluation of the arguments for and against the reality of conscious will, with
particular attention to evidence from recent psychological research. Also
addressed will be the social implications of a world with or without free will.
Prerequisite: Course 202. Enrollment limited to 16 students. S. Vyse
PSYCHOLOGY 419/519 ADVANCED CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY
Seminar on essential issues in the science and practice of clinical psychology. Topics include assessment, psychotherapy models and techniques,
professional ethics, cultural and gender issues, and developments in the
fields of psychotherapy research and psychotherapy integration. Additional course requirements for graduate students, including an extra hour
of meeting time per week, will be listed in a separate syllabus.
Prerequisite for Course 419: Course 210 or permission of the instructor. Open to juniors and seniors. Permission of the instructor is required
for Course 519. Course 419 is a designated Writing course. Enrollment
limited to 12 students. J. Singer, A. Zakriski
PSYCHOLOGY 423/523 COUPLES AND FAMILY THERAPY An
examination of couples therapy and family therapy from general principles to clinical applications. Topics include assessment, therapy techniques, and research in couples and family therapy. Additional course
requirements for graduate students, including an extra hour of meeting
time per week, will be listed in a separate syllabus.
Prerequisite for Course 423: Course 210. Permission of the instructor
is required for Course 523. Enrollment limited to 15 students. J. Singer
PSYCHOLOGY 426/526 PSYCHOLOGY OF STRESS Psychological
and physiological concomitants. The relationship of stress to phenomena
such as fear, anxiety, emotion, aggression, and susceptibility to disease
will be examined. Additional course requirements for graduate students,
taken Course 309 or Psychology/Biology 214, and to others with permission of the instructor. Course 426 is a designated Writing course. Enrollment limited to 16 students. J. Chrisler, R. Grahn
PSYCHOLOGY 441/539, 442/540 PRACTICUM IN CLINICAL
AND COMMUNITY PSYCHOLOGY Supervised practicum in clinical and community psychology. Students work 10-12 hours per week in
supervised field placements in hospitals, child guidance clinics and other
community agencies. Selections for the academic year are made the preceding spring. Participation is typically for a full academic year. Students
electing 441, 442 must concurrently register for the Seminar in Clinical
and Community Psychology, 441A, 442A. Additional course requirements for graduate students, including an extra hour of meeting time per
week, will be listed in a separate syllabus.
Prerequisite for Course 441/442: Course 210 and permission of the
supervising faculty member and agency director. Priority given to senior
majors in psychology. Enrollment limited to 16 students. Offered annually. A. Zakriski, J. Singer
PSYCHOLOGY 441A, 442A SEMINAR IN CLINICAL AND
COMMUNITY PSYCHOLOGY An examination of the theory
and practice of psychology through its focus on approaches to mental
health and deviant behavior. Issues in clinical and community psychology are considered in weekly seminars.
Prerequisite: Open to students who have been selected for the
Practicum in Clinical and Community Psychology 441, 442. Two
credit hours. Enrollment limited to 16 students. J. Singer, A. Zakriski
PSYCHOLOGY 450/550 SEMINAR IN SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY An
in-depth discussion of selected topics in social psychology. Topics may
include social cognition, group processes, prejudice and discrimination,
Psychology/Religious Studies
and applications of social psychology to public policy. Emphasis on the
discussion of research from the major journals in the field. Additional
course requirements for graduate students, including an extra hour of
meeting time per week, will be listed in a separate syllabus.
Prerequisite for Course 450: Course 206. Permission of the instructor
is required for Course 550. Enrollment limited to 16 students. J. Nier, J.
Chrisler
PSYCHOLOGY 451/551 GERIATRIC PSYCHOLOGY A study of the
later years of human life from a multidisciplinary approach based on historical perspectives and current research on normal and impaired aging.
This course provides students with a broad understanding of psychological
processes associated with aging, including social-emotional, biopsychological, and medical features of aging; cultural and cross-cultural considerations; assessment of disability such as neurodegenerative disease; home
habilitation; and personal independence. Additional course requirements
for graduate students, including an extra hour of meeting time per week,
will be listed in a separate syllabus.
Prerequisite for Course 441: Course 210. Enrollment limited to 16
students. M. Cohen
PSYCHOLOGY 452/552 CLINICAL NEUROPSYCHOLOGY An
introduction to neuropsychological assessment techniques. Topics include
learning and autism spectrum disorders, traumatic brain injury, and psychiatric disorders. Discussion of practical applications of findings from
evaluations. Additional course requirements for graduate students, including an extra hour of meeting time per week, will be listed in a separate
syllabus.
Prerequisite for Course 452: Course 210 or Psychology/Biology 214.
PSYCHOLOGY 493, 494 ADVANCED STUDY SEMINARS
PSYCHOLOGY 493A/593A, 494A/593A THE PSYCHOLOGY
OF WOMEN’S HEALTH A psychosocial analysis of selected
women’s health issues. Emphasis on reproductive health, chronic illness, and public policy. Additional course requirements for graduate
students, including an extra hour of meeting time per week, will be
listed in a separate syllabus.
Prerequisite for Course 493A/494A: Courses 203 or 208 or
309, or permission of the instructor. Permission of the instructor
is required for Course 593A. Enrollment limited to 16 students.
Offered in alternate years. J. Chrisler
PSYCHOLOGY 493D/593D, 494D/594D SEMINAR IN COGNITIVE NEUROSCIENCE A neuroscience perspective examining cognition, with an emphasis on decision-making, memory, and
mental illness. The course will explore emerging fields, such as the
use of virtual reality as a therapeutic tool. Additional course requirements for graduate students, including an extra hour of meeting time
per week, will be listed in a separate syllabus.
Prerequisite for Course 493D/494D: Psychology/Biology 214 or
Psychology 307. This is a designated Writing course. Enrollment limited to 16 students. R. Grahn, J. Schroeder, Staff
PSYCHOLOGY 291, 292 INDIVIDUAL STUDY
PSYCHOLOGY 495/496, 595/596 RESEARCH PRACTICUM IN
PSYCHOLOGY A one-semester individual study in which a student
undertakes a research project off-campus for six to eight hours each week.
The project, which is coordinated by the student and a faculty sponsor,
must be integrated into the student’s major curriculum and be approved
by the department. A 15-page report detailing how the practicum relates
to the student’s major curriculum is required.
Prerequisite: Course 202 and permission of the instructor. Courses
495/496 open to juniors and seniors, courses 595/596 open to graduate
students. Staff
Individual Study may be done at the 200, 300 or 400 level at the discretion of the department.
PSYCHOLOGY 497-498 HONORS STUDY Course 330 is strongly
recommended for the spring prior to enrolling in Course 497.
Graduate Study
All master’s programs in psychology consist of twelve 500-level graduate
semester courses. The student must also write a thesis, which is counted
as two semester courses. One course (Advanced Psychological Statistics)
is required of all students and is normally taken in the first semester of
the first year. Students who plan to elect the clinical practicum must
take Psychology 505, Seminar in Psychopathology, and Psychology 519,
Advanced Clinical Psychology. The department offers concentrations in
clinical psychology, behavioral medicine/health psychology, social/personality psychology, and neuroscience/psychobiology, and instruction in
abnormal and social psychology, women’s health, behavioral medicine,
statistics, clinical assessment, stress and emotional behavior, cognitive
behavior therapy, and other areas. Please note that all M.A. courses,
despite a separate graduate course number, are held concurrently with
advanced undergraduate students. Graduate Students receive a separate
syllabus with enhanced readings and requirements. They also participate
in an additional hour-long meeting each week that is exclusively for graduate students enrolled in that course. For additional information, write to
the department of psychology.
PSYCHOLOGY 591, 592 INDIVIDUAL STUDY FOR GRADUATE
STUDENTS Directed reading or research in problems taken from the
contemporary research literature with emphasis on topics appropriate to
the student’s area of study. Staff
PSYCHOLOGY 597-598 THESIS RESEARCH Conception of problem, collection and analysis of data, and preparation of an acceptable
thesis; all work to be closely supervised by the student’s thesis adviser and
committee. Pass/not passed marking. Staff
Religious Studies
Professors: Brooks, Gallagher, Harlan; Associate Professors: Portnoff, Uddin;
Adjunct Instructors: Accardi, Weissman; Associate Professor Kim, chair
The Major in Religious Studies
The major consists of at least nine courses in religious studies, including
the following:
1. Course 101
2. Course 114, 202, 203, or 204.
3. Course 205, 206, 207, 208, or 209.
4. Course 401, normally taken in the junior year.
5. Course 402, taken after 401
6. One Advanced Study Seminar (493 or 494).
7. Two additional courses at the 300 or 400 level.
The details of the major program must be prepared in consultation with
the major adviser. One of the elective courses for the major may be chosen
from another department with the approval of the major adviser.
147
Advisers: R. Brooks, E. Gallagher, L. Harlan, D.K. Kim, S. Portnoff,
S. Uddin
The Minor in Religious Studies
The minor consists of at least five courses in religious studies, including at
least two at the 300 or 400 level.
Learning Goals in the Religious Studies Major
The Department of Religious Studies is committed to teaching students
to think analytically about religion. Introducing students to a variety of
interdisciplinary perspectives, the Department helps students understand
how religious categories and boundaries are constructed, challenged, and
changed by religious practitioners and others, including scholars. The
Department fosters the development of key critical skills, including writing, oral presentation, and information literacy.
Progressing through the major or minor, students gain sophistication
in their capacity to evaluate and express what they have learned in readings and classes. They also develop expertise in doing research on issues
related to religion. Members of the Department encourage students to
utilize and construct theories so that they can venture informed and creative comparisons among and within religions traditions. The Department
is dedicated to cultivating religious literacy and facilitating independent
thought based on exposure to religious histories located within diverse
cultural matrices, including politics.
To achieve these ends, the Departments requires majors to take an
introductory course in which they will learn about the construction of religious boundaries and contemplate various means of interpreting, analyzing, and comparing religious beliefs and practices. Majors must also enroll
in eight additional courses, including ones that expose them to multiple
religious traditions. Among those routinely taught are Islam, Christianity,
Judaism, Buddhism, Hinduism, Daoism, and Confucianism. In addition,
majors must cultivate depth of expertise by taking multiple courses treating a single tradition. Majors are required to do upper level coursework,
including the seminar Theories of Religion and a capstone course in which
they design and conduct advanced research projects resulting in extensive,
theoretically nuanced essays. The capstone provides all students with the
opportunity to present their ideas and gain feedback about the constructs
that they have learned, utilized, and challenged. Majors are offered opportunities for doing guided research in independent studies and are encouraged to pursue honors study.
Minors are required to take five courses in the study of religion. They
must enroll in at least one course at the advanced level. Like majors and
other students taking Religious Studies courses, they are afforded multiple
opportunities to refine their skills in written and oral communication.
They are also offered multiple opportunities to develop information fluency and cultivate other research skills.
Both majors and minors are encouraged to participate in a community of inquiry through advance study in topical seminars and to develop
leadership skills by serving on the department’s Student Advisory Board.
Courses
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 101 INTRODUCTION TO RELIGION:
UNDERSTANDING GLOBAL RELIGION An introduction to the
study of religion, focusing on the various roles religions play in today’s
globalized world. This course begins with definitions, characterizations,
and trends in religion, then uses case studies to examine the intersection
of globalization and religion. This is a team taught course.
Enrollment limited to 60 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 6 and is a designated Writing course. E. Gallagher and S. Uddin
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 112 RELIGION, MEMORY, TRADITION An
introduction to study of religion through examination of the ways in which
religious traditions relate to the formation and sustaining of memory. Students will engage with multiple religious traditions and develop religious
literacy and repertoires.
148
Enrollment limited to 40 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 6. D.K. Kim
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 120 LIVED RELIGION: RELIGIOUS STORIES AND PRACTICES IN EVERYDAY LIFE An examination of
religious narratives and practices in people’s everyday lives. Students read
contemporary narrative accounts or ethnographies and also participate
in small-scale fieldwork assignments. Consideration is given to the merits
and means of understanding religion as experienced variously by people
in their diverse cultures.
Enrollment limited to 40 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 6 and is a designated Writing course. K.Y. DeConinck
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 158 HOLY BOOKS: THE WESTERN SCRIPTURAL TRADITION The origins, development, and uses of scripture
in the West. Focus on the Hebrew Bible, Christian Scriptures, and Qur’an,
with attention to other texts, such as the Book of Mormon.
Enrollment limited to 40 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 6 and is a designated Writing course. E. Gallagher
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 201 INTRODUCTION TO AMERICAN
STUDIES This is the same course as American Studies 201K. Refer to
the American Studies listing for a course description.
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 202 JEWISH TRADITIONS An introduction
to the long-existing monotheistic tradition of Judaism, its practitioners,
and its identity. The course is an overview of Jewish history, texts, traditions, practices, and beliefs. We will emphasize the self-understanding of
Judaism in continuity and change, on varieties of Judaism (“Judaisms”),
and on the interplay between practice and doctrine.
permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 30 students. Offered
annually. This course satisfies General Education Area 6. S. Portnoff
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 203 CHRISTIAN TRADITIONS The major
teachings of Christianity as developed in the early, medieval, and Reformation church. Topics include the Trinity, the divinity and humanity of
Jesus, sin and grace, reason and revelation, skepticism and mysticism, and
the differences between Roman Catholic and Protestant doctrine.
annually. This course satisfies General Education Area 6 and is a designated Writing course. D.K. Kim
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 205 HINDU TRADITIONS The development of traditions of Hindu thought and practice including classical and
contemporary Hinduism. This is the same course as Anthropology 205.
annually. This course satisfies General Education Area 6 and is a designated Writing course. D. Accardi
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 206 BUDDHIST TRADITIONS Indian Buddhism; its migration to South and East Asia and its relation to Jainism,
Taoism, and Confucianism. This is the same course as Philosophy 208.
annually. This course satisfies General Education Area 6 and is a designated Writing coursed. D. Accardi
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 207 ISLAMIC TRADITIONS A look at Islam
from three perspectives: historical, phenomenological, and anthropological. Focus on the early historical developments which have marked the
emergence and early development of the Islamic community. The basic
myths and rituals which shape the principle Islamic identities of Sunnis
and Twelver Shiites. Contemporary issues in the Muslim world.
annually. This course satisfies General Education Area 6 and is a designated Writing course. Staff
Religious Studies
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 208 CONFUCIAN TRADITIONS This is
the same course as History 224/Philosophy 213. Refer to the History listing for a course description.
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 209 DAOIST TRADITIONS This is the same
course as History 278/Philosophy 214. Refer to the History listing for a
course description.
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 222 ISLAM IN THE MODERN WORLD
Examination of ways in which Muslims have understood or reacted to the
process of radical changes affecting their societies in the modern world.
Issues include modernity, nationalism, Islamic revivalism, feminism, and
colonialism in the Muslim world, with emphasis on Muslim intellectual
responses to these phenomena up to the contemporary era.
Prerequisite: One course in religious studies or permission of the
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 229 THE DISCONTENTS OF CHRISTIAN
MODERNITY The fate of religion and freedom under conditions of
Christian modernity through a selective survey of modern religious, philosophical, and intellectual history. An exploration of notions of experience, faith, freedom, reason, authority, tradition, and the self in works
of Descartes, Emerson, DuBois, Feuerbach, Hume, Kant, Luther, Marx,
and Cady Stanton.
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 231 RELIGIOUS ETHICS An examination
of the positions of Judaism, Christianity, and Islam on holy war. What do
the various religious traditions of the world have to say about its necessity
and/or permissability? How does each position play out in contemporary
circumstances. Consideration of the secular alternative and the impact of
war on the environment.
Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors; and to freshmen with permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 30 students. S. Portnoff
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 236 MYSTICISM An exploration of the notions
of “mysticism” and “mystical experience” through an examination of selected
writings from Hindu, Christian, and Muslim traditions; the so-called “New
Age” spirituality; and scholarly approaches from the comparative history of
religions, psychology of religion, and neurobiology. This course is not open
to students who have received credit for Religious Studies 306.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 6. D. Accardi
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 241 RELIGION, TRAUMA, COMMEMORATION, AND CELEBRATION An examination of religious and ethical responses to personal and collective trauma. The course considers how
cultural and religious contexts can shape acts of memorialization, remembrance, and commemoration. Students will engage with multiple religious
traditions and consider cases in national and international contexts.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 6 and is a designated Writing course. K.Y. DeConinck
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 248 HOLOCAUST AND POST-HOLOCAUST RESPONSES An examination of the Holocaust as an historical event, as well as the historical, theological, and literary responses to it.
Consideration of what, if any, role Holocaust memory should play, how
to continue to believe in a God who was absent at Auschwitz, and how to
speak about the event in memoir, poetry, and fiction.
Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors; and to freshmen with permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 30 students. S. Portnoff
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 251 STORIES IN JUDAISM’S BIBLE The
origin, development, and character of the Hebrew Scriptures. Focus on
how narrative creates religious meaning.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. Offered annually. This course is
not open to students who have received credit for Religious Studies 113.
course. S. Portnoff
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 252 ISLAM AND THE UNITED STATES
An exploration of the overlapping phenomena of the past and present of
Muslims who were brought to, were born in, or who immigrated to the
United States; the images of Islam and Muslims in popular American culture; and the fluctuations in the relationships between the United States
and a number of predominantly Muslim countries.
is not open to students who have received credit for Religious Studies 230
or 350. This course satisfies General Education Area 6 and is a designated
Writing course. S. Uddin
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 253 HERO WORSHIP An examination of
the ways in which heroes serve as prisms of cultural values and religious
commitments. Considering heroes and heroic paradigms (gladiators, warriors, martyrs, teachers, and superheroes) from various cultures, the course
contemplates meanings of sacrifice, glory, honor, resistance, homeland,
and protest.
for both this course and Course 493P, 494P. This course satisfies General
Education Area 6 and is a designated Writing course. L. Harlan
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 254 RELIGION AND THE SPIRIT OF
POLITICS An examination of human agency in light of the relationship among the religious, the moral, and the political spheres. Among the
questions the course will ask are: How does religious identity affect political life and action? How does religion enable as well as disable political
possibilities? The course will be comparative in approach. This is the same
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course is not open to students
who have received credit for Religious Studies 328. This course satisfies
General Education Area 6 and is a designated Writing course. D.K. Kim
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 255 RELIGION AND PUBLIC LIFE An
examination of religion and public life in contemporary society and culture, with particular focus on questions of religion and politics (“church
and state”), secularism, religion and identity (race, gender, sexuality,
class), and considerations about civil society and the common good. This
is the same course as American Studies 255/Comparative Race and Ethnicity 256.
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 257 RELIGION IN THE ARTS A comparison of artistic representations (literary, musical, visual arts) in Judaism,
Christianity, and Islam. We will compare and contrast how each religion
uses (or suppresses) the arts or particular artistic representations to express
its faith, as well as how these representations inform the political manifestations of the religion in particular times and places.
Enrollment limited to 30 students. This course satisfies General Education Area 6 and is a designated Writing course. S. Portnoff
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 258 WOMEN, RELIGION, AND MODERNITY An examination of modern discourses on women’s roles, rights,
and obligations in contemporary religious communities. Liberal, conservative, feminist, and fundamentalist treatment of myth, ritual, secular
and religious law will be the focus of this course. The course also explores
the question of global “sisterhood,” its strengths, influence, and limitations. This is the same course as Gender and Women’s Studies 258.
S. Uddin
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 259 LOVE AND JUSTICE An exploration of
Christian social ethics through key imperatives of love and justice. The
course examines Christian responses to problems of evil, social injustice,
and poverty from global perspectives, including liberation theology, social
gospel, and movements and figures such as Francis of Assisi, Luther, Vol149
taire, Dorothy Day, Gutierrez, and Martin Luther King. This is the same
people demanding democracy in Muslim majority countries, and others
attempting to silence these resistances.
Prerequisite: Course 101 or 207 or 225. Enrollment limited to 20 students. This is a designated Writing course. S. Uddin
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 260 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION This is
the same course as Philosophy 260. Refer to the Philosophy listing for a
course description.
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 401 THEORIES OF RELIGION The most
important and influential modern proposals concerning the nature, function, and value of religion in human culture. Readings and analysis of
major texts in the study of religion, including authors such as Durkheim,
Weber, Freud, and Eliade.
Prerequisite: Two courses in religious studies. Open to juniors and
seniors. Enrollment limited to 16 students. Offered annually. This course
satisfies General Education Area 6 and is a designated Writing course. Staff
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 271 JEWISH PHILOSOPHY This is the same
course as Philosophy 271. Refer to the Philosophy listing for a course
description.
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 311 MUSLIM WOMEN’S VOICES This
course looks at women through their own articulations of identity while
challenging current assumptions of Muslim women as victims. We will
explore the discourse surrounding construction of gender roles across different periods and regions. To do this, the course takes into consideration
women’s fiction and non-fiction writing. This is the same course as Gender
Prerequisite: One course in religious studies or permission of the
instructor. Enrollment limited to 30 students. S. Uddin
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 315 ISRAEL With the founding of the State of
Israel in 1948, Jews gained political sovereignty for the first time since the
Destruction of the Temple in ancient times. This has presented Jews with
the opportunity to flourish culturally,

Connecticut College Course Catalog 2014-2015

Transcription

Similar documents

SWEC`s 2008-09 Brochure - Southwest Early College

Instructions to navigate Open Enrollment in Banweb Log into

AU23

Groveport Madison High School And Cruiser Academy OGT

Five College Registration

myMiami for Families

How to Find, Complete and Submit the Blackboard Online Instructor